UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of report (Date of earliest event reported): June 4, 2018

 

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-38108   82-5134717

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(IRS employer

Identification No.)

3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200, Atlanta, GA   30305
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (404) 949-0700

n/a

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

 

 

 


Explanatory Note

As previously disclosed, on November 29, 2017, CM Wind Down Topco Inc. (f/k/a Cumulus Media Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Old Cumulus”), and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively with Old Cumulus, the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) were jointly administered under the caption In re: Cumulus Media Inc., et al. , Case No. 17-13381.

On May 10, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order Confirming the Debtors’ First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization [Docket No. 769] (the “Confirmation Order”), which confirmed the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 446] (the “Plan”), as modified by the Confirmation Order.

On June 4, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), Old Cumulus satisfied the conditions to effectiveness of the Plan set forth in the Confirmation Order and in the Plan, the Plan became effective in accordance with its terms and Old Cumulus and the other Debtors emerged from Chapter 11. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in this Current Report on Form 8-K have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

The foregoing description of the Confirmation Order and the Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of each of the Confirmation Order and the Plan, copies of which are attached as Exhibit 99.1 and Exhibit 2.1, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

In connection with the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness as set forth in the Confirmation Order and in the Plan, Old Cumulus completed a series of internal reorganization transactions pursuant to which it transferred all of its remaining assets to an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of reorganized Cumulus Media Inc. (f/k/a CM Emergence Newco Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Cumulus” or the “Company”), prior to winding down its business.

On June 4, 2018, the Company issued a press release announcing the effectiveness of the Plan. A copy of the press release is included as Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

This Current Report on Form 8-K is being filed by the Company as the initial report of the Company to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and as notice that the Company is the successor issuer to Old Cumulus under Rule 12g-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, the shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0000001 per share (“Class A common stock”), are deemed to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. The Company is thereby deemed subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and in accordance therewith will file reports and other information with the Commission. The first periodic report to be filed by the Company with the Commission will be its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2018.

 

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

Credit Agreement

On the Effective Date, Cumulus Media New Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and certain of the Company’s other subsidiaries, entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative agent (the “Agent”), and holders of claims with respect to Old Cumulus’ previous term loan credit facility under the Canceled Credit Agreement (as defined below), as term loan lenders. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the lenders party thereto are deemed to have provided Holdings and its subsidiaries that are party thereto as co-borrowers with a $1.3 billion senior secured term loan credit facility (the loan thereunder, the “Term Loan”).


Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a per annum rate equal to (i) the Alternative Base Rate (as defined below) plus an applicable margin of 3.50%, subject to an Alternative Base Rate floor of 2.00%, or (ii) the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin of 4.50%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The Alternative Base Rate is defined, for any day, as the per annum rate equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 1/2 of 1.0%, (ii) the rate identified as the “Prime Rate” and normally published in the Money Rates section of the Wall Street Journal , and (iii) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%.

Amounts outstanding under the Term Loan amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan with the balance payable on the maturity date. The maturity date of the Credit Agreement is May 15, 2022.

The Credit Agreement contains representations, covenants and events of default that are customary for financing transactions of this nature. Events of default in the Credit Agreement include, among others: (a) the failure to pay when due the obligations owing thereunder; (b) the failure to perform (and not timely remedy, if applicable) certain covenants; (c) certain defaults and accelerations under other indebtedness; (d) the occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency events; (e) certain judgments against Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; (f) the loss, revocation or suspension of, or any material impairment in the ability to use, any one or more of, any material Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) licenses; (g) any representation or warranty made, or report, certificate or financial statement delivered, to the lenders subsequently proven to have been incorrect in any material respect; and (h) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Credit Agreement). Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Agent may, with the consent of, or upon the request of, the required lenders, accelerate the Term Loan and exercise any of its rights as a secured party under the Credit Agreement and the ancillary loan documents: provided, that in the case of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events with respect to a borrower, the Term Loan will automatically accelerate.

The Credit Agreement does not contain any financial maintenance covenants. The Credit Agreement provides that Holdings will be permitted to enter into either a revolving credit facility or receivables facility providing commitments of up to $50.0 million, subject to certain conditions.

The borrowers may elect, at their option, to prepay amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement without premium or penalty (except that any prepayment during the period of six months following the closing of the Credit Agreement would require a premium equal to 1.00% of the prepaid principal amount). The borrowers may be required to make mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan upon the occurrence of specified events as set forth in the Credit Agreement, including upon the sale of certain assets and from Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Cumulus Media Intermediate Inc. (“Intermediate Holdings”), which is a subsidiary of the Company, and the present and future wholly-owned subsidiaries of Holdings that are not borrowers thereunder, subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Guarantors”) and secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the subsidiaries of Holdings party to the Credit Agreement as borrowers, and the Guarantors.

Some of the lenders and the Agent under the Credit Agreement, or their affiliates, have had in the past, and may have, in the future, various relationships with the Company involving the provision of financial or other advisory services, including cash management, investment banking and brokerage services. These lenders and the Agent, or their respective affiliates, have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees for those services.

The foregoing description of the Credit Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Form of Credit Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

-3-


Warrant Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Company entered into a warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) with Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company, as warrant agent. In accordance with the Plan and pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, on the Effective Date, the Company (i) issued 3,016,853 Series 1 warrants (the “Series 1 warrants”) to purchase shares of Class A common stock or the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0000001 per share (“Class B common stock” and, together with the Class A common stock, the “common stock”) on a one-for-one basis at an exercise price of $0.0000001 per share, to claimants that returned ownership certifications required by the Plan (“Plan Certifications”) by the Certification Deadline and (ii) issued or will issue 712,736 Series 2 warrants (the “Series 2 warrants” and, together with the Series 1 warrants, the “Warrants”) to purchase shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis at an exercise price of $0.0000001 per share, to claimants that failed to return Plan Certifications by the Certification Deadline. The Series 2 Warrants may only be exercised for the type and amount of equity that the holder would have been entitled to receive on the Effective Date had it timely submitted its Plan Certification. The Warrants have a twenty year term and will expire on June 4, 2038.

The number of shares of common stock for which a Warrant is exercisable is subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of specified events, including: (1) the subdivision or combination of the common stock into a greater or lesser number of shares (2) upon a reclassification or recapitalization of the Company in which holders of common stock are entitled to receive cash, stock or securities in exchange for common stock and (3) a Change of Control (as defined in the Warrant Agreement).

The Company will apply for a declaratory ruling from the FCC to increase the level of foreign ownership of the Company that is permitted under applicable FCC rules. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, upon receipt of the declaratory ruling from the FCC, the Company is required to exchange common stock for outstanding Warrants to the extent permitted by the declaratory ruling, subject to proration among the holders of Warrants as set forth therein. If the declaratory ruling will not allow the Company to exchange for common stock all of the outstanding Warrants, then, in addition to proration among holders, all remaining Series 2 warrants will be mandatorily exchanged for Series 1 warrants.

The foregoing description of the Warrant Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Warrant Agreement, which includes the form of certificate representing the Warrants, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement

Cancellation of Certain Prepetition Obligations

In connection with the effectiveness of and pursuant to the terms of the Plan, on the Effective Date, the obligations of Old Cumulus and its subsidiaries under the following agreements were satisfied and discharged:

 

    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013, by and among Cumulus Media Inc., Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., as Borrower, certain lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Royal Bank of Canada and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., as co-syndication agents, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Fifth Third Bank, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and ING Capital LLC, as co-documentation agents (the “Canceled Credit Agreement”);

 

    Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2011, among Cumulus Media Inc., the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, as supplemented; and

 

    Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2017, between Cumulus Media Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agreement”).

 

-4-


Cancellation of Prior Equity Securities

In accordance with the Plan, each share of Old Cumulus’ Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “old Class A common stock”), Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “old Class B common stock”), and Class C common stock, par value $0.01 per share (together with the old Class A common stock and the old Class B common stock, the “old common stock”) outstanding prior to the Effective Date, including all options, warrants or other rights, including rights issued under the Rights Agreement, to purchase such old common stock, were extinguished, canceled and discharged, and each such share, option or warrant has no further force or effect. Furthermore, all of Old Cumulus’ equity award agreements under prior incentive plans, and the awards granted pursuant thereto, were extinguished, canceled and discharged and have no further force or effect.

 

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant

The information contained in Item 1.01 above under the sub-heading “Credit Agreement” is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.

 

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

On the Effective Date, in connection with the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 and in reliance on the exemption from registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Company issued or will issue a total of 11,052,211 shares of Class A common stock, 5,218,209 shares of Class B common stock, 3,016,853 Series 1 warrants and 712,736 Series 2 warrants to holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims, collectively.

Any shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Series 1 warrants or Series 2 warrants will similarly be issued pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The information contained in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the sub-heading “Warrant Agreement” is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.02.

 

Item 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders

The information contained in the Explanatory Note, Item 1.02 above and Item 5.03 below is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.03.

 

Item 5.01 Changes in Control of Registrant

The information set forth in the Explanatory Note and Item 5.02 under the subheading “Board of Directors” is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.01.

 

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

Board of Directors

In accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date, Jeffrey Marcus, Jan Baker, Jill Bright, John W. Dickey, Ralph B. Everett and Ross Oliver ceased to be members of Old Cumulus’ board of directors. Also in accordance with the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) is comprised of seven members, consisting of Mary G. Berner, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and the following six independent directors selected by the Term Lender Group:

 

-5-


David M. Baum , age 53, has served as the President of Baum Media Group, LLC, an investment and consulting firm, since February 2005. From March 2013 to July 2017, Mr. Baum also served as the President of Revolution Golf, a digital media company, where he maintained responsibility for its overall strategy and operations. Prior to founding Baum Media Group, Mr. Baum served for over 18 years in various roles at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment bank, retiring in 2003 as a partner and Managing Director of the Mergers and Acquisitions department. Mr. Baum serves on the board of directors of the Marcus Corporation.

Matthew C. Blank , age 67, has served as an advisor to Showtime Networks Inc., a premium television network, since 2017. Before taking his most recent role, he served as Chairman of Showtime from 2016 to 2017 and Chief Executive Officer of Showtime from 1995 to 2015. Prior to his service at Showtime, Mr. Blank served for over 12 years in various roles at Home Box Office, Inc., a premium television network, leaving HBO as its Senior Vice President of Consumer Marketing. Mr. Blank served on the board of directors of Geeknet, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Blank serves as a director of Creative Coalition and PENCIL Public Education Needs Civic Involvement in Learning and is a board member of The Cable Center. He is a Trustee of the Harlem Children’s Zone and the American Museum of the Moving Image.

Thomas H. Castro , age 63, has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of El Dorado Capital, LLC, a private equity investment firm, since December 2008. He is also the founder of IMB Development Corporation, a private equity investment firm, and has served as its Managing Director since January 2012. Previously, he was the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Border Media Partners, LLC, a radio broadcasting company that primarily targets Hispanic listeners in Texas, from 2002 to 2007 and its Vice Chairman through 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Castro owned and operated other radio stations and founded a company that exported oil field equipment to Mexico. Mr. Castro served on the board of directors of Time Warner Cable, Inc. from 2006 to 2016.

Joan Hogan Gillman , age 55, served as Executive Vice President of Time Warner Cable, Inc., a media, telecom and cable company, and Chief Operating Officer of its Time Warner Cable Media division, for which she maintained financial responsibility, from September 2006 to June 2016. Prior to her service at Time Warner Cable, Ms. Hogan Gillman served in senior executive roles at OpenTV Corporation, a television and advertising software company, British Interactive Broadcasting Holdings Limited, a provider of interactive services for U.K. digital television, and Physicians’ Online Inc., an online billing solution for physicians. Ms. Hogan Gillman currently serves on the board of directors of Airgain, Inc., Centrica PLC and InterDigital, Inc. Ms. Hogan Gillman also serves the Chairman of the board of directors of the Jesuit Volunteer Group and is a committee member of Transit Wireless.

Andrew W. Hobson , age 56, has served as a Partner and the Chief Financial Officer of Innovatus Capital Partners, LLC, a private investment firm, since January 2016. From 1994 to 2015, Mr. Hobson served in various roles at Univision Communications Inc., a media company, including Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from October 2007 through February 2015, during which time he was responsible for all financial aspects of the company. Prior to his employment at Univision, Mr. Hobson served as a Principal at Chartwell Partners LLC from 1990 to 1994.

Brian G. Kushner , age 59, has served as Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Finance practice of FTI Consulting, Inc., a global business management consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to joining FTI Consulting, Dr. Kushner served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sage Telecom, a telecommunications company and, before Sage, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Crossing Limited, a trans-Pacific telecommunications company. Early in his career, Dr. Kushner co-founded CXO, L.L.C., a bankruptcy debtor advisory and interim management firm, which was ultimately sold to FTI Consulting. He currently serves on the board of directors of Dex Media, Inc., Mudrick Capital Acquisition Corporation and Zodiac Interactive. He has previously served on the board of directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC, Pacific Crossing Limited, Damovo Group, Everyware Global, Inc. (now The Oneida Group), DLN Holdings, LLC and Caribbean Asset Holdings LLC.

All directors serve on the Board for a term ending at the annual meeting following the meeting at which the director was elected. The current class of directors will be subject to reelection at the Company’s next annual meeting.

The Board’s audit committee currently consists of Brian G. Kushner (chair), Thomas H. Castro and Andrew W. Hobson. The Board’s compensation committee currently consists of David M. Baum (chair), Matthew C. Blank and Joan Hogan Gillman. The Board’s nominating committee consists of Joan Hogan Gillman (chair), Matthew C. Blank and David M. Baum.

 

-6-


There are no transactions in which any member of the Board has an interest that requires disclosure under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

Indemnification Agreements

In accordance with the Plan, the Board has approved a form of indemnification agreement (the “Indemnification Agreement”) to be entered into by members of the Board and the Company’s executive officers. The Indemnification Agreement provides for the mandatory advancement and reimbursement of reasonable expenses (subject to limited exceptions) incurred by indemnitees in various legal proceedings in which they may be involved by reason of their service as directors or officers, as applicable, as permitted by Delaware law, the Charter and the Bylaws (each as defined below). Each of the Company’s executive officers and directors has entered or will enter into an Indemnification Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the indemnification obligations of Old Cumulus remain in full force and effect.

The foregoing description of the Indemnification Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Form of Indemnification Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

In accordance with the Plan and the approval of the Board, the Cumulus Media Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) became effective as of the Effective Date. The Incentive Plan is intended to, among other things, help attract, motivate and retain key employees and directors and to reward them for making major contributions to the success of the Company. The Incentive Plan permits awards to be made to consultants or to employees, directors, or consultants of an affiliate of the Company.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Board’s compensation committee will administer the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan generally provides for the following types of awards:

 

    stock options (including incentive options and nonstatutory options);

 

    restricted stock;

 

    stock appreciation rights;

 

    dividend equivalents;

 

    other stock based awards;

 

    performance awards; and

 

    cash awards.

The aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan is 2,222,223, representing 10% of the outstanding common stock and warrants of the Company as of the Effective Date, on a fully diluted basis. Awards can be made under the Incentive Plan for a period of ten years from June 4, 2018, subject to the right of the stockholders and the Board to terminate the Incentive Plan at any time.

The foregoing description of the Incentive Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Incentive Plan, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein.

Grant of Equity Awards

On the Effective Date and pursuant to the Plan, the Company granted 565,277 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and 565,277 stock options (“Options”) under the Incentive Plan and the terms of the relevant restricted stock unit agreements (the “Restricted Stock Unit Agreements”) and stock option agreements (the “Option Agreements”), as applicable, to certain employees, including its executive officers (collectively, “Management”), representing an aggregate of 1,130,554 shares of Class A common stock (collectively, the “Management Emergence Awards”).

 

-7-


Fifty percent (50%) of the RSUs granted to Management vest ratably on each of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, subject to certain performance-based criteria. Of the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the RSUs and one hundred percent (100%) of the Options granted to Management, 30% will vest on each of the first two anniversaries of the Effective Date, and 20% will vest on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the Effective Date. The vesting of each of the Management Emergence Awards is also subject to, among other things, each such employee’s continued employment with the Company.

If an employee’s employment is terminated by the Company or its subsidiaries without Cause, by the employee for Good Reason (each, as defined in the award agreement) or due to a termination of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries by reason of death or Disability (as defined in the award agreement), such employee will become vested in an additional tranche of the unvested Management Emergence Awards as if the employee’s employment continued for one (1) additional year following the qualifying termination date; provided , that with respect to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, (i) an amount equal to 50% of the unvested components of the Management Emergence Awards will accelerate and vest (75% if such termination occurs on or before the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date) and (ii) vested Options will remain outstanding until the expiration date of such Option. If an employee’s employment is terminated by the Company or its subsidiaries without Cause or by the employee for Good Reason, in either instance at any time within the three month period immediately preceding, or the twelve month period immediately following, a Change in Control (as defined in the award agreement), such employee will become vested in all unvested Management Emergence Awards.

In addition, on the Effective Date and pursuant to the Plan, the Company granted each non-employee director 5,402 (10,804 for Mr. Hobson) RSUs and 2,701 (5,402 for Mr. Hobson) Options under the Incentive Plan and the terms of the relevant Restricted Stock Unit Agreements and Option Agreements, as applicable, representing an aggregate of 56,721 shares of Class A common stock (the “Director Emergence Awards”). The RSUs and Options granted to each non-employee director vest in four equal installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter in which the grant occurs. The vesting of each of the Director Emergence Awards is also subject to, among other things, each such non-employee director’s continued role as a director with the Company. Upon a Change in Control, all unvested Director Emergence Awards will fully vest.

The foregoing description of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreements and Option Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreements and the full text of the Form of Option Agreements, copies of which are included as Exhibits 10.5, 10. 6 and 10.7, and 10.8, 10.9 and 10.10, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation (the “Charter”) and bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which became effective on the Effective Date. The Charter authorizes the Company to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock. The Charter also authorizes the Company to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0000001 per share (“preferred stock”), of none which were issued pursuant to the Plan.

Description of Capital Stock

Authorized Capital

The Company has the authority to issue a total of 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Voting Rights

Subject to any voting rights granted to preferred stock that may be outstanding from time to time, each share of the Company’s Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Except as provided below and as otherwise required by the Charter, Bylaws or by applicable law, the holders of Class A common stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders generally (or if any holders of shares of preferred stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of common stock, as a single class with such holders of shares of preferred stock).

 

-8-


Holders of Class B common stock are generally not entitled to vote such shares on matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class B common stock, voting as a separate class, on any proposed amendment or modification of any specific rights or obligations that affect holders of Class B common stock and that do not similarly affect the rights or obligations of the holders of Class A common stock. In addition, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class B common stock, voting together with the holders of Class A common stock, on each of the following matters, if and only if any such matter is submitted to a vote of the stockholders (provided that the Company may take action on any of the following without a vote of the stockholders to the extent permitted by law):

 

  a) the retention or dismissal of outside auditors by the Company;

 

  b) any dividends or distributions to the stockholders of the Company;

 

  c) any material sale of assets, recapitalization, merger, business combination, consolidation, exchange of stock or other similar reorganization involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  d) the adoption of any new or amended Charter;

 

  e) other than in connection with any management equity or similar plan adopted by the Board, any authorization or issuance of equity interests, or any security or instrument convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests, in the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

 

  f) the liquidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The Charter and Bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting. The holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote and present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present called for the purpose of electing directors will be entitled to elect the directors of the Company. The holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, and present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

All directors will be elected annually commencing at the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the preferences applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at any time, if any, the holders of shares of common stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of stock as may be declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of the assets or funds legally available; except that in the case of dividends or other distributions payable on the Class A common stock or Class B common stock in shares of such stock, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or dividends, only Class A common stock will be distributed with respect to Class A common stock and only Class B common stock will be distributed with respect to Class B common stock. In no event will any of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock be split, divided or combined unless each other class is proportionately split, divided or combined.

Preferred Stock

As of the date hereof, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding. The Charter provides that the Board may, by resolution, establish one or more classes or series of preferred stock having the number of shares and relative voting rights, designations and other rights, preferences, and limitations as may be fixed by them without further stockholder approval. The holders of any such preferred stock may be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock with respect to dividends, or upon a liquidation, dissolution, or the Company’s winding up, in such amounts as are established by the resolutions of the Board approving the issuance of such shares.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the holders and may adversely affect voting and other rights of holders of common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with

 

-9-


possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock. The Charter provides that the Board may not issue any preferred stock for the purpose of implementing any shareholder rights plan unless within one hundred and twenty (120) days thereof such shareholder rights plan shall have been ratified by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote on such matters (voting as a class).

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

The Class B common stock is convertible at any time, or from time to time, at the option of the holders (provided that the prior consent of any governmental authority required to make such conversion lawful shall have been obtained and a determination by the Company has been made that the applicable holder does not have an attributable interest in another entity that would cause the Company to violate applicable law) into Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis.

No Preemptive Rights

No holder of common stock has any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of the Company’s capital stock issuable in the future.

Liquidation Rights

If the Company is liquidated (either partially or completely), dissolved or wound up, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the Company’s net assets remaining after payment of all liquidation preferences, if any, applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Action by Written Consent

The Charter provides that all actions of the stockholders must be taken at an annual or special meeting and may not be taken by written consent without a meeting.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

The Company is not subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing of Common Stock

The Class A common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Tier under the symbol “CMIA”. The Company has applied to list its Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol “CMLS.” No assurances can be provided that the Company’s application will be approved, or the timing thereof.

This description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Charter and Bylaws, copies of which are included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein.

 

-10-


Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.1    First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cumulus Media Inc.
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cumulus Media Inc.
4.1    Form of Global Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-2 to Exhibit 10.2 hereto)
10.1    Form of Credit Agreement dated as of June  4, 2018, among Holdings, as borrower, the subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto as borrowers, Intermediate Holdings as guarantor, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto
10.2    Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2018, among the Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
10.3    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.4    Cumulus Media Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.5    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Senior Executive)
10.6    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Senior Executive)
10.7    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Director)
10.8    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Non-Senior Executive)
10.9    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Senior Executive)
10.10    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Director)
99.1    Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law, and Order Confirming the Debtors’ First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization
99.2    Press release dated June 4, 2018

 

-11-


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

    CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
June 4, 2018     By:   /s/ Richard S. Denning
      Name: Richard S. Denning
      Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

-12-

Exhibit 2.1

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON &

GARRISON LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Tel: 212-373-3000

Fax: 212-757-3990

Paul M. Basta

Lewis R. Clayton

Jacob A. Adlerstein

Claudia R. Tobler

Counsel for Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

 

In re:

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC., et al. ,

 

    Debtors. 1

 

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

    

 

Chapter 11

 

Case No. 17-13381 (SCC)

 

(Jointly Administered)

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

 

1   The last four digits of Cumulus Media Inc.’s tax identification number are 9663. Because of the large number of Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases, a complete list of the Debtors and the last four digits of their federal tax identification numbers is not provided herein. A complete list of such information may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus. The location of the Debtors’ service address is: 3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

     1  

A.

 

Defined Terms

     1  

B.

 

Rules of Interpretation

     15  

C.

 

Computation of Time

     15  

D.

 

Governing Law

     15  

E.

 

Reference to Monetary Figures

     16  

F.

 

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

     16  

ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND OTHER UNCLASSIFIED CLAIMS

     16  

A.

 

Administrative Claims

     16  

B.

 

Professional Compensation

     16  

C.

 

Priority Tax Claims

     17  

D.

 

Statutory Fees

     18  

ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

     18  

A.

 

Classification of Claims and Interests

     18  

B.

 

Summary of Classification

     18  

C.

 

Treatment of Claims and Interests

     19  

D.

 

Voting of Claims

     23  

E.

 

No Substantive Consolidation

     23  

F.

 

Acceptance by Impaired Classes

     23  

G.

 

Special Provision Governing Claims

     23  

H.

 

Elimination of Vacant Classes

     23  

I.

 

Consensual Confirmation

     24  

J.

 

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     24  

K.

 

Controversy Concerning Impairment or Classification

     24  

L.

 

Subordinated Claims

     24  

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

     24  

A.

 

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

     24  

B.

 

First Lien Exit Facility

     25  

C.

 

New Revolving Credit Facility

     25  

D.

 

Issuance and Distribution of New Securities

     25  

E.

 

Settlement of Claims and Interests

     26  

F.

 

Restructuring Transactions

     26  

G.

 

Corporate Existence

     26  

H.

 

FCC Licenses

     26  

I.

 

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

     27  

J.

 

Cancellation of Existing Indebtedness and Securities

     27  

K.

 

Corporate Action

     28  

L.

 

New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws

     28  

M.

 

Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

     28  

N.

 

Employee Obligations

     29  

O.

 

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     29  

P.

 

Management Incentive Plan

     29  


Q.

 

Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees

     29  

R.

 

Indemnification Provisions

     30  

S.

 

Preservation of Causes of Action

     30  

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     30  

A.

 

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     30  

B.

 

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     31  

C.

 

Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     31  

D.

 

Certain Customer Agreements

     32  

E.

 

Insurance Policies

     32  

F.

 

Indemnification Provisions

     33  

G.

 

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     33  

H.

 

Reservation of Rights

     33  

I.

 

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     33  

J.

 

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

     33  

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     34  

A.

 

Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

     34  

B.

 

Distributions on Account of Obligations of Multiple Debtors

     34  

C.

 

Disbursing Agent

     34  

D.

 

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

     34  

E.

 

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

     35  

F.

 

Manner of Payment

     36  

G.

 

Section 1145 Exemption

     36  

H.

 

Compliance with Tax Requirements

     37  

I.

 

Allocations

     37  

J.

 

Setoffs and Recoupment

     37  

K.

 

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     38  

L.

 

Foreign Current Exchange Rate

     38  

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

     39  

A.

 

Resolution of Disputed Claims

     39  

B.

 

Disallowance of Claims

     40  

C.

 

Amendments to Proofs of Claim

     40  

D.

 

No Distributions Pending Allowance

     40  

E.

 

Distributions After Allowance

     40  

F.

 

Reserve of Special Warrants

     41  

G.

 

No Interest

     41  

ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     41  

A.

 

Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

     41  

B.

 

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     41  

C.

 

Release of Liens

     42  

D.

 

Releases by the Debtors

     42  

E.

 

Releases by the Releasing Parties

     43  

F.

 

Regulatory Activities

     44  

G.

 

Exculpation

     44  

H.

 

Injunction

     45  

I.

 

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     45  

J.

 

Recoupment

     45  

K.

 

Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment

     45  


ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

     46  

A.

 

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     46  

B.

 

Waiver of Conditions

     46  

C.

 

Effect of Failure of Conditions

     47  

ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     47  

A.

 

Modification and Amendments

     47  

B.

 

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     47  

C.

 

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

     47  

ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     48  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     50  

A.

 

Immediate Binding Effect

     50  

B.

 

Substantial Consummation

     50  

C.

 

Further Assurances

     50  

D.

 

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment

     50  

E.

 

Reservation of Rights

     50  

F.

 

Successors and Assigns

     50  

G.

 

Notices

     51  

H.

 

Entire Agreement

     52  

I.

 

Exhibits

     52  

J.

 

Severability of Plan Provisions

     52  

K.

 

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

     52  

L.

 

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

     53  

M.

  Conflicts      53  


INTRODUCTION

Cumulus Media Inc. (“ Cumulus ”) and its debtor affiliates, as debtors and debtors in possession, propose this joint plan of reorganization (the “ Plan ”) for the resolution of the Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Pursuant to section 1125(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, votes to accept or reject a plan of reorganization cannot be solicited from holders of claims or interests entitled to vote on a plan until a disclosure statement has been approved by a bankruptcy court and distributed to such holders. On February 2, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Disclosure Statement Order that, among other things, approved the Disclosure Statement, set voting procedures, and scheduled the Confirmation Hearing.    

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS SHOULD REFER TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DEBTORS’ HISTORY, BUSINESS, ASSETS, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE OPERATIONS, AS WELL AS A SUMMARY AND DESCRIPTION OF THIS PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

 

A. Defined Terms.

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings ascribed to them below.

1.    “ Accrued Professional Compensation Claims ” means, at any given time, all Claims against any Debtor for accrued, contingent, and/or unpaid fees and expenses (including success fees) that are allowable before the Effective Date by any retained Professional in the Chapter 11 Cases that the Bankruptcy Court has not denied by Final Order, in all cases to the extent that any such fees and expenses (a) have not been previously paid (regardless of whether a fee application has been Filed for any such amount) and (b) have not been applied against any retainer that has been provided to such Professional, in each case in accordance with the Interim Compensation Order. To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court or any higher court of competent jurisdiction denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s fees or expenses (whether or not paid pursuant to an order granting interim allowance), then those reduced or denied amounts shall no longer constitute Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

2.     Administrative Claim means a Claim against any Debtor for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases arising on or prior to the Effective Date and Allowed pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to sections 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ business; (b) Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.

3.     Administrative Claims Bar Date means the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the Effective Date.

4.     “Administrative Claims Objection Deadline” means the date that is seventy-five (75) calendar days after the Effective Date.

5.     “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

6.     Allowed means, when used in reference to a Claim, all or that portion, as applicable, of any Claim against any Debtor that (i) has been listed in the Schedules (as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time) as liquidated in amount and not disputed or contingent, and for which no contrary or


superseding Proof of Claim has been timely Filed or that the Debtors do not timely object to in accordance with Article VII of the Plan, (ii) has been expressly allowed by Final Order or under the Plan, (iii) has been compromised, settled or otherwise resolved pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, the Bankruptcy Rules, Local Rules, another Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (iv) is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Claims Bar Date (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed) that the Debtors or any other party in interest do not timely object to in accordance with Article VII of the Plan; provided , however , that Claims allowed solely for the purpose of voting to accept or reject the Plan shall not be considered “Allowed” for any other purpose under the Plan or otherwise, except if and to the extent otherwise determined to be Allowed as provided herein. Unless otherwise specified under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, by order of the Bankruptcy Court or as otherwise agreed by the Debtors, Allowed Claims shall not, for any purpose under the Plan, include any interest, costs, fees or charges on such Claims from and after the Petition Date, and no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) a Proof of Claim Filed after the Claims Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-Filed Claim and (y) a Disputed Claim shall not become an Allowed Claim unless as otherwise provided for in the Plan. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.

7.    “ Avoidance Actions ” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by any of the Debtors pursuant to any applicable section of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553(b) and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law.

8.     “Ballot” means the form or forms distributed to certain Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan by which such parties may indicate acceptance or rejection of the Plan, which shall be subject to the rights of the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto).

9.     “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as may be amended from time to time.

10.     Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, including, to the extent of any withdrawal of the reference under section 157(d) of the Judicial Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

11.     Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

12.     Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)(6)).

13.    “ Case Management Procedures ” means the procedures pursuant to the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 105(a) and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 1015(c), 2002(m), and 9007 Implementing Certain Notice and Case Management Procedures [Docket No. 73].

14.     “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America.

15.    “ Cash Collateral Order ” means the Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § § 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 363(c)(2), and 507 (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (II)  Granting Adequate Protection to the Secured Parties, and (III)  Granting Related Relief , entered on December 21, 2017 [Docket No. 164].

16.     “Cause of Action” means, without limitation, any action, Claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, right of setoff, cross claim, counterclaim, recoupment, claim for breach of duty imposed by law or in equity, action, Lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense,

 

2


offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured, or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, or pursuant to any other theory of law.

17.     Chapter 11 Cases means the jointly administered chapter 11 cases Filed for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court and currently styled In re Cumulus Media Inc. , Case No. 17-13381 (SCC) (Jointly Administered).

18.     Claim means any claim, as such term is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

19.    “ Claims and Interests ” means Claims against, and Interests in, any Debtor.

20.     “Claims Bar Date” means the date by which a Proof of Claim must be or must have been Filed, as established by (a) the Claims Bar Date Order, or (b) any other Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable.

21.     “Claims Bar Date Order” means an order to be entered by the Bankruptcy Court, establishing the Claims Bar Date.

22.     “Claims Objection Deadline” means the deadline for objecting to a Claim against any Debtor, which shall be on the date that is the later of (a) 180 calendar days after the Effective Date and (b) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by an order of the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to such Claims.

23.    “ Claims or Interests ” means Claims against, or Interests in, any Debtor.

24.     “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims against the Debtors maintained by the Voting and Claims Agent.

25.    “ Class means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

26.    “ Class  A Common Stock ” means the class A common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Reorganized Cumulus issued on the Effective Date, or upon exercise of the Special Warrants, which for the avoidance of doubt may include Restricted Stock.

27.    “ Class  B Common Stock ” means the limited voting class B common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Reorganized Cumulus issued on the Effective Date, or upon exercise of the Special Warrants, which for the avoidance of doubt may include Restricted Stock, the terms of which Class B Common Stock will provide that it may be converted at the election of the Holder into Class A Common Stock on a one for one basis (subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations, dividends or distributions with respect to the Class A Common Stock), subject to a determination by Reorganized Cumulus that such conversion would not result in a violation of the Communications Act or FCC rules and any necessary FCC approval.

28.     “ Class  B Election ” means an election made by a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim or Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the Ownership Certification that such Holder elects to receive Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock.

29.     “Committee” means the statutory committee of unsecured creditors of the Debtors, appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code by the U.S. Trustee on December 11, 2017, the membership of which may be reconstituted from time to time.

 

3


30.    “ Communications Act ” means Chapter 5 of Title 47 of the United States Code, 47 U.S.C. § 151 et seq. , as amended.

31.     Confirmation means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

32.     Confirmation Date means the date upon which the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

33.     “Confirmation Hearing” means the confirmation hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

34.     Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and approving the transactions contemplated thereby.

35.    “ Consenting Equityholders ” means, collectively, the Holders of Interests in Cumulus party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.

36.    “ Consenting Term Loan Lenders ” means, collectively, the Term Loan Lenders party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.

37.     Consummation means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

38.    “ Convenience Claim ” means a General Unsecured Claim that is either (a) in an amount that is equal to or less than $20,000 or (b) in an amount that is greater than $20,000, but with respect to which the Holder of such General Unsecured Claim voluntarily and irrevocably reduces the aggregate amount of such Claim to $20,000 pursuant to a valid election by the Holder of such General Unsecured Claim made on its Ballot on or before the Plan Voting Deadline.

39.    “ Convenience Class  Cap ” means $2 million in the aggregate or such greater amount that is subject to the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group.

40.    “ Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013, among Cumulus, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., as borrower, certain lenders party thereto, the Credit Agreement Agent, and certain other agents party thereto.

41.    “ Credit Agreement Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement (or any successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in such capacity).

42.     “ Credit Agreement Claim ” means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, relating to, or arising from the Credit Agreement or the related Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

43.    “ Credit Documents ” means, collectively, the (a) Credit Agreement, (b) each security agreement, guaranty, pledge agreement, mortgage, and any other document entered into pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement, and (c) each other agreement that creates or purports to create or perfect a Lien or security interest in favor of the Credit Agreement Agent and/or the Term Loan Lenders.

44.    “ Cumulus ” means Cumulus Media Inc.

 

4


45.     “Cure Claim” means a Claim against any Debtor based upon such Debtor’s monetary default under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed or assumed and assigned by such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

46.     Cure Notice means a notice of a proposed amount of Cash to be paid on account of a Cure Claim in connection with an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or assumed and assigned, under the Plan pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, which notice shall include the amount of Cure Claim (if any) to be paid in connection therewith.

47.     Debtor means one of the Debtors, in its individual capacity as a debtor and debtor in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases.

48.    “ Debtor Release ” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.D of the Plan.

49.     Debtors means, collectively: Cumulus Media Inc.; Cumulus Media Holdings Inc.; Consolidated IP Company LLC; Broadcast Software International; Incentrev-Radio Half Off, LLC; Cumulus Intermediate Holdings Inc.; Incentrev LLC; Cumulus Network Holdings Inc.; Cumulus Radio Corporation; LA Radio, LLC; KLOS-FM Radio Assets, LLC; Detroit Radio, LLC; DC Radio Assets, LLC; Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC; Chicago Radio Assets, LLC; Atlanta Radio, LLC; Minneapolis Radio Assets, LLC; NY Radio Assets, LLC; Radio Assets LLC; San Francisco Radio Assets, LLC; WBAP-KSCS Assets, LLC; WPLJ Radio, LLC; Westwood One, Inc.; CMP Susquehanna Radio Holdings Corp.; Cumulus Broadcasting LLC; Dial Communications Global Media, LLC; Radio Networks, LLC; Westwood One Radio Networks, Inc.; CMP Susquehanna Corp.; Catalyst Media, Inc.; CMI Receivables Funding LLC; Susquehanna Pfaltzgraff Co.; CMP KC Corp.; Susquehanna Media Co.; Susquehanna Radio Corp.; KLIF Broadcasting, Inc.; and Radio Metroplex, Inc.

50.    “ Debtors’ Case Information Website ” means http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus.

51.    “ Declaratory Ruling ” means a declaratory ruling adopted by the FCC granting the relief requested in the Petition for Declaratory Ruling

52.    “ Description of Transaction Steps ” means the description of the Restructuring Transactions as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

53.    “ Disallowed ” means, with reference to any Claim or a portion of a Claim, any Claim against any Debtor that (a) has been disallowed by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) has been listed by such Debtor in the Schedules, as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1009, as $0, contingent, disputed, or unliquidated and as to which no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date or deemed timely Filed pursuant to any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (c) has been agreed to by the Holder of such Claim and the applicable Debtor to be equal to $0 or to be expunged, (d) has been reclassified, expunged, subordinated or estimated to the extent that such reclassification, expungement, subordination or estimation results in a reduction in the Filed amount of any Proof of Claim, or (e) has not been listed by such Debtor on the Schedules and as to which no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date or deemed timely or properly Filed pursuant to any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. In each case a Disallowed Claim is disallowed only to the extent of disallowance, withdrawal, reclassification, expungement, subordination or estimation.

54.    “ Disbursing Agent” means the Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the Reorganized Debtors to make or facilitate distributions contemplated under the Plan.

55.     Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement related to the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein, which shall be subject to the rights of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto), as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

5


56.     “Disclosure Statement Order” means the Order Approving (A)  the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement; (B)  Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; (C)  the Form of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith; (D)  the Scheduling of Certain Dates with Respect Thereto; and (E)  Related Relief [Docket No. 416].

57.    “ Disputed means, with respect to a Claim against any Debtor, (a) any Claim, proof of which was timely and properly Filed, which is disputed under Article VII of this Plan or as to which the Debtors or any other party in interest have interposed and not withdrawn an objection or request for estimation (pursuant to Article VII of this Plan or otherwise) that has not been determined by a Final Order, (b) any Claim, proof of which was required to be Filed by order of the Bankruptcy Court but as to which a Proof of Claim was not timely or properly Filed, (c) any Claim that is listed in the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent, or disputed, or (d) any Claim that is otherwise disputed by any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest, which dispute has not been withdrawn, resolved, or overruled by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, if no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date and the Claim is not listed on the Schedules or has been or hereafter is listed on the Schedules as $0, disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, such Claim shall be Disallowed and shall be expunged from the Claims Register without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

58.    “ Disputed Claim Reserve ” means the reserve of Special Warrants created pursuant to Article VII.F. of this Plan.

59.     “Distribution Record Date” means the Confirmation Date or such later date as agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors and the Term Lender Group in their sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that no distribution record date shall apply to the Senior Notes or any other publicly-held Securities.

60.    “ DTC ” means the Depository Trust Company.

61.     “Effective Date” means the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article IX.A and Article IX.B , (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, and (c) the Debtors declare the Plan effective.

62.     “ Employee Obligations ” means the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, policies, programs and plans for, among other things, compensation, reimbursement, indemnity, health care benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation benefits, travel benefits, vacation and sick leave benefits, savings, severance benefits, including in the event of a change of control after the Effective Date, retirement benefits, welfare benefits, relocation programs, life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, including written contracts, agreements, policies, programs and plans for bonuses and other incentives or compensation for the directors, officers and employees of any of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time (including any compensation programs approved by the Bankruptcy Court).

63.     “Entity” means an entity as such term is defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

64.     Estate means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor by section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

65.    “ Equity Allocation Mechanism ” means the methodology for allocating the New Securities among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims, set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

66.     “Exculpated Causes of Action” means any Causes of Action or Claim related to any act or omission derived from, based upon, related to, or arising from the Debtors’ in or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the Chapter 11 Cases, formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, solicitation or Filing of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan (including any term sheets related thereto), or any contract, instrument, release, or other

 

6


agreement or document created or entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, the funding of this Plan, the occurrence of the Effective Date, the administration of this Plan or the property to be distributed under this Plan, the pursuit of Confirmation or Consummation, and the administration and implementation of the Plan, including (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents, (b) the First Lien Exit Facility, (c) the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), (d) the Restructuring Transactions, (e) the Restructuring Support Agreement, (f) the issuance of the New Securities (g) the Management Incentive Plan, and (g) the distribution of property under the Plan or any other agreement under the Plan; provided , that the Exculpated Parties shall be entitled, in all respects, to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to the foregoing.

67.    “ Exculpated Party means each of: (a) the Debtors, (b) the Reorganized Debtors, (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, (d) the Consenting Equityholders, (e) the Credit Agreement Agent, (f) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (e), the manager, management company, or investment advisor of any of the foregoing, and each of such Entities’ respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds, and (g) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities (a) through (f), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

68.    “ Executory Contract means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

69.     Federal Judgment Rate means the interest rate applicable to a judgment entered on the Petition Date that is subject to section 1961 of the Judicial Code, as determined in accordance with that statute.

70.     “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission, including any official bureau or division thereof acting on delegated authority, and any successor governmental agency performing functions similar to those performed by the Federal Communications Commission on the Effective Date.

71.    “ FCC Applications ” means collectively, each application, petition, or other request filed with the FCC in connection with this restructuring and the Plan.

72.    “ FCC Approval ” means the FCC’s grant of the FCC Long Form Application.

73.    “ FCC Licenses ” means broadcasting and other licenses, authorizations, waivers and permits that are issued from time to time by the FCC.

74.    “ FCC Long Form Application ” means the applications filed with the FCC seeking FCC consent to the Transfer of Control.

75.    “ FCC Ownership Procedures Order ” means an order to be entered by the Bankruptcy Court establishing procedures for, among other things, completion and submission of the Ownership Certification.

76.     “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court, the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court, or any of its or their authorized designees in the Chapter 11 Cases, including with respect to a Proof of Claim, the Voting and Claims Agent.

77.     “Final Order” means an order, ruling or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction) entered by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases (or by the clerk of such other court of competent jurisdiction on the docket of such court), which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, amended or vacated, and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari or motion for new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall be pending or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or

 

7


certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have expired, as a result of which such order shall have become final in accordance with Rule 8002 of the Bankruptcy Rules; provided, however , that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed relating to such order, shall not cause an order not to be a Final Order.

78.    “ First Lien Exit Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement evidencing the First Lien Exit Facility.

79.    “ First Lien Exit Facility ” means the new first lien term loan facility to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors on the terms consistent with those set forth in the First Lien Exit Facility Term Sheet.

80.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., or another financial institution, in its capacity as administrative agent under the First Lien Exit Facility.

81.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Term Sheet ” means the term sheet attached as Annex B to the Restructuring Term Sheet setting forth the material terms and conditions of the First Lien Exit Facility.

82.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Documents ” means the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement and each guarantee, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other documents and agreements entered into in connection with the First Lien Exit Facility.

83.     General Unsecured Claim means any Unsecured Claim against the Debtors that is not (a) an Administrative Claim, (b) a Priority Tax Claim, (c) a Priority Non-Tax Claim, (d) an Accrued Professional Compensation Claim, (e) a Credit Agreement Claim, (f) a Senior Notes Claim, (g) a Convenience Claim, (h) a Subordinated Claim, or (i) an Intercompany Claim, or is otherwise determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be a General Unsecured Claim.

84.     Governmental Unit means a governmental unit as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

85.     Holder means an Entity holding a Claim or Interest.

86.    “ Indemnification Provisions ” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification provisions currently in place as of the Petition Date, whether in the Debtors’ by-laws, certificates of incorporation, other formation documents, board resolutions, or in the contracts of the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, other professionals, and agents of the Debtors.

87.     “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

88.     Intercompany Claim means any Claim held by a Debtor or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a Debtor against a Debtor.

89.     Intercompany Interest means an Interest held by a Debtor in another Debtor or Debtor Affiliate.

90.     Interests means any equity security in a Debtor as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Debtors together with any warrants, options, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such equity securities at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto, whether or not fully-vested or vesting in the future, that existed immediately before the Effective Date.

 

8


91.    “ Interim Compensation Order ” means the Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Retained Professionals entered on December 21, 2017 [Docket No. 161].

92.     “Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1-5001.

93.     Lien means a lien as defined in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

94.    “ Local Rules ” means the Local Rules of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

95.     Management Employment Agreements ” means those management employment agreements by and between any Debtor and such Debtor’s employees existing and effective as of the Petition Date.

96.     “Management Incentive Plan” means that certain management incentive plan of the Reorganized Debtors to be in effect on and after the Effective Date, which is consistent in all respects with the Management Incentive Plan term sheet attached as Annex C to the Restructuring Term Sheet, the material terms of which shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement.

97.    “ Merlin Claims ” means all Claims against the Debtors arising under, relating to, or in connection with that certain Put and Call Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2014, by and among Merlin Media, LLC, Merlin Media License, LLC, Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC, and Radio License Holdings LLC for WLUP-FM and WIQI(FM), which Claims shall be deemed Subordinated Claims unless they are otherwise Allowed as General Unsecured Claims, whether by Bankruptcy Court order or otherwise.

98.     “New Boards” means, collectively, the New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as initially established on the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable New Corporate Governance Documents, the selection of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

99.     “New By-Laws” means the form of the by-laws or the limited liability company agreements, as applicable, of each of the Reorganized Debtors effective on and after the Effective Date, each substantially in the form included in the Plan Supplement, and each of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

100.     “New Certificates of Incorporation” means the form of the certificates of incorporation or the certificates of formation, as applicable, of each of the Reorganized Debtors, effective on and after the Effective Date, each substantially in the form included in the Plan Supplement, and each of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

101.     “New Common Stock” means, collectively, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

102.    “ New Corporate Governance Documents ” means, as applicable, the New Certificates of Incorporation, the New By-Laws, or such other applicable formation documents of each of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Shareholders’ Agreement, if any, effective on and after the Effective Date, each in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group, and each consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

103.     “New Cumulus Board” means the initial board of directors of Reorganized Cumulus on the Effective Date, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, the selection of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

9


104.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility ” means a new asset-based or other revolving credit facility to be provided to the Reorganized Debtors under the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and other New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

105.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Agent ” means a financial institution in its capacity as administrative agent, collateral agent, and/or issuing bank under the New Revolving Credit Facility.

106.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement ” means the credit agreement governing the New Revolving Credit Facility, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

107.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Documents ” means, collectively, the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and any amendments, restatements, modifications, or supplements thereto, as well as any related notes, certificates, agreements, security agreements, documents and instruments (including any amendments, restatements, modifications, or supplements of any of the foregoing) related to or executed in connection with the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

108.    “ New Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain shareholders’ agreement, if any, effective as of the Effective Date, addressing certain matters relating to New Common Stock, a form of which will be included in the Plan Supplement, which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

109.     New Subsidiary Boards means, with respect to each of the Reorganized Debtors other than Reorganized Cumulus, the initial board of directors, board of managers, or member, as the case may be, of each such Reorganized Debtor as set forth in the Plan Supplement each of which shall be acceptable to the Term Lender Group.

110.    “ New Securities ” means, collectively, the New Common Stock and the Special Warrants.

111.    “ Opt-Out Forms ” means election forms distributed to Holders of Claims or Interests, as applicable, in Classes 1, 2, 8 and 10, for such Holders to complete if they elect not to grant the Third-Party Release.

112.     Other Secured Claim means any Secured Claim that is not a Credit Agreement Claim.

113.    “ Ownership Certification ” means a written certification, in the form attached to the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, which shall be sufficient to enable the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, to determine (x) the extent to which direct and indirect voting and equity interests of the certifying party are held by non-U.S. Persons, as determined under section 310(b) of the Communications Act and the FCC rules, and (y) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock by the certifying party would result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval.

114.     “Person” means a person as such term is defined in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

115.     Petition Date means November 29, 2017, the date on which each of the Debtors commenced its respective Chapter 11 Case.

116.    “ Petition for Declaratory Ruling ” means a filing with the FCC by Cumulus pursuant to 47 C.F.R. § 1.5000 for Reorganized Cumulus to exceed the 25% indirect foreign ownership benchmark in 47 U.S.C. § 310(b)(4).

117.     Plan means this First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices and schedules thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

10


118.     “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan, which shall be subject to the rights of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto), and solely with respect to the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, reasonably acceptable to the First Lien Exit Facility Agent, to be Filed by the Debtors no later than five (5) calendar days before the Plan Voting Deadline, and as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules, including the following: (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents for the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) a list of retained Causes of Action; (d) the members of the New Cumulus Board; (e) the Description of Transaction Steps; (f) the documents needed to effectuate the Management Incentive Plan; (g) the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement; (h) the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement (if any); and (i) the Special Warrants (and the underlying Warrant Agreement). Any reference to the Plan Supplement in this Plan shall include each of the documents identified in (a) through (i) above. The Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date in accordance with Article X.A of the Plan, and the Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement in accordance with applicable law, subject in all respects to the rights of the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

119.     Plan Voting Deadline means the date set by the Bankruptcy Court in the Disclosure Statement Order by which Ballots and Opt-Out Forms must be received by the Voting and Claims Agent.

120.     “Priority Non-Tax Claims” means any Claim against any Debtor, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

121.     Priority Tax Claims means any Claim against any Debtor of the kind specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

122.    “ Professional ” means an Entity: (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Final Order in accordance with sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) for which compensation and reimbursement has been Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

123.    “ Professional Fee Escrow Account ” means an account, which may be interest-bearing, funded by the Debtors with Cash on or prior to the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

124.    “ Professional Fee Escrow Amount ” means the aggregate amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Effective Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article  II.B of the Plan.

125.     Proof of Claim means a written proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

126.     “ Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of all Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in that Class, or the proportion of the Allowed Claims or Interests in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim or Interest under the Plan.

127.     Reinstated means, with respect to any Claim or Interest, the treatment provided for in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

11


128.     Released Party means each of: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders; (d) the Credit Agreement Agent; (e) the Consenting Equityholders; (f) the Committee; (g) each of the members of the Committee; (h) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee; (i) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (h), each of such Entity’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds; and (j) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (i), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, investment advisors, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such; provided , that any Holder of a Claim or Interest that elects to opt-out of the Third-Party Release shall not constitute a Released Party (even if for any reason otherwise entitled).

129.    “ Releasing Parties ” means each of: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders; (d) the Credit Agreement Agent; (e) the Consenting Equityholders; (f) the Committee; (g) each of the members of the Committee; (h) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee; (i) all Holders of Claims and Interests that are deemed Unimpaired and presumed to accept the Plan and do not elect to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (j) all Holders of Claims and Interests who vote to accept the Plan; (k) all Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan who abstain from voting on the Plan and do not elect on their Ballot to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (l) all Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan who vote to reject the Plan but do not elect on their Ballot to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (m) all other Holders of Claims and Interests who are deemed to reject the Plan and do not elect to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (n) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (m), each of such Entity’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds; and (o) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (n), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, investment advisors, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

130.     Reorganized Debtors means (a) the Debtors, or any successor or assignee thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date, and (b) to the extent not already encompassed by clause (a), Reorganized Cumulus and any newly formed subsidiaries thereof, on or after the Effective Date.

131.     Reorganized Cumulus means either (a) Cumulus or any successor thereto, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, or (b) a new corporation or limited liability company that may be formed or caused to be formed by the Debtors, the Restructuring Support Parties or a designee thereof to, among other things, directly or indirectly acquire substantially all of the assets and/or stock of the Debtors and issue the New Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Plan, in each case, on and after the Effective Date.

132.     “Restricted Stock” means shares of New Common Stock that are subject to temporary restrictions prohibiting certain transfers of such shares, and prohibiting the trading of such shares, on any national securities exchange.

133.    “ Restricted Stock Election ” means an election made by a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim on the Ownership Certification that such Holder elects to receive its New Common Stock in the form of Restricted Stock.

134.    “ Restructuring Support Agreement ” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by Cumulus on behalf of itself and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and, as applicable, the Consenting Term Loan Lenders and the Consenting Equityholders (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, including all exhibits thereto).

135.     “Restructuring Support Parties” means those parties who are signatories to the Restructuring Support Agreement, other than the Debtors.

 

12


136.    “ Restructuring Term Sheet ” means the Restructuring Term Sheet, dated as of November 29, 2017, attached as Exhibit A to the Restructuring Support Agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, including all annexes thereto).

137.    “ Restructuring Transactions ” means, collectively, one or more transactions pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code to occur on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, that may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including (a) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (c) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (d) all transactions necessary to provide for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of, or Interests in, any of the Debtors by Reorganized Cumulus or one or more Entities to be wholly-owned by Reorganized Cumulus, which purchase may be structured as a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (e) the filing of any required FCC Applications; and (f) all other actions that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the one hand, and the Term Lender Group, on the other hand, determine to be necessary or appropriate, including filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Restructuring Transactions may include one or more intercompany mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations or other transactions as may be determined by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Plan, and may include, among other things, the dissolution of CMI Receivables Funding LLC on or after the Effective Date; provided , that, in all cases the Restructuring Transactions shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto).

138.     “Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule (as may be amended) as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases (including any amendments or modifications thereto) that will be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the provisions of Article V of the Plan, and included in the Plan Supplement.

139.     “Schedules ” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and in substantial accordance with the Official Bankruptcy Forms, as the same may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

140.     “Secured” means when referring to a Claim against any Debtor: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the Plan.

141.     Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

142.     Security means a security as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

143.     “Senior Notes” means those certain 7.75% notes due 2019 that were issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

144.     Senior Notes Claim means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, relating to, or arising from the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

13


145.     “Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of May 13, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time).

146.     Senior Notes Indenture Trustee means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, transfer agent, registrar, authentication agent, and paying agent under the Senior Notes Indenture.

147.    “ Special Warrant ” means a 20-year warrant issued by Reorganized Cumulus, with a nominal exercise price, to purchase Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the terms of which will provide that it will not be exercisable unless such exercise otherwise complies with applicable law, the form of which warrant is reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

148.     Subordinated Claim means any Claim against any Debtor that is subordinated under section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code.

149.    “ Term Lender Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

150.    “ Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution ” means a distribution of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Special Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, which New Common Stock (inclusive of the shares that may be exercised in connection with the Special Warrants) will constitute, in the aggregate, 83.5% of all of the issued and outstanding New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan, and to be allocated among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

151.    “ Term Loan Lenders ” means the lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement.

152.    “ Third-Party Release ” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan.

153.    “ Transfer of Control ” means the transfer of control of the FCC Licenses held by any of the subsidiaries of Cumulus as a result of the issuance of the New Common Stock to the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

154.     Unexpired Lease means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

155.    “ Unimpaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Claim or Interest that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

156.     Unsecured Claim means any Claim against any of the Debtors that is neither Secured nor entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

157.    “ Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution ” means a distribution of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Special Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, which New Common Stock (inclusive of the shares that may be exercised in connection with the Special Warrants) will constitute, in the aggregate, 16.5% of all of the issued and outstanding New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan, and to be allocated among the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

158.     U.S. Trustee means the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New York.

159.    “ Voting and Claims Agent ” means Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC, in its capacity as notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases on the terms of an order or orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

14


160.    “ Warrant Agreement ” means the form of warrant agreement governing the Special Warrants, which form shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

 

B. Rules of Interpretation.

For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) any reference herein to an existing document, schedule or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” and “Sections” are references to Articles and Sections, respectively, hereof; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further Bankruptcy Court order, and such interpretation shall be binding; (9) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, bylaw, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; (10) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (11) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (14) any undefined term used herein that is defined in the Bankruptcy Code shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Bankruptcy Code; (15) unless otherwise specified herein, whenever the words “include,” “includes,” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import; and (16) unless otherwise specified herein, references from or through any date mean from and including or through and including.

 

C. Computation of Time.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If any payment, distribution, act or deadline under the Plan is required to be made or performed or occurs on a day that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or distribution, the performance of such act or the occurrence of such deadline shall be deemed to be on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed or to have occurred as of the required date.

 

D. Governing Law.

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided , however , that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

 

15


E. Reference to Monetary Figures.

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND OTHER UNCLASSIFIED CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III .

 

A. Administrative Claims.

1.    Administrative Claims.

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Accrued Professional Compensation Claims, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor(s) agree to less favorable treatment with respect to such Holder, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the later of: (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date if such Administrative Claim is Allowed as of the Effective Date; (b) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the date such Administrative Claim is Allowed; and (c) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , however, that Allowed Administrative Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business shall be paid in the ordinary course of business (or as otherwise approved by the Bankruptcy Court) in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.

A notice setting forth the Administrative Claims Bar Date will be (i) Filed on the Bankruptcy Court’s docket and served with the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order; and (ii) posted on the Debtors’ Case Information Website. No other notice of the Administrative Claims Bar Date will be provided. Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A , requests for payment of Administrative Claims that accrued on or before the Effective Date (other than Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. If for any reason any such Administrative Claim is incapable of being forever barred and discharged, then the Holder of such Claim shall not have recourse to any property of the Reorganized Debtors to be distributed pursuant to the Plan. Objections to such requests for payment of an Administrative Claim, if any, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party no later than the Administrative Claims Objection Deadline.

 

B. Professional Compensation.

1.    Professional Fee Escrow Account.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date, and no later than one Business Day prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish the Professional Fee Escrow Account. The Debtors shall fund the

 

16


Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash in the amount of the aggregate Professional Fee Escrow Amount for all Professionals. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust for the Professionals. Such funds shall not be property of the Debtors’ Estates, subject to the release of Cash to the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account in accordance with Article II.B.2 herein.

2.    Final Fee Applications and Payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

All final requests for payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be Filed no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Effective Date. Such requests shall be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served as required by the Interim Compensation Order and the Case Management Procedures, as applicable. The objection deadline relating to a final fee application shall be 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the filing of such final fee application. After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts of such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court. The Allowed amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, after taking into account any prior payments, shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account promptly following the date when such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. To the extent that funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the Allowed amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within seven (7) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims. After all Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims have been paid in full, the escrow agent shall promptly return any amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account to the Reorganized Debtors.

3.    Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

The Professionals shall estimate their Accrued Professional Compensation Claims before and as of the Effective Date, taking into account any prior payments, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, as shall be indicated by the Debtors to such Professionals in writing as soon as reasonably practicable following Confirmation of the Plan; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional and such Professionals are not bound to any extent by such estimates. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors may estimate a reasonable amount of unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional, taking into account any prior payments; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be binding or considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated shall comprise the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

4.    Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses.

From and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the legal, professional, or other fees and expenses of Professionals that have been formally retained in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code before the Confirmation Date. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or the Interim Compensation Order in seeking retention for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

C. Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall receive, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, one of the following treatments: (1) Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, plus interest at the rate determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law and to the extent provided for by section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code, payable on or as soon as practicable following the Effective Date; (2) Cash in

 

17


an aggregate amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim payable in installment payments over a period of time not to exceed five years after the Petition Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, plus interest at the rate determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law and to the extent provided for by section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) such other treatment as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or otherwise determined by an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Statutory Fees.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay, in full in Cash, any fees due and owing to the U.S. Trustee at the time of Confirmation. Thereafter, each applicable Reorganized Debtor shall pay all U.S. Trustee fees due and owing under section 1930 of the Judicial Code in the ordinary course until the earlier of (i) the entry of a final decree closing the applicable Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case, or (ii) the Bankruptcy Court enters an order converting or dismissing the applicable Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case. Any deadline for filing Administrative Claims or Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall not apply to U.S. Trustee fees.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A. Classification of Claims and Interests.

Pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, set forth below is a designation of Classes of Claims and Interests. All Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III . A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim against a Debtor also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied before the Effective Date. With respect to the treatment of all Claims and Interests as set forth in Article III.C hereof, the consent rights of the Term Lender Group to settle or otherwise compromise Claims are as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

 

B. Summary of Classification.

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor (as applicable) pursuant to the Plan is as set forth below. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Article III.H hereof.

 

18


The following chart summarizes the classification of Claims and Interests pursuant to the Plan: 2

 

 Class

  

Claim/Interest

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

1

   Priority Non-Tax Claims    Unimpaired    Deemed to Accept

2

   Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Deemed to Accept

3

   Credit Agreement Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

4

   Convenience Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

5

   Senior Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

6

   General Unsecured Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

7

   Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired/Impaired    Deemed to Accept or Reject

8

   Subordinated Claims    Impaired    Deemed to Reject

9

   Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired/Impaired    Deemed to Accept or Reject

10

   Interests in Cumulus    Impaired    Deemed to Reject

 

C. Treatment of Claims and Interests.

To the extent a Class contains Allowed Claims or Interests with respect to a particular Debtor, the treatment provided to each Class for distribution purposes is specified below:

 

  1. Class 1 - Priority Non-Tax Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, compromise, release and discharge of each Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, either:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash; or

 

  (ii) Reinstatement of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 1 Priority Non-Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 1 Priority Non-Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  2. Class 2 - Other Secured Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed

 

2  

The information in the table is provided in summary form and is qualified in its entirety by Article III.C hereof.

 

19


  Other Secured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, either:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash;

 

  (ii) Reinstatement of such Allowed Other Secured Claim; or

 

  (iii) delivery of the collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim and payment of any interest required under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 2 Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 2 Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  3. Class 3 - Credit Agreement Claims.

 

  (a) Classification : Class 3 consists of all Credit Agreement Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $1, 728,614,099.90, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount through the Petition Date and other amounts due and owing pursuant to the Credit Agreement and orders of the Bankruptcy Court, including such other amounts required to be paid as adequate protection under the Cash Collateral Order through and including the Effective Date, and shall not be subject to any avoidance, reductions, setoff, offset, recoupment, recharacterization, subordination (whether equitable, contractual or otherwise), counterclaims, crossclaims, defenses, disallowance, impairment, objection, or any other challenges under any applicable law or regulation by any person or entity.

 

  (c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of and interest in (i) the First Lien Exit Facility, and (ii) the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution; provided , that the Debtors and the Term Lender Group may determine, in their reasonable discretion, to provide, at the election of a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, that such Holder may elect to receive its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution in the form of Restricted Stock issued in an amount of value equal to the Pro Rata share of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution such Holder would otherwise receive pursuant to this section; provided , further , and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, that the distribution of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (d) Voting: Class 3 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 3 Credit Agreement Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

20


  4. Class 4 - Convenience Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 4 consists of all Convenience Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Convenience Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Allowed Convenience Claim; provided , that Cash distributions to Holders of Allowed Convenience Claims shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the Convenience Class Cap without the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group; provided , further , that if the aggregate amount of Allowed Convenience Claims exceeds the Convenience Class Cap and the Term Lender Group does not consent to an increase in the Convenience Class Cap, then each Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to its Pro Rata share of the Convenience Class Cap.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 4 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 4 Convenience Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate Allowed amount of all Allowed Convenience Claims is less than or equal to the Convenience Class Cap, then the Debtors reserve the right to assert that the Holders of Class 4 Convenience Claims are Unimpaired.

 

  5. Class 5 - Senior Notes Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Senior Notes Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Senior Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $610 million, (i) plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount through the Petition Date, plus (ii) if Allowed by Final Order other than the Confirmation Order, accrued and unpaid interest (but excluding any amounts included in clause (i)), premiums, fees and costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, trustee’s fees, and other professional fees and disbursements, and other obligations, in each case, solely to the extent owing under the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

  (c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Senior Notes Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution. The Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be allocated Pro Rata to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (d) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 5 Senior Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  6. Class 6 - General Unsecured Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

21


  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution. The Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be allocated Pro Rata to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  7. Class 7 - Intercompany Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, either (i) Reinstated as of the Effective Date, or (ii) cancelled without any distribution on account of such Intercompany Claims.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired or Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 7 Intercompany Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  8. Class 8 - Subordinated Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 8 consists of all Subordinated Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Subordinated Claims shall be subordinated to all other Claims against the Debtors, shall receive no distributions on account of such Subordinated Claims, and shall be discharged.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 8 is Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 8 Subordinated Claim is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 8 Subordinated Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  9. Class 9 - Intercompany Interests.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

  (b) Treatment: To preserve the Debtors’ corporate structure, on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all Intercompany Interests shall be, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, either (i) Reinstated as of the Effective Date, or (ii) cancelled without any distribution on account of such Intercompany Interests.

 

22


  (c) Voting: Class 9 is Unimpaired or Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 9 Intercompany Interest is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 9 Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  10. Class 10 - Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 10 consists of all Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Interests in Cumulus shall be cancelled without any distribution on account of such Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 10 is Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 10 Interest in Cumulus is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 10 Interests in Cumulus are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

D. Voting of Claims.

Each Holder of a Claim in an Impaired Class that is entitled to vote on the Plan as of the record date for voting on the Plan pursuant to Article III hereof shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan as provided in the Disclosure Statement Order or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. No Substantive Consolidation.

Although the Plan is presented as a joint plan of reorganization, this Plan does not provide for the substantive consolidation of the Debtors’ Estates, and on the Effective Date, the Debtors’ Estates shall not be deemed to be substantively consolidated for any reason. Nothing in this Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute an admission that any one or all of the Debtors is subject to or liable for any Claims against any other Debtor.

 

F. Acceptance by Impaired Classes.

Pursuant to section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise provided in section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, an Impaired Class of Claims shall have accepted the Plan if Holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the Claims of such Class entitled to vote that actually vote on the Plan have voted to accept the Plan. Credit Agreement Claims (Class 3), Convenience Claims (Class 4), Senior Notes Claims (Class 5), and General Unsecured Claims (Class 6) are Impaired, and the votes of Holders of Claims in such Classes will be solicited. If a Class contains Holders of Claims eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by the Holders of such Claims in such Class.

 

G. Special Provision Governing Claims.

Except as specifically provided in the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights in respect of any Claims, including legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Claims.

 

H. Elimination of Vacant Classes.

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, with respect to any Debtor, does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court solely for voting purposes as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan with respect to such Debtor for purposes of (i) voting to accept or reject the Plan and (ii) determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

23


I. Consensual Confirmation.

The Plan shall be deemed a separate chapter 11 plan for each Debtor. To the extent that there is no rejecting Class of Claims in the chapter 11 plan of any Debtor, such Debtor shall seek Confirmation of its plan pursuant to section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by an Impaired Class of Claims. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims.

 

K. Controversy Concerning Impairment or Classification.

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests or any Class of Claims or Interests is Impaired or is properly classified under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, resolve such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

 

L. Subordinated Claims.

Except as expressly provided herein, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan, as applicable with the First Lien Exit Facility, the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), the New Securities, and other Cash of the Debtors, including Cash from business operations, which shall be sufficient to make the other required payments on or after the Effective Date under the Plan and provide the Reorganized Debtors with working capital necessary to run their business. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI of the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth herein applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments or other documents evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance; provided , that, to the extent that a term of the Plan conflicts with the term of any such instruments or other documents, the terms of this Plan shall govern.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan, subject in all respects to the terms of the First Lien Exit Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility, if any. Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.

 

24


B. First Lien Exit Facility.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the First Lien Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the First Lien Exit Facility Documents. All Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims entitled to distribution hereunder shall be deemed to be a party to, and bound by, the First Lien Exit Facility Agreement, regardless of whether such Holder has executed a signature page thereto. Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the First Lien Exit Facility and the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, as applicable, and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the First Lien Exit Facility Documents and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by the First Lien Exit Facility. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the First Lien Exit Facility Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, (c) shall be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and the Reorganized Debtors shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

C. New Revolving Credit Facility.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized, but not directed, to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), the terms of which will be set forth in the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any). Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the New Revolving Credit Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, as applicable, and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any) and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by any such New Revolving Credit Facility. On the Effective Date, if the Reorganized Debtors have obtained a New Revolving Credit Facility, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, (c) shall be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and the Reorganized Debtors shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

D. Issuance and Distribution of New Securities.

On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, subject to Article IV.H , the New Securities shall be distributed to (a) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 3, (b) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5, and (c) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6, as and if applicable. In each case, such New Securities shall be subject to dilution by any New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan. All Holders of

 

25


Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims entitled to distribution hereunder shall be deemed to be a party to, and bound by, the New Shareholders’ Agreement, if any, regardless of whether such Holder has executed a signature page thereto. The allocation of New Securities among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be made in accordance with the Equity Allocation Mechanism. The issuance of the New Common Stock by Reorganized Cumulus, including options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, or other equity awards, if any, in connection with the Management Incentive Plan, is authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Interests.

All of the New Securities issued pursuant to the Plan and section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the New Securities under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

 

E. Settlement of Claims and Interests.

Pursuant to section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration of the distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, the Plan constitutes a good faith compromise and settlement of any and all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness.

 

F. Restructuring Transactions.

On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors may take any and all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by or necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions under and in connection with the Plan.

 

G. Corporate Existence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a Reorganized Debtor and as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) are amended by the Plan or otherwise amended in accordance with applicable law. To the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).

 

H. FCC Licenses.

The required FCC Applications shall be filed, as promptly as practicable, including the FCC Long Form Application and the Petition for Declaratory Ruling. After such filing is made, any person who thereafter acquires a Credit Agreement Claim, a Senior Notes Claim, or a General Unsecured Claim may be issued Special Warrants in lieu of any New Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan. In addition, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, request that the Bankruptcy Court implement restrictions on trading of Claims and Interests that might adversely affect the FCC Approval process. The Debtors shall request that the FCC process the FCC Long Form Application separate and apart from the Petition for Declaratory Ruling. Regardless of whether the FCC consents to the request for separate processing, the Debtors shall diligently prosecute the FCC Applications

 

26


and shall promptly provide such additional documents or information requested by the FCC in connection with its review of the FCC Applications. In the event the FCC Approval is obtained while the Petition for Declaratory Ruling remains pending, the Debtors (or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) shall continue to diligently prosecute the Petition for Declaratory Ruling.

 

I. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all property (including all interests, rights, and privileges related thereto) in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, including Interests held by the Debtors in any non-Debtor Affiliates, shall vest in each applicable Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, encumbrances, or other interests, except for Liens securing the First Lien Exit Facility, the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any) and any Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Rules.

 

J. Cancellation of Existing Indebtedness and Securities.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (i) the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors and all notes, bonds, agreements, instruments and other documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture or any Interest in the Debtors (collectively, the “Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation”) shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect; and (ii) the obligations of the Debtors under or in respect of the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors and all other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation shall be discharged. The Holders of or parties to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation will have no rights arising from or related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation; provided, that notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such Credit Document, Senior Notes Indenture or other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (i) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan as provided herein, and allowing each of the Credit Agreement Agent and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to make or direct the distributions in accordance with the Plan as provided herein; (ii) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce its rights, claims, and interests vis-à-vis any parties other than the Released Parties or any of their respective property or assets; (iii) preserving any rights of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to payment of fees, expenses, and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims under the Senior Notes Indenture, including any rights to priority of payment and/or to exercise the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien; (iv) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce any obligations owed to it under the Plan; (v) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court; and (vi) permitting the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the foregoing; provided, further, that section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement shall continue in effect solely as between the Term Loan Lenders and the Credit Agreement Agent, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, as to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or any of their respective property or assets.

Except for the foregoing, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights and obligations of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee that, pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture, survive the termination of such indenture. Subsequent to the performance by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

27


K. Corporate Action.

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, all actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) execution and entry into the First Lien Exit Facility; (2) execution and entry into the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any); (3) approval of and entry into the New Corporate Governance Documents; (4) issuance and distribution of the New Securities; (5) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (6) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by this Plan; (7) adoption of the Management Incentive Plan; (8) adoption or assumption, if and as applicable, of the Management Employment Agreements; and (9) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan, shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the Security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall be authorized to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, including the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), including the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, and any and all related and ancillary agreements, documents, and filings, the New Securities, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

 

L. New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.

On or promptly after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will file their respective New Certificates of Incorporation with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in their respective states of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of such respective states of incorporation or formation. Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Certificates of Incorporation will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of their respective states of incorporation and their respective New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.

 

M. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.

As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the boards of directors of each Debtor shall expire, and the New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as well as the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be appointed in accordance with the New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws of each Reorganized Debtor.

The New Cumulus Board shall be composed of seven members, which shall consist of Reorganized Cumulus’ President and Chief Executive Officer and six directors chosen by the Term Lender Group on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. The initial directors of the New Cumulus Board as of the Effective Date shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement. The initial term of the New Cumulus Board will be through the date of the 2019 annual meeting of Cumulus. The New Subsidiary Boards shall be as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will disclose in the Plan Supplement the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as well as those Persons that will serve as an officer of any of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director or officer is an “insider” as such term is defined in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer will also be disclosed. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Certificates of Incorporation, New By-Laws, and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

28


N. Employee Obligations

Except as expressly otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, the Reorganized Debtors shall honor the Employee Obligations (i) existing and effective as of the Petition Date, (ii) that were incurred or entered into in the ordinary course of business prior to the Effective Date, and (iii) as otherwise approved by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such Employee Obligations, on the one hand, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the other hand. To the extent that any of the Employee Obligations are executory contracts, pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, each of them will be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date and assigned to the Reorganized Debtors. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not (i) limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, defenses, Claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to the Employee Obligations; or (ii) impair the rights of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to implement the Management Incentive Plan in accordance with its terms and conditions and to determine the Employee Obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions on or after the Effective Date, in each case consistent with the Plan.

 

O. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the officers and members of the New Boards, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement (if any) and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan, including the New Common Stock and Special Warrants, in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

 

P. Management Incentive Plan.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will implement the Management Incentive Plan, pursuant to which certain officers, directors, and employees of the Reorganized Debtors will be granted awards on terms to be disclosed in the Plan Supplement.

 

Q. Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees.

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to any stamp tax, document recording tax, conveyance fee, intangibles, or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, sales or use tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment in the United States, and the Confirmation Order shall direct and be deemed to direct the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents to forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment. Such exemption specifically applies, without limitation, to (1) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, Lien, or other security interest, (2) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease, (3) any Restructuring Transaction authorized by the Plan, and (4) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including: (a) any merger agreements; (b) agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation, or dissolution; (c) deeds; (d) bills of sale; or (e) assignments executed in connection with any Restructuring Transaction occurring under the Plan.

 

29


R. Indemnification Provisions.

On and as of the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions shall be deemed assumed and irrevocable and will remain in full force and effect and survive the effectiveness of the Plan unimpaired and unaffected, and each of the Reorganized Debtors’ New Certificates of Incorporation, New By-Laws, or similar organizational documents will provide for the indemnification, defense, reimbursement, exculpation, and/or limitation of liability of, and advancement of fees and expenses to the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, attorneys, and other professionals, and such current and former directors, officers, and managers’ respective Affiliates at least to the same extent as such documents of each of the respective Debtors on the Petition Date but in no event greater than as permitted by law, against any Claims or Causes of Action; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors shall not indemnify any such Person for any Claims or Causes of Action arising out of or related to any act or omission that is a criminal act or constitutes actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct or for which indemnification is not permissible under law. None of the Reorganized Debtors shall amend and/or restate its respective New Certificate of Incorporation, New By-Laws, or similar organizational documents before, on or after the Effective Date to terminate, reduce, discharge, impair or adversely affect in any way (i) any of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence or (ii) the rights of such current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, attorneys, and other professionals, and such current and former directors, officers, and managers’ respective Affiliates referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VIII.D and Article VIII.E , the Debtors’ current and former officers’ and directors’ rights to indemnification are preserved to the extent set forth herein.

 

S. Preservation of Causes of Action.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII of this Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the preservation of Causes of Action described in the preceding sentence includes, but is not limited to, the Debtors’ (1) right to object to Administrative Claims, (2) right to object to other Claims, and (3) right to subordinate Claims. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors in their respective discretion. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article VIII of the Plan.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the applicable Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. The applicable Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that: (1) previously were assumed or rejected by the Debtors; (2) are identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory

 

30


Contracts and Unexpired Leases; or (3) are the subject of a notice of rejection or motion to reject such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, as applicable, that is pending on the Effective Date, regardless of whether the requested effective date of such rejection is on or after the Effective Date. Entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such assumptions, assumptions and assignments and the rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions or notices to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date or such later date as provided in this Article V.A , shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in accordance with such Executory Contract and/or Unexpired Lease’s terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, to the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including, without limitation, any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, including by way of adding or removing a particular Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease from the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, at any time through and including forty-five (45) calendar days after the Effective Date.

 

B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court or the Voting and Claims Agent by the later of (i) the applicable Claims Bar Date, and (ii) thirty (30) calendar days after notice of such rejection is served on the applicable claimant. Any Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time shall be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim against any Debtor arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, including any Claims against any Debtor listed on the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent or disputed. Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, and for which any cure amount has been fully paid or for any $0 cures pursuant to this Article V, shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with such default amount being $0.00 if no amount is listed in the Cure Notice, subject to the limitations described below, or on such other terms as the party to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease may otherwise agree. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of the Cure Claim, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future

 

31


performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, if required, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall only be made following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption or by mutual agreement between the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the applicable counterparty.

At least fourteen (14) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall distribute, or cause to be distributed, Cure Notices of proposed assumption and proposed amounts of Cure Claims to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparties. Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a proposed assumption or related cure amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors, the Term Lender Group and the U.S. Trustee at least seven (7) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing. Any such objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be heard by the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Effective Date, unless a later date is agreed between the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, on the one hand, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, on the other hand, or by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or cure amount shall be deemed to have assented to such assumption and/or cure amount; provided , however , that, subject to Article X.A , the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, as applicable, as identified in the Plan Supplement, through and including forty-five (45) calendar days after the Effective Date.

In any case, if the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Allowed Cure Claim with respect to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the applicable Cure Notice, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will have the right to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as the Effective Date.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims against any Debtor or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed and cured shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Certain Customer Agreements.

To the extent that the Debtors (i) are party to any ordinary course contract, terms and conditions, insertion order or similar agreement (whether written or oral) providing for the sale by the Debtors of advertising time to a customer and (ii) such agreement (A) has not been previously rejected or assumed by order of the Bankruptcy Court, (B) is not subject to a motion to reject filed on or prior to the Effective Date, (C) is not listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and (D) has not been designated for rejection in accordance with this Article V , such contract (including any modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other related agreements), purchase order or similar agreement will be deemed assumed by the applicable Debtor(s) or Reorganized Debtor(s), as applicable, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Cure Notice, the cure amount to be paid in connection with the assumption of such a customer contract shall be $0.00.

 

E. Insurance Policies.

All of the Debtors’ insurance policies, including any directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto. In addition, on and after the Effective Date, none of the Reorganized Debtors shall terminate or otherwise reduce, limit or restrict the coverage under any of the directors’ and officers’ insurance policies with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto, and all directors and officers of the

 

32


Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such directors’ and officers’ insurance policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors and officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VIII.D and Article VIII.E , all of the Debtors’ current and former officers’ and directors’ rights as beneficiaries of such insurance policies are preserved to the extent set forth herein.

 

F. Indemnification Provisions.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on and as of the Effective Date, any of the Debtors’ indemnification rights with respect to any contract or agreement that is the subject of or related to any litigation against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and otherwise remain unaffected by the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

G. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed, whether or not such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease relates to the use, acquisition or occupancy of real property, shall include (i) all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and (ii) all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, powers, uses, reciprocal easement agreements and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases and actions taken in accordance therewith (i) shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims against any Debtor that may arise in connection therewith, (ii) are not and do not create postpetition contracts or leases, (iii) do not elevate to administrative expense priority any Claims of the counterparties to such Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases against any of the Debtors, and (iv) do not entitle any Entity to a Claim against any of the Debtors under any section of the Bankruptcy Code on account of the difference between the terms of any prepetition Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases and subsequent modifications, amendments, supplements or restatements.

 

H. Reservation of Rights.

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If, prior to the Effective Date, there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) calendar days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.

 

I. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor

 

33


liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) that had not been rejected as of the date of Confirmation will survive and remain obligations of the applicable Reorganized Debtor.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim), or, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in each applicable Class. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims (which will only be made if and when they become Allowed Claims) shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII of the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date. The Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of Claims against any Debtor or privately held Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. Distributions to Holders of Claims or Interests related to public Securities shall be made to such Holders in exchange for such Securities, which shall be deemed cancelled as of the Effective Date.

 

B. Distributions on Account of Obligations of Multiple Debtors.

For all purposes associated with distributions under the Plan, all guarantees by any Debtor of the obligations of any other Debtor, as well as any joint and several liability of any Debtor with respect to any other Debtor, shall be deemed eliminated so that any obligation that could otherwise be asserted against more than one Debtor shall result in a single distribution under the Plan. Any such Claims against any Debtor shall receive the treatment set forth in Article III of the Plan. Any such Claims shall be released and discharged pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan and shall be subject to all potential objections, defenses, and counterclaims, and to estimation pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not affect the obligation of each and every Debtor to pay U.S. Trustee fees until such time as a particular Chapter 11 Case is closed, dismissed, or converted.

 

C. Disbursing Agent.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.

1.    Powers of the Disbursing Agent.

The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (ii) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (iv) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2.    Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date.

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and out-of-pocket expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

34


E. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

1.    Delivery of Distributions.

(a)    Delivery of Distributions to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all distributions under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims shall be made by the Reorganized Debtors or the Credit Agreement Agent to the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims of record as of the Distribution Record Date (as determined by the register maintained by the Credit Agreement Agent).

(b)    Delivery of Distributions to Senior Notes Indenture Trustee.

Except as otherwise reasonably requested by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, all distributions under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims shall be made to, or by the Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee. As soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article VI, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall arrange to deliver such distributions to or on behalf of such Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims, subject to the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien, and regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, the Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee or by some other Person in accordance with Article VI.E.1(b) , the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien shall attach to the property to be distributed to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall have no duties or responsibility relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) seek the cooperation of DTC with respect to the cancellation of the Senior Notes as of the Effective Date, and (ii) seek the cooperation of the relevant bank and broker participants in the DTC system to facilitate delivery of the distribution directly to the relevant beneficial owners as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.

(c)    Delivery of Distributions in General.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims (other than Holders of Credit Agreement Claims or Senior Notes Claims) or Interests shall be made to Holders of record as of the Distribution Record Date by the Reorganized Debtors: (1) to the signatory set forth on any of the Proofs of Claim Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last known addresses of such Holder if no Proof of Claim is Filed or if the Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address); (2) at the addresses set forth in any written notices of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtors after the date of any related Proof of Claim; (3) at the addresses reflected in the Schedules if no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Reorganized Debtors have not received a written notice of a change of address; or (4) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Subject to this Article VI , distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or like legal process, so that each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have and receive the benefit of the distributions in the manner set forth in the Plan. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, the Credit Agreement Agent, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan, except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

2.    Minimum Distributions.

No partial distributions or payments of fractions of New Securities shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Interest, as applicable, would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of New Securities that is not a

 

35


whole number, the actual distribution of New Securities shall be rounded as follows: (i) fractions of greater than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (ii) fractions of one-half (1/2) or less than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Cash payment valued at less than $100.00, in the reasonable discretion of the Disbursing Agent and the Reorganized Debtors, shall be made to a Holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim. Such Allowed Claims to which this limitation applies shall be discharged and its Holder forever barred from asserting that Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.

3.    Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property.

In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent has determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided , however , that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date of the distribution. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

Checks issued on account of Allowed Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within 180 calendar days from and after the date of issuance thereof. Requests for reissuance of any check must be made directly and in writing to the Disbursing Agent by the Holder of the relevant Allowed Claim within the 180-calendar day period. After such date, the relevant Allowed Claim (and any Claim for reissuance of the original check) shall be automatically discharged and forever barred, and such funds shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors (notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary).

4.    Reserve.

In making any distribution in respect of Allowed Claims, the Reorganized Debtors shall reserve an appropriate and adequate amount of Cash on account of any unresolved Disputed Claims that if Allowed would be payable in Cash.

 

F. Manner of Payment.

1.    All distributions of New Securities under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of Reorganized Cumulus.

2.    All distributions of Cash under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the applicable Debtor (or Debtors).

3.    At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.

 

G. Section 1145 Exemption.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance of the New Securities by Reorganized Cumulus as contemplated by this Plan (including the issuance of New Common Stock upon exercise of the Special Warrants and Class A Common Stock upon conversion of Class B Common Stock) is exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution or sale of Securities. The New Securities issued by Reorganized Cumulus pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (a) are not “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and (b) are freely tradable and transferable by any initial

 

36


recipient thereof that (i) is not an “affiliate” of the Reorganized Debtors as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act, (ii) has not been such an “affiliate” within ninety (90) calendar days of such transfer, (iii) has not acquired the New Securities from an “affiliate” within one year of such transfer and (iv) is not an entity that is an “underwriter” as defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that transfer of the New Securities may be restricted by the Communications Act and the rules of the FCC, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the Warrant Agreement, and with respect to the Restricted Stock, the terms thereof.

Should the Reorganized Debtors elect on or after the Effective Date to reflect any ownership of the New Securities through the facilities of the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, the Reorganized Debtors need not provide any further evidence other than this Plan or the Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of transfers, exercise, removal of restrictions, or conversion of New Securities under applicable U.S. federal, state or local securities laws.

The DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon this Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Securities are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream book-entry delivery, settlement and depository services.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by this Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Common Stock and Special Warrants (and New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Special Warrants) are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream book-entry delivery, settlement and depository services.

 

H. Compliance with Tax Requirements.

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including, without limitation, liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information, documentation, and certifications necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable or appropriate. All Persons holding Claims against any Debtor shall be required to provide any information necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate any distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any Governmental Unit on account of such distribution.

 

I. Allocations.

Except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Reorganized Debtors), distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.

 

J. Setoffs and Recoupment.

Other than as expressly set forth in the Plan with respect to the Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or recoup any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim, any claims, rights, and

 

37


Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may have against the Holder of such Allowed Claim pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, to the extent that such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided , however , that the failure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to do so shall not constitute a waiver, abandonment or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claim they may have against the Holder of such Claim.

 

K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.

1.    Claims Paid by Third Parties.

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce a Claim against any Debtor, and such Claim (or portion thereof) shall be Disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives a payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and also receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within two (2) weeks of receipt of such payment, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the two-week grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.

2.    Claims Payable by Third Parties.

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim against any Debtor, then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3.    Applicability of Insurance Policies.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers, under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

 

L. Foreign Current Exchange Rate.

As of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate on the Petition Date, as quoted at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time), midrange spot rate of exchange for the applicable currency as published in the Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the day after the Petition Date.

 

38


ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A. Resolution of Disputed Claims.

1.    Allowance of Claims.

After the Effective Date, each of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim against any Debtor shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code, or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.

2.    Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities .

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors (or any authorized agent or assignee thereof) shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to Claims against any of the Debtors; (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.

3.    Estimation of Claims .

Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during the appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Claim against any Debtor that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Disputed, contingent or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the relevant Reorganized Debtor may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim; provided , however , that such limitation shall not apply to Claims against any of the Debtors requested by the Debtors to be estimated for voting purposes only.

Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. All of the aforementioned Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims against any of the Debtors may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

4.    Adjustment to Claims Without Objection.

Any Claim against any Debtor that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim against any Debtor that has been amended or superseded, cancelled, or otherwise expunged (including pursuant to the Plan), may, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules, be adjusted or expunged (including on the Claims Register, to the extent applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

39


5.    Time to File Objections to Claims

Any objections to Claims against any of the Debtors shall be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.

 

B. Disallowance of Claims.

Any Claims against any of the Debtors held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Reorganized Debtors. Subject in all respects to Article IV.R , all Proofs of Claims Filed on account of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as provided herein or otherwise agreed any and all Proofs of Claim filed after the applicable Claims Bar Date shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Filed Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.

 

C. Amendments to Proofs of Claim.

A Claim against any Debtor may be amended before the Confirmation Date only as agreed upon by the Debtors and the Holder of such Claim or as otherwise permitted by the Bankruptcy Court, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Rules or applicable nonbankruptcy law. On or after the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Proof of Claim or Interest may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court and the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Proof of Claim Filed shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any further action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to Administrative Claims or Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

 

D. No Distributions Pending Allowance.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any portion of a Claim against any Debtor is Disputed, or if an objection to a Claim against any Debtor or portion thereof is Filed as set forth in this Article VII , no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or portion thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

E. Distributions After Allowance.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Allowed Claim the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, less any previous distribution (if any) that was made on account of the undisputed portion of such Allowed Claim, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Allowed Claim unless required under applicable bankruptcy law or as otherwise provided in Article III.B .

 

40


F. Reserve of Special Warrants.

On the Effective Date (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), the Reorganized Debtors shall create the Disputed Claim Reserve to pay Holders of Disputed Claims that are General Unsecured Claims that may become Allowed Claims pursuant to the terms of the Plan, with the amount of such Allowed Claims to be determined, solely for the purposes of establishing the Disputed Claim Reserve and for maximum distribution purposes, to be the lesser of (a) the asserted amount of the Disputed Claim Filed with the Bankruptcy Court, or (if no Proof of Claim was Filed) listed by the Debtors in the Schedules, (b) the amount, if any, estimated by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) the amount otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors and the Holder of such Disputed Claim for Disputed Claim Reserve purposes. Special Warrants reserved under this paragraph F shall remain unissued unless and until issued in satisfaction of a Disputed Claim that becomes an Allowed Claim and shall therefore be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any vote by shareholders of Reorganized Cumulus under any New Corporate Governance Documents. Any distribution on account of a Disputed Claim that becomes an Allowed General Unsecured Claim after the Effective Date shall be made solely in the form of Special Warrants that are distributed from the Disputed Claim Reserve.

 

G. No Interest.

Unless otherwise expressly provided by section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or as specifically provided for herein or by order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Cash Collateral Order), postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on Claims against any of the Debtors, and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any Claim or right. Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim; provided , however , that nothing in this Article VII.G shall limit any rights of any Governmental Unit to interest under sections 503, 506(b), 1129(a)(9)(A) or 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise provided for under applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

 

A. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.

 

B. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in

 

41


complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors before the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.

 

C. Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order on the Effective Date, and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released, settled, discharged, and compromised, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors. In addition, the Credit Agreement Agent shall, at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, expense (and with no representation or warranty, or recourse to, the Credit Agreement Agent, any Term Loan Lender or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel) execute and deliver all documents reasonably requested by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the First Lien Exit Facility Agent, or the New Revolving Credit Facility Agent (if any) to evidence the release of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests and shall authorize the Reorganized Debtors to file UCC-3 termination statements (to the extent applicable) with respect thereto.

 

D. Releases by the Debtors.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall hereby be expressly, unconditionally, irrevocably, generally, individually and collectively released, acquitted, and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates, each on behalf of itself and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such, from any and all actions, Claims, Interests, obligations, debts, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, any Claims or Causes of Action asserted on behalf of any Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity or that any Holder of a Claim or Interest or other Entity would have been legally entitled to assert, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, for violations of federal or state laws or otherwise, by statute or otherwise, including Avoidance Actions, those Causes of Action based on veil piercing or alter-ego theories of liability, contribution, indemnification, joint liability or otherwise that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates (whether individually

 

42


or collectively) ever had, now has, or hereafter can, shall, or may have, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or any other transaction relating to any Security of the Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is affected by or classified in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, whether before or during the Debtors’ restructuring, the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation or preparation of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), or, in each case, related agreements, instruments, or other documents, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence, taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to any of the foregoing; provided, however , that except as expressly provided under the Plan, the foregoing releases shall not release Claims related to any act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan and shall not result in a release of any of the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ assumed indemnification obligations as set forth in the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) an exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; (3) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (4) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (5) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests; (6) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (7) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (8) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates and each of their current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

E. Releases by the Releasing Parties.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, each of the Releasing Parties shall be deemed to have expressly, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, generally, individually and collectively, released, acquitted, and discharged the Released Parties from any and all actions, Claims, Interests, obligations, debts, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, any Claims or Causes of Action asserted on behalf of any Holder of any Claim or any Interest or other Entity or that any Holder of a Claim or an Interest or other Entity would have been legally entitled to assert, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, for violations of federal or state laws or otherwise, by statute or otherwise, including Avoidance Actions, those Causes of Action based on veil piercing or alter-ego theories of liability, contribution, indemnification, joint liability or otherwise that such Releasing Party (whether individually or collectively) ever had, now has, or hereafter can, shall, or may have, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or any other transaction relating to any Security of the

 

43


Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or any Interest that is affected by or classified in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, whether before or during the Debtors’ restructuring, the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation or preparation of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), or, in each case, related agreements, instruments, or other documents, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence, taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to any of the foregoing; provided, however , that except as expressly provided under the Plan, the foregoing releases shall not release Claims related to any act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , further , that any Holder of a Claim or an Interest that elects to opt-out of the releases contained in this paragraph shall not constitute a Released Party (even if for any reason otherwise entitled) and no Restructuring Support Party shall be entitled to opt-out of the releases contained in this paragraph for so long as the Restructuring Support Agreement remains in full force and effect as to such Restructuring Support Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan and shall not result in a release of any of the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ assumed indemnification obligations as set forth in the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third-Party Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (3) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (4) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (5) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (6) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

F. Regulatory Activities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in the Plan or Confirmation Order is intended to affect the police or regulatory activities of Governmental Units or other governmental agencies.

 

G. Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any (i) Exculpated Causes of Action and (ii) obligation, Cause of Action, or liability for any Exculpated Causes of Action; provided, however , that the foregoing “Exculpation” shall have no effect on the liability of any Entity that results from any such act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct; provided further , however , that the foregoing shall not be deemed to release, affect, or limit any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of the Exculpated Parties under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with applicable law with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

 

44


Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

H. Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Persons and Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities that have been released pursuant to Article VIII.D or Article VIII.E of the Plan, are discharged pursuant to Article VIII.B of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.G of the Plan, are permanently enjoined and precluded, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or the Exculpated Parties: (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Persons and Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien, Claim or encumbrance of any kind against such Persons or Entities or the property or the estates of such Persons or Entities, as applicable, on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Persons or Entities or against the property of such Persons or Entities, as applicable, on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind against such Persons or Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities released, settled or compromised pursuant to the Plan; provided , that nothing contained herein shall preclude a Person or Entity from obtaining benefits directly and expressly provided to such Person or Entity pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided , further , that nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Person or Entity from defending against claims objections or collection actions whether by asserting a right of setoff or otherwise to the extent permitted by law.

 

I. Term of Injunctions or Stays.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order), shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

J. Recoupment.

In no event shall any Holder of a Claim be entitled to recoup such Claim against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

 

K. Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment.

In accordance with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with paragraph 2 of Article VI of the United States Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units shall not discriminate against any Reorganized Debtor, or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

45


ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

It is a condition to the Effective Date of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B :

1.    The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, which order shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

2.    The Debtors shall have paid the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of (i) the Credit Agreement Agent (including one counsel to the Credit Agreement Agent), and (ii) Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP, FTI Consulting Inc., Fortgang Consulting, LLC and Aloise & Associates, LLC in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement.

3.    All of the conditions precedent set forth in the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, and the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement shall have been executed.

4.    The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been established and funded.

5.    The Restructuring Support Agreement shall not have been terminated as to all parties thereto.

6.    All actions, documents, certificates, and agreements necessary to implement this Plan shall have been effected or executed and delivered to the required parties and, to the extent required, filed with the applicable Governmental Units in accordance with applicable laws.

7.    All governmental and material third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy Court approval, that are necessary to implement the Restructuring Transactions shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions.

8.    The Debtors shall have received all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, waivers or other documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan and reasonable evidence thereof has been delivered to the Term Lender Group.

9.    The FCC Approval shall have been obtained.

10.    Any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

11.    Each of the New By-Laws and New Certificates of Incorporation will be in full force and effect as of the Effective Date.

12.    The Effective Date shall be no later than one-hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the Petition Date, or such later date to which the Term Lender Group agrees in writing.

 

B. Waiver of Conditions.

The conditions to Consummation set forth in Article IX.A may be waived by the Debtors with the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group (not to be unreasonably withheld) and, with respect to conditions related to the Professional Fee Escrow Account, the beneficiaries of the Professional Fee Escrow Account, without notice,

 

46


leave or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceeding to confirm or consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or the Term Lender Group to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

 

C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.

If Consummation of the Plan does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Causes of Action or Interests; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A. Modification and Amendments.

Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019 (as well as those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan), the Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), without additional disclosure pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code prior to the Confirmation Date; provided , that any such modification shall be reasonably acceptable to the Term Lender Group. After the Confirmation Date and before substantial consummation of the Plan, the Debtors may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, relating to such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

After the Confirmation Date, but before the Effective Date, the Debtors, with the consent of the Term Lender Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), may make appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , that such adjustments and modifications do not materially and adversely affect the treatment of Holders of Claims or Interests.

 

B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or re-solicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan before the Confirmation Date and to file subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then, absent further order of the Bankruptcy Court: (i) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (ii) any settlement or compromise not previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of the Claims or Interests or Classes of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (iii) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity.

 

47


ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction, to the fullest extent permissible under law, over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

1.    Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

2.    decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

3.    resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable, and to hear, determine and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims against any of the Debtors arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V , the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory, expired, or terminated;

4.    ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

5.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, applications, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor, or the Estates that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of Action;

7.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

8.    enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to construe, execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement;

9.    enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

10.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with Consummation, including interpretation or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

11.    issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity or Person with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

12.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the settlements, compromises, discharges, releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

 

48


13.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.K.1 ;

14.    enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

15.    determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement; provided , that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over disputes concerning documents contained in the Plan Supplement that have a jurisdictional, forum selection or dispute resolution clause that refers disputes to a different court;

16.    adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

17.    consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission or to reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order, in such a manner as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects thereof;

18.    determine requests for the payment of Claims against any of the Debtors entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

19.    hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments contemplated hereby, including disputes arising in connection with the implementation of the agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;

20.    hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, 511, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

21.    enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications and rulings entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases with respect to any Person or Entity, and resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with any Person or Entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

22.    hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code; and

23.    enter an order or final decree concluding or closing any of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Nothing herein limits the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court to interpret and enforce the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement, without regard to whether the controversy with respect to which such interpretation or enforcement relates may be pending in any state or other federal court of competent jurisdiction.

If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including the matters set forth in this Article XI , the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect on and shall not control, limit, or prohibit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

 

49


Unless otherwise specifically provided herein or in a prior order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine disputes concerning Claims against the Debtors that arose prior to the Effective Date.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Immediate Binding Effect.

Subject to Article IX.A and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether their Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors and each of their respective heirs executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

B. Substantial Consummation.

On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

C. Further Assurances.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

D. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.

On the Effective Date, the Committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve and members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Committee on and after the Effective Date.

 

E. Reservation of Rights.

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor or any other Entity with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor or other Entity before the Effective Date.

 

F. Successors and Assigns.

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, receiver, trustee, successor, assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiary, or guardian, if any, of such Entity.

 

50


G. Notices.

To be effective, all notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors, the Committee, the U.S. Trustee, or the Term Lender Group, as applicable, must be in writing (including by facsimile transmission), and unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed to the following:

If to the Debtors :

Cumulus Media Inc.

3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200

Atlanta, Georgia 30305

Attention:   John Abbot

                   Richard A. Denning

E-mail: john.abbot@cumulus.com

             richard.denning@cumulus.com

With copies to :

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

Attention:   Paul M. Basta

                   Lewis R. Clayton

                   Jacob A. Adlerstein

                   Claudia R. Tobler

E-mail:   pbasta@paulweiss.com

               lclayton@paulweiss.com

               jadlerstein@paulweiss.com

               ctobler@paulweiss.com

If to the U.S. Trustee :

Office of the United States Trustee

U.S. Federal Office Building

201 Varick Street, Suite 1006

New York, NY 100145

Attention:   Paul Schwartzberg

                   Greg M. Zipes

E-mail:   Paul.Schwartzberg@usdoj.gov

               Greg.Zipes@usdoj.gov

If to the Term Lender Group :

Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP

70 West Madison Street, Suite 4200

Chicago, Illinois 60602-4321

Facsimile: (312) 583-2360

Attention:   Michael B. Solow

                   Michael D. Messersmith

                   Seth J. Kleinman

E-mail:   michael.solow@apks.com

               michael.messersmith@apks.com

               seth.kleinman@apks.com

 

51


If to the Committee :

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Facsimile: (212) 872-1002

Attention:   Michael S. Stamer

                   Abid Qureshi

                   Meredith A. Lahaie

E-mail: mstamer@akingump.com

             aqureshi@akingump.com

             mlahaie@akingump.com

After the Effective Date, in order to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, an Entity must File a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.

 

H. Entire Agreement.

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan and the Plan Supplement.

 

I. Exhibits.

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ Case Information Website at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://www.nysb.uscourts.gov. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.

 

J. Severability of Plan Provisions.

If, before Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors in consultation with the Restructuring Support Parties, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, and the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), as any of such documents may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, are: (i) valid and enforceable pursuant to their terms; (ii) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the parties thereto; and (iii) non-severable and mutually dependent.

 

K. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable law, and pursuant to sections 1125(e), 1125(g), and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors, the Restructuring Support Parties, and each of

 

52


their respective Affiliates, and each of their and their Affiliates’ agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys, in each case solely in their respective capacities as such, will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of New Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan and, therefore, no such parties, individuals, or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the New Securities offered and sold under the Plan or any previous plan.

 

L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.

The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order necessary to close the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

M. Conflicts.

To the extent that any provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other document referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflicts with or is in any way inconsistent with the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall govern and control. Moreover, to the extent that any provision of the Restructuring Support Agreement conflicts with or is in any way inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control in all respects.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

53


Dated: February 12, 2018    

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

on behalf of itself and each of its Debtor affiliates

   

/s/ John Abbot

   

John Abbot

Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer

 

54


Exhibit A

Equity Allocation Mechanism


E QUITY A LLOCATION M ECHANISM

The allocation of Plan consideration to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims, as of the Effective Date, will include distributing Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and, only in the case of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Restricted Stock (collectively, the “ Stock ”), and Special Warrants, in accordance with the mechanism set forth below. 1

General:

 

1. Ownership Certification . In order to be eligible to receive a distribution of Stock on the Effective Date, each eligible Holder shall provide an Ownership Certification by the Certification Deadline.

 

2. Definitions . (a) An “ Ownership Certification ” means a written certification, in the form attached to the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, which shall be sufficient to enable the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, to determine (x) the extent to which direct and indirect voting and equity interests of the certifying party are held by non-U.S. Persons, as determined under section 310(b) of the Communications Act and the FCC rules, and (y) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock by the certifying party would result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval; provided , however , that a Holder may elect not to provide the information in clause (y), and any Ownership Certification without the information in clause (y) shall not prohibit a Holder from receiving up to 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock to the extent otherwise entitled thereto pursuant to this Equity Allocation Mechanism; and (b) the “ Certification Deadline ” means the deadline set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order for returning Ownership Certifications.

 

3. Attributable Interests . Subject in all respects to the foreign-ownership limitations discussed below, under FCC rules, an owner of equity in a corporation which controls FCC broadcast licenses may be deemed “attributable” if it owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the voting equity of such corporation. The distribution of Stock to a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim or Allowed General Unsecured Claim may be in the form of more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when the shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, only if such Holder is identified on the FCC Long Form Application (as the same may be amended from time to time) pursuant to which FCC Approval is granted as the holder of an attributable interest in Reorganized Cumulus. If such Holder elects not to be deemed to hold an “attributable” interest in Reorganized Cumulus, then such Holder shall be issued up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, with any remaining distribution in the form of Class B Common Stock.

 

1   For the avoidance of doubt, the procedures set forth in this Equity Allocation Mechanism shall not impact the issuance of securities or other instruments under the Management Incentive Plan, which issuance shall be governed by the terms of the Management Incentive Plan.


4. Restricted Stock . A Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim may elect on its Ownership Certification to receive its Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred until after two (2) calendar days following delivery of the Restricted Stock from the transfer agent designated by the Debtors (the “ Transfer Agent ”) to such Holder of the Allowed Credit Agreement Claim (each such period, a “ Restricted Period ”). After the expiration of a Restricted Period, the initial Holder of such shares may make a request to the Transfer Agent to remove the restrictive legend set forth on such shares (the “ Restrictive Legend ”). Upon receipt of any such request, the Transfer Agent will remove the Restrictive Legend. Following the expiration of each applicable Restricted Period and the removal of the Restrictive Legend, the shares of Restricted Stock may be offered, sold or otherwise transferred, subject to the same restrictions on transfer as the New Securities provided herein and in the Disclosure Statement. In accordance with the above, each share of Restricted Stock will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:

“THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THIS “ SECURITY ”) MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING DELIVERY OF THIS SECURITY FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER OF THIS SECURITY (THE “ TRANSFER AGENT ”) TO THE INITIAL HOLDER (THE “ RESTRICTED PERIOD ”). AFTER THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, THIS SECURITY MAY ONLY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED FOLLOWING A REQUEST BY THE INITIAL HOLDER TO THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REMOVE THIS RESTRICTIVE LEGEND.”

Allocation of New Securities:

The distribution of Stock and Special Warrants made on and as of the Effective Date shall be as follows:

 

1. First, the (i) Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution shall be deemed made Pro Rata among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims; and (ii) the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be deemed made Pro Rata among Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims; provided , however , that each of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution and the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be deemed to have been made initially in the form of Special Warrants issued as of the Effective Date.

 

2


  2. Second:

 

  (a) Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that (i) has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order; and (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants as of the Effective Date to the fullest extent possible in the form of Class B Common Stock; provided , that any Holder who has not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed as of the Effective Date to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , further , that, for any Holder of Class B Common Stock that would be entitled to exchange its shares for more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock exchanged by such Holder for shares of Class A Common Stock shall be limited so that such Holder receives shares of Class A Common Stock constituting no more than 4.99% of the total outstanding Class A Common Stock issued unless the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, shall have determined that the exchange into shares of Class A Common Stock constituting more than 4.99% of the total outstanding Class A Common Stock issued would not result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval (such proviso, the “ 4.99% Rule ”); provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may elect to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

  (b)

Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that (i) has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order; and (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0% (each a “ Non-U.S. Holder ,” and collectively, the “ Non-U.S. Holders ”), shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants, pro rata among all such Non-U.S. Holders, to receive Class B Common Stock, in an amount, assuming all Holders of Special Warrants that have not timely delivered an Ownership Certification are 100% foreign-owned Non-U.S. Holders, of shares that causes the aggregate alien ownership (on an equity and on a voting basis) of Stock to equal, at most, twenty-two and one half percent (22.50%); provided , that such allocation to Non-U.S. Holders shall be made on a proportional basis taking into account the number of Special Warrants held by the Non-U.S. Holders and each such Holder’s contribution of alien ownership to the aggregate amount of alien ownership of Stock as of the Effective Date ( e.g. , assuming all Special Warrants are not exercisable on the Effective Date, a Non-U.S. Holder with a 1.0% alien ownership will be deemed to have exercised more Special Warrants into Stock than a Non-U.S. Holder with an equivalent amount of Special Warrants but a

 

3


  20% alien ownership); provided further , that any Holder who has not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may elect to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

  (c) Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that has not timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order shall not be deemed to have exercised any Special Warrants as of the Effective Date; provided , however , that if such Holder properly completes and delivers an Ownership Certification to Reorganized Cumulus at any time after the Certification Deadline, and upon confirmation from Reorganized Cumulus that such Ownership Certification is satisfactory, if such Holder (i) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed after the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) herein; or (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed after the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 2(b) herein, all subject to any limitations on stock ownership set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized Cumulus.

 

  3. Holder Elections . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim, or Allowed General Unsecured Claim may, by making the appropriate election on the Ownership Certification, receive its Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution, as the case may be, (i) entirely in the form of Special Warrants and shall not be deemed to have exercised any Special Warrants, (ii) in Special Warrants deemed to have been exercised for Class B Common Stock to the extent such Holder’s portion of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution would consist of New Common Stock pursuant to Section 2 above, with any remaining Special Warrants not being deemed exercised, or (iii) in Special Warrants deemed to have been exercised for Class A Common Stock to the extent such Holder’s portion of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution would consist of New Common Stock pursuant to Section 2 above, up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, with any remaining Special Warrants not being deemed exercised, all of which elections are expressly subject to Section 5 below.

 

  4.

Trading Deadlines and Tendering of Senior Notes . Holders of Senior Notes Claims shall be required to tender their Senior Notes into the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ ATOP ”) system of Depository Trust Company as set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order (the “ Trading Deadline ”). The positions of such Holders in the Senior

 

4


  Notes will be segregated through ATOP and such Holders thereafter will be unable to trade their Senior Notes Claims. Distributions on account of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims will be made based on the Credit Agreement Agent’s register as of the Distribution Record Date and trades not reflected on such register shall not be recognized for purposes of distributions under the Plan.

 

  5. FCC Limits on Ownership . Notwithstanding anything else herein, nothing in this Equity Allocation Mechanism shall (i) permit any Holder to hold more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock on or after the Effective Date unless the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, shall have determined that such ownership will not cause a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval, or (ii) cause Reorganized Cumulus to exceed an aggregate alien ownership percentage (on an equity or on a voting basis) of twenty-two and one half percent (22.50%) in the Stock prior to the Declaratory Ruling. Any distribution in contravention of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to comply with those limitations. In determining whether any Holder would hold more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock on or after the Effective Date, such Holder will be attributed with any stock held by another Holder under common management or that otherwise would be aggregated under the FCC’s ownership attribution rules.

 

  6. Post-Effective Date Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Pursuant to and in accordance with Article VII.F of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall withhold a reserve of Special Warrants to pay Holders of Disputed Claims that are General Unsecured Claims that may become Allowed Claims pursuant to the terms of the Plan. If a General Unsecured Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date and becomes an Allowed General Unsecured Claim after the Effective Date, and the Holder of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, if such Holder (i) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) herein; or (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed in the manner set forth in Section 2(b) herein, all subject to any limitations on stock ownership set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized Cumulus.

P OST -D ECLARATORY R ULING R EALLOCATION OF N EW S ECURITIES :

Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, after the Declaratory Ruling, any exercise or deemed exercise of the Special Warrants as a result of the Declaratory Ruling shall be made as follows:

 

  1.

100% Foreign Ownership . If the FCC adopts a Declaratory Ruling allowing 100% foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus, then Non-U.S. Holders shall be deemed to have exercised their Special Warrants to the fullest extent possible for the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock; provided , that any Holder who had not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have

 

5


  immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may have elected to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

  2. Foreign Ownership Between 25% and 100% . If the FCC adopts a Declaratory Ruling allowing foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus between twenty-five percent (25%) and one hundred percent (100%) (the “ Partial Declaratory Ruling Percentage ”), then, each Non-U.S. Holder of Special Warrants that has timely delivered an Ownership Certification in accordance with the Plan and the Warrant Agreement, shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants, pro rata among all such Non-U.S. Holders ( i.e. , calculated with the denominator as the number of Special Warrants held by Non-U.S. Holders who timely provide an Ownership Certification), to receive Class B Common Stock, in an amount of shares that causes the aggregate alien ownership (on an equity and on a voting basis) of Stock to equal, at most, the Partial Declaratory Ruling Percentage; provided , that any Holder who had not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may have elected to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification. For the avoidance of doubt, any Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely provide its Ownership Certification in accordance with the Plan and the Warrant Agreement shall retain its Special Warrants, and such Special Warrants shall not be deemed exercised into Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.

 

  3. Foreign Ownership Under 25% . If the FCC does not grant the Declaratory Ruling so as to permit foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus to exceed 25%, then Non-U.S. Holders cannot elect to convert their Special Warrants into Stock and must either hold such Special Warrants or transfer them.

 

6

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 2018

Cumulus Media Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the corporation is “ Cumulus Media Inc. ” (referred to herein as the “ Company ”).

2.    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 9, 2018 in the name of “CM Emergence Newco Inc.”.

3.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Company as heretofore amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), and been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the DGCL.

4.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I.

NAME

The name of the Company is Cumulus Media Inc.

ARTICLE II.

REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered agent of the Company is The Corporation Trust Company and the registered office of the Company is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE III.

PURPOSE

The purpose or purposes for which the Company is organized is the transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the DGCL. The Company shall have perpetual existence.


ARTICLE IV.

AUTHORIZED SHARES

The aggregate number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 300,000,000, consisting of: (i) 100,000,000 shares designated as Class A Common Stock, $0.0000001 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “ Class  A Common Stock ”); (ii) 100,000,000 shares designated as Class B Common Stock, $0.0000001 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “ Class  B Common Stock ”); and (iii) 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0000001 par value per share (hereinafter referred to as the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Common Stock ”.

ARTICLE V.

TERMS OF COMMON STOCK

Except with regard to voting and conversion rights, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical in all respects. The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, and the special or relative rights in respect of the Common Stock and the various classes of Common Stock shall be as follows:

SECTION 1.    VOTING RIGHTS.

(a)     General Rights .

(i)    The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held on the record date therefor on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. Except as may be required by law or by Section 1(a)(ii) or Section 1(a)(iii) of this Article V, the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.

(ii)    Notwithstanding Section 1(a)(i) of this Article V, holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to a separate class vote on any amendment or modification of any specific rights or obligations of the holders of Class B Common Stock that does not similarly affect the rights or obligations of the holders of Class A Common Stock.

(iii)    If and only if any of the following actions are submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Stock, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote with the Class A Common Stock, with each share of Common Stock having one vote and voting together as a single class ( provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 1(a)(iii) shall be construed to prohibit the Company from taking any action set forth in the following clauses (a) through (f) without a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law):

 

  (a) the retention or dismissal of outside auditors by the Company;

 

  (b) any dividends or distributions to the stockholders of the Company;

 

  (c) any material sale of assets, recapitalization, merger, business combination, consolidation, exchange of stock or other similar reorganization involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

2


  (d) the adoption of any new or amended Certificate of Incorporation;

 

  (e) other than in connection with any management equity or similar plan adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, any authorization or issuance of equity interests, or any security or instrument convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests, in the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

 

  (f) the liquidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(b)     No Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . All actions of the stockholders of the Company must be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company and may not be taken by written consent without a meeting.

(c)     Special Meeting of Stockholders . Special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called (i) pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or (ii) by the Board of Directors upon the demand, in accordance with procedures in Section 2.3 of the bylaws of the Company, of the holders of record of shares representing at least 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting.

SECTION 2.    DIVIDENDS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to a resolution or resolutions designating such series in accordance with Article VI hereof, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, from funds lawfully available therefor, such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time. When and as dividends are declared on Common Stock, the holders of shares of each class of Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in such dividend according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them; provided , however , that in the case of dividends payable on Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, only Class A Common Stock will be issued with respect to dividends paid on Class A Common Stock and only Class B Common Stock will be issued with respect to dividends paid on Class B Common Stock. In the event any class of Common Stock is split, divided or combined, each other class of Common Stock simultaneously shall be proportionately split, divided or combined. The holders of shares of Common Stock and, to the extent required by the warrant agreement or agreements, entered into between the Company and the warrant agent thereunder on or about June 4, 2018 (as amended, modified or otherwise restated from to time to time, collectively, the “ Warrant Agreements ”), the holders of warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreements (the “ Warrants ”) shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably on a per share basis (in the case of holders of Warrants, based upon their ownership of Class A or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, underlying their Warrants on an as-exercised basis); provided, that no such distribution shall be made to holders of Warrants, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock if (i) a Federal Communications Commission (“ FCC ”) ruling, regulation or policy prohibits such distribution to holders of Warrants or (ii) the Company’s FCC counsel opines that such distribution is reasonably likely to cause (a) the Company to violate any applicable FCC rules or regulations or (b) any such holder of Warrants to be deemed to hold an attributable interest in the Company.

SECTION 3.    LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING-UP.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company and the preferential amounts to which the holders of any shares ranking prior to the Common Stock in the

 

3


distribution of assets shall be entitled upon liquidation, the holders of shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share pro rata in the remaining assets of the Company in proportion to the respective number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder compared to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.

SECTION 4.    MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.

In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated identically, except with respect to voting and conversion rights as specifically described in this Article V; provided , however , that, except where the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are to remain outstanding, the consideration received for each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as part of any such merger or consolidation shall be identical.

SECTION 5.    CONVERTIBILITY, TRANSFERS.

(a)     Conversion of Class  B Common Stock . Each holder of Class B Common Stock is entitled to convert at any time or times all or any of such holder’s whole shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder holding more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock following such conversion, the holder shall first deliver to the Company an ownership certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company for the purpose of enabling the Company (a) to determine that such holder does not have an attributable interest in another entity that would cause the Company to violate the Communications Act or FCC Regulations, and (b) to obtain any necessary approvals from the FCC or the United States Department of Justice. For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion rights provided by this Article V, Section 5 shall apply to whole shares of Class B Common Stock only, and the Company shall have no obligation to honor a request for conversion of a fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to convert any share of Class B Common Stock if the Company reasonably and in good faith determines that such conversion would result in a violation of the Communications Act, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated under either such Act.

(b)     Condition Precedent to Conversion . As a condition precedent to any conversion of any shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder shall give the Company not less than five (5) business days’ prior written notice of any intended conversion and the identity of the Person who will hold the converted shares, and shall promptly provide the Company, in addition to the information required by Section 5(a), with any information reasonably requested by the Company to ensure compliance with applicable law.

(c)     Conversion .

(i)     Effective Time and Deliveries upon Conversion . Upon delivery of a notice of conversion in conformity with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall thereupon, as promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event within five business days after receipt by the Company of such notice of conversion, make or cause to be made a book entry into the stock ledger of the Company for the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock so converted). Any share of Class B Common Stock converted hereunder shall, to the extent (A) such shares are properly converted in accordance with the terms hereof, (B) the Company has made a reasonable and good faith determination that such conversion does not violate the Communications Act or FCC Regulations and (C) subject to Section 5(a) of this Article V and Section 6 of this Article V, below, be deemed to have been effected immediately

 

4


prior to the close of business on the day on which the notice of conversion shall have been delivered to the Company. At such time, the book entry into the stock ledger of the Company for the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have been made, and the holder thereof shall be deemed to be and entitled to all rights of the holder of record of such Class A Common Stock.

(ii)     No Adverse Action . The Company will, subject to the provisions of this Section 5 and Section 6, below, (i) not close its books against the transfer of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Class B Common Stock in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of Class B Common Stock, and (ii) take all such actions as are reasonably necessary in order to ensure that the Class A Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to such conversion will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(iii)     Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times have authorized, reserved and set aside a sufficient number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding.

(d)     Condition Precedent to Transfers . As a condition precedent to any transfers of record or beneficial ownership of any Capital Stock which would cause a transferee and its Affiliates to, solely as a result of such transfer, together hold of record or beneficially, in excess of 4.99% of any class of the Company’s Capital Stock, the transferor shall give the Company not less than five (5) business days’ prior written notice of any intended transfer and the identity of the Person who will be the transferee, and shall promptly provide the Company with any information reasonably requested by the Company to ensure compliance with applicable law.

(e)     Automatic Conversion upon exercise or exchange of Warrants . Upon (i) the exercise of any warrants (the “ Initial Warrants ”) issued pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2018, by and between the Company and Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company, collectively as warrant agent, (the “ Initial Warrant Agreement ”), for shares of Class A Common Stock or (ii) the exchange of any Initial Warrants for shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case in accordance with Section 9.16 of the Initial Warrant Agreement, an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock shall first be issued to the exercising or exchanging holder, clauses (a) through (d) of this Section 5 shall be deemed to be complied with by virtue of exercising or exchanging the Initial Warrant in accordance with the provisions of the Initial Warrant Agreement and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall immediately and automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock without any further action by the holder of the Initial Warrant.

SECTION 6.    FCC MATTERS.

To the extent necessary to comply with the Communications Act and FCC Regulations, the Board of Directors may (i) take any action it believes necessary to prohibit the ownership or voting of more than 22.50% (or such higher number as may be approved by the FCC after the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) of the Company’s outstanding Capital Stock by or for the account of aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or representative thereof or by any entity organized under the laws of a foreign country (collectively “ Aliens ”), or by any other entity (a) that is subject to or deemed to be subject to control by Aliens on a de jure or de facto basis or (b) owned by, or held for the benefit of, Aliens in a manner that would cause the Company to be in violation of the Communications Act or FCC Regulations; (ii) prohibit any transfer of the Company’s stock which the Company believes could cause more than 22.50% (or such higher number as may be approved by the FCC after the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) of the Company’s

 

5


outstanding Capital Stock to be owned or voted, directly of indirectly, by or for any person or entity identified in the foregoing clause (i); (iii) prohibit the ownership, voting or transfer of any portion of its outstanding Capital Stock to the extent the ownership, voting or transfer of such portion would cause the Company to violate or would otherwise result in violation of any provision of the Communications Act or FCC Regulations; (iv) redeem Capital Stock to the extent necessary to bring the Company into compliance with the Communications Act or FCC Regulations or to prevent the loss or impairment of any of the Company’s FCC licenses, (v) require disclosure to the Company by any stockholder of the Company if such stockholder’s ownership of the Capital Stock would result in 5% or more of the Company’s Capital Stock being owned or voted, directly or indirectly, by any person or entity identified in the foregoing clause (i), and (vi) require that any stockholder of the Company provide such information as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect the provisions of this Section 6 of Article V.

SECTION 7.    LEGEND.

Shares of Common Stock, to the extent certificated, shall bear a legend setting forth the restrictions on transfer and ownership which apply to such shares.

SECTION 8.    DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this certificate of incorporation, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Advancement of Expenses ” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.

Affiliate ” shall be defined as set forth in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Aliens ” shall be defined as set forth in Section 6 of this Article V.

Capital Stock ” means all shares now or hereafter authorized of any class or series of capital stock of the Company which has the right to participate in the distribution of the assets and earnings of the Company, including Common Stock and any shares of capital stock into which Common Stock may be converted (as a result of recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or are issued with respect to Common Stock, including, without limitation, with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security.

Class  A Common Stock ” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.

Class  B Common Stock ” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.

Common Stock ” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.

Communications Act ” shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.

Director ” shall mean a current or former member of the Board of Directors of the Company or Cumulus Media, Inc. (the “ Predecessor Company ”).

DGCL ” shall mean General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

6


FCC ” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission.

FCC Regulations ” shall mean the rules, regulations or policies promulgated by the FCC and in effect from time to time.

Final Adjudication ” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.

Indemnitee ” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.

Person ” shall include any individual, entity, or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

Preferred Stock ” shall be defined as set forth in Article IV.

Proceeding ” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Undertaking ” shall be defined as set forth in Article XI.

Voting Securities ” means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company of any kind or class having power generally to vote for the election of Directors.

Warrants ” shall be as defined in Section 2 of this Article V.

Warrant Agreements ” shall be as defined in Section 2 of this Article V.

ARTICLE VI.

TERMS OF PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Except to the extent otherwise provided in any resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not issue any Preferred Stock for the purpose of implementing any shareholder rights plan unless, within one hundred and twenty (120) days thereof, such shareholder rights plan shall have been ratified by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote on such matters (voting as a class).

 

7


ARTICLE VII.

NO CUMULATIVE VOTING

No holder of any shares of any class of stock of the Company shall be entitled to cumulative voting rights in any circumstances.

ARTICLE VIII.

NO PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

No stockholders shall have any pre-emptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the Company or securities of the Company convertible into or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire shares.

ARTICLE IX.

ELECTION BY WRITTEN BALLOT NOT REQUIRED

Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE X.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

To the full extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law currently or hereafter in effect, no Director will be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for or with respect to any acts or omissions in the performance of his or her duties as a Director. Any repeal or modification of this Article X will not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director existing prior to such repeal or modification. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a Director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article TENTH by the stockholders of the Company, adoption of any provision inconsistent herewith or otherwise shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director existing at the time of such repeal, alteration, amendment, adoption or modification. The provisions of this Article TENTH shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director and shall inure to his heirs, executors, administrators and personal and legal representatives.

ARTICLE XI.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a)     Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Company or the Predecessor Company, or while a director or officer of the Company or the Predecessor Company is or was serving at the request of the Company or the Predecessor Company as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent (including attorneys and other professionals) of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, and such current and former director, officer or manager’s Affiliates (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an

 

8


official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith if such person acted in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder, and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this Article XI with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)     Right to Advancement of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in paragraph (a) of this Article XI shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in such person’s capacity as a director or officer shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “ Undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ Final Adjudication ”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this paragraph (b) or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article XI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, manager, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(c)     Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article XI is not paid in full by the Company within 60 calendar days after a written claim has been received by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 calendar days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that

 

9


indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the Company.

(d)     Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article XI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

(e)     Insurance . The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or the Predecessor Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or the Predecessor Company as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or any of such director’s, officer’s or manager’s Affiliates, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL.

(f)     Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Company . The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses to any employee or agent of the Company or the Predecessor Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article XI with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors and officers of the Company or the Predecessor Company.

ARTICLE XII.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(a)     Composition of the Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company then in effect, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company, subject, nevertheless, to the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and the bylaws of the Company. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to a resolution or resolutions designating such series in accordance with Article VI hereof, the Board of Directors shall consist of seven members, one of whom shall at all times be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Directors shall be of one class and each director shall serve until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or, if earlier, until his or her death, resignation or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to a resolution or resolutions designating such series in accordance with Article VI hereof, the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall have the right and power to elect all the directors of the Company by vote of holders of a plurality of the votes of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present called for the purpose of electing directors.

 

10


(b)     Term of Office . The term of the initial Board of Directors shall be through the 2019 annual meeting of the Company.

(c)     Removal . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to a resolution or resolutions designating such series in accordance with Article VI hereof, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of no less than a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote in any annual election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIII.

AMENDMENT OF THE BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, powers, privileges, and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the DGCL or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company, without any action on the part of the stockholders, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter, amend or repeal any bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise. The Company may in its bylaws confer powers upon the Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law.

ARTICLE XIV.

SECTION 203 OF THE DGCL

The Company expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE XV.

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Court of Chancery ”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder of the Company (including a beneficial owner of stock) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except as to each of (i) through (iv) above, for any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

 

11


ARTICLE XVI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Subject to further amendments of this Certificate of Incorporation, as provided by applicable law, the Company shall not issue any non-voting equity securities in violation of Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction (i) shall have such force and effect only for so long as Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Company, (ii) shall not have any further force or effect beyond that required under Section 1123(a)(6), and (iii) may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law as from time to time may be in effect.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard S. Denning

    Name: Richard S. Denning
    Title:   Senior Vice President, Secretary and
            General Counsel

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cumulus Media Inc. ]

Exhibit 3.2

AS AMENDED

THROUGH JUNE 4, 2018

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES; BOOKS AND RECORDS

SECTION 1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. Cumulus Media Inc. (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”) shall at all times maintain a registered office in the state of Delaware and a registered agent at that address, as required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), but may have such other offices located in or outside the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine. The registered agent may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 1.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law. Every Director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the Corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. This inspection by a Director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and the right of inspections includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

SECTION 2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the DGCL.

SECTION 2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

(a)     The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time and place, if any, as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of notice required by the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. Subject to the rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2 shall be eligible for election as Directors.


(b)     At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.2(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of or postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a Director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected, the address and principal occupation or employment of each nominee, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner. The person providing the notice shall also be required to provide such further information as may be requested by the Corporation to comply with federal securities laws, rules and regulations.

(c)     Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

SECTION 2.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS.

(a)     A special meeting of the stockholders (a “ Special Meeting ”) may be called only (i) pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the Board of Directors upon the demand of the holders of record of shares representing at least 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting.

 

2


(b)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to demand a Special Meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to make such a demand (the “ Demand Record Date ”). The Demand Record Date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders demand a Special Meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a Demand Record Date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within thirty (30) days after the date on which a valid request to fix a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution fixing the Demand Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such Demand Record Date. If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within thirty (30) days after the date on which such request is received by the Secretary, the Demand Record Date shall be the 30 th day after the first day on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is received by the Secretary. To be valid, such written request from a stockholder entitled to demand a Special Meeting (a “ Demand Request ”) shall set forth the purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record (or their duly authorized proxies or other representatives), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall set forth all information about each such stockholder and about the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice described in Section 2.2(b). No Special Meeting shall be required to be called pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.3(a) unless, within thirty (30) days after the Demand Record Date, stockholders of record representing at least 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special Meeting as set forth in the Demand Request (such percentage of stockholders, the “ Required Percent ”) shall have delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, in the same manner required for Demand Requests, written requests or requests (each, a “ Meeting Request ”) to hold a Special Meeting. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Board of Directors from including in the Corporation’s notice of any Special Meeting additional matters to be submitted to the stockholders at such meeting not included in the Demand Request. Subject to the following sentence, the date, time and place, if any, of such Special Meeting, shall be not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt by the Secretary of Meeting Requests from the Required Percent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, a Special Meeting requested by the stockholders (A) shall not be required to be held if (i) the Board of Directors has called or calls for an annual meeting of stockholders, (ii) the date designated by the Board of Directors for such annual meeting is within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of receipt by the Secretary of Meeting Requests from the Required Percent and (iii) the purpose of such annual meeting includes or is amended to include (among any other matters properly brought before the annual meeting) the purposes specified in the Demand Request and (B) shall not be required to be held prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after the last annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation if any purpose for the Special Meeting set forth in a Demand Request was submitted to a vote of the stockholders at such annual meeting.

SECTION 2.4 NOTICES TO STOCKHOLDERS.

(a) Required Notice . Written notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the stockholders and, in case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days (twenty (20) days in the case of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of material assets) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting (unless a different time is provided by the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation), by or at the direction of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to any other stockholder entitled by the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to receive notice of such meeting. If mailed, such notice is effective when deposited in the United States mail, and shall be

 

3


addressed to the stockholder’s address shown in the current record of stockholders of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Adjourned Meeting . Except as provided in the next sentence, if any stockholder meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time, and place, if the new date, time, and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, then notice must be given pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.4, to those persons who are stockholders as of the new record date.

(c) Waiver of Notice . A stockholder may waive notice in accordance with Section 2.12 of these Bylaws.

(d) Contents of Notice . The notice of each Special Meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or in the DGCL, the notice of an annual stockholder meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If the purpose of the meeting, or one of its purposes, is to consider a proposed reduction of stated capital without amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, or voluntary dissolution or revocation of a voluntary dissolution by act of the Corporation, or a proposed disposition of all (or substantially all) of the assets of the Corporation outside of the ordinary course of business, the notice of the meeting shall state such purpose. If the purpose of the meeting, or one of its purposes, is to consider a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, the notice shall set forth the proposed amendment or a summary of the changes to be effected thereby; and if the purpose of the meeting, or one of its purposes, is to consider a proposed merger or consolidation, a copy or a summary of the plan of merger or plan of consolidation, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2.5 FIXING OF RECORD DATE.

(a) The Board of Directors may fix a date as the record date for any determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a stockholders’ meeting, such date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and shall not be less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting. In the case of any Special Meeting called by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3 of these Bylaws, if the Board of Directors fails to fix the Demand Record Date within thirty (30) days after the Secretary received a valid written request from the stockholders to set a Demand Record Date, then the close of business on such 30 th day shall be the Demand Record Date. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in these Bylaws, such determination shall be applied to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date and except as otherwise required by law. A new record date must be set if a meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors may fix a date as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive a dividend or distribution, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such payment. If no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive a dividend or distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Corporation’s shares), the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board of Directors is adopted declaring the dividend or distribution shall be the record date.

 

4


SECTION 2.6 STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall, by the earlier of (a) twenty (20) days after the record date, or (b) ten (10) days before the meeting date, for any meeting of stockholders, make a complete record of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged alphabetically by class or series of shares and showing the address of and the number of shares held by each stockholder. The stockholder list shall be available at the meeting and may be inspected by any stockholder or his or her agent or attorney at any time during the meeting or any adjournment. Any stockholder or his or her agent or attorney may inspect the stockholder list beginning ten (10) business days before the meeting date and continuing until the meeting date, at the Corporation’s registered office and, subject to the DGCL, may copy the list, during regular business hours and at his or her expense, during the period that it is available for inspection hereunder. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. The stock ledger of the Corporation (if any) shall be prima facie evidence as to the stockholders entitled to inspect the stockholder list or to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

SECTION 2.7 QUORUM AND VOTING. Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the DGCL, a majority of the aggregate voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, other than for the sole purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, it is considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that meeting. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders unless the vote of a greater number is required by the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation. Unless otherwise required by law or the Corporations’ Certificate of Incorporation, the election of Directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat and entitled to vote at the meeting, but no other business shall be transacted until a quorum is present. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

SECTION 2.8 CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.

(a)     At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, such person as the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)     The Board of Directors and (to the extent consistent therewith) the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as they shall deem necessary or appropriate. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of

 

5


when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

SECTION 2.9 PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

SECTION 2.10 VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share shall be entitled to that number of votes specified in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation; provided , however , that if no such vote is specified, each outstanding share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares are enlarged, limited or denied by the DGCL. Shares of the Corporation standing in the name of another corporation, whether domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may provide or, in the absence of any such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine; and any shares voted by an officer, agent, or proxy of such corporation shall be presumed to be voted with due authority in the absence of express notice to the contrary given in writing to the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation. Shares of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation itself shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the stockholders and shall not be considered in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time. The voting rights of fiduciaries, beneficiaries, pledgors, pledgees and joint, common and other multiple owners of shares of stock shall be as provided from time to time by the DGCL and any other applicable law.

SECTION 2.11 NO CUMULATIVE VOTING. In all elections for Directors, no stockholder shall have the right to cumulate their votes for the Directors to be elected except as otherwise specifically provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 2.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder under the DGCL, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing by the stockholder entitled to such notice, signed at any time before, at or after the time of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. A stockholder’s attendance at a meeting, in person or by proxy, waives objection to both of the following:

(a) Lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

(b) Consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

SECTION 2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. This Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be

 

6


employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector so appointment or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1 GENERAL POWERS. Subject to any limitations imposed by the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.

SECTION 3.2 NUMBER, TENURE, AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be seven (7). The number of Directors may be changed from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation. Furthermore, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall at all times be a member of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.3 TERM. Each Director shall hold office until the expiration of the term to which he or she has been elected or appointed and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. A Director may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to the Board of Directors, to the Chairman, or to the Corporation through the Secretary or otherwise. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or stockholders of the Corporation. Directors may be re-elected any number of times.

SECTION 3.4 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without other notice than this Bylaw, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the stockholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, for the holding of additional regular meetings of the Board of Directors, either within or without the State of Delaware, without other notice than such resolution.

SECTION 3.5 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Corporation or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

7


SECTION 3.6 MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE OR OTHER COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY.

(a) Any or all Directors may participate in a regular or special meeting or in a committee meeting of the Board of Directors by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, telephone or any other means of communication by which all participating Directors may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting.

(b) If a meeting will be conducted through the use of any means described in paragraph (a), all participating Directors shall be informed that a meeting is taking place at which official business may be transacted. A Director participating in a meeting by any means described in paragraph (A) is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

SECTION 3.7 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, notice of the date, time and place of any special meeting of the Board of Directors and of any special meeting of a committee of the Board shall be given orally or in writing to each Director or committee member at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting. The notice need not describe the purpose of the meeting. Notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, telegraph or facsimile, by mail or private carrier or by e-mail or by other means of electronic transmission. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Director of the Corporation under the DGCL, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the Director entitled to such notice, signed at any time before, at or after the time of meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. If waiver of notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which is can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the Director. The attendance of a Director at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a Director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the grounds that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 3.8 QUORUM. A majority of the total number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided by these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that if less than a majority of such number of Directors are present, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. A majority of the number of Directors appointed to serve on a committee shall constitute a quorum of the committee.

SECTION 3.9 MAJORITY ACTION. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors (unless the act of a greater number of Directors is required by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law). A Director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action so taken unless his dissent to such action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or he files a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or he forwards his dissent, by registered or certified mail, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than two (2) days after the adjournment of the meeting. This right to dissent may not be exercised by any Director who voted in favor of such action.

SECTION 3.10 CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The Chairman, or in his or her absence, any Director chosen by the Directors present, shall call meetings of the Board of Directors to order and shall

 

8


chair the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors, but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any assistant secretary or any Director or other person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 3.11 VACANCIES. Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled (i) by a majority vote of the Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining Director or (ii) by election at the annual meeting of the stockholders or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for such purpose. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office and until his successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

SECTION 3.12 COMPENSATION. By resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and regardless of the personal interest of any Director, the Board of Directors may establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for services rendered to the Corporation as Directors, officers, or otherwise. By a like resolution, the Board of Directors may authorize the payment to all Directors of their respective expenses, if any, reasonably incurred in attending any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.13 COMMITTEES. By resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of Directors then in office, the Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more Directors designated by the Board of Directors, which, to the extent provided in such resolution (as initially adopted and as thereafter supplemented or amended by further resolution adopted by a like vote) shall have and may exercise (when the Board of Directors is not in session) all of the authority and powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation provided, however, that no such committee shall have or exercise the authority or powers of the Board of Directors with respect to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending, or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. Each such committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct of its activities and shall make such reports of its activities to the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may request.

SECTION 3.14 ACTION BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF DIRECTORS OR COMMITTEES. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors or committee members, as the case may be, entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of all of the members of the Board of Directors or committee thereof, as the case may be, and may be stated as such in any document filed with the Secretary of State under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS.

SECTION 4.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. The principal officers of the Corporation may include a Chairman, a President, one or more Vice-Presidents (the number of which shall be determined by the Board of Directors), a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable. One person may hold any two or more offices.

 

9


SECTION 4.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. Subject to Section 4.4, below, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after the annual meeting of the stockholders; and each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death or his resignation or removal in the manner provided in Section 4.3, below. If the election of officers is not held at such regular meeting of the Board of Directors, the election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create any contract rights.

SECTION 4.3 REMOVAL. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors, with or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, or the person so removed. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chairman, President or Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect on the date of receipt of the notice of resignation or at any later time specified therein; and unless the notice of resignation specifies otherwise, the resignation shall become effective without the necessity of acceptance by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.4 VACANCIES. If any office becomes vacant by reason of the death, resignation, or removal of the incumbent, the Board of Directors shall elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified.

SECTION 4.5 CHAIRMAN. The Chairman shall be a Director and, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall have and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

SECTION 4.6 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall have the authority to sign certificates for shares of the Corporation’s capital stock and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the Corporation’s regular business or which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Board of Directors, the President may authorize any Vice-President or other officer or agent of the Corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead.

SECTION 4.7 ABSENCE OF THE CHAIRMAN. The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the President shall perform the duties of the Chairman, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chairman.

SECTION 4.8 VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Board of Directors may appoint Vice-Presidents which may be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Vice-Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, if one has been elected (or in the event that there is more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated at the time of their appointment, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment), shall

 

10


perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice-President may sign certificates for shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, the issuance of which have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.9 THE SECRETARY. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by the DGCL; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of any seal of the Corporation and, if there is a seal of the Corporation, see that it is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) when requested or required, authenticate any records of the Corporation; (e) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder or delegate that responsibility to a stock transfer agent approved by the Board of Directors; (f) sign, with the President or a Vice-President, certificates for shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, the issuance of which has been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.10 TREASURER. The Treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall require.

SECTION 4.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The Assistant Secretaries, when authorized by the Board of Directors, may sign with the President or a Vice-President certificates for shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.12 ASSISTANTS AND ACTING OFFICERS. The Board of Directors and the President shall each have the power to appoint any person to act as assistant to any officer, or as agent for the Corporation in the officer’s stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and such assistant or acting officer or other agent so appointed shall have the power to perform all the duties of the office to which that person is so appointed to be assistant, or as to which he is so appointed to act, except as such power may be otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors or President.

SECTION 4.13 SALARIES. The salaries of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.

 

11


SECTION 4.14 ACTIONS WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES. All stock and other securities of other entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted (including by written consent), and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person or persons authorized to do so by resolution of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman, the President, the Secretary or the Treasurer.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 5.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors; provided , that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares and evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. The name and post office address of the person to whom shares are issued (whether represented by a certificate or uncertificated), with the number of shares and date of issuance, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificates shall be issued (whether represented by a certificate or uncertificated) until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

SECTION 5.2 TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided , however , that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which an executive officer of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Where a certificate for shares is presented to the Corporation with a request to register for transfer, the Corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements and if the Corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or had discharged any such duty. The Corporation may require reasonable assurance that the endorsements are genuine and effective and in compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be destroyed or marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

12


SECTION 5.3 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. The face or reverse side of each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of any restriction upon the transfer of such shares imposed by the Corporation.

SECTION 5.4 LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. Where the owner claims that his or her certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; and (b) if required by the Corporation, files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and (c) satisfies such other reasonable requirements as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5.5 CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES. The consideration for subscriptions to or the purchase of capital stock to be issued by the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time and determined to be adequate by the Board of Directors, provided that any shares having a par value shall not be issued for a consideration less than the par value thereof. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed, or other securities of the Corporation. When the Corporation receives the consideration for which the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of shares as provided above, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.

SECTION 5.6 STOCK REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the State of Delaware as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation, including the appointment or designation of one or more stock transfer

agents and one or more registrars.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 6.1 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted in whole or in part by holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote. These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted in whole or in part by the Board of Directors. The Bylaws may contain any provisions for the regulation and management of the Corporation’s affairs not inconsistent with law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 6.2 IMPLIED AMENDMENTS. Any action taken or authorized by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, or by the Board of Directors, shall be given the same effect as though these Bylaws had been temporarily amended so far as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.

 

13

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

CUMULUS MEDIA INTERMEDIATE INC.,

CUMULUS MEDIA NEW HOLDINGS INC.,

as a Borrower,

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF CUMULUS MEDIA NEW HOLDINGS INC. PARTY HERETO,

as Borrowers,

CERTAIN LENDERS,

and

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Administrative Agent,

Dated as of June 4, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1.

   DEFINITIONS      1  

1.1

   Defined Terms      1  

1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions      35  

SECTION 2.

   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS      36  

2.1

   Term Loans      36  

2.2

   Repayment of Term Loans      36  

SECTION 3.

   [Reserved]      36  

SECTION 4.

   GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS      36  

4.1

   [Reserved]      36  

4.2

   Repayment of Term Loans; Evidence of Debt      36  

4.3

   Conversion Options      37  

4.4

   [Reserved]      38  

4.5

   Optional Prepayments      38  

4.6

   Mandatory Prepayments      38  

4.7

   Interest Rates and Payment Dates      40  

4.8

   Computation of Interest and Fees      41  

4.9

   [Reserved]      41  

4.10

   Certain Fees      41  

4.11

   [Reserved]      41  

4.12

   [Reserved]      41  

4.13

   [Reserved]      41  

4.14

   [Reserved]      41  

4.15

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate for Eurodollar Loans      42  

4.16

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      43  

4.17

   Illegality      44  

4.18

   Requirements of Law      44  

4.19

   Indemnity      46  

4.20

   Taxes      46  

4.21

   [Reserved]      50  

4.22

   Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders      50  

4.23

   Prepayments Below Par      51  

4.24

   Extensions of Term Loans      53  

4.25

   Borrower Agent      55  

SECTION 5.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      56  

5.1

   Financial Condition      56  

5.2

   Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law      56  

5.3

   Corporate Power; Authorization      56  

5.4

   Enforceable Obligations      57  

5.5

   No Legal Bar      57  

 

i


5.6

   No Material Litigation      57  

5.7

   Investment Company Act      57  

5.8

   Federal Regulation      57  

5.9

   No Default or Breach      58  

5.10

   Taxes      58  

5.11

   Subsidiaries; Loan Parties      58  

5.12

   Ownership of Property; Liens; Licenses      58  

5.13

   Intellectual Property      59  

5.14

   Labor Matters      59  

5.15

   ERISA      59  

5.16

   Environmental Matters      59  

5.17

   Disclosure      60  

5.18

   Security Documents      60  

5.19

   Solvency      61  

5.20

   [Reserved]      61  

5.21

   Patriot Act      61  

5.22

   Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      61  

5.23

   Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions      61  

SECTION 6.

   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      62  

6.1

   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness      62  

SECTION 7.

   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      65  

7.1

   Financial Statements      65  

7.2

   Certificates; Other Information      67  

7.3

   Payment of Obligations      68  

7.4

   Conduct of Business; Maintenance of Existence; Compliance      68  

7.5

   Maintenance of Property; Insurance      69  

7.6

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions; Annual Meetings      69  

7.7

   Notices      70  

7.8

   Environmental Laws      71  

7.9

   [Reserved]      71  

7.10

   Additional Loan Parties; Pledge of Stock of Additional Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral, etc.      71  

7.11

   Broadcast License Subsidiaries      73  

7.12

   [Reserved]      74  

7.13

   Ratings      74  

7.14

   [Reserved]      74  

7.15

   Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      74  

SECTION 8.

   NEGATIVE COVENANTS      74  

8.1

   [Reserved]      74  

8.2

   Indebtedness      74  

8.3

   Limitation on Liens      76  

8.4

   Limitation on Contingent Obligations      80  

8.5

   Prohibition of Fundamental Changes      80  

8.6

   Prohibition on Sale of Assets      81  

 

ii


8.7

   Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances      85  

8.8

   Limitation on Restricted Payments      88  

8.9

   Transactions with Affiliates      90  

8.10

   Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks      91  

8.11

   Fiscal Year      91  

8.12

   Negative Pledge Clauses      91  

8.13

   Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions      92  

8.14

   FCC Licenses      92  

8.15

   Certain Payments of Indebtedness      93  

8.16

   Amendment of Material Documents      93  

8.17

   Restrictions on Intermediate Holdings      93  

SECTION 9.

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT      94  

SECTION 10.

   THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      97  

10.1

   Authorization and Action      97  

10.2

   Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Indemnification, Etc.      99  

10.3

   Posting of Communications      100  

10.4

   The Administrative Agent Individually      102  

10.5

   Successor Administrative Agent      103  

10.6

   Acknowledgements of Lenders      104  

10.7

   Collateral Matters      105  

10.8

   Credit Bidding      105  

10.9

   Certain ERISA Matters      106  

10.10

   Indemnification      108  

SECTION 11.

   MISCELLANEOUS      109  

11.1

   Amendments and Waivers      109  

11.2

   Notices      111  

11.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      112  

11.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      112  

11.5

   Payment of Expenses      113  

11.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders      114  

11.7

   Adjustments; Set-off      119  

11.8

   Counterparts      120  

11.9

   Integration      120  

11.10

   GOVERNING LAW; NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      120  

11.11

   SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS      121  

11.12

   Acknowledgements      122  

11.13

   Releases of Guarantees and Liens      122  

11.14

   Joint and Several Liability      123  

11.15

   Confidentiality      123  

11.16

   Usury Savings      124  

11.17

   Severability      125  

11.18

   Patriot Act      125  

11.19

   Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      125  

11.20

   Conditional Restrictions on Parent      126  

 

iii


SCHEDULES:   
Schedule 1.1A    Effective Date Lenders and Term Loans
Schedule 1.1B    Mortgaged Properties
Schedule 1.1C    Excluded Accounts
Schedule 5.6    Litigation
Schedule 5.9    No Default
Schedule 5.11(a)    Domestic Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.11(b)    Foreign Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.11(c)    Loan Parties
Schedule 5.12    FCC Licenses
Schedule 5.16    Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.18    Financing Statements and Other Filings
Schedule 7.11    FCC Licenses
Schedule 8.2    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 8.3    Existing Liens
Schedule 8.4    Existing Contingent Obligations
Schedule 8.6(g)    Stations in Trust
Schedule 8.6(y)    Permitted Dispositions
Schedule 8.7    Existing Investments, Loans and Advances
Schedule 8.9    Transactions with Affiliates
EXHIBITS:   
Exhibit A    Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit B-1    Form of Intermediate Holdings Closing Certificate
Exhibit B-2    Form of New Holdings Closing Certificate
Exhibit B-3    Form of Closing Date Subsidiary Borrower Closing Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Conversion/Continuation Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit E    [Reserved]
Exhibit F    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates
Exhibit G    Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
Exhibit H    Form of Lender Participation Notice
Exhibit I    Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
Exhibit J    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit K    Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit L    Form of Mortgage
Exhibit M    Form of Compliance Certificate

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 4, 2018, among CUMULUS MEDIA INTERMEDIATE INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Intermediate Holdings ”), CUMULUS MEDIA NEW HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ New Holdings ” or the “ Borrower Agent ”), each of the Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) of New Holdings that, as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined), is signatory hereto as a “Borrower” (each, a “ Closing Date Subsidiary Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries of New Holdings that, in accordance with Section  7.10(a) , becomes a borrower hereunder after the Effective Date (together with New Holdings and the Closing Date Subsidiary Borrowers, each a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto, WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders and, solely for purposes of Section  11.20 , CUMULUS MEDIA INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”).

WHEREAS, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. (the “ Prepetition Borrower ”) entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013 (the “ Prepetition Credit Agreement ”), with the lenders party thereto (such lenders party thereto holding term loans thereunder being referred to herein as the “ Prepetition Term Lenders ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other parties;

WHEREAS, on November 29, 2017, Cumulus Media Inc. (the “ Prepetition Parent ”), the Prepetition Borrower and certain of their subsidiaries (each, a “ Chapter 11 Debtor ” and collectively, the “ Chapter 11 Debtors ”) filed voluntary petitions with the Bankruptcy Court (as hereinafter defined) for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as hereinafter defined) (each case of a Chapter 11 Debtor, a “ Case ” and collectively, the “ Cases ”);

WHEREAS, the Plan of Reorganization (as hereinafter defined) of the Chapter 11 Debtors was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on May 10, 2018 and will be consummated on the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, (i) the Restructuring Transactions will occur and (ii) the Prepetition Term Lenders are receiving, among other things, interests in an exit term loan facility in the original aggregate principal amount of $1,300,000,000, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms defined in the preamble or recitals hereto shall have the meanings set forth therein, and the following terms shall have the following meanings:

ABL Facility ”: as defined in the definition of Permitted Revolving Credit Facility.


ABL Priority Collateral ”: Collateral consisting of accounts receivable and other collateral for a receivables-based, asset-based revolving credit facility that would customarily be secured by Liens having priority over the Liens securing a senior secured term loan facility in a split collateral structure.

ABR ”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for a Eurodollar Loan with a one-month interest period commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that for the purpose of this definition, the Eurodollar Rate for any day shall be based on the Eurodollar Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day). Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Eurodollar Rate, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ABR shall at all times not be less than 2.00%.

ABR Loans ”: Term Loans whose interest rate is based on the ABR.

Acceptable Discount ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Acceptance Date ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Act ”: as defined in subsection 11.18.

Administrative Agent ”: Wilmington Trust, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 10.

Administrative Agent’s Account ”: the account designated from time to time in writing as the “Administrative Agent’s Account” by the Administrative Agent to the other parties hereto

Administrative Questionnaire ”: an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ”: of any Person (a) any Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, or (b) any Person who is a director or officer (i) of such Person, (ii) of any Subsidiary of such Person or (iii) of any Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, either to (x) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or (y) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

2


Anti-Corruption Laws ”: all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to New Holdings or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Discount ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Applicable Margin ”: 4.50% per annum in the case of a Eurodollar Loan or 3.50% per annum in the case of an ABR Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin in respect of any tranche of Extended Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Extension Offer.

Approved Electronic Platform ”: as defined in subsection 10.3(a).

Approved Fund ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(c).

ASC ”: the FASB Accounting Standards Codification.

Asset Sale ”: any sale, sale-leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition by any Group Member of any of its property or assets (except sales, assignments, conveyances, transfers and other dispositions permitted by subsection 8.6 (other than clauses (e), (f), (g), (p), (w) and (y) thereof)).

Assignee ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(c).

Assignment and Assumption ”: an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Available Amount ”: as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of:

(a) $50,000,000; plus

(b) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount; plus

(c) 50% of the sum of (without duplication):

(i) the Net Proceeds received after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date (other than any Net Proceeds applied for Investments under subsection 8.7(t), Restricted Payments under subsection 8.8(c) or subsection 8.8(h) or prepayments of Indebtedness under subsection 8.15(b)(iii)) from any Capital Stock Issuance (other than any such issuance to a Group Member), including any sale of treasury Capital Stock, but excluding any issuance of Disqualified Stock; provided that the Net Proceeds thereof have been contributed by Parent in cash as common equity to New Holdings;

 

3


(ii) the net cash proceeds received after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date from any capital contribution to New Holdings; provided that any such capital contribution is from a Person other than a Group Member;

(iii) [Reserved];

(iv) the net cash proceeds received after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date by a Borrower or any Subsidiary from the issuance of convertible or exchangeable debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of a Group Member (other than Disqualified Stock);

(v) the aggregate amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date by a Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in any existing joint venture that is not a Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent of the Investment in such joint venture (with the amount of such Investment being calculated in accordance with the last sentence of subsection 8.7); and

(vi) the aggregate amount received in cash or Cash Equivalents after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date by New Holdings or any Subsidiary in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition to a Person (other than a Group Member) of any Investment made in reliance on subsection 8.7(r) and repurchases and redemptions (other than by a Group Member) of such Investments from New Holdings or its Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances (other than by a Group Member) that constitute Investments made in reliance on subsection 8.7(r); provided that such amount shall not exceed the amount of such initial Investment made in reliance on subsection 8.7(r); minus

(d) the amount of any Investments made in reliance on subsection 8.7(r) prior to such date.

Bail-In Action ”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code ”: the United States Bankruptcy Code, as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Bankruptcy Court ”: the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

Bankruptcy Plan ”: a reorganization or plan of liquidation pursuant to any Debtor Relief Laws.

 

4


Benefit Plan ”: any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Benefited Lender ”: as defined in subsection 11.7 hereof.

Bethesda Property ”: the real property owned by DC Radio Assets, LLC and located at 7115 Greentree Road, Bethesda, MD.

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Materials ”: as defined in subsection 10.3(g).

Breakage Event ”: as defined in subsection 4.19 hereof.

Broadcast Assets ”: all or substantially all the assets used and useful in the operation of a Station pursuant to an FCC License, including such FCC License.

Broadcast Cash Flow ”: for any period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period plus, to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated EBITDA, corporate level general and administrative expenses of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors for such period (calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation of such expenses in the consolidated financial statements of New Holdings for such period).

Broadcast License Subsidiary ”: a wholly-owned Subsidiary of New Holdings that (a) owns or holds no material assets other than FCC Licenses and related rights and (b) has no material liabilities other than (i) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) tax liabilities, other governmental charges and other liabilities incidental to the ownership or holding of such licenses and related rights.

Business Acquisition ”: any Permitted Acquisition and any other acquisition permitted under subsection 8.7 pursuant to which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries acquires any business, division or line of business or all or substantially all of the outstanding Capital Stock of any corporation or other entity (other than any director’s qualifying shares or any options for equity interests that cannot, as a matter of law, be cancelled, redeemed or otherwise extinguished without the express agreement of the holder thereof at or prior to acquisition) or any Station and Broadcast Assets related thereto.

 

5


Business Day ”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Expenditures ”: for any period, all amounts (other than those arising from the acquisition or lease of businesses and assets which are permitted by subsection 8.7) which are set forth on the consolidated statement of cash flows of New Holdings for such period as “capital expenditures” in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding anything else set forth herein, any lease that was or would have been treated as an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date that would become or be treated as a capital lease solely as a result of a change in GAAP after the Effective Date shall always be treated as an operating lease for all purposes and at all times under this Agreement.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing; provided, that any instrument evidencing Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be Capital Stock, unless and until any such instrument is so converted or exchanged.

Capital Stock Issuance ”: any issuance by Parent of its Capital Stock in a public or private offering.

Cash Collateralize ”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral for prepayment obligations, cash or deposit account balances, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing.

Case ” or “ Cases ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Cash Equivalents ”:

(e) United States dollars;

(f) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

6


(g) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $300,0000,000;

(h) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above and in Dollars;

(i) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof, in Dollars;

(j) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and in Dollars;

(k) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (f) above;

(l) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(m) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition and in each case in Dollars;

(n) Investments with weighted average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and in each case in Dollars; and

(o) credit card receivables and debit card receivables so long as such are considered cash equivalents under GAAP and are so reflected on New Holdings’ balance sheet.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than Dollars; provided that such amounts are converted into Dollars as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Flow Revolving Credit Facility ”: as defined in the definition of Permitted Revolving Credit Facility.

 

7


Change in Control ”: (a) the acquisition (whether through a merger transaction or otherwise) of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the Effective Date), of Capital Stock representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary active voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Parent, (b) the failure of Parent to own, directly and of record, 100% of the Capital Stock of Intermediate Holdings or (c) the failure of Intermediate Holdings to own, directly and of record, 100% of the Capital Stock of New Holdings.

Change in Law ”: with respect to any Lender, the adoption of any law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, including the issuance of any final rule, regulation or guideline by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over such Lender or, in the case of subsection 4.18, any corporation controlling such Lender; provided however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Chapter 11 Debtor ” or “ Chapter 11 Debtors ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Closing Date Subsidiary Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Collateral ”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Communications Act ”: the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. §151 et seq.

Connection Income Taxes ”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Current Assets ”: at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) (other than trade assets and barter assets) on a consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”: at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) (other than trade liabilities and barter liabilities) on a consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding the current portion of any Funded Debt of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

8


Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any period of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, the consolidated net income (i) including net income and losses from discontinued operations, (ii) excluding all income tax expense or benefit to the extent that the effect of such item has entered into the determination of consolidated net income whether based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, (iii) excluding extraordinary items, as well as unusual gains, losses and charges and gains and losses arising from the proposed or actual disposition of material assets (what constitutes material assets to be reasonably determined by New Holdings in good faith) whether such losses or gains are classified as discontinued operations, continuing operations or extraordinary items; provided , that the aggregate amount of all cash losses or charges added back pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not exceed $20,000,000 for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period, (iv) excluding minority interest and (v) excluding to the extent reflected in the statement of consolidated net income for such period (or, solely in the case of clause (m), plus) , the sum of (a) interest expense (net of interest income), including costs recognized from interest rate hedges, amortization and write offs of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, (b) depreciation and amortization expenses whether such expenses are classified as discontinued operations or continuing operations including acceleration thereof and including the amortization of the increase in inventory, if any, resulting from the application of ASC 805, “Business Combinations” for transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any Business Acquisitions), (c) any impairment expense or write-off with respect to goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived asset, joint ventures, assets held for sale, variable interest entities resulting from the application of ASC 810, “Consolidation,” and investment in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (d) compensation expenses arising from the sale of stock, the granting of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividends on unvested shares, the granting of stock appreciation rights, termination of stock based rewards in connection with the Plan and similar stock based arrangements, (e) the excess of the expense in respect of post-retirement benefits and post-employment benefits accrued under ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” and ASC 712, “Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits” over the cash expense in respect of such post-retirement benefits and post-employment benefits, (f) all non-cash gains or losses incurred in connection with the disposition of assets, (g) all costs relating to hedging arrangements or the unwinding of hedging arrangements, (h) other non-cash expenses or charges, including asset retirement obligations and supplemental executive retirement obligations, (i) non-recurring expenses recognized for restructuring costs, including but not limited to severance costs, relocation costs, integration and facilities costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs and litigation expenses (including judgment and settlement amounts relating to any Business Acquisition), provided that any restructuring costs added back pursuant to this clause (i) (1) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period and (2) in respect of litigation expenses shall not exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement,

 

9


(j) to the extent reducing consolidated net income of New Holdings, taxes payable pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, (k) to the extent covered by insurance under which the insurer has been properly notified and has not denied or contested coverage, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption, (l) all non-recurring transactional costs and any fees or expenses incurred or paid by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Restructuring Transactions, any Business Acquisition, any Investment, the disposition of material assets, the amendment or modification of any debt instrument, the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) and the issuance of any Capital Stock (in each case, whether or not successful) permitted to be issued by this Agreement, (m) cost-savings and synergies that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by New Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of mergers and other business combinations, Permitted Acquisitions, divestitures, insourcing initiatives, cost savings initiatives and other similar initiatives consummated after the Effective Date, in each case permitted by this Agreement (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such costs savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the relevant Test Period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized in respect thereof, provided that (1) actions in respect of such cost-savings and synergies have been taken and (2) the aggregate amount of cost-savings and synergies added back pursuant to this clause (m) shall not exceed $20,000,000 for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period; provided further that no cost savings and synergies shall be added back pursuant to this clause (m) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period or duplicative of amounts previously added to Consolidated EBITDA for other periods, (n) the aggregate amount of unpaid administrative costs and unpaid professional fees incurred in such period in connection with the Cases, (o) interest-equivalent costs associated with any Receivables Facility for such period, whether accounted for as interest expense or loss on the sale of receivables, in each case to the extent deducted in calculating consolidated net income for such period, and (p) any charges, expenses and write-offs deducted in calculating consolidated net income for such period for purchase accounting adjustments; provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall be decreased by the amount of any dividends or distributions made to Intermediate Holdings or Parent (but without duplication) to pay expenses that otherwise would have been expenses of New Holdings; provided further that Consolidated EBITDA for any such period shall exclude the cumulative effect of changes in GAAP or accounting principle(s) subsequent to the Effective Date.

The financial results of joint ventures and variable interest entities shall be excluded in calculating “Consolidated EBITDA” except that Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be increased by the amount of cash dividends paid by such joint ventures and variable interest entities to New Holdings or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any Test Period pursuant to any determination (i) if at any time during such Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, New Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period shall be reduced by an

 

10


amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Test Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Test Period and (ii) if during such Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, New Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Test Period. As used in this Agreement, “ Material Acquisition ” means the acquisition of any separate asset, business or lines of business for a purchase price (or in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, the value of the assets subject to such Permitted Asset Swap) in excess of $25,000,000; and “ Material Disposition ” means any sale or other disposition of property or series of related sales or dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $25,000,000.

Consolidated First Lien Debt ”: at any date, Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is secured by a first priority Lien on any of the assets of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Debt (provided that Indebtedness under clause (b) of the definition of Indebtedness shall only be included to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings under any letter of credit) less the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash up to a maximum amount of $75,000,000, in each case as of such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period most recently ended prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ”: as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of any letter of credit or bank guaranty except to the extent of any unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness (provided that Indebtedness under clause (b) of the definition of Indebtedness shall only be included to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings under any letter of credit) as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period most recently ended prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered.

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of

(a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness (provided that Indebtedness under clause (b) of the definition of Indebtedness shall only be included to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings under any letter of credit) less the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors up to a maximum amount of $75,000,000, in each case as of such date, to

 

11


(b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period most recently ended prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b).

Consolidated Working Capital ”: at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date minus Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Contingent Obligation ”: as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however, that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount (based on the maximum reasonably anticipated net liability in respect thereof as determined by New Holdings in good faith) of the primary obligation or portion thereof in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated net liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by New Holdings in good faith.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of the property owned by it is bound.

Control ”: the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agreement ”: with respect to any deposit account or securities account, an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, among the Administrative Agent, the financial institution or other Person at which such account is maintained and the Loan Party maintaining such account, effective to grant “control” (as defined under the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) over such account (and all assets on deposit therein or credited thereto) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

12


Conversion/Continuation Notice ”: a Conversion/Continuation Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit  C .

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ”: at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash Flow Periods ended on or prior to such date.

Debtor Relief Laws ”: the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, arrangement, compromise, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declined Prepayment Amount ”: as defined in subsection 4.6(g).

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Discount Range ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Disqualified Lenders ”: those Persons whose primary business consists of broadcasting, local media and advertising who are identified in writing by the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date, as such list may be supplemented after the Effective Date by written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt (i) the Administrative Agent may, and shall be permitted to, upon request, provide such list of Disqualified Lenders to the Lenders and prospective Lenders, (ii) any addition to the list of Disqualified Institutions will not become effective until three Business Days after such addition is posted to the Lenders and (iii) no retroactive disqualification of the Lenders that later become Disqualified Lenders shall be permitted.

Disqualified Person ”: as defined in the definition of “Eligible Assignee”.

Disqualified Stock ”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 180 days after the Maturity Date (or, if later, the maturity date of any Extended Term Loans); provided , however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Parent or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Parent or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

13


Divestiture Trust ”: a trust (a) created by or on behalf of New Holdings or any Subsidiary to hold and ultimately sell assets in conjunction with any Business Acquisition or any sale or other disposition pursuant to Section 8.6(e) or (g) hereof to ensure compliance with the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies and (b) that is independently owned and managed by a Person unaffiliated with New Holdings or any Subsidiary.

Dollars ” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of New Holdings other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

ECF Percentage ”: 75%; provided, that, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrowers, the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to 50% if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00.

EEA Financial Institution ”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ”: any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date ”: the date on which each of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement contained in subsection 6.1 were satisfied, which date is June 4, 2018.

Effective Date Lenders : as defined in the definition of “ Lenders ”.

Eligible Assignee ”: (a) a Lender, (b) a Lender Affiliate, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person (other than Parent or any Subsidiary thereof (except, solely in the case of an Open Market Purchase pursuant to Section 11.6(h), New Holdings)); provided that “Eligible Assignee” shall not in any event include (i) a natural person, (ii) a Disqualified Lender or (iii) any holding company, trust or investment vehicle for the primary benefit of a natural person (including relatives of such person), other than any such entity that (w) has not been formed for the primary purpose of acquiring Term

 

14


Loans under this Agreement, (x) is managed by a professional adviser (other than such natural person or any such relatives) having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, (y) has assets of greater than $25,000,000 and (z) has significant business activities that consist of making or purchasing (by assignment as principal) commercial loans and similar extensions of credit (any of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) above, a “ Disqualified Person ”).

Environmental Laws ”: any and all applicable Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees or requirements of any Governmental Authority regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning human health or the protection of the environment, including Materials of Environmental Concern, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”: for any day, as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal) of reserve requirements current on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto), as now and from time to time hereafter in effect, dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D of such Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the Eurodollar Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurodollar Lending Office ”: the office of each Lender which shall be maintaining its Eurodollar Loans.

Eurodollar Loans ”: Term Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

   Eurodollar Base Rate   
  

 

1.00 – Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement

  

 

15


; provided that the Eurodollar Rate shall be at all times not less than 1.00%.

Eurodollar Screen Rate ”: for any day and time, with respect to any Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on the applicable Bloomberg page that displays such rate (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Required Lenders, from time to time); provided that if the Eurodollar Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow ”: for any fiscal year of New Holdings, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) consolidated net income of New Holdings for such period, adjusted to exclude any cash gains or losses attributable to any Asset Sale, (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such consolidated net income, (iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period, and (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the disposition of property by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such consolidated net income less (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such consolidated net income, (ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of Capital Expenditures, but only to the extent such cash payments were made from Internally Generated Cash, (iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries made during such period from Internally Generated Cash (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (iv) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period, (v) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gains on the disposition of property by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such consolidated net income, (vi) the aggregate amount actually paid by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of professional fees that have not been deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income for such period, but only to the extent such cash payments were made from Internally Generated Cash, (vii) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period and financed with Internally Generated Cash that are made in connection with the prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; provided that amounts deducted

 

16


pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, (viii) the aggregate amount of taxes paid in cash (including taxes paid in cash by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Transfer Agreement) during such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining consolidated net income of New Holdings for such period (provided that Excess Cash Flow shall be increased in any future period to the extent taxes causing such excess are deducted from consolidated net income of New Holdings in such future period) and (ix) to the extent not reducing consolidated net income of New Holdings for such period, the amount of administrative costs and unpaid professional fees incurred in connection with the Cases and payable in cash by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries that (x) were incurred during or prior to such period, (y) have not been paid and remain outstanding at the end of such period and (z) have not been deducted from Excess Cash Flow (or otherwise reduced Excess Cash Flow or consolidated net income) in a prior period.

Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”: as defined in subsection 4.6(d).

Excess Cash Flow Period ”: each fiscal year of New Holdings, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

Excluded Accounts ”: (a) any deposit account used solely for funding payroll or segregating payroll taxes or funding other employee wage or benefit payments in the ordinary course of business, (b) any fiduciary or trust account, (c) any zero-balance or sweep account, so long as the balance in any such account is reduced to $0 on at least a weekly basis, (d) any restricted account listed on Schedule 1.1(C) to the extent such account (i) solely contains cash collateral securing letters of credit otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) is a cash escrow account solely holding deposits with respect to a director and officer insurance policy, credit card program(s) and terminated lockbox arrangements (so long as such account does not receive a contribution by the Loan Parties of additional funds with respect to such terminated lockbox arrangements after the Effective Date), in each case as in effect on the Effective Date, (iii) is the Professional Fee Escrow Account (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) or (iv) is with Brand Bank and secures lease obligations and does not receive a contribution by the Loan Parties of additional funds after the Effective Date and (e) any other deposit account or securities account with an average monthly balance of not more than $500,000; provided , that the aggregate average monthly balance of all deposit accounts and securities accounts constituting Excluded Accounts under this clause (e) shall not exceed $5,000,000.

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent or a Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to the Administrative Agent or a Lender, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of the Administrative Agent or such Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with

 

17


respect to an applicable interest in a Term Loan pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Term Loan (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower Agent under subsection 4.22(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to subsection 4.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s failure to comply with subsection 4.20(g) and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Extended Term Loans ”: as defined in subsection 4.24(a).

Extension ”: as defined in subsection 4.24(a).

Extension Offer ”: as defined in subsection 4.24(a).

FASB ”: the Financial Accounting Standards Board

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

FCC ”: the Federal Communications Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the Federal Communications Commission.

FCC Licenses ”: a license issued by the FCC under Part 73 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations and held by New Holdings or any Subsidiary.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate, provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter ”: that certain Fee Letter, dated as of the Effective Date, between New Holdings and the Administrative Agent.

Foreign Lender ”: any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of New Holdings (a) which is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code), or (b) whose principal assets consist of capital stock or other equity interests of one or more Persons which conduct the major portion of their business outside the United States (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code).

 

18


Funded Debt ”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrowers, Indebtedness in respect of the Term Loans and any Permitted Refinancings thereof.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time. In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a material change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Borrowers and the Required Lenders agree, upon the request of the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent, respectively, to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrowers’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. In the event a request for an amendment has been made pursuant to the prior sentence, until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

Gleiser Note ”: the promissory note dated as of November 21, 2003, made by Gleiser Communications, LLC, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified prior to and after the Effective Date.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, taxing, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including the FCC).

Group Members ”: collectively, New Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement executed and delivered by Intermediate Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything that may be to the contrary herein, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not require the pledge of (x) any of the outstanding Capital Stock of, or other equity interests in, any Subsidiary of New Holdings which is owned by a Foreign Subsidiary of New Holdings or (y) more than 66% of the outstanding voting stock of any “first tier” Foreign Subsidiary of New Holdings).

 

19


Guarantors ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Indebtedness ”: of any Person, at any particular date, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables or liabilities and deferred payment for services to employees or former employees incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices and other deferred compensation arrangements), (b) all obligations with respect to all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person, (c) all liabilities (other than Lease Obligations) secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, (d) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (e) all indebtedness of such Person arising under bankers’ acceptance facilities, (f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock and (g) for the purposes of Section 9(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements; but, in each case, excluding (w) any net working capital adjustments or earnouts in connection with any permitted Investment under subsection 8.7 or disposition of assets permitted under subsection 8.6, (x) customer deposits and interest payable thereon in the ordinary course of business, (y) trade and other accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade terms and in the case of both clauses (x) and (y) above, which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or, if overdue for more than 90 days, as to which a dispute exists and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP have been established on the books of such Person and (z) Indebtedness that has been defeased or satisfied and discharged in accordance with the terms of the documents governing such Indebtedness. The amount of any net obligations under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (c) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of the applicable liabilities and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes ”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Insolvent” or “Insolvency ”: with respect to a Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

 

20


Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Term Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Term Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Term Loan, the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Period ”: with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Loan is deemed borrowed or the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Eurodollar Loan, as the case may be, and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if made available by all relevant Lenders, twelve months) thereafter as specified in subsection 2.1 or as selected by the Borrower Agent in its Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months (or, if made available by all relevant Lenders, any period not longer than twelve months) thereafter as selected by the Borrower Agent by irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice not less than three Working Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loan;

provided that the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Working Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Working Day, unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Working Day;

(ii) the Borrower Agent may not (x) elect to continue a Eurodollar Loan as a Eurodollar Loan if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (y) select an Interest Period that would extend beyond the Maturity Date (or, with respect to any Extended Loan, the maturity date with respect thereto), or if the Maturity Date (or maturity date with respect to any Extended Loan) shall not be a Working Day, on the next preceding Working Day;

(iii) if the Borrower Agent shall fail to give notice as provided above in clause (b), it shall be deemed to have selected a conversion of a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan (which conversion shall occur automatically and without need for compliance with the conditions for conversion set forth in subsection 4.3);

 

21


(iv) any Interest Period that begins on the last day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Working Day of a calendar month; and

(v) the Borrower Agent shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a prepayment (to the extent practicable) or a scheduled payment of a Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

Intermediate Holdings ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Internally Generated Cash ”: cash generated from the operations of the business of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that, notwithstanding the forgoing, “Internally Generated Cash” shall not include (i) the proceeds of any long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving indebtedness), (ii) the proceeds of the issuance of any Capital Stock, (iii) the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount or (iv) solely to the extent not increasing consolidated net income of New Holdings during the applicable period, the proceeds of any insurance, indemnification or other payments from non-Loan Party Affiliates.

Investments ”: as defined in subsection 8.7.

IRS ”: the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder Agreement ”: a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto.

JV Holding Company ”: a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, (i) the sole assets of which are the equity interests of one or more joint ventures and (ii) that does not have any indebtedness or material liabilities, other than the Obligations.

Lease Obligations ”: of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as of the date of any determination thereof, the rental commitments of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis, if any, under leases for real and/or personal property (net of rental commitments from sub-leases thereof), excluding Capital Lease Obligations.

Lender Affiliate ”: (a) any Affiliate of any Lender, (b) any Person that is administered or managed by any Lender and that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and (c) with respect to any Lender which is a fund that invests in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such Lender or investment advisor.

Lender Participation Notice ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

 

22


Lender Party ”: the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Lenders ”: the financial institutions named on Schedule 1.1A (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a Lender. The financial institutions named on Schedule 1.1A on the Effective Date are holders of a Credit Agreement Claim (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) and referred to herein as the “ Effective Date Lenders ”; each Effective Date Lender is deemed to be a party to this Agreement on the Effective Date.

Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Liquidity ”: at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such time and (ii) to the extent that any of the Borrowers is a party to a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the aggregate amount available to be borrowed (subject to any borrowing base or similar limitations at such time) by such Borrowers on the undrawn commitments under such Permitted Revolving Credit Facility at such time.

Loan Documents ”: the collective reference to this Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Fee Letter, any amendment or modification entered into in connection with any Extension, the Control Agreements, any Mortgage or other security document executed and delivered pursuant to the terms of subsection 7.10, and any intercreditor agreement (including any Permitted ABL Intercreditor Agreement or any Permitted Cash Flow Revolver Intercreditor Agreement), if applicable.

Loan Parties ”: Intermediate Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries that is a party, or which at any time becomes a party, to a Loan Document.

Material Acquisition ”: as defined in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

Material Adverse Effect ”: any event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, results of operations, property or financial condition of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

Material Disposition ”: as defined in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

Material Real Property ”: any fee interest in any real property located in the United States owned by a Loan Party and having a Real Property Value of a least $500,000.

 

23


Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in, or which form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation, medical waste and radioactive materials.

Maturity Date ”: the earlier of (i) May 15, 2022 or if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such date and (ii) any other date on which the Term Loans are accelerated pursuant to Section 9.

Merlin Asset Purchase Agreement ”: that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 3, 2018 by and among Merlin Media, LLC and Merlin Media License, LLC as sellers and Radio License Holdings LLC and Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC as buyers.

Minimum Extension Condition ”: as defined in subsection 4.24(b).

Minimum Tranche Amount ”: as defined in subsection 4.24(b).

Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Mortgaged Properties ”: (i) the Properties listed on Schedule 1.1B, as to which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages and (ii) any other Property that is required to be subject to a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.10(c).

Mortgages ”: each of the mortgages and deeds of trust (if any) made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto or in any other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has (or within the past 6 years has had) an obligation to contribute pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement to which such Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is a party.

Net Proceeds ”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) actually received by any Group Member, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document), any reserves required to be maintained in connection therewith in accordance with GAAP and other customary fees, expenses and out-of-pocket closing costs actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be

 

24


payable as a result thereof (after taking into account (i) any available tax credits or deductions that would not otherwise have been utilized during the taxable period during which such Asset Sale or Recovery Event occurs and (ii) any tax sharing arrangements with a Person other than Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

New Holdings ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Non-Broadcast Assets ”: as defined in subsection 8.6(e).

Non-Significant Subsidiary ”: at any time, any Subsidiary (other than any Broadcast License Subsidiary) which (i) at such time has total assets (including the total assets of any of its Subsidiaries), together with the total assets of any other Subsidiaries that are Non-Significant Subsidiaries, of less than 5% of the total assets of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (ii) has accrued revenues (including the accrued revenues of any of its Subsidiaries), together with the accrued revenues of any other Subsidiaries that are Non-Significant Subsidiaries, for the most recently ended twelve-month period of less than 5% of the total revenues of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Non-U.S. Lender ”: as defined in subsection 4.20(g).

Notes ”: the collective reference to any promissory notes evidencing Term Loans.

NYFRB ”: the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate ”: for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided , further , that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on the Term Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Term Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, related to any Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, the Term Loans, the other Loan Documents or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, other fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or any Lender) or otherwise.

 

25


Offered Loans ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Open Market Purchase ”: as defined in Section 11.6(h).

Operating Asset ”: any operating asset used in the ordinary course of business of the Group Members. For the avoidance of doubt, Operating Assets shall not include the Bethesda Property or any other owned real property.

Other Connection Taxes ”: with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Term Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to subsection 4.22(b)).

Overnight Bank Funding Rate ”: for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.

Parent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Participant Register ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(b).

Participants ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(b).

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”: as defined in the definition of Permitted Revolving Credit Facility.

Permitted Acquisition ”: any acquisition permitted by subsection 8.7(k).

Permitted Asset Swap ”: as defined in subsection 8.6(q).

 

26


Permitted Cash Flow Revolver Intercreditor Agreement ”: as defined in the definition of Permitted Revolving Credit Facility.

Permitted Refinancing ”: with respect to all or any portion of any Indebtedness, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of such Indebtedness; provided that (i) the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (plus any accrued but unpaid interest, fees and redemption premiums payable by the terms of such Indebtedness thereon and reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), (ii) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 8.2(j), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iii) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable on the whole to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iv) the terms and conditions of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness are market terms on the date of issuance (as determined in good faith by New Holdings) or are not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than the covenants and events of default contained in this Agreement (as determined in good faith by New Holdings), (v) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension shall not be incurred by a Person who is not a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor (unless such Indebtedness being refinanced was originally incurred or guaranteed by a Person who was not a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor), (vi) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (vii) to the extent that the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced are subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations, any Lien securing such refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations on terms at least as favorable (when taken as a whole) to the Lenders as those contained in the applicable subordination language (if any) for the Indebtedness being refinanced and (viii) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is unsecured, such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness shall also be unsecured.

Permitted Reinvestment ”: in respect of any Net Proceeds from a Reinvestment Event, the use of such Net Proceeds to acquire, improve or repair assets constituting Collateral that are useful in the business of New Holdings or any Subsidiary (including the acquisition of all of the Capital Stock in a Person owning assets constituting (or that, upon the taking of all actions required to grant a Lien in favor on the Administrative Agent in such assets, will constitute) Collateral that are useful in the business of New Holdings or any Subsidiary, so long as (i) (x) such Person becomes a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) all actions required to be taken with respect to such Person (and the assets of, and Capital Stock in, such Person) under subsection 7.10 shall be taken substantially simultaneously with consummation of such acquisition (or such longer

 

27


period of time as provided under Section 7.10 or as the Administrative Agent shall agree), (ii) such Person acquired shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness permitted by subsection 8.2 and (iii) the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied to acquire Capital Stock does not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate). For the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Reinvestment shall not include the payment of any maintenance operating expenses of New Holdings or any Subsidiary, but shall include maintenance and other Capital Expenditures in respect of assets constituting Collateral.

Permitted Revolving Credit Facility ”: a revolving credit facility which (i) is not secured by any assets or property that is not Collateral, (ii) does not have any obligors that are not Loan Parties, (iii) if an asset-based revolving credit facility (an “ ABL Facility ”), is at all times subject to an intercreditor agreement which shall be customary for transactions of this type and otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) (such intercreditor agreement, a “ Permitted ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”) pursuant to which the lenders party to any such ABL Facility (or an agent on their behalf) shall have a first Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral and, to the extent such ABL Facility is secured by Term Loan Priority Collateral, a second Lien on the Term Loan Priority Collateral and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a first Lien on the Term Loan Priority Collateral and a second Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral and (iv) if a cash-flow revolving credit facility (a “ Cash Flow Revolving Credit Facility ”), is at all times subject to an intercreditor agreement which shall be customary for transactions of this type and otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) (such intercreditor agreement, a “ Permitted Cash Flow Revolver Intercreditor Agreement ”) pursuant to which the lenders party to any such Cash Flow Revolving Credit Facility (or an agent on their behalf) shall have a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, on the Collateral.

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”: any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan) in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is, or if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be, an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA).

Plan Asset Regulations ”: 29 CFR § 2510.3-101 et seq. , as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Plan of Reorganization ”: the chapter 11 plan of reorganization of the Chapter 11 Debtors substantially in the form of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code filed on February 12, 2018.

Pledged Stock ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

28


Preferred Stock ”: any Capital Stock with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Prepetition Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Prepetition Borrower ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Prepetition Parent ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Prepetition Term Lenders ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Prime Rate ”: the rate of interest per annum which is identified as the “Prime Rate” and normally published in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street Journal (or, if such rate ceases to be so published, as quoted from such other generally available and recognizable source as the Administrative Agent may select in consultation with the Required Lenders). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

Prohibited Transaction ”: as defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(f)(3) of the Code.

Properties ”: each parcel of real property currently or previously owned or operated by any Group Member.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

PTE ”: a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender ”: as defined in subsection 10.3(g).

Qualifying Lender ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Qualifying Loan ”: as defined in subsection 4.23.

Rating Agencies ”: Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Term Loans publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower Agent which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Real Property Value ”: with (a) respect to any real property owned by a Loan Party on the Effective Date, the value of such real property (together with improvements thereon) on the Effective Date and (b) with respect to any real property acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date, the value of such real property (together with improvements thereon) at the time of the acquisition of such real property by such Loan Party, in each case as reasonably determined by New Holdings in good faith.

 

29


Receivables Facility ”: any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to New Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than one or more Receivables Subsidiaries) pursuant to which New Holdings or any Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

Receivables Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto; provided that each Receivables Subsidiary shall at all times be 100% owned by a Loan Party.

Recovery Event ”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

Register ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(d).

Regulation U”: Regulation U of the Board, as from time to time in effect.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Proceeds received by New Holdings or any Subsidiary in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to subsection 4.6(b).

Reinvestment Event ”: any Recovery Event or any Asset Sale consisting solely of Operating Assets, in each case in respect of which the Borrowers have exercised their Reinvestment Rights in accordance with subsection 4.6(b).

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date for a Permitted Reinvestment.

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring twelve months after such Reinvestment Event (or, if a Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest the Net Proceeds from such Reimbursement Event within such 12-month period, the date that is 180 days after entry into such legally binding commitment) and (b) the date on which the Borrowers shall have conclusively determined not to consummate a Permitted Reinvestment with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

Reinvestment Rights ”: if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of receipt of Net Proceeds of a Reinvestment Event, except as provided in subsection 8.6(e), subsection 8.6(f) or subsection 8.10, the right of the Borrowers (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary Guarantor) to use all or a specified portion of the Net Proceeds of a Recovery Event or an Asset Sale consisting solely of Operating Assets for a Permitted Reinvestment.

 

30


Related Parties ”: with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Reorganization ”: with respect to a Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization as such term is used in Section 4241 of ERISA.

Replaced Term Loans ”: as defined in subsection 11.1.

Replacement Term Loans ”: as defined in subsection 11.1.

Reportable Event ”: any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period has been waived pursuant to applicable regulations as in effect on the Effective Date.

Required Lenders ”: at a particular time Lenders that hold more than 50% of the aggregate then outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation (including Environmental Laws) or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ”: the chief executive officer or the chief operating officer of New Holdings or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of New Holdings.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in subsection 8.8.

Restructuring Transactions ”: (i) the Restructuring Transactions and the transactions described by the Description of Transaction Steps (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization and the Plan Supplement (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization), as applicable), (ii) the transactions and payments contemplated by that certain equity and asset transfer agreement, by and among Prepetition Parent, Prepetition Borrower and New Holdings dated as of the Effective Date (the “ Transfer Agreement ”) and (iii) the dissolution and winding up of Prepetition Parent and Prepetition Borrower (including the making of certain tax elections and filing of tax returns).

Retained Percentage ”: with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

31


Sanctions ”: economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State.

Sanctioned Country ”: at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ”: at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United State of America .

SEC Filings ”: any public filings that Parent has made on form 10K, 10Q or 8K pursuant to the U.S. federal securities statutes, rules or regulations prior to the Effective Date.

Secured Parties : as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ”: any obligation of a seller of accounts receivable in a Receivables Facility to repurchase accounts receivable arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or indemnity made or given in connection with a Receivables Facility, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages, the Control Agreements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

Solvent ”: when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct

 

32


its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim”, (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured and (iii) “present fair saleable value” and “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise” shall, in each case, be determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors.

Station ”: a broadcast radio station operated pursuant to an FCC License.

Subordinated Indebtedness ”: any Indebtedness of New Holdings or its Subsidiaries which is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of Capital Stock or other equity interests having ordinary voting power (other than Capital Stock or other equity interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of New Holdings.

Subsidiary Guarantor ”: any Subsidiary which is designated as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” pursuant to subsection 7.10(a) and enters into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to subsection 7.10(a) (it being understood and agreed that no Foreign Subsidiary, Non-Significant Subsidiary, Broadcast License Subsidiary or Receivables Subsidiary of New Holdings shall, in any case, be designated as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” or enter into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to subsection 7.10(a)).

Swap Agreement ”: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

Swap Termination Value ”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such

 

33


termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreement, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Taxes ”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Priority Collateral ”: any Collateral which is not ABL Priority Collateral.

Term Loan ”: as defined in Section 2.1.

Term Loan Percentage ”: as to any Lender, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Loan constitutes of the aggregate then outstanding principal amount of Term Loans.

Test Period ”; at any time the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrowers ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been delivered pursuant to subsection 7.1(a) or 7.1(b), as applicable.

Transactions ”: the entering into of the Loan Documents and the deemed borrowing of the Term Loans hereunder, the payments of fees, commissions and expenses in connection with each of the foregoing and the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization.

Transfer Agreement ”: as defined in the definition of Restructuring Transactions.

Transferee ”: as defined in subsection 11.6(e).

Type ”: as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

U.S.  Borrower ”: any Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

U.S.  Person ”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

34


Unrestricted Cash ” : at any time, the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors at such time that are subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent (or, in the event such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents constitute ABL Priority Collateral under an ABL Facility to which the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor is a party to at such time, a second priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent).

Wilmington Trust ”: Wilmington Trust, National Association, and its successors.

Withdrawal Liability ”: liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete withdrawal or a partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

Working Day ”: any Business Day which is a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Notes, any other Loan Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(a) As used herein and in the Notes, any other Loan Document and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to New Holdings and its Subsidiaries not defined in subsection 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in subsection 1.1 to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under ASC 825 “Financial Instruments” (or any other ASC having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Intermediate Holdings, New Holdings or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and section, subsection, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) (i) The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (ii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all

 

35


tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (iv) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of such terms.

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS

2.1 Term Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, each Effective Date Lender (i) is deemed to have made, on the Effective Date, a term loan to the Borrowers (each, a “ Term Loan ”) in the amount set forth opposite such Effective Date Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A and (ii) is deemed to have executed and delivered, on the Effective Date, this Agreement, regardless of whether such Effective Date Lender has executed and delivered a signature page hereto. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed. The Term Loans may from time to time be (a) Eurodollar Loans or (b) ABR Loans or (c) a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower Agent and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with subsection 4.3; provided that, on the Effective Date, the Term Loans shall be deemed made as Eurodollar Loans with an initial Interest Period ending on June 30, 2018 (and the Eurodollar Rate during such initial Interest Period ending on June 30, 2018 shall equal the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one month determined as of the Effective Date).

2.2 Repayment of Term Loans . The Borrowers shall repay the Term Loans in consecutive quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter (or, in the case of the last installment, the Maturity Date), commencing on September 30, 2018, each of which installments shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans on the Effective Date (prior to giving effect to any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.6(c) on the Effective Date); provided that with respect to the installment payable on the Maturity Date, such installment shall be in an amount equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans.

SECTION 3. [Reserved]

SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS

4.1 [Reserved] .

4.2 Repayment of Term Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (i) the then unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan of such Lender (other than Extended Term Loans), in accordance with the applicable amortization schedule set forth in subsection 2.2 (or the then unpaid principal amount of such Term Loans, on the date that any or all of the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9), and (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of any Extended Term Loan of such Lender, in accordance with the amortization schedule and

 

36


maturity date applicable thereto (or the then unpaid principal amount of such Extended Term Loan, on the date that any or all of the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 9). The Borrowers hereby further agree to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in subsection 4.7.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Term Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to subsection 11.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Term Loan made (or deemed made) hereunder, the Type thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrowers and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to subsection 4.2(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided, however, that (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Term Loans deemed made to the Borrowers by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

4.3 Conversion Options . The Borrower Agent may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans into ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice of such election in the form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice, to be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, at least three Working Days prior to the proposed conversion date, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans shall only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower Agent may elect from time to time to convert all or a portion of the ABR Loans then outstanding to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice of such election in the form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice, to be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, at least three Working Days prior to the proposed conversion date, specifying the Interest Period selected therefor, and, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such conversion shall be made on the requested conversion date or, if such requested conversion date is not a Working Day, on the next succeeding Working Day. Upon receipt of any Conversion/Continuation Notice pursuant to this subsection 4.3, the Administrative Agent shall promptly, but in any event by 4:00 P.M., New York City time, notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of the outstanding Term Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) partial conversions of Term Loans shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess

 

37


thereof, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the resulting Eurodollar Loans outstanding in respect of any one Interest Period shall be at least $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) no more than seven (7) Interest Periods shall be in effect at any one time with respect to Eurodollar Loans.

4.4 [Reserved] .

4.5 Optional Prepayments . (a) The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time prepay Term Loans, in whole or in part, upon at least one Business Days’ irrevocable written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent in the case of ABR Loans and two Working Days’ irrevocable written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent in the case of Eurodollar Loans and specifying the date and amount of prepayment; provided that Eurodollar Loans prepaid on other than the last day of any Interest Period with respect thereto shall be prepaid subject to the provisions of subsection 4.19. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. If such notice is given, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable, on the date specified therein. Accrued interest on any Notes or on the amount of any Term Loans paid in full pursuant to this subsection 4.5 shall be paid on the date of such prepayment. Accrued interest on the amount of any partial prepayment shall be paid on the date of such partial prepayment. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lesser of (A) $1,500,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (B) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans, as the case may be. Any amount prepaid may not be reborrowed. Partial prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to this subsection 4.5 shall be applied to the remaining installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity.

(b) In the event of any optional prepayment of Term Loans made on or prior to the date that is six months following the Effective Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the Lenders a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the principal amount of the Term Loans so prepaid.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower Agent may rescind any notice of prepayment under this subsection 4.5 if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Term Loans, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

4.6 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) In the event of any incurrence of Indebtedness by any Group Member (other than Indebtedness of any Group Member permitted to be issued under subsection 8.2), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Indebtedness incurrence shall on the date of such Indebtedness incurrence be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in subsection 4.6(e).

(b) In the event of receipt by any Group Member of Net Proceeds from (i) the sale or other disposition of the Bethesda Property or (ii) any Asset Sale (other than the sale or other disposition of the Bethesda Property) or Recovery Event (in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sales and Recovery Events under this clause (ii) per fiscal year of the Borrowers), then an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from the sale or other

 

38


disposition of the Bethesda Property and from any other Asset Sale or Recovery Event (in the case of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that are not a sale or other disposition of the Bethesda Property, solely with respect to the aggregate Net Proceeds from all such Asset Sales and Recovery Events in any fiscal year of the Borrowers that are in excess of $5,000,000), shall on the date of such receipt be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in subsection 4.6(e); provided that (i) in the case of Net Proceeds received solely from a Recovery Event or from an Asset Sale consisting solely of Operating Assets, the Borrowers may exercise Reinvestment Rights in respect of such Net Proceeds and (ii) notwithstanding clause (i) of this proviso, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in subsection 4.6(e).

(c) In the event that the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date (net of, to the extent such amounts have not already been deducted from total cash of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in determining unrestricted cash on the Effective Date, (i) any payments made or to be made by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on or after the Effective Date to consummate the acquisitions contemplated by the Merlin Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) any reserves or escrows established pursuant to either Article VI.E.4 or Article II.B.1 of the Plan of Reorganization or any final order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan of Reorganization or any payments or distributions required to be made by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on or after the Effective Date pursuant to or in connection with the Plan of Reorganization or any final order of the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Cases, to the extent such final order was entered on or prior to the Effective Date and (iii) any cash that, on the Effective Date, is collateralizing outstanding letters of credit permitted under or identified in the final cash collateral order in the Cases or the final order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan of Reorganization) exceeds $35,000,000, then such excess amount of unrestricted cash shall, on the date that is 10 days after the Effective Date, be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in subsection 4.6(e).

(d) If, for any fiscal year of New Holdings commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, the Borrowers shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply toward the prepayment of the Term Loans the ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow less (solely to the extent funded with Internally Generated Cash) (x) the aggregate amount of all optional prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to subsection 4.5 or subsection 4.23 made during such fiscal year ( provided that with respect to any prepayment pursuant to subsection 4.23, the aggregate amount of such prepayment for purposes of this clause shall be the amount of the Borrowers’ cash payment in respect of such prepayment), (y) the aggregate amount of all optional repayments of revolving credit loans under a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility made during such fiscal year that are accompanied by an equivalent permanent reduction in the revolving credit commitments under such Permitted Revolving Credit Facility and (z) the aggregate amount of all Term Loans purchased by New Holdings pursuant to Open Market Purchases in accordance with subsection 11.6(h) ( provided , that with respect to any Open Market Purchase consummated in accordance with Section 11.6(h), the aggregate amount of such purchase for purposes of this clause shall be the amount of New Holdings’ cash payment in respect of such purchase). Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “ Excess Cash Flow Application Date ”) no later than ten Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of New Holdings referred to in subsection 7.1, for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

39


(e) Partial prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to subsection 4.6 shall be applied to the principal repayment installments of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity; provided that prepayments of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to this subsection 4.6, if not on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, shall, at the Borrower Agent’s option, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be prepaid subject to the provisions of subsection 4.19 or such prepayment (after application to any ABR Loans, in the case of prepayments by the Borrowers) shall be deposited with the Administrative Agent as Cash Collateral for such Eurodollar Loans on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and thereafter shall be applied to the prepayment of the Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the respective Interest Periods for such Eurodollar Loans next ending most closely to the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds. After such application, unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any remaining interest earned (if any) on such Cash Collateral shall be paid to the Borrowers.

(f) Except as set forth in subsection 4.19, all payments made under this subsection 4.6 will be without penalty or premium.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection 4.6, if any Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent (i) on the date of such prepayment, with respect to any prepayment under subsection 4.6(a) or (b) or (ii) at least one Business Day prior to the date of a prepayment under subsection 4.6(d) that it wishes to decline its share of such prepayment, such share (the “ Declined Prepayment Amount ”) shall be retained by the Borrowers.

(h) The Borrower Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 4.6 at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the contents of the Borrower Agent’s prepayment notice and of such Lender’s ratable share of the prepayment.

4.7 Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) ABR Loans shall bear interest for the period from and including the date thereof until maturity thereof on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

 

40


(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9(f) or, at the election of the Required Lenders if all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any of the Term Loans or (ii) any interest payable thereon, shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), any overdue amount under the Loan Documents shall, without limiting the rights of the Lenders under Section 9, bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, 2% above the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this subsection or (y) in the case of overdue interest, fees and other amounts, 2% above the rate described in paragraph (b) of this subsection, in each case from the date of such nonpayment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this subsection shall be payable on demand by the Administrative Agent made at the request of the Required Lenders.

4.8 Computation of Interest and Fees . (a) Interest in respect of ABR Loans at any time the ABR is calculated based on the Prime Rate and all fees hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 or 366, as the case may be, day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest in respect of Eurodollar Loans and ABR Loans at any time the ABR is not calculated based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower Agent and the Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Term Loan resulting from a change in the ABR shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the ABR becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower Agent and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the written request of the Borrower Agent, deliver to the Borrower Agent a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining the Eurodollar Rate.

4.9 [Reserved] .

4.10 Certain Fees . New Holdings shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein. Such fees shall be fully earned when due and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever and will be in addition to the reimbursement of the Agent’s out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with Section 11.5.

4.11 [Reserved] .

4.12 [Reserved] .

4.13 [Reserved] .

4.14 [Reserved] .

 

41


4.15 Inability to Determine Interest Rate for Eurodollar Loans .

(a) In the event that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market generally, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period (including because the Eurodollar Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis) with respect to (x) any Eurodollar Loans that will result from the requested conversion of all or part of ABR Loans into Eurodollar Loans or (y) the continuation of any Eurodollar Loan as such for an additional Interest Period, (ii) the Required Lenders shall have determined (and notify the Administrative Agent in writing of such determination) (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for any Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders constituting the Required Lenders of maintaining their affected Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market generally or (iii) the Required Lenders shall have determined (and notify the Administrative Agent in writing of such determination) (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that dollar deposits in the relevant amount and for the relevant period with respect to any such Eurodollar Loan are not available to any of the Lenders in their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices’ interbank eurodollar market, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Borrower Agent and the Lenders at least one day prior to, as the case may be, the conversion date or the last day of such Interest Period. If such notice is given, (A) any ABR Loans that were to have been converted to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (B) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, into ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans shall be made and no ABR Loans shall be converted to Eurodollar Loans.

(b) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) have not arisen but the supervisor or the administrator of the Eurodollar Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurodollar Screen Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the Eurodollar Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Margin); provided that, if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsection 11.1, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause (b) (but, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this subsection 4.15(b), only to the extent the Eurodollar Screen Rate for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any requested Eurodollar Loans shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any ABR Loans that were to have been converted to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, into ABR Loans.

 

42


4.16 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments . (a) Each payment by the Borrowers on account of any fee hereunder (other than as set forth in subsection 4.10) shall be made pro rata according to the Term Loan Percentages of the Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans (other than as set forth in subsections 4.6, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19) shall be made pro rata according to the Term Loan Percentages of the Lenders. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers on account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, to the Administrative Agent’s Account, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such payments ratably to each Lender in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Working Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Working Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Working Day.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) All payments and prepayments (other than mandatory prepayments as set forth in subsection 4.6 and other than prepayments as set forth in subsection 4.18 with respect to increased costs) of Eurodollar Loans hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all Eurodollar Loans with the same Interest Period shall not be less than $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection 4.16 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Borrowers may (i) make prepayments of Term Loans at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans and on a non pro rata basis in accordance with subsection 4.23, (ii) purchase Term Loans on a non pro rata basis pursuant to Open Market Purchases in accordance with subsection 11.6(h) and (iii) extend the final maturity of Term Loans in connection with an Extension that is permitted under subsection 4.24 without being obligated to effect such extensions on a pro rata basis among the Lenders (it being understood that no such extension (x) shall constitute a payment or prepayment of any Term Loans for purposes of this subsection or (y) shall reduce the amount of any scheduled amortization payment due under subsection 2.2, except that the amount of any scheduled amortization payment due to a Lender of Extended Term Loans may be reduced to the extent provided pursuant to the express terms of the respective Extension Offer) without giving rise to any

 

43


violation of this subsection or any other provision of this Agreement. Furthermore, the Borrowers may take all actions contemplated by (A) subsection 4.23 in connection with the prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to the par value of such Loans, (B) subsection 4.24 in connection with any Extension (including modifying pricing, amortization and repayments or prepayments of Extended Term Loans) and (C) subsection 11.6(h) in connection with the purchase of Term Loans on a non pro rata basis pursuant to Open Market Purchases and, in each case, such actions taken in accordance with subsection 4.23, 4.24 and 11.6, as applicable, shall be permitted hereunder, and the differing or non pro rata payments contemplated therein shall be permitted without giving rise to any violation of this subsection or any other provision of this Agreement.

4.17 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any Change in Law occurring after the date that any Person becomes a Lender party to this Agreement shall make it unlawful for such Lender to maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans or to convert all or a portion of ABR Loans into Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be cancelled and such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall, if required by law and if such Lender so requests in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Agent, be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the date specified by such Lender in such request. To the extent that such affected Eurodollar Loans are converted into ABR Loans, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to such Eurodollar Loans shall be applied instead to such Lender’s ABR Loans. The Borrowers hereby agree promptly to pay any Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for any costs incurred by such Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this subsection 4.17 including, but not limited to, any interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Loans hereunder (such Lender’s notice of such costs, as certified to the Borrower Agent through the Administrative Agent, to be conclusive absent manifest error).

4.18 Requirements of Law . (a) In the event that, at any time after the Effective Date any Change in Law or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority:

(i) does or shall subject the Administrative Agent or any Lender to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

(ii) does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, liquidity requirement or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which are not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate; or

(iii) does or shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

 

44


and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender (or, in the case of (i), to such Lender or the Administrative Agent) of converting, renewing or maintaining advances or extensions of credit or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder, in each case, in respect of its Eurodollar Loans or, in the case of (i), any Term Loans, then, in any such case, the Borrowers shall promptly pay such Lender (or, in the case of (i), such Lender or the Administrative Agent), on demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender (or, in the case of (i), such Lender or the Administrative Agent) for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable which such Lender (or, in the case of (i), such Lender or the Administrative Agent) deems to be material as determined by such Lender (or, in the case of (i), such Lender or the Administrative Agent) with respect to such Eurodollar Loans or, in the case of (i), any Term Loans, together with interest on each such amount from the date demanded until payment in full thereof at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) In the event that at any time after the Effective Date any Change in Law with respect to any Lender shall, in the opinion of such Lender, have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of the obligations of such Lender hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into account such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time following notice by such Lender to the Borrower Agent of such Change in Law as provided in paragraph (c) of this subsection 4.18, within 15 days after demand by such Lender, the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender on an after-Tax basis for such reduction.

(c) If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection 4.18, it shall promptly notify the Borrower Agent through the Administrative Agent, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. If any Lender has notified the Borrower Agent through the Administrative Agent of any increased costs pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.18, the Borrowers at any time thereafter may, upon at least two Working Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and subject to subsection 4.19, prepay or convert into ABR Loans all (but not a part) of the Eurodollar Loans then outstanding. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.18 or entitling a Lender to receive additional amounts under paragraph (a) or (c) of subsection 4.20 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower Agent, and to the extent permitted by law or by the relevant Governmental Authority, endeavor in good faith to avoid or minimize the increase in costs, reduction in payments, or payment of additional amounts resulting from such event (including endeavoring to change its Eurodollar Lending Office or any other lending office); provided, however, that such avoidance or minimization can be made in such a manner that such Lender, in its sole determination, suffers no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.

(d) A certificate submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The covenants contained in this subsection 4.18 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and repayment of the outstanding Loans.

 

45


4.19 Indemnity . The Borrowers agree to indemnify each Lender and to hold such Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrowers in payment of the principal amount of or interest on any Eurodollar Loans of such Lender, including, but not limited to any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its Eurodollar Loans hereunder, (b) default by the Borrowers in making a conversion of ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower Agent has given notice in accordance with subsection 4.3 or in continuing Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period after the Borrower Agent has given a notice in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of Interest Period, (c) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower Agent has given a notice in accordance with subsection 4.3 or (d) a payment or prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan or conversion of any Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, in either case on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto (any of the events referred to in clauses (b), (c) or (d), a “ Breakage Event ”). In the case of a Breakage Event, such loss or expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender of (i) the cost of obtaining funds for the Eurocurrency Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period, but such loss or expense shall not, in any event, include any lost profit or loss of Applicable Margin. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower Agent and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. This covenant shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment of the outstanding Obligations.

4.20 Taxes .

(a) Defined Terms . For purposes of this subsection, the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(b) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this subsection) the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

46


(c) Payment of Other Taxes by Borrowers . The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) Indemnification by Borrowers . The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and any Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this subsection) payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower Agent by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of subsection 11.6(b) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this subsection, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Status of Lenders . (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent as will enable the

 

47


Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in paragraphs (g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) of this subsection) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that each Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent on or about the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or about the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to a Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S.  Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E; or

 

48


(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or about the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

49


(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this subsection (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this subsection), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this subsection with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(i) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

4.21 [Reserved] .

4.22 Mitigation; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under subsection 4.18, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to subsection 4.20, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Term Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to subsection 4.18 or subsection 4.20, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under subsection 4.18, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to subsection 4.20, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice by the Borrower Agent to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in subsection 11.6), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (A) (i) the Borrower Agent shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have

 

50


received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Term Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in subsection 11.6(d) and (iv) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under subsection 4.18 or payments required to be made pursuant to subsection 4.20, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) substantially concurrently with satisfaction of the requirements set forth in clause (A) of this proviso, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned and delegated its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and such Lender shall not be required to execute the Assignment and Assumption in connection therewith. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

4.23 Prepayments Below Par . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement (including subsection 4.16(a) or 11.7(a)) or any other Loan Document, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Term Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in this subsection 4.23, provided that (A) on the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice and after giving effect to the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, Liquidity shall be greater than or equal to $25,000,000, (B) the aggregate amount of Discounted Voluntary Prepayments made in any calendar year, together with aggregate amount of Open Market Purchases made in such calendar year, shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate, (C) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders of a particular tranche on a pro rata basis, (D) the Borrower Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, together with each Discounted Prepayment Option Notice, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent (1) stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (2) stating that each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in this subsection 4.23 has been satisfied and (3) specifying the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans to be prepaid pursuant to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and (E) the aggregate amount of Term Loans prepaid pursuant to this subsection 4.23 (valued at the par amount thereof) shall not exceed 50% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans.

(b) To the extent the Borrowers seek to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, the Borrower Agent will provide written notice to the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that the Borrowers desire to prepay Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Borrower Agent (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of any Term Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent). The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount for Loans to be prepaid, (B) a discount range (which may be a

 

51


single percentage) selected by the Borrower Agent with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment equal to a percentage of par of the principal amount of the Term Loans to be prepaid (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(c) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each such Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent (A) a maximum discount to par (the “ Acceptable Discount ”) within the Discount Range (for example, a Lender specifying a discount to par of 20% would accept a purchase price of 80% of the par value of the Term Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent) of the Term Loans to be prepaid held by such Lender with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Discounts and principal amounts of the Term Loans to be prepaid specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower Agent, shall determine the applicable discount for such Term Loans to be prepaid (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Borrower Agent if the Borrower Agent has selected a single percentage pursuant to subsection 4.23(b) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the highest Acceptable Discount at which the Borrowers can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the highest Acceptable Discount); provided, however, that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Discount, the Applicable Discount shall be the lowest Acceptable Discount specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Voluntary Discounted Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Term Loans to be prepaid whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(d) The Borrowers shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Term Loans to be prepaid (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Discount that is equal to or greater than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount, provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrowers shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrowers shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

 

52


(e) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days of the Acceptance Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (and not subject to subsection 4.19), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. New York City Time, three Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Term Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid. The par principal amount of each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of a Term Loan shall be applied ratably to reduce the remaining installments of such Term Loans.

(f) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding, minimum amounts, Type and Interest Periods and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with subsection 4.23(c) above) established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Agent.

(g) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, (A) upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower Agent may withdraw or modify the Borrowers’ offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice and (B) no Lender may withdraw its offer to participate in a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Lender Participation Notice unless the terms of such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment have been modified by the Borrower Agent after the date of such Lender Participation Notice.

(h) Nothing in this subsection 4.23 shall require the Borrowers to undertake any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment.

4.24 Extensions of Term Loans . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the Borrower Agent to all Lenders of Term Loans with a like maturity date, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Term Loans with a like maturity date) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lender’s Term Loans and otherwise modify the terms of such Term Loans pursuant to the terms of the relevant

 

53


Extension Offer (including by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Term Loans and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans) (each, an “ Extension ”, and each group of Term Loans as so extended, as well as the original Term Loans (not so extended), being a “tranche”; any Extended Term Loans shall constitute a separate tranche of Term Loans from the tranche of Term Loans from which they were converted) so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of an Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders, (ii) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, premium, required prepayment dates and participation in prepayments (which shall, subject to immediately succeeding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), be determined by the Borrower Agent and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Term Loans of any Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Term Loans extended pursuant to any Extension (“ Extended Term Loans ”) shall have the same terms as the tranche of Term Loans subject to such Extension Offer until the maturity of such Term Loans, (iii) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the then latest maturity date hereunder and the amortization schedule applicable to Term Loans pursuant to subsection 2.2 for periods prior to the Maturity Date, as applicable, may not be increased, (iv) the weighted average life of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining weighted average life of the Term Loans extended thereby, (v) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Extension Offer, (vi) if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) in respect of which Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans offered to be extended by the Borrower Agent pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Term Loans of such Lenders shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer, (vii) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing, (viii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrowers and (ix) the Minimum Tranche Amount shall be satisfied unless waived by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrowers pursuant to this subsection, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of subsection 4.5 or 4.6 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that (x) the Borrower Agent may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Extension Condition ”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrower Agent’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower Agent) of Term Loans of any or all applicable tranches be tendered and (y) no tranche of Extended Term Loans shall be in an amount of less than $50,000,000 (or, if less, the then aggregate outstanding amount of the Term Loans) (the “ Minimum Tranche Amount ”), unless such Minimum Tranche Amount is waived by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this subsection (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including subsection 4.5 or 4.6 and 4.16(a)) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.

 

54


(c) No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Term Loans (or a portion thereof). All Extended Term Loans and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of Term Loans so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Agent in connection with the establishment of such new tranches or sub-tranches, in each case on terms consistent with this subsection. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extensions the respective Loan Parties shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Mortgage that has a maturity date prior to the then latest maturity date so that such maturity date is extended to the then latest maturity date (or such later date as may be advised by local counsel to the Administrative Agent).

(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrower Agent shall provide the Administrative Agent at least 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this subsection.

4.25 Borrower Agent . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates the Borrower Agent as its representative and agent for all purposes under the Loan Documents, including selection of interest rate options, delivery or receipt of communications, receipt and payment of Obligations, requests for waivers, amendments or other accommodations, actions under the Loan Documents (including in respect of compliance with covenants), and all other dealings with the Administrative Agent or any Lender. The Borrower Agent hereby irrevocably accepts such appointment. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or communication delivered by the Borrower Agent on behalf of any Borrower. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may give any notice to or communication with a Borrower or other Loan Party hereunder to the Borrower Agent on behalf of such Borrower or other Loan Party. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have the right, in its discretion, to deal exclusively with the Borrower Agent for any or all purposes under this Agreement. Each warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on behalf of a Borrower by the Borrower Agent shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower.

 

55


SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Lender and the Administrative Agent that:

5.1 Financial Condition . (a) (i) The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Prepetition Parent and its Subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such dates, reported on by certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Prepetition Parent and its Subsidiaries at March 31, 2018 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal period ended on such date, fairly present in all material respects (except, with respect to interim reports, for normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) the consolidated financial position of the Prepetition Parent and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the fiscal periods then ended and, in the case of the statements referred to in the foregoing clause (ii), the portion of the fiscal year through March 31, 2018, in each case, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as noted therein).

(b) No Change . Since the Effective Date, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Group Member (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, except to the extent that the failure to possess such power and authority and such legal right would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all applicable Requirements of Law (including occupational safety and health, health care, pension, certificate of need, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, any so-called “Superfund” or “Superlien” law, or any applicable federal, state, local or other statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any Materials of Environmental Concern), except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Corporate Power; Authorization . (a) Each Loan Party has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to obtain extensions of credit made or deemed made hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and in case of the Borrowers, to authorize the extensions of credit made or deemed made hereunder on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

56


(b) No consent or authorization of, or filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Person (including any Governmental Authority) is required in connection with the extensions of credit made or deemed made hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance by any Loan Party, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the extent that it is a party thereto, or the guarantee of the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents and (iii) those consents, authorizations, filings and notices, the failure of which to obtain or make could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Enforceable Obligations . Each of the Loan Documents has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto and each of such Loan Documents constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document and the guarantee of the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation applicable to or binding upon any Group Member or any of its properties or assets, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect, and will not result in the creation or imposition (or the obligation to create or impose) of any Lien (other than any Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents) on any of its or their respective properties or assets.

5.6 No Material Litigation . Except as disclosed in the SEC Filings or on Schedule 5.6, no litigation or investigation known to any Borrower through receipt of written notice or proceeding of or by any Governmental Authority or any other Person is pending against any Group Member, (a) with respect to the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, or with respect to the Term Loans deemed made hereunder, or (b) which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 Investment Company Act . No Group Member is required to be registered as an “investment company” (as the quoted term is defined or used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

5.8 Federal Regulation . No extensions of credit hereunder will be used for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board. No Group Member is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under said Regulation U.

 

57


5.9 No Default or Breach . Except as set forth in the SEC Filings made prior to the Effective Date or on Schedule 5.9, no Group Member is in default or breach (i) in the payment or performance of any of its Contractual Obligations (other than Indebtedness) in any respect which would have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) under any condition, term or requirement of any FCC License or any order, award or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator binding upon or affecting it or by which any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected in any respect which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Taxes . Each Group Member has paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable on its Tax returns or extension requests or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other Taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than those the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided in the books of such Group Member), except any such Taxes, fees or charges, the payment of which, or the failure to pay, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no claims are being asserted with respect to any such Taxes, fees or other charges (other than those the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided in the books of the applicable Group Member), except as to any such Taxes, fees or other charges, the payment of which, or the failure to pay, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 Subsidiaries; Loan Parties . As of the Effective Date, (a) the Subsidiaries of Intermediate Holdings listed on Schedule 5.11(a) constitute all of the Domestic Subsidiaries of Intermediate Holdings, (b) the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.11(b) constitute all of the Foreign Subsidiaries of Intermediate Holdings and (c) the Loan Parties listed on Schedule 5.11(c) constitute all of the Loan Parties. As of the Effective Date, Schedule 5.11(a) identifies all of the Broadcast License Subsidiaries.

5.12 Ownership of Property; Liens; Licenses . (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 8.3 hereof, each Group Member has good and marketable title to, or valid and subsisting leasehold interests in, all its real property used by such Group Member in the operation of its business, and good title to all its respective other owned property, except where the failure to have such title or interest would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All such real property and other owned property is free and clear of any Liens, other than Liens permitted by subsection 8.3.

(b) As of the Effective Date, Schedule 5.12 sets forth all FCC Licenses held by any Group Member (and the respective holders of such FCC Licenses) and all other licenses and permits issued by any Governmental Authority which are held by any Group Member that are in effect as of the Effective Date and are material to the business of the Group Members. Each of the foregoing FCC Licenses, and each other license or permit from a Governmental Authority that is material to the business of the Group Members, is valid and in full force and effect, and except as disclosed on Schedule 5.12, the Group Members are in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions thereof and any requirements under applicable FCC regulation.

 

58


5.13 Intellectual Property . Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does any Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim. The use of Intellectual Property by the Group Members does not infringe on the rights of any Person in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14 Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of any Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of insurance coverage, other contributions or liabilities associated with employee health and welfare benefit plans have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Group Member.

5.15 ERISA . Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and of the Code relating to Plans; (ii) no Reportable Event or non-exempt Prohibited Transaction has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan; (iii) there has been no determination that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (iv) no Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Single Employer Plan has been imposed upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate that remains unsatisfied; (v) no Loan Party and no ERISA Affiliate has received from the PBGC or a plan administrator any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Single Employer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Single Employer Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (vi) no Loan Party and no ERISA Affiliate has incurred any Withdrawal Liability that remains unsatisfied; and (vii) no Loan Party and no ERISA Affiliate has received any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or any determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent, in Reorganization, terminated or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA).

5.16 Environmental Matters . (a) Except as disclosed in the SEC Filings or on Schedule 5.16, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, the Properties do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in concentrations which constitute a violation of, or would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except for failure to be in compliance that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

59


(c) No Group Member has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to the Properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect, nor does any Borrower have knowledge that any such action is being contemplated, considered or threatened.

(d) There are no judicial proceedings or governmental or administrative actions pending or threatened under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Disclosure . None of the written reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than projections, budgets or other estimates or forward-looking statements or information of a general economic or industry nature or reports or studies prepared by third parties that were not expressly commissioned by a Group Member (collectively, the “ Projections ”)), taken as a whole, furnished by or on behalf of any Group Member to the Administrative Agent or any Lender prior to the Effective Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the Effective Date) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to Projections, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrowers to be reasonable at the time such Projections were prepared, it being understood that Projections by their nature are uncertain and no assurance is given that the results reflected in such Projections will be achieved.

5.18 Security Documents . (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). In the case of the Pledged Stock that are Securities (as defined in the UCC) described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent (together with a properly completed and signed stock power or endorsement), and in the case of the other Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected under the relevant UCC by filing a UCC financing statement and described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 5.18 in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.18, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by subsection 8.3 and, in the case of Collateral consisting of Pledged Stock, inchoate Liens arising by operation of law).

 

60


(b) Each of the Mortgages upon proper filing is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), and when the Mortgages are filed in the appropriate recording offices, each such Mortgage shall constitute a valid and enforceable Lien with record notice to third parties on all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except that that the Lien created in the Mortgaged Properties may be subject to the Liens permitted by subsection 8.3).

5.19 Solvency . As of the Effective Date and after giving effect to the Transactions, New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.20 [Reserved] .

5.21 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Group Member is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the Act. No part of the proceeds of the Term Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

5.22 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . Each Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and each Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees, and to the knowledge of such Borrower, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any agent of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No transaction contemplated by the Credit Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

5.23 Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions . None of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” (within the meaning of Plan Asset Regulations), and neither the execution, delivery or performance of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, including the deemed making the Term Loans hereunder, will give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. The representation in this section 5.23 is based on the assumption that none of the Lenders is, or is acting on behalf of, a benefit plan investor as defined in section 3(42) of ERISA.

 

61


SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) Credit Agreement; Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, Intermediate Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) executed counterparts of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Fees. The Borrowers shall have paid all fees payable on or prior to the Effective Date required by this Agreement, the Fee Letter or any other Loan Documents, including reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel and any financial advisor) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party and all fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder or pursuant to the Fee Letter. In the case of expenses, such expenses shall have been invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Effective Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower Agent). In addition, the Administrative Agent shall have also received a fully executed copy of the Fee Letter.

(c) Legal Opinion. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received, dated the Effective Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, (i) an opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, and (ii) opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. Such opinion shall also cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall reasonably require.

(d) Closing Certificates. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received a closing certificate of Intermediate Holdings, New Holdings and each Closing Date Subsidiary Borrower, dated the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibits B-1, B-2 and B-3 hereto, respectively, with appropriate insertions and attachments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and their counsel, executed by the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Intermediate Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor respectively.

(e) Organizational Documents. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received true and correct copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws or Operating Agreement of each Loan Party, certified as to authenticity by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each such Loan Party.

 

62


(f) Corporate Documents. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received copies of certificates from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of such jurisdiction, evidencing the good standing or existence of each Loan Party in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

(g) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have (i) received the certificates representing the shares pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (ii) received the promissory notes pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof.

(h) Filings. All necessary or advisable filings shall have been duly made or made available to the Administrative Agent or its counsel to create a perfected first priority Lien on and security interest in all Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected by filing a UCC-1 financing statement, and all such Collateral shall be free and clear of all Liens, except Liens permitted by subsection 8.3.

(i) Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent Lien search with respect to each Loan Party, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by subsection 8.3 or discharged on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

(j) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (unless (i) such representation or warranty is already by its terms qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Effective Date after giving effect to such qualification or (ii) such representation or warranty is stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if such representation or warranty is already by its terms qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language) as of such earlier date).

(k) No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or after giving effect to this Agreement and the loans deemed to be made hereunder on the Effective Date.

(l) Plan of Reorganization. The final order confirming the Plan of Reorganization, shall have been entered and shall not be subject to a stay or have been reversed, modified or amended (other than as otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders), all conditions precedent to the effectiveness or consummation thereof shall have been satisfied, and the Plan of Reorganization shall have been, or contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be, consummated.

 

63


(m) Corporate Ratings. The Borrowers shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a corporate family and/or corporate credit rating for the Borrowers and a rating for the Term Loans, in each case from each of S&P and Moody’s.

(n) Patriot Act. Before the end of the third Business Day prior to the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received all documentation and other information, which has been requested in writing by the Administrative Agent or such Lender at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date, required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(o) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received a solvency certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J from the Chief Financial Officer of New Holdings that shall certify as to the solvency of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

(p) Notes . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender requesting a Note.

(q) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect, together with the certificates of insurance, naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies maintained with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitute Collateral.

(r) Intellectual Property Security Agreements . Patent, trademark and copyright security agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders, covering the registered intellectual property listed on the applicable schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, duly executed by the Borrowers and each other Loan Party, shall have been received by the Administrative Agent.

(s) Funds Flow . The Administrative Agent shall have received a funds flow memorandum with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby on the Effective Date in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

(t) Historical Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall have received the financial statement referenced in Section 5.1.

(u) Other Indebtedness . The Required Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied that, on the Effective Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, the making or deemed making of the Term Loans on the Effective Date and any other transactions to occur on the Effective Date, the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries shall have outstanding no indebtedness for borrowed money, other than Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents and Indebtedness permitted under Section  8.2 .

 

64


(v) Restructuring Transactions . The Restructuring Transactions contemplated to occur on the Effective Date under the Plan of Reorganization shall have been, or substantially contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be, consummated.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 10.2(b), for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 6 (and irrespective of whether any Effective Date Lender has signed this Agreement), each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

From and after the Effective Date, so long as any Term Loan or Note remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender (other than indemnities and other contingent liabilities not then due and payable that survive repayment of the Term Loans) or the Administrative Agent hereunder, each Borrower hereby agrees that it shall, and, in the case of the agreements contained in subsections 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8 and 7.11 cause each of its Subsidiaries to, and Intermediate Holdings hereby agrees (solely with respect to subsection 7.10) that it shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

7.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for each Lender) or otherwise make available as described in the last sentence of subsection 7.2:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of New Holdings, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year (or, with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, (ii) the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of New Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period from June 4, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and (iii) the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2018 to June 3, 2018), setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (which in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, shall contain in comparative form figures of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017), reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing not unacceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of New Holdings, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of New

 

65


Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such applicable period (or, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2018, (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter (ii) the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of New Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period from June 4, 2018 to June 30, 2018 and (iii) the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period from April 1, 2018 to June 3, 2018), and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form, the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

all financial statements shall be prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with GAAP (provided, that interim statements may be condensed and may exclude footnote disclosure and are subject to year-end adjustment) applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as concurred in by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein and except that interim financial statements need not be restated for changes in accounting principles which require retroactive application, and operations which have been discontinued (as defined in ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”) during the current year need not be shown in interim financial statements as such either for the current period or comparable prior period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a)  and (b) of this Section  7.1 may be satisfied by furnishing the applicable financial statements of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries within the time periods specified in such paragraphs; provided that (i) (w) Parent directly holds all of the Capital Stock of Intermediate Holdings, (x) Intermediate Holdings directly holds all of the Capital Stock of New Holdings, (y) Intermediate Holdings is in compliance with Section  8.17 and (z) Parent is in compliance with Section  11.20 , (ii) to the extent such financial statements relate to Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, such financial statements shall be accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent and any other entity (other than New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and the information relating to New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, which consolidating information shall be certified by a Responsible Officer either Parent or of New Holdings as having been fairly presented in all material respects and (iii) to the extent such financial statements are in lieu of the financial statements required to be provided under Section  7.1(a) , such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing not unacceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report shall not be subject to a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit. New Holdings hereby represents, warrants and covenants that, in the event that the obligations in paragraphs (a)  or ( b) of this Section  7.1 are satisfied by furnishing the applicable financial statements of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to this paragraph, each of the conditions set forth in this paragraph shall have been satisfied.

 

66


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this subsection 7.1 and subsection 7.2 below (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Parent or New Holdings posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Parent’s or New Holdings’ website on the Internet at www.cumulus.com or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Parent’s or New Holdings’ behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial or public third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent (including the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov)); provided that (x) in each case, other than with respect to regular periodic reporting, the Borrower Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and (y) in the case of documents required to be delivered pursuant to subsection 7.2, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower Agent shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a hard copy of such document. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.2 Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent or otherwise make available as described in the last sentence of subsection 7.2:

(a) [reserved];

(b) within five (5) Business Days following delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), a certificate of the Responsible Officer of New Holdings in the form attached as Exhibit M hereto (i) stating that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, such officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of financial statements under subsection 7.1(a), beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, setting forth reasonably detailed calculations of Excess Cash Flow;

(c) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final reports submitted to any Borrower by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of such Borrower made by such accountants, including any final comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

(d) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements and all regular and periodic reports and all final registration statements and final prospectuses, if any, filed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its functions;

(e) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), a management summary describing and analyzing the performance of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries during the periods covered by such financial statements; provided, however, that such management summary need not be furnished so long as Parent or New Holdings is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(f) concurrently with the delivery of the consolidated financial statements referred to in subsection 7.1(a), but in any event within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of New Holdings to which such budget relates, an annual operating budget of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis;

 

67


(g) promptly following any request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) therefor, copies of any documents or notices described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided, that if the Loan Parties or their ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of an applicable Multiemployer Plan, then Borrowers shall cause the Loan Parties and/or their ERISA Affiliates to promptly make a request for such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan and Borrower Agent shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof; and

(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.

The requirements of subsections 7.1 and 7.2 above shall be deemed to be satisfied if Parent or New Holdings shall have made such materials available to the Administrative Agent, including by electronic transmission, within the time periods specified therefor and pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, or by filing (or having Parent file) such materials by electronic transmission with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in which case “delivery” of such statements for purposes of subsections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) shall mean making such statements available in such fashion.

7.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, except (a) when the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the applicable Group Member, as the case may be and (b) to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.4 Conduct of Business; Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . Continue to engage in business conducted or proposed to be conducted by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto, including without limitation in broadcasting and other media businesses, and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, franchises, accreditations, certifications, authorizations, licenses, permits, approvals and registrations, necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except for rights, privileges, franchises, accreditations, certifications, authorizations, licenses, permits, approvals and registrations the loss of which would not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, and except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement; and comply with all applicable Requirements of Law and Contractual Obligations except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

68


7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted).

(b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (provided that if any such insurance company shall at any time cease to be financially sound and reputable, there shall be no breach of this provision in the event that the Borrowers promptly (and in any event within forty-five (45) days of such date) obtain insurance from an alternative insurance carrier that is financially sound and reputable) insurance with respect to its properties in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the same geographic locales) and against at least such risks as are customarily insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or similar business.

(c) Maintain casualty and property insurance for which the Borrowers shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance to provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof, and (ii) name the Administrative Agent as insured party or loss payee.

(d) Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), the Borrower Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent information in reasonable detail as to the insurance maintained by the Group Members.

(e) No later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date (or such later date as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders), deliver to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders (i) an additional insured endorsement with respect to the liability insurance certificate delivered pursuant to Section  6.1(q) and (ii) a lender loss payee endorsement with respect to the property insurance certificate delivered pursuant to Section  6.1(q) .

7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions; Annual Meetings . (a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct in all material respects entries are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities which permit financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law; and permit representatives of the Administrative Agent (or any designee thereof) upon reasonable notice to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be desired upon reasonable notice (but no more than once per annum unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees thereof and with their independent certified public accountants (with, at the option of the Borrower Agent, an officer of the Borrower Agent present) upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower Agent.

 

69


(b) Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of New Holdings, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), hold a meeting at a mutually agreeable location, venue and time or, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), by conference call (the reasonable costs of such venue or call to be paid by the Borrowers) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting at which meeting shall be reviewed, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law (including applicable national security laws, directives, policies, rules, regulations and procedures), the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries and the operating budget presented for the current fiscal year of New Holdings.

7.7 Notices . Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall deliver to each Lender) upon a Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between Intermediate Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, or receipt of any notice of any environmental claim or assessment against Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority, which in any such case would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) in which more than $35,000,000 of the amount claimed is not covered by insurance or (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought which if obtained would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the occurrence of any Reportable Event that, alone or together with any other Reportable Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and in addition to such notice, deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender whichever of the following may be applicable: (A) a certificate of the Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action that the Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice of such Reportable Event that may be required to be filed with the PBGC, or (B) any notice delivered by the PBGC in connection with such Reportable Event;

(e) the occurrence of any event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

(f) any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this subsection 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of the Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and (in the cases of clauses (a) through (f)) stating what action the Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto.

 

70


7.8 Environmental Laws . Except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Comply with, and take commercially reasonable steps to cause all tenants and subtenants, if any, to comply with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and take commercially reasonable steps to cause all tenants and subtenants to obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions to the extent required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all legally binding lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.

7.9 [Reserved] .

7.10 Additional Loan Parties; Pledge of Stock of Additional Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral, etc. (a) With respect to any new wholly-owned Subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Non-Significant Subsidiary, a Broadcast License Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary, or any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, determined in consultation with the Borrower Agent, the burden, cost or consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of such Subsidiary becoming a Borrower or providing a guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom) created or acquired after the Effective Date (including as a result of the consummation of any Business Acquisition) (which, for purposes of this clause (a) shall include any existing wholly-owned Subsidiary that ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary, a Non-Significant Subsidiary, a Broadcast License Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary), promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent in writing whether such new Subsidiary shall be designated a “Borrower” or “Subsidiary Guarantor” under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (which determination of such designation shall be in the sole discretion of the Borrowers) and (ii) cause such Subsidiary to (x) in the event it has been designated a “Borrower” pursuant the written notice referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i), become a party to (A) this Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement and (B) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which shall be accompanied by such resolutions, incumbency certificates and legal opinions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders or (y) in the event it is designated a “Subsidiary Guarantor” pursuant the written notice referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i), become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which shall be accompanied by such resolutions, incumbency certificates and legal opinions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.

(b) (i) Pledge the Capital Stock, or other equity interests and intercompany indebtedness, owned by any Loan Party that is created or acquired after the Effective Date pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything that may be to the contrary herein, this subsection 7.10(b) shall not require any Loan Party to pledge more than 66% of the outstanding voting stock of any of its Foreign Subsidiaries) and (ii) with regard to any property acquired by any Loan Party after the

 

71


Effective Date (other than property described in paragraphs (b)(i) or (c)) (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders deem necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property in accordance with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (y) take all actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.

(c) With respect to any Material Real Property owned by any Loan Party (unless subject to a Lien permitted under subsections 8.3(f) or 8.3(h)), promptly (but in any event not later than (x) in the case of any Material Real Property existing on the Effective Date, 180 days after the Effective Date and (y) in the case of any Material Real Property acquired after the Effective Date, 90 days after the date of such acquisition, which date, in each case, may be extended by the Administrative Agent): (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, provide the Lenders with title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders) as well as a current ALTA survey or the equivalent (including, without limitation, ExpressMaps) thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate, in each case, if available, (iii) deliver (A) a “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to such real property and (B) in the event such property is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area, deliver (x) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance, duly executed by the Borrower Agent, (y) evidence of flood insurance with a financially sound and reputable insurer, naming the Administrative Agent, as mortgagee, in an amount and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and (z) evidence of the payment of premiums in respect thereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, deliver to the Administrative Agent customary legal opinions, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders; provided that, in addition to the requirements set forth in this clause (c) with respect to Material Real Properties, at all times on and after the date that is 180 days after the Effective Date, the aggregate Real Property Values of all real properties located in the United States and owned in fee by one or more Loan Parties that are not subject to Mortgages in favor of the Administrative Agent and in which the other items specified in this clause (c) have not been provided, shall not at any time exceed $25,000,000 (it being agreed, however, that if any real property is acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date and as a result of such acquisition such $25,000,000 limitation is exceeded, the Loan Parties shall have 90 days after the date of such acquisition (or such later date as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent) to provide Mortgages and the other items specified in this clause (c) on one or more real properties that will result in the Loan Parties being in compliance with such $25,000,000 limitation).

 

72


(d) With respect to any joint venture formed or acquired by any Loan Party after the Effective Date, pledge to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all the Capital Stock or other equity interests owned by any Loan Party in such joint venture pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided , that if and only if such Loan Party is not permitted to pledge such Capital Stock or other equity interests under the limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement, joint venture agreement, general partnership agreement or other applicable organizational documents of such joint venture, the applicable Borrower or other applicable Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Capital Stock or other equity interests held at all times by a JV Holding Company.

(e) With respect to any deposit account (other than an Excluded Account) or securities account (x) owned or maintained by a Loan Party on the Effective Date, promptly (but in any event not later than 60 days after the Effective Date (or such later date as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent) or (y) opened or acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date (or that ceases to be an Excluded Account after the Effective Date), on or prior to the date such deposit account or securities account is opened or acquired (or ceases to be an Excluded Account), as applicable, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Control Agreement with respect to such deposit account or securities account.

7.11 Broadcast License Subsidiaries . (a) Unless the Borrowers shall reasonably determine with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) that doing so would cause undue expense or effort for New Holdings or its Subsidiaries, and except with respect to the FCC Licenses listed on Schedule 7.11, cause all FCC Licenses for all Stations owned by New Holdings or its Subsidiaries (other than any Station which New Holdings or any Subsidiary has placed in a Divestiture Trust) to be held at all times by one or more Broadcast License Subsidiaries; provided, that with regard to any FCC Licenses for Stations acquired by New Holdings or its Subsidiaries after the Effective Date, the foregoing requirement shall be deemed satisfied if such FCC Licenses are, promptly following the acquisition of the respective Stations, assigned to and subsequently held by one or more Broadcast License Subsidiaries.

(b) Ensure that each Broadcast License Subsidiary engages only in the business of holding FCC Licenses and rights and activities related thereto.

(c) Ensure that the property of each Broadcast License Subsidiary is not commingled with the property of Parent, Intermediate Holdings, New Holdings or any Subsidiary other than Broadcast License Subsidiaries or otherwise remains clearly identifiable.

(d) Ensure that no Broadcast License Subsidiary has any Indebtedness, guarantees or other liabilities except for the liabilities expressly permitted to be incurred in accordance with the definition of “Broadcast License Subsidiary”.

(e) Ensure that no Broadcast License Subsidiary creates, incurs, assumes or suffers to exist any Liens upon any of its property, assets, income or profits, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except non-consensual Liens arising by operation of law.

 

73


7.12 [Reserved] .

7.13 Ratings . Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a corporate family and/or corporate credit rating, as applicable, and ratings in respect of the Term Loans, in each case from each of S&P and Moody’s.

7.14 [Reserved] .

7.15 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . Each Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

From and after the Effective Date, each Borrower hereby agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to (and Intermediate Holdings hereby agrees, solely with respect to subsection 8.17, that it shall not), directly or indirectly so long as any Term Loan or Note remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender (other than indemnities and other contingent liabilities not then due and payable that survive repayment of the Term Loans) or the Administrative Agent hereunder:

8.1 [Reserved] .

8.2 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under this Agreement;

(b) Indebtedness of New Holdings to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party to a Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) and (ii) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor must also be permitted under subsection 8.7;

(c) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap arrangements or other derivative contracts or transactions, other than any such contracts, arrangements or transactions entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for speculative purposes;

(d) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries consisting of reimbursement obligations under surety, indemnity, performance, release and appeal bonds, in each case required in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and letters of credit obtained in support thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

74


(e) existing Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 8.2 hereto including any extension or renewals or refinancing thereof, provided the principal amount thereof is not increased;

(f) (i) any Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition after the Effective Date, (ii) any Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by a Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Acquisition after the Effective Date, and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii); provided that (x) in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) such Indebtedness exists at the time of such Permitted Acquisition and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, (y) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors outstanding under this clause (f) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time and (z) no Group Member (other than such Person that becomes a Subsidiary of New Holdings or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, that so assumes such Person’s Indebtedness) shall guarantee or otherwise become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness;

(g) letters of credit of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate face amount of such letters of credit outstanding at any time shall not exceed $20,000,000; provided further such Indebtedness, if secured, is only secured as permitted by Section 8.3(w);

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of such person (or their respective estate, heirs, family members, spouse or former spouse) to finance the repurchase of shares of Parent permitted by subsection 8.8;

(j) (i) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any Subsidiary (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of fixed or capital assets (or the purchase of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 365 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions permitted hereunder and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii);

(k) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness of New Holdings and any Subsidiaries in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs, automatic clearing house arrangements and other similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

(l) unsecured Indebtedness arising from agreements of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries providing for seller financing, deferred purchase price, contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligations, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in

 

75


each case, incurred or assumed in connection with any Business Acquisition; provided, however, that (i) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (i)), (ii) with respect to a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition and (iii) as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness under this clause (l), the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (determined (i) on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (ii) excluding the proceeds of such Indebtedness in the calculation of Unrestricted Cash) of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors as of such date) is less than or equal to 6.25 to 1.00;

(m) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries consisting of (i) financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to either (but not both) of (i) a Receivables Facility or (ii) a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (n) (inclusive of the unused commitments under any such Receivables Facility or Permitted Revolving Credit Facility, as applicable) shall not at any time exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(o) Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries secured in compliance with Section 8.3(z) in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time; and

(p) other unsecured Indebtedness of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any time, the greater of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) such amount that would not cause, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, on a pro forma basis the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio to exceed 5.50:1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrowers for which financial statements have been provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b).

8.3 Limitation on Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets, income or profits, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue by more than 30 days or not yet payable or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of New Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

 

76


(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising by operation of law, in each case in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations which are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of New Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and/or securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to New Holdings or any Subsidiary;

(d) (i) easements, right-of-way, zoning, other land use regulations and similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which, in the aggregate do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or do not interfere with or adversely affect in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and (ii) any exceptions set forth in any title policies with respect to Mortgaged Properties;

(e) Liens pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(f) Liens on assets of entities or Persons which become Subsidiaries of New Holdings after the Effective Date; provided that such Liens exist at the time such entities or Persons become Subsidiaries and are not created in anticipation thereof;

(g) Liens on documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Indebtedness in respect of commercial letters of credit;

(h) Liens securing any Indebtedness permitted under subsection 8.2(j); provided that (i) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 365 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing, repairing, replacing, leasing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iii) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of New Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than proceeds and products thereof); provided, that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender on customary terms;

(i) existing Liens described in Schedule 8.3 and renewals thereof; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Effective Date other than proceeds and products thereof and that the amount secured thereby is not increased;

(j) Liens securing arrangements permitted by the first proviso contained in subsection 8.10;

(k) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

77


(l) Liens securing Indebtedness owing to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor under subsection 8.2(b);

(m) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by New Holdings or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (including in connection with any acquisition permitted under subsection 8.7); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of New Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than proceeds or products thereof) and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(n) under (A) a Receivables Facility, so long as such Liens cover only accounts receivable (and deposit accounts maintained solely by the applicable Receivables Subsidiary into which collections or proceeds of such accounts receivable are deposited) and/or other assets of the applicable Receivables Subsidiary, (B) a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility that is an ABL Facility, so long as such Liens cover only assets constituting Collateral and are at all times subject to a Permitted ABL Intercreditor Agreement or (C) a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility that is a Cash Flow Revolving Credit Facility, so long as such Liens cover only assets constituting Collateral and are at all times subject to a Permitted Cash Flow Revolver Intercreditor Agreement;

(o) Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing permitted under subsection 8.2; provided that such security interests shall not apply to any property or assets that were not collateral for the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(p) Liens securing obligations of New Holdings or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time;

(q) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9(h) so long as such Liens (to the extent covering Collateral) are junior to the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(r) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(s) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, and (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or granted in the ordinary course of business and

 

78


under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness for borrowed money;

(t) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to subsections 8.7(c), 8.7(k), 8.7(r), 8.7(t) or 8.7(u) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, or (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted under subsection 8.6, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(u) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensee, sublicensee, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense arrangement (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business and which could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(w) deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made to the issuer or issuers of letters of credit permitted to be incurred by New Holdings or a Subsidiary thereof pursuant to Section 8.2(g) to backstop or collateralize such letters of credit; provided , that the aggregate amount of any such deposits made to the issuers of such letters of credit shall not exceed 105% of the face amount of such letters of credit;

(x) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(y) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness, provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is permitted hereunder; and

(z) Liens securing Indebtedness of New Holdings or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to subsection 8.2(o); provided , that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to an intercreditor agreement which shall be customary for transactions of this type and otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders).

 

79


8.4 Limitation on Contingent Obligations . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligation except:

(a) guarantees by New Holdings or any Subsidiaries of obligations to third parties made in the ordinary course of business in connection with relocation of employees of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) guarantees by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business for an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 at any one time;

(c) existing Contingent Obligations described in Schedule 8.4 including any extensions or renewals thereof;

(d) Contingent Obligations of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap arrangements or other derivative contracts or transactions, other than any such contracts, arrangements or transactions entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for speculative purposes;

(e) Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

(f) guarantees by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries of (i) Indebtedness of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries permitted under subsection 8.2 (other than clause (f) thereof) and (ii) obligations (other than Indebtedness) of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries not prohibited hereunder; provided that (i) any guarantee by New Holdings or a Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor shall only be permitted to the extent permitted by subsection 8.7(b) and (ii) with respect to any guarantee by a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, if the Indebtedness so guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable on the whole to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being guaranteed;

(g) [Reserved]; and

(h) guarantees by New Holdings or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness permitted under subsection 8.2(f), so long as such guarantee is permitted by the terms of such subsection.

8.5 Prohibition of Fundamental Changes . Enter into any transaction of acquisition of, or merger or consolidation or amalgamation with, any other Person (including any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any Person that is not a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or engage in any business other than business conducted or proposed to be conducted by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto, including without limitation in broadcasting and other media businesses, except for (a) the transactions otherwise permitted pursuant to subsections 8.6 and 8.7; provided that New Holdings may not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person unless New Holdings is the continuing or surviving Person, (b) the liquidation or dissolution of any Subsidiary if New Holdings determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrowers and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, (c)(i) any Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary

 

80


(provided that in any such transaction involving a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor must be the continuing or surviving Person) and (ii) New Holdings or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if New Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor will remain a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, unless such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, hereunder), (d) any Subsidiary may transfer or dispose of any or all of its assets to New Holdings or to another Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise); provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, then (i) the transferee or assignee must be a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with subsections 8.2 and 8.7 respectively or pursuant to a disposition permitted by subsection 8.6 and (e) the Restructuring Transactions.

8.6 Prohibition on Sale of Assets . Convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired except:

(a) the sale or other disposition by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any personal property that, in the reasonable judgment of New Holdings, has become uneconomic, obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of New Holdings or any Subsidiaries, and which is disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

(b) sales of inventory by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business;

(c) any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor that is a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of New Holdings (including by way of merging such Subsidiary into a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor that is a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of New Holdings or into New Holdings) or make any investment permitted by subsection 8.7, and any Subsidiary may sell or otherwise dispose of, or part with control of any or all of, the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary to New Holdings, to a wholly-owned Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary of New Holdings or to any other Subsidiary to the extent such transfer constitutes an investment permitted by subsection 8.7; provided that in either case such transfer shall not cause such wholly-owned Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary to become a Foreign Subsidiary and provided further that no such transaction may be effected if it would result in the transfer of any assets of, or any Capital Stock of, a Subsidiary to another Subsidiary whose Capital Stock has not been pledged to the Administrative Agent or which has pledged a lesser percentage of its Capital Stock to the Administrative Agent than was pledged by the transferor Subsidiary unless, in any such case, after giving effect to such transaction, the Capital Stock of such other Subsidiary is not required to be pledged under the definition of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or under subsection 7.10(b);

 

81


(d) any Foreign Subsidiary of New Holdings may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or by merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, or otherwise) to New Holdings or a wholly-owned Subsidiary and any Foreign Subsidiary of New Holdings may sell or otherwise dispose of, or part control of any or all of, the Capital Stock of, or other equity interests in, any Foreign Subsidiary of New Holdings to a wholly-owned Subsidiary; provided that in either case such transfer shall not cause a Domestic Subsidiary to become a Foreign Subsidiary;

(e) the sale or other disposition by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of other assets consummated after the Effective Date, provided that (i) such sale or other disposition shall be made for fair value on an arm’s-length basis, (ii) with respect to the sale or other disposition of Broadcast Assets, if the consideration for such sale or other disposition exceeds $10,000,000, the consideration for such sale or other disposition consists of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents (provided that to the extent the consideration for all such sales or other dispositions made in reliance on this clause (e) of Broadcast Assets for which the consideration was $10,000,000 or less exceeds $50,000,000 in the aggregate, the consideration for any sale or other disposition of a Broadcast Asset made thereafter in reliance on this clause (e) shall consist of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents), (iii) with respect to the sale or other disposition of assets that are not Broadcast Assets (“ Non-Broadcast Assets ”), to the extent the aggregate consideration for all such sales or other dispositions of Non-Broadcast Assets made in reliance on this clause (e) exceeds $25,000,000 in the aggregate, the consideration for such sale or other disposition consists of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents and (iv) at any time that the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period most recently ended is greater than 5.00 to 1.00 and New Holdings and its Subsidiaries have sold or disposed of assets in reliance on this clause (e) and subsection 8.6(f) in excess of $500,000,000 in the aggregate, the Reinvestment Rights provided in subsection 4.6(b) shall not be available;

(f) the one-time sale or other disposition by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of a Non-Broadcast Asset, provided that (i) such sale or other disposition shall be made for fair value on an arm’s-length basis, (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries generated by such Non-Broadcast Asset for the Test Period most recently ended represents less than 5% of the Consolidated EBITDA of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period, (iii) at any time that the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period most recently ended is greater than 5.00 to 1.00 and New Holdings and its Subsidiaries have sold or disposed of assets in reliance on this clause (f) and subsection 8.6(e) in excess of $500,000,000 in the aggregate, the Reinvestment Rights provided in subsection 4.6(b) shall not be available and (iv) substantially concurrently with the consummation of such sale or other disposition, the Borrower Agent shall provide the Administrative Agent with a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such sale or other disposition is being effected pursuant to this clause (f) and that such sale or other disposition complies with the provisions of this clause (f);

(g) the sale or other disposition by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or a Divestiture Trust which holds assets) of (x) Stations (and related Broadcast Assets) listed on Schedule 8.6(g) or (y) Stations (and related Broadcast Assets) or other assets acquired in any acquisition permitted under subsection 8.7, in each case to the extent such sale or other disposition is required by applicable law or rule, regulation or order of the FCC; provided that

 

82


(except in the case of dispositions to a Divestiture Trust) (i) any such sale or other disposition shall be made for fair value on an arms’ length basis, (ii) if the consideration for such sale or other disposition exceeds $15,000,000, the consideration for such sale or other disposition consists of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents, and (iii) the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition shall be applied in accordance with subsection 4.6;

(h) dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of past due accounts receivable in connection with the collection, write down or compromise thereof;

(i) leases, subleases, or sublicenses of property by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and dispositions of intellectual property by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, in each case that do not materially interfere with the business of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and dispositions of intellectual property under a research or development agreement in which the other party receives a license to intellectual property that results from such agreement;

(j) transfers by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of property subject to any casualty event, including any condemnation, taking or similar event and any destruction, damage or any other casualty loss;

(k) dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consisting of the abandonment of intellectual property which, in the reasonable good faith determination of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, are uneconomical, negligible, obsolete or otherwise not material in the conduct of its business;

(l) sales by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of immaterial non-core assets acquired in connection with a Business Acquisition which are not used in the business of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(m) any disposition by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of real property to a Governmental Authority as a result of a condemnation of such real property;

(n) exclusive or non-exclusive licenses or similar agreements entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of intellectual property;

(o) (i) any Non-Significant Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (including by way of merging such Non-Significant Subsidiary into another Subsidiary), (ii) any Broadcast License Subsidiary may transfer a FCC License to another Broadcast License Subsidiary, and (iii) any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided , that the aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by New Holdings) of all assets sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of in reliance on clause (o)(iii) shall not exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year of New Holdings;

(p) the sale of the Bethesda Property; provided that (i) such sale shall be made for fair value on an arm’s-length basis, (ii) the consideration for such sale consists of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents and (iii) the Net Proceeds from such sale shall be applied in accordance with subsection 4.6;

 

83


(q) substantially concurrent sales, transfers and other dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of business assets to the extent the assets provided by New Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be, are exchanged substantially simultaneously for business assets of comparable or greater usefulness to the business of the Borrowers, provided that (i) no more than 30% of any consideration given by New Holdings or its Subsidiaries for such asset swap consists of cash or Cash Equivalents and (ii) New Holdings or such Subsidiary receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by New Holdings) of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (each such asset swap, a “ Permitted Asset Swap ”);

(r) to the extent constituting dispositions, mergers, consolidations and liquidations permitted by subsection 8.5, Restricted Payments permitted by subsection 8.8, Investments permitted by Section 8.7 (other than Section 8.7(i)) and Liens permitted by subsection 8.3;

(s) dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(t) dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(u) the unwinding by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Swap Agreement in accordance with its terms;

(v) terminations of leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(w) sale leasebacks by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries permitted by subsection 8.10;

(x) sales, transfers and dispositions by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Facility;

(y) the sale by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of the real property and assets listed on Schedule 8.6(y); provided that (i) such sale shall be made for fair value on an arm’s-length basis, (ii) the consideration for such sale consists of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) at the time of such sale (other than any such sale made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Event of Default exists), no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such sale and (iv) the Net Proceeds from such sale shall be applied in accordance with subsection 4.6;

(z) any disposition, assignment or writedown by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of the Gleiser Note; and

 

84


(aa) sales and other dispositions contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions.

8.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make or maintain any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) (i) loans or advances by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of intercompany accounts attributable to the operation of the Borrowers’ cash management system and (ii) loans or advances by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor (or a Subsidiary that would be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor but for the lapse of time until such Subsidiary is required to be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor);

(b) Investments by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries in Subsidiaries of New Holdings that are not Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that at all times the aggregate amount of all such Investments at any time outstanding, together with any guarantees by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not exceed $10,000,000;

(c) Investments by New Holdings and the Subsidiaries, not otherwise described in this subsection 8.7, in Borrowers or in Subsidiary Guarantors (or a Subsidiary that would be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor but for the lapse of time until such Subsidiary is required to be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor) that otherwise are not prohibited under the terms of this Agreement;

(d) any Subsidiary of New Holdings may make Investments in New Holdings (by way of capital contribution or otherwise);

(e) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may invest in, acquire and hold (i) Cash Equivalents and cash and (ii) other cash equivalents invested in or held with any financial institutions to the extent such amounts under this clause (ii) do not exceed $5,000,000 per individual institution and $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time;

(f) New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may make travel and entertainment advances and relocation loans in the ordinary course of business to officers, employees and agents of New Holdings or any such Subsidiary not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time;

(g) New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may make payroll advances in the ordinary course of business;

(h) New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may acquire and hold receivables owing to it, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent New Holdings or any Subsidiary from offering such concessionary trade terms, or from receiving such investments or any other investments in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of their respective suppliers or customers or the settlement of disputes with such customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business, as management deems reasonable in the circumstances);

 

85


(i) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in connection with asset sales permitted by subsection 8.6(e), (f) or (g) (to the extent permitted under such subsections and Section 4.6(b)) or to which the Required Lenders consent;

(j) existing Investments described in Schedule 8.7;

(k) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may in a single transaction or series of related transactions, make acquisitions (by merger, purchase, lease (including any lease that contains up-front payments and/or buyout options) or otherwise) of any business, division or line of business or all or substantially all of the outstanding Capital Stock of any corporation or other entity (other than any director’s qualifying shares or any options for equity interests that cannot, as a matter of law, be cancelled, redeemed or otherwise extinguished without the express agreement of the holder thereof at or prior to acquisition) or any Station and Broadcast Assets related thereto as long as (i) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (provided that this clause (i) shall not apply with respect to any acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default existed or would result from the making of such acquisition), (ii) as of the date of such acquisition, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (determined on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such acquisition and any incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith (but excluding the proceeds of any such Indebtedness in the calculation of Unrestricted Cash)) is less than or equal to the greater of (A) the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (B) 5.00 to 1.00, (iii) all actions required to be taken with respect to any acquired assets or acquired or newly formed Subsidiary under subsection 7.10 shall be taken substantially simultaneously with consummation of such acquisition (or such longer period of time as provided under Section 7.10 or as the Administrative Agent shall agree), (iv) any such newly acquired Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness permitted by subsection 8.2 and (v) with respect to any such acquisition that involves aggregate consideration in excess of $20,000,000, the Borrower Agent has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above, together with all relevant financial information for the Person or assets to be acquired; provided that the aggregate consideration (whether cash or property, as valued in good faith by the board of directors of New Holdings) given by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries for all acquisitions consummated after the Effective Date in reliance on this clause (k) shall not exceed $75,000,000;

(l) (i) Investments by New Holdings and any Subsidiaries in any business, division, line of business or Person acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition so long as the conditions to the making of any Permitted Acquisition set forth in subsection 8.7(k) are satisfied mutatis mutandis with respect to the making of such Investment and (ii) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary pursuant to a Business Acquisition (provided that such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary);

 

86


(m) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make loans or advances to, or acquisitions or other Investments in, other Persons (exclusive of Persons which are, or become, Foreign Subsidiaries) that constitute or are in connection with joint ventures, provided (i) the amount of such Investments shall not exceed in the aggregate $30,000,000 at any time outstanding for Investments made with cash or Cash Equivalents and $20,000,000 at any time outstanding for other Investments and (ii) any such joint venture formed or acquired after the Effective Date shall comply with Section 7.10(d);

(n) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, or otherwise transfer funds (including by way of repayment of loans or advances) to, Foreign Subsidiaries; provided the amount of such Investments shall not exceed in the aggregate $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(o) New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may acquire obligations of one or more directors, officers, employees, members or management or consultants of any of New Holdings or its Subsidiaries in connection with such person’s acquisition of shares of the Parent, so long as no cash is actually advanced by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to such persons in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(p) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may acquire assets constituting a Permitted Reinvestment with the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales in accordance with the reinvestment rights provided under subsection 4.6(b);

(q) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may acquire assets under a Permitted Asset Swap;

(r) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time;

(s) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merlin Asset Purchase Agreement;

(t) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make Investments to the extent the consideration paid therefor consists solely of (i) Capital Stock, which is not Disqualified Stock, of the Parent or (ii) the Net Proceeds of any substantially concurrent issuance of Capital Stock, which is not Disqualified Stock, by Parent (other than any issuance the proceeds of which have been included in the calculation of the Available Amount to the extent such proceeds have been applied pursuant to the definition of “Available Amount” to make an Investment pursuant to subsection 8.7(r), have been applied for Restricted Payments under subsection 8.8(c) or subsection 8.8(h) or have been applied for prepayments of Indebtedness under subsection 8.15(b)(iii)); provided that, (x) immediately before and after making such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) in the case of clause (ii) in respect of an issuance by Parent, the proceeds thereof have been contributed by Parent in cash as common equity to New Holdings or such Subsidiary and (z) in the case of clause (ii), such issuance is to a Person other than a Group Member;

 

87


(u) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make other Investments not to exceed at any time outstanding, together with all other Investments made in reliance on this clause (u), $50,000,000;

(v) (i) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may (x) make Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; provided that any such Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a contribution of additional accounts receivable or as customary Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility and (y) make other customary Investments in connection with a Receivables Facility and (ii) a Receivables Subsidiary may purchase accounts receivable pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Receivables Facility; and

(w) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make the Investments contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions.

For purposes of calculating the amount of any Investment, such amount shall equal (x) the amount actually invested less (y) any repayments, interest, returns, profits, dividends, distributions, income and similar amounts actually received in cash from such Investment (from dispositions or otherwise) (which amount referred to in this clause (y) shall not exceed the amount of such Investment at the time such Investment was made). The amount of any consideration paid for any Investment consisting of the provision of services or the transfer of non-cash assets shall be equal to the fair market value of such services or non-cash assets, as the case may be, as determined by New Holdings in good faith.

8.8 Limitation on Restricted Payments . Declare or make any dividends or distributions on any Capital Stock of any Group Member, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (all of the foregoing being referred to herein as “ Restricted Payments ”); except that:

(a) (i) any Group Member may declare or pay dividends to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) any Group Member that is not a Loan Party may declare or pay dividends to any other Group Member that is not a Loan Party and (iii) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to its Capital Stock;

(b) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, New Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of New Holdings;

(c) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, New Holdings may, or may pay dividends or make distributions to Intermediate Holdings (who shall in turn make a dividend or distribution to Parent in such amount received from New Holdings) to permit Parent to (and which are used by Parent to), purchase its common stock or common stock options from former officers or employees of Parent, Intermediate Holdings or any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such

 

88


officer or employee, provided , that the aggregate amount of payments made after the Effective Date under this clause (c), together with the aggregate amount of payments made after the Effective Date under subsection 8.8(d), shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of New Holdings (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year of New Holdings); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (i) the Net Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent to any employee, member or the board of directors or consultant of any Group Member that occurs after the Effective Date, solely to the extent such Net Proceeds (x) have been contributed by Parent in cash as common equity to New Holdings and (y) have not been (A) included in the calculation of the Available Amount and applied to make an Investment pursuant to subsection 8.7(r), (B) applied for Investments under subsection 8.7(t) or Restricted Payments under subsection 8.8(h) or (C) applied to make a prepayment of Indebtedness under subsection 8.15(b)(iii); plus (ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by New Holdings or its Subsidiaries after the Effective Date; less (iii) the amount of any payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii);

(d) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, New Holdings may, or may pay dividends or make distributions to Intermediate Holdings (who shall in turn make a dividend or distribution to Parent in such amount received from New Holdings) to permit Parent to (and which are used by Parent to), make payments and/or net shares under employee benefit plans to settle option price payments owed by employees and directors with respect thereto, make payments in respect of or purchase restricted stock units and similar stock based awards thereunder and to settle employees’ and directors’ federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related thereto, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made by New Holdings under this clause (d) after the Effective Date, together with the aggregate amount of payments made under subsection 8.8(c) after the Effective Date, shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year of New Holdings (with unused amounts in any fiscal year of New Holdings being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year);

(e) [Reserved];

(f) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, any Group Member may make dividends or distributions within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(g) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may, directly (in the case of New Holdings) or indirectly (in the case of any Subsidiaries), make distributions to Intermediate Holdings (who shall in turn make a dividend or distribution to Parent in such amount received from New Holdings) to permit Parent to make (and which are used by Parent to make) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or interests in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other rights or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Parent; provided that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations of this covenant;

 

89


(h) New Holdings may redeem, repurchase, retire or acquire any Capital Stock of Parent in exchange for, or out of the Net Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to any Group Member) of Capital Stock (other than any Disqualified Stock) of Parent, solely to the extent such Net Proceeds (i) have been contributed by Parent in cash as common equity to New Holdings and (ii) have not been (A) included in the calculation of the Available Amount and applied to make an Investment pursuant to subsection 8.7(r), (B) applied for Restricted Payments under subsection 8.8(c) or applied for Investments under subsection 8.7(t) or (C) applied to a prepayment of Indebtedness under subsection 8.15(b)(iii);

(i) [Reserved];

(j) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make the Restricted Payments contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions; and

(k) New Holdings may pay dividends or make distributions, directly or indirectly, to Intermediate Holdings or Parent (i) that are used by Intermediate Holdings or Parent, as applicable, to pay corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business (provided, that, with respect to Parent, (x) such corporate overhead expenses do not relate solely to, and were not incurred solely in connection with, Parent’s ownership of any Person other than Intermediate Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (y) to the extent Parent owns Capital Stock in any Person other than Intermediate Holdings and its Subsidiaries, the amount of such dividends and distributions made to Parent for corporate overhead expenses shall not exceed the portion of such corporate overhead expenses allocated to Intermediate Holdings and its Subsidiaries (as determined by Parent in good faith)) and (ii) that are used by Intermediate Holdings or Parent, as applicable, to pay, or to distribute to Parent’s direct or indirect parent, amounts required for Intermediate Holdings or Parent or such direct or indirect parent of Parent, as applicable, to pay federal, state and local income Taxes imposed directly on Intermediate Holdings, Parent, or such direct or indirect parent of Parent, to the extent such Taxes are attributable to the income of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by virtue of Intermediate Holdings, Parent or such direct or indirect parent of Parent being the common parent of a consolidated or combined Tax group of which New Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries are members); provided that the amount of any such dividends or distributions (plus any Taxes payable directly by New Holdings and its Subsidiaries) shall not exceed the amount of such Taxes that would have been payable directly by New Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries had New Holdings been the common parent of a separate Tax group that included only New Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

8.9 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into after the Effective Date any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate (other than any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor) except (a) for transactions which are otherwise not prohibited under this Agreement and which are upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable in any material respect to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a hypothetical comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate, (b) [reserved], (c) the reasonable and customary fees payable to the

 

90


directors of the Group Members and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of the Group Members, (d) the payment of reasonable and customary indemnities to the directors, officers and employees of the Group Members in the ordinary course of business, (e) as permitted under subsection 8.2(b), subsection 8.3(l), subsections 8.4(a) and (f), subsection 8.5 (other than clause (a) thereof), subsections 8.6(c), (d), (o) and (x), subsections 8.7(c), (d), (n), (o) and (v) and subsection 8.8, (f) for the Restructuring Transactions or (g) as set forth on Schedule 8.9.

8.10 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks . Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Group Member of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Group Member to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Group Member, provided that New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into such arrangements covering property with an aggregate fair market value not exceeding $150,000,000 during the term of this Agreement if the Net Proceeds from such sale leaseback arrangements are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.6(b); provided, further, that the Reinvestment Rights provided in subsection 4.6(b) shall not be available with respect to such Net Proceeds.

8.11 Fiscal Year . Permit the fiscal year for financial reporting purposes of the Borrowers to end on a day other than December 31, unless the Borrower Agent shall have given at least 45 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

8.12 Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits (other than a dollar limit, provided that such dollar limit is sufficient in amount to allow at all times the Liens to secure the Obligations) the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and any agreement governing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the Term Loans, so long as any such prohibition or limitation contained in such refinancing agreement is not materially less favorable to the Lenders that that which exists as of the Effective Date), (b) any agreements governing any secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) an agreement prohibiting only the creation of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, (d) pursuant to applicable law, (e) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses, or similar agreements, as the case may be), (f) any prohibition or limitation that consists of customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale or sale-leaseback of any property permitted under this Agreement, (g) documents, agreements or constituent documents governing joint ventures, (h) any agreement in effect at the time a Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary as long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (i) agreements permitted under subsection 8.10, (j) restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under subsections 8.3 and 8.7 and limited to such cash or deposits and (k) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

91


8.13 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, New Holdings or any other Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, New Holdings or any other Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its assets to New Holdings or any other Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents (or any agreement governing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the Term Loans, so long as any such restriction contained in such refinancing agreement is not materially less favorable to the Lenders that that which exists as of the Effective Date), (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) applicable law, (iv) restrictions in effect on the Effective Date contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness in effect on the Effective Date and in any agreements governing any refinancing thereof if such restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements as in effect on the Effective Date governing the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced, (v) customary non-assignment provisions with respect to contracts, leases or licensing agreements entered into by New Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vii) Liens permitted under subsection 8.3 and any documents or instruments governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other obligations secured by any such Liens; provided that such prohibitions or restrictions apply only to the assets subject to such Liens; (viii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness incurred by such Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by New Holdings and outstanding on such date as long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ix) any customary restriction on cash or other deposits imposed under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (x) provisions with respect to dividends, the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, license agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (xi) restrictions on deposits imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xii) any restrictions under any Indebtedness permitted by subsection 8.2 if such restrictions are no more restrictive to New Holdings and its Subsidiaries than those contained under this Agreement.

8.14 FCC Licenses . Cause any of the FCC Licenses to be held at any time by any Person other than New Holdings or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries (with an exception for those Stations held in a Divestiture Trust pursuant to rule, regulation or order of the FCC).

 

92


8.15 Certain Payments of Indebtedness . (a) Make any payment in violation of any of the subordination provisions of any Subordinated Indebtedness or any payment of regularly scheduled interest or principal on any Subordinated Indebtedness at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default under Section 9(a); or (b) make any payment or prepayment (including payments as a result of acceleration thereof) on any Subordinated Indebtedness or redeem or otherwise acquire, purchase or defease any Subordinated Indebtedness, except that (i) any Group Member may make any such payment in connection with any refinancing of any Subordinated Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms hereof; (ii) any Group Member may make payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom and (y) as of the date of such payment, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (determined on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the prepayment of such Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred in connection with such prepayment) is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00; (iii) any Group Member may prepay any Subordinated Indebtedness out of the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to any Group Member) of Capital Stock (other than any Disqualified Stock) of Parent, solely to the extent such Net Proceeds (x) have been contributed by Parent in cash as common equity to New Holdings and (y) have not been (1) included in the calculation of the Available Amount and applied to make an Investment pursuant to subsection 8.7(r) or (2) applied for Restricted Payments under subsection 8.8(c) or 8.8(h) or applied for Investments under subsection 8.7(t), and (iv) New Holdings and its Subsidiaries may convert or exchange all or any portion of any Subordinated Indebtedness to Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent.

8.16 Amendment of Material Documents . Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any material amendment, modification, waiver or other change to (a) its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents, (b) any indenture, credit agreement or other document entered into to evidence or govern the terms of any Indebtedness identified on Schedule 8.2 or permitted to be created, incurred or assumed pursuant to subsection 8.2 and, in each case, any indenture, credit agreement or other document entered into with respect to any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing thereof or (c) any document entered into to evidence or govern the terms of any Preferred Stock, in each case except for any such amendment, modification or waiver that, (i) would not, in any material respect, adversely affect the interests of the Lenders and (ii) would otherwise not be prohibited hereunder.

8.17 Restrictions on Intermediate Holdings . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, permit Intermediate Holdings to (a) own any material property other than the Capital Stock in New Holdings and cash and Cash Equivalents received from distributions from New Holdings permitted by Section 8.8, (b) have any material liabilities other than (i) obligations under the Loan Documents, documents evidencing a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility, documents evidencing a Receivables Facility, documents evidencing the Restructuring Transactions and contracts and agreements (including with respect to indemnities) with its officers, directors, consultants and employees relating to their employment, services or directorships, (ii) tax liabilities in the ordinary course of business and (iii) corporate, administrative and operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or (c) engage in any business other than (i) owning the Capital Stock in New Holdings, and activities incidental or related thereto and (ii) performing its obligations under the Loan Documents, documents evidencing a Permitted Revolving Credit Facility, documents evidencing a Receivables Facility, documents evidencing the Restructuring Transactions and contracts and agreements (including with respect to indemnities) with its officers, directors, consultants and employees relating to their employment, services or directorships.

 

93


SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

Upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) The Borrowers shall fail to (i) pay any principal of any Term Loan or Note when due in accordance with the terms hereof or (ii) pay any interest on any Term Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under the Fee Letter within three Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or which is contained in any certificate, guarantee, document or financial or other statement furnished under or in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in subsection 3.3(d), 7.7(a), 7.10(c) (solely with respect to real properties owned by the Loan Parties on the Effective Date), 7.10(e) (solely with respect to deposit accounts and securities accounts maintained by the Loan Parties on the Effective Date) or Section 8 of this Agreement ; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of (i) subsection 7.10(c) (with respect to real properties acquired by the Loan Parties after the Effective Date) or 7.10(e) (with respect to deposit accounts and securities accounts opened or acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (x) a Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge of such default or (y) written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Agent or (ii) any other agreement contained in any Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower Agent; or

(e) Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall (A) default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans and any intercompany debt) or in the payment of any Contingent Obligation (other than in respect of the Term Loans or any intercompany debt) in respect of Indebtedness, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or such Contingent Obligation was created; or (B) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation in respect of Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Contingent Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, any applicable grace period having expired, or such Contingent Obligation to become payable, any applicable grace

 

94


period having expired, provided that (i) the failure to comply with any financial maintenance covenant set forth in any Permitted Revolving Credit Facility will not constitute an Event of Default until the acceleration of the Indebtedness (if any) and termination of the commitments under such Permitted Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations (without duplication of any Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations in respect thereof) which would then become due or payable as described in this Section 9(e) would equal or exceed $35,000,000;; or

(f) (i) Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or a material portion of its assets, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Non-Significant Subsidiary) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) A Reportable Event shall have occurred; (ii) any Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code shall lose its qualification; (iii) a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction shall have occurred with respect to any Plan; (iv) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have failed to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Single Employer Plan or a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan, in either case whether or not waived; (v) a determination shall have been made that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (vi) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Single Employer Plan, including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Single Employer Plan; (vii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is not

 

95


contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner; or (viii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have received from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan a determination that such Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent, in Reorganization, terminated, or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; and in each case in clauses (i) through (viii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions if any, would result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $35,000,000 or more to the extent that all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within the time required by the terms of such judgment; or

(i) Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as provided in subsection 11.1, the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing; or

(j) Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as provided in subsection 11.1, any Grantor (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall breach any covenant or agreement contained in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the effect that the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect or the Lien granted thereby shall cease to be a Lien with the priority purported to be created thereby, in each case other than with respect to items of Collateral not exceeding $2,500,000 in the aggregate or any Loan Party shall assert in writing that the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is no longer in full force and or effect or the Lien granted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is no longer of the priority purported to be created thereby; or

(k) A Change in Control shall occur; or

(l) The loss, revocation or suspension of, or any material impairment in the ability to use, any one or more FCC Licenses with respect to any Station of New Holdings or any Subsidiary generating collective Broadcast Cash Flow equal to or greater than 15% of the total Broadcast Cash Flow of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors;

then, and in any such event, (a) if such event is an Event of Default with respect to a Borrower specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above, automatically the Term Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the Term Loans shall immediately become due and payable; and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, so long as any such Event of Default shall be continuing, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower Agent declare all or a portion of the Term Loans of all Lenders hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and such Term Loans to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

 

96


SECTION 10. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

10.1 A uthorization and Action . (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the entity named as Administrative Agent in the heading of this Agreement and its successors and assigns to serve as the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under such agreements and to exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Loan Documents to which the Administrative Agent is a party, to exercise all rights, powers and remedies that the Administrative Agent may have under such Loan Documents.

(b) As to any matters not expressly provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents (including enforcement or collection), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the written instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, pursuant to the terms in the Loan Documents), and, unless and until revoked in writing, such instructions shall be binding upon each Lender; provided , however, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that (i) the Administrative Agent in good faith believes exposes it to liability unless the Administrative Agent receives an indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders with respect to such action or (ii) is contrary to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or applicable law, including any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any requirement of law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors; provided , further , that the Administrative Agent may seek clarification or direction from the Required Lenders prior to the exercise of any such instructed action and may refrain from acting until such clarification or direction has been provided. Except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to New Holdings, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Administrative Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in each instance where discretionary rights or powers conferred upon the Administrative Agent may be exercised or refrained from being exercised, the Administrative Agent shall have the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to consult with, or seek the affirmative or negative vote from, the Required Lenders or, if otherwise applicable, the Lenders, and it may do so pursuant to a negative notice or otherwise.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; business interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

 

97


(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be (i) required to qualify in any jurisdiction in which it is not presently qualified to perform its obligations as Administrative Agent or (ii) required to take any enforcement action against a Loan Party or any other obligor outside of the United States.

(e) In performing its functions and duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent is acting solely on behalf of the Lenders (except in limited circumstances expressly provided for herein relating to the maintenance of the Register), and its duties are entirely mechanical and administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) the Administrative Agent does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or duty or any other relationship as the agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender or holder of any other obligation other than as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and it is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” (or any similar term) herein or in any other Loan Document with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary duty or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law, and that such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties); additionally, each Lender agrees that it will not assert any claim against the Administrative Agent based on an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(ii) nothing in this Agreement or any Loan Document shall require the Administrative Agent to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by the Administrative Agent for its own account.

(f) The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of their respective duties and exercise their respective rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.

The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agent except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agent.

 

98


(g) In case of the pendency of any proceeding with respect to any Loan Party under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Term Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any of the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Term Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim under subsections 4.7, 4.10, 4.18, 4.20 and 11.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders or the other Secured Parties, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due to it, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, under the Loan Documents (including under subsection 11.5). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

(h) The provisions of this Section 10.1 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and, except solely to the extent of any Borrower’s rights to consent pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article, none of New Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary under any such provisions. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the provisions of this Article.

10.2 Administrative Agent s Reliance, Indemnification, Etc. . (a) Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be (i) liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (x) with the consent of or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct (such absence to be presumed unless otherwise determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for

 

99


any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof (stating that it is a “notice of default”) is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Agent or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the sufficiency, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or satisfaction of any condition that expressly refers to the matters described therein being acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent (i) may treat the payee of any promissory note as its holder until such promissory note has been assigned in accordance with subsection 11.6, (ii) may rely on the Register to the extent set forth in subsection 11.6(d), (iii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrowers), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts, (iv) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (v) in determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Term Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender sufficiently in advance of the making of such Term Loan and (vi) shall be entitled to rely on, and shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by acting upon, any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which writing may be a fax, any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) or any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper party or parties (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents for being the maker thereof).

10.3 Posting of Communications . (a) The Borrowers agree that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make any Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks™, DebtDomain, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any other electronic platform chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system (the “ Approved Electronic Platform ”).

 

100


(b) Although the Approved Electronic Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Effective Date, a user ID/password authorization system) and the Approved Electronic Platform is secured through a per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Approved Electronic Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. Each of the Lenders hereby approves distribution of the Communications through the Approved Electronic Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.

(c) THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND THE COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE APPLICABLE PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM AND THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE APPLICABLE PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES (COLLECTIVELY, “ APPLICABLE PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC PLATFORM.

Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Approved Electronic Platform.

(d) Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that Communications have been posted to the Approved Electronic Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees (i) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (which could be in the form of electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s email address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such email address.

 

101


(e) Each of the Lenders agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Communications on the Approved Electronic Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally applicable document retention procedures and policies.

(f) Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

(g) The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders ( i.e. , Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrowers hereby agree that so long as any Loan Party is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section  11.15 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Approved Electronic Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Approved Electronic Platform not designated “Public Investor.” The Borrowers agree that (i) any Loan Documents and notifications of changes of terms of the Loan Documents (including term sheets) and (ii) any materials delivered pursuant to Section  7.1 will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

10.4 The Administrative Agent Individually . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent applicable, have and may exercise the same rights and powers hereunder and is subject to the same obligations and liabilities as and to the extent set forth herein for any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent. The terms “Lenders”, “Required Lenders” and any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include, if applicable, the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender or as one of the Required Lenders, as applicable. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with, New Holdings, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing as if such Person was not acting as the Administrative Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

102


10.5 Successor Administrative Agent . (a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower Agent, and the Required Lenders may remove the Administrative Agent for any reason upon 20 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Agent, in each case whether or not a successor Administrative Agent has been appointed. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent with the approval of the Borrower Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and not required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York or an Affiliate of any such bank. In either case (whether a resignation or a removal), such appointment shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower Agent (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to, and become vested with, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent. Upon the acceptance of appointment as Administrative Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Prior to any Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall, in the event that a successor Administrative Agent is being appointed at the time of such resignation or removal, take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assign to the successor Administrative Agent its rights as Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. A retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall, in the event that a successor Administrative Agent is not appointed at the time of such resignation or removal, take all actions reasonably requested by the Borrower Agent or the Required Lenders (for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days) (including providing the Borrower Agent and the Required Lenders with a copy of the Registrar and other documents and information in the possession of the resigning or removed Administrative Agent that is reasonably requested by the Required Lenders or the Borrower Agent) in connection with (x) in the case of the Required Lenders, the Required Lenders’ performance of the duties and obligations of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and (y) in the case of the Borrowers, the Borrowers’ obligation to make payments directly to the Lenders and provide notices and information directly to the Lenders.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section, in the event no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment (x) within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intent to resign or (y) within 20 days after the removed Administrative Agent receives notice of its removal, as applicable, the retiring Administrative Agent may give notice of the effectiveness of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower Agent or the Required Lenders may give notice of the effectiveness of the removal of the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent and the

 

103


Borrower Agent, as applicable, whereupon, on the date of effectiveness of such resignation or removal stated in such notice, (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided that, solely for purposes of maintaining any security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under any Security Document for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to be vested with such security interest as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and continue to be entitled to the rights set forth in such Security Document and Loan Document, and, in the case of any Collateral in the possession of the Administrative Agent, shall continue to hold such Collateral, in each case solely until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and accepts such appointment in accordance with this Section (it being understood and agreed that the retiring Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any further action under any Security Document), and (ii) the Required Lenders shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section  4.20 and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the effectiveness of such resignation or retirement); provided that (A) all payments required to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Person other than the Administrative Agent shall be made directly to such Person and (B) all notices and other communications required or contemplated to be given or made to the Administrative Agent shall also directly be given or made to each Lender. Following the effectiveness of the Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal from its capacity as such, the provisions of this Article and subsection 11.5, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent and in respect of the matters referred to in the proviso under clause (i) above.

10.6 Acknowledgements of Lenders . (a) Each Lender represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Term Loans hereunder. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning New Holdings and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement on the Effective Date (or who shall otherwise be deemed to be party to this Agreement by virtue of the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan of Reorganization), or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or any other Loan Document pursuant to which it shall become a

 

104


Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders on the Effective Date.

10.7 Collateral Matters . (a) Except with respect to the exercise of setoff rights in accordance with subsection 11.7(b) or with respect to a Secured Party’s right to file a proof of claim in an insolvency proceeding, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by subsection 8.3(h). The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for (i) perfecting, maintaining, monitoring, preserving or protecting the security interest or Lien granted under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the filing, re-filing, recording, re-recording or continuing any document, financing statement, Mortgage, assignment, notice, instrument of further assurance or other instrument in any public office at any time or times or (iii) providing, maintaining, monitoring or preserving insurance on or the payment of taxes with respect to any of the Collateral. The actions described in items (i) through (iii) shall be the sole responsibility of the Borrowers.

10.8 Credit Bidding . The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid, (i) the Administrative Agent (or its sub-agents as designated) shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, (ii) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Obligations which were credit

 

105


bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (iii) the Administrative Agent (or its sub-agents as designated) shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Required Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in subsection 11.1 of this Agreement), (iv) the Administrative Agent (or its sub-agents as designated) on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Obligations which were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (v) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata with their original interest in such Obligations and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action. Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (ii) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (and/or any designee of the Secured Party which will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.

10.9 Certain ERISA Matters . (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Term Loans,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class

 

106


exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement, and the conditions for exemptive relief thereunder are and will continue to be satisfied in connection therewith,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Term Loans and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21, as amended from time to time) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

 

107


(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Term Loans and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Term Loans and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Term Loans or this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Term Loans and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Term Loans for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Term Loans by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

10.10 Indemnification . The Lenders severally agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), ratably (determined at the time such indemnity is sought) according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans and obligations, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Term Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements contained in this subsection 10.10 shall survive the payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

108


SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers . No Loan Document (other than the Fee Letter) or any terms thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this subsection 11.1. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except pursuant to a document in writing entered into by the Required Lenders and the Loan Parties that are party hereto or thereto, as applicable; provided , however , that:

(a) no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) directly or indirectly release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or (ii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

(b) no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) extend the scheduled maturity of any Term Loan or scheduled installment of any Term Loan or reduce any scheduled installment of any Term Loan or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate (provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the default rate provided in subsection 4.7(c) or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at such default rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or change the method of calculating interest thereon, or reduce the amount or extend the time of payment of any fee payable to the Lenders hereunder without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this subsection 11.1 or consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document without the consent of all Lenders, (iii) amend, modify or waive subsection 4.16(a) in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby or (iv) amend, modify or waive Section 6.5 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to the priority of payments set forth therein, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided , that any such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification may be made without the consent of the Required Lenders if such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification otherwise satisfies the requirements of this clause (b);

(c) [Reserved];

(d) no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement, modification or consent shall adversely affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; and

(e) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent to establish an Extension permitted by subsection 4.24.

Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification described in this subsection 11.1 shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon each Loan Party, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Term Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Term Loans, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

109


Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrowers, may amend, modify or supplement any Loan Document without the consent of any Lender or the Required Lenders in order to correct, amend or cure any ambiguity, inconsistency or defect or correct any typographical error or other manifest error in any Loan Document.

In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this subsection 11.1 being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice from the Borrower Agent to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in subsection 11.6), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (i) (a) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (b) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Term Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts), (c) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in subsection 11.6(d) and (d) such assignee has consented to the Proposed Change and (ii) substantially concurrently with satisfaction of the requirements set forth in clause (i) of this proviso, such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have assigned and delegated its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and such Non-Consenting Lender shall not be required to execute the Assignment and Assumption in connection therewith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing, replacement or modification of all or any portion of the outstanding Term Loans (“ Replaced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided, that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Replaced Term Loans, (b) the terms of Replacement Term Loans are (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms), taken as a whole, no more favorable to the lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to the Replaced Term Loans (other than any covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date), (c) the maturity date of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be earlier than the maturity date of the Replaced Term Loans and (d) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Replaced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing.

 

110


11.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or electronic transmission), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand on a Business Day during recipient’s normal business hours, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when sent on a Business Day and received during recipient’s normal business hours with confirmation of receipt received, addressed as follows in the case of each Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth on its signature page hereto in the case of any Lender, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:

 

In the case of the Borrower Agent or any Borrower:   Cumulus Media New Holdings Inc.
  3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200
  Atlanta, GA 30305
  Attention: General Counsel
  Telecopy: (404) 260-6877
  Email:

In the case of the Borrower Agent

 
or any Borrower, with a copy to:   Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
  1285 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, NY 10019-6064
  Attention: T. Robert Zochowski, Jr.
  Telecopy: (212) 492-0762
  Email: rzochowski@paulweiss.com
  and
  Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
  1285 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, NY 10019-6064
  Attention: Jacob A. Adlerstein
  Telecopy: (212) 373-0142
  Email: jadlerstein@paulweiss.com
The Administrative Agent:   Wilmington Trust, National Association
  50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
  Minneapolis, MN 55402
  Attention: Jeffery Rose
  Telecopy: (612) 217-5651
  Email: JRose@WilmingtonTrust.com

 

111


In the case of the Administrative Agent, with a copy to:   Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
  787 Seventh Avenue
  New York, NY 10019-6099
  Attention: Leonard Klingbaum and Jason Pearl
  Telecopy: (212) 728-9184
  Email: LKlingbaum@willkie.com and JPearl@willkie.com

provided that the failure to provide the copies of notices to the Borrower Agent or any Borrower provided for in this subsection 11.2 shall not result in any liability to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to subsections 4.3, 4.5 and 4.6 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower Agent (and behalf of itself and the Borrowers) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (ii) posted to an Internet or Intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause  (b)(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that any such notice or communication described in clauses (i)  or (ii) not given during the normal business hours of the recipient shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the Loan Documents, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the deemed making of the Term Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

 

112


11.5 Payment of Expenses . The Borrowers agree:

(a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of, any amendment, supplement or modification to, or any waiver of, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements (including filing and recording fees and expenses) of counsel to each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (which shall be limited to (i) one primary counsel, one FCC counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel to the Administrative Agent in any relevant jurisdiction and expenses attributable to processing primary assignments and (ii) one primary counsel, one FCC counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to the Lenders (taken as a whole) and, solely in case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Lenders taken as a whole);

(b) to pay or reimburse the Lenders and the Administrative Agent for all their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with, and to pay, indemnify, and hold the Administrative Agent and the Lenders harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in connection with, the enforcement or preservation of any rights under any Loan Document and any such other documents or any workout or restructuring of the Loan Documents, limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to out-of-pocket costs, fees, disbursements and other charges of (i) one primary counsel, FCC counsel and one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and (ii) one primary counsel, FCC counsel and one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for the Lenders taken as a whole (and, solely in case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Lenders taken as a whole) incurred in connection with the foregoing and in connection with advising the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to their respective rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the documentation relating thereto.

(c) to pay, indemnify, and to hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying similar fees, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, any Loan Document and any such other documents; and

(d) to pay, indemnify, and hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates, advisors, controlling persons and agents (each an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including punitive damages), penalties, fines, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable experts’ and consultants’ fees and limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to the reasonable fees and disbursements of (i) one primary counsel, one FCC counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties

 

113


(taken as a whole) and (ii) one primary counsel, one FCC counsel and one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for all other Indemnitees taken as a whole (and, solely in the case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict of interest informs the Borrower Agent of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee) and third party claims for personal injury or real or personal property damage) which may be incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee (x) arising out of or in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Term Loans, or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, (y) with respect to any environmental matters, any environmental compliance expenses and remediation expenses in connection with the presence, suspected presence, release or suspected release of any Materials of Environmental Concern in or into the air, soil, groundwater, surface water or improvements at, on, about, under, or within the Properties, or any portion thereof, or elsewhere in connection with the transportation of Materials of Environmental Concern to or from the Properties, in each case to the extent required under Environmental Laws, or (z) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by reason of or in connection with the execution, performance, delivery, enforcement or administration, of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ indemnified liabilities ”), provided that the Borrowers shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee (x) with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent they are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court to arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or (other than in the case of the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties) material breach by, such Indemnitee, (y) under this subsection 11.5 for any Taxes other than Other Taxes or Taxes derived from a non-Tax claim or (z) with respect to indemnified liabilities arising out of a dispute solely between Indemnified Parties not involving an act or omission by New Holdings or any of its Affiliates (other than any such indemnified liabilities asserted against any Indemnitee in its capacity, or in fulfilling its role, as an agent or similar role for the Term Loans). All amounts due under this subsection 11.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this subsection 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Intermediate Holdings, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Term Loans, and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) no Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

(b) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other financial institutions or Lender Affiliates (other than a Disqualified Person) (“ Participants ”) participating interests in any Term Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender or any other interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender shall have the right to sell one or more participations in all or any part of its Term Loans or any other Obligation to one or more

 

114


lenders or other Persons that provide financing to such Lender in the form of sales and repurchases of participations without having to satisfy the foregoing requirements. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Term Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided, that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby pursuant to Section 11.1(b) and (2) directly affects such Participant. The Borrowers agree that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the Term Loans are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and any Term Loan to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement or any Term Loan; provided that such Participant shall only be entitled to such right of setoff if it shall have agreed in the agreement pursuant to which it shall have acquired its participating interest to share with the Lenders the proceeds thereof, as provided in subsection 11.7. The Borrowers also agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of, and shall be subject to the limitations of, subsections 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 with respect to its participation in the Term Loans outstanding from time to time; provided that no Participant shall be entitled to receive (i) any greater amount pursuant to such subsections than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred or (ii) the benefits of subsection 4.20 unless such Participant complies with subsection 4.20(g) as if it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under subsection 4.20(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender). Each Lender that sells a participation, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Term Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person except to the extent such disclosure is necessary to establish that any Term Loan or Note is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender, each Loan Party and the Administrative Agent shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

 

115


(c) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(i) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or a portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, a Lender Affiliate or an Approved Fund;

(ii) [Reserved]; and

(iii) the Borrower Agent; provided that (A) (i) no consent of the Borrower Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, a Lender Affiliate or an Approved Fund or (ii) if an Event of Default under Section 9(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing and (B) the Borrower Agent shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment unless the Borrower Agent has objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof,

sell to any Eligible Assignee (an “ Assignee ”), all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by such Assignee, such assigning Lender (except as otherwise permitted by subsection 4.22 and subsection 11.1) and, to the extent their consent is required, the Borrower Agent and the Administrative Agent, and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register (as defined below); provided that (A) each such sale pursuant to this subsection 11.6(c) of less than all of a Lender’s rights and obligations (I) to a Person which is not then a Lender, a Lender Affiliate or an Approved Fund shall be of Term Loans of not less than $1,000,000 and (II) to a Person which is then a Lender, a Lender Affiliate or an Approved Fund may be in any amount and (B) each Assignee shall comply with the provisions of subsection 4.20 hereof; provided, further that the foregoing shall not prohibit a Lender from selling participating interests in accordance with subsection 11.6(a) in all or any portion of its Term Loans (without duplication). For purposes of clause (A) of the first proviso contained in the preceding sentence, the amount described therein shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Lender Affiliates, if any. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (x) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with the Term Loans as set forth therein, and (y) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest transferred, as reflected in such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such assigning Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of subsections 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20 and 11.5). Such Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to amend this Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Assignee and the resulting adjustment of Term Loan Percentages arising from the purchase by such Assignee of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such assigning Lender under this Agreement.

Each assignee, by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented to the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent that such assignee is an Eligible Assignee. In no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any prospective assignee is an Eligible Assignee or have any liability with respect to any assignment made to a Disqualified Lender or any other Person that is not an Eligible Assignee or enforcing the list of Disqualified Lenders.

 

116


If any assignment or participation is made to any Disqualified Lender, the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice from the Borrower Agent to the applicable Disqualified Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of outstanding Term Loans held by such Disqualified Lender, purchase or prepay such Term Loan by paying the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Institution paid to acquire such Term Loans, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and/or (B) require such Disqualified Lender to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in this subsection 11.6), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Disqualified Lenders (A) will not (x) have the right to receive information, reports or other materials provided to Lenders by the Borrowers, the Borrower Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (y) attend or participate in meetings attended by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, or (z) access any electronic site established for the Lenders or confidential communications from counsel to or financial advisors of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and (B) (x) for purposes of any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Disqualified Lender will be deemed to have consented in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Institutions consented to such matter, and (y) for purposes of voting on any Bankruptcy Plan, each Disqualified Lender party hereto hereby agrees (1) not to vote on such Bankruptcy Plan, (2) if such Disqualified Lender does vote on such Bankruptcy Plan notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (1), such vote will be deemed not to be in good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such Bankruptcy Plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws) and (3) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by the bankruptcy court (or other applicable court of competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (2).

For the purposes of this subsection 11.6, “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a Disqualified Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

117


(d) The Administrative Agent acting on behalf of and as agent for the Borrowers, shall maintain at the address of the Administrative Agent referred to in subsection 11.2 a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the principal amount (and stated interest) of Term Loans owing to each Lender. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Term Loans recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower Agent or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender, an Assignee and any other party required to executed such Assignment and Assumption pursuant to this subsection 11.6, together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that no such registration and processing fee shall be payable (x) in the case of an assignee which is already a Lender or is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender or a Person under common management with a Lender or (y) if waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and (ii) on the effective date determined pursuant thereto, record the information contained therein in the Register and give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower Agent. The Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about New Holdings and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

(e) The Borrowers authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee or to any pledgee referred to in subsection 11.6(f) or to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those of subsection 11.15) any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning New Holdings and its Subsidiaries which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of New Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement; provided that no such information shall be provided by any Lender to any Disqualified Lender.

(f) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the provisions of this subsection concerning assignments of Term Loans and Notes relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit assignments creating security interests, including any pledge or assignment (i) by a Lender of any Term Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank or central bank having jurisdiction over such lender in accordance with applicable law and (ii) by a Lender Affiliate which is a fund to its trustee in support of its obligations to its trustee; provided that any transfer of Term Loans or Notes upon, or in lieu of, enforcement of or the exercise of remedies under any such pledge shall be treated as an assignment thereof which shall not be made without compliance with the requirements of this subsection 11.6.

 

118


(g) The Borrowers, upon receipt by the Borrower Agent of written notice from the relevant Lender, agree to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (f) above.

(h) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to New Holdings through, notwithstanding subsection 4.16(a) or 11.7(a) or any other provision in this Agreement, an open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis (an “ Open Market Purchase ”); provided , that:

(i) the principal amount of such Term Loans, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so assigned or transferred to New Holdings shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such assignment or transfer, (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of the remaining Lenders shall reflect such cancellation and extinguishing of the Term Loans then held by New Holdings and (c) the Borrower Agent shall promptly provide written notice to the Administrative Agent of such assignment or transfer of such Term Loans, and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Loans in the Register;

(ii) on the date of any Open Market Purchase and after giving effect thereto, Liquidity shall be greater than or equal to $25,000,000; and

(iii) the aggregate amount of Open Market Purchases made in any calendar year, together with the aggregate amount of Discounted Voluntary Prepayments made in such calendar year, shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate.

11.7 Adjustments; Set-off .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement (including subsections 4.23, 4.24 and 11.6), if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of any of its Term Loans or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9(f), or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to and collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Term Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders such portion of each such other Lender’s Term Loans or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Borrowers agree that each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender’s Term Loans may exercise all rights of payment (including rights of

 

119


set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give the Borrower Agent notice of any set-off, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 9(a) or Section 9(f), the Administrative Agent and each Lender are hereby irrevocably authorized at any time and from time to time without notice to the Borrowers, any such notice being hereby waived by the Borrowers, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any part thereof in such amounts as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may elect, on account of the liabilities of the Borrowers hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent or such Lender against the Borrowers in any currency, whether arising hereunder, or otherwise, under any other Loan Document as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender has made any demand for payment and although such liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall notify the Borrower Agent (and in the case of a setoff made by a Lender, the Administrative Agent) promptly of any such setoff made by it and the application made by it of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which the Administrative Agent or such Lender may have.

11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by e-mail or facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

11.9 Integration . Except for matters set forth in the Fee Letter, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof or thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.10 GOVERNING LAW; NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS . (a) THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TERM LOANS AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TERM LOANS SHALL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN ANY MORTGAGE OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THIS AGREEMENT IS SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SUBSECTION 11.6, NO OTHER PERSONS SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT, BENEFIT, PRIORITY OR INTEREST UNDER, OR BECAUSE OF THE EXISTENCE OF, THIS AGREEMENT.

 

120


(b) EACH OF THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE GOVERNING LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE LOAN DOCUMENT, ANY CLAIMS BROUGHT AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT BY ANY SECURED PARTY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, THE COLLATERAL OR THE CONSUMMATION OR ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

11.11 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

(i) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN (OR IF SUCH COURT LACKS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN), AND THE APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

(ii) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

(iii) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SUBSECTION 11.2 OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED PURSUANT THERETO;

(iv) AGREES THAT NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO SUE ANY LOAN PARTY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION;

 

121


(v) WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS CLAUSE (v) SHALL LIMIT OR IMPAIR THE BORROWERS’ INDEMNIFICATION OR REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER SUBSECTION 11.5 IN RESPECT OF ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMS ALLEGING SUCH SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; AND

(vi) EACH PARTY HERETO UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (a) ABOVE.

11.12 Acknowledgements . Each of Intermediate Holdings and each of the Borrowers hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender has any fiduciary relationship to any Loan Party, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of creditor and debtor; and

(c) no joint venture exists among the Lenders or among any Loan Parties and the Lenders.

11.13 Releases of Guarantees and Liens .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by subsection 11.1) and the Administrative Agent hereby agrees to take any action requested by the Borrower Agent having the effect of releasing or evidencing the release of any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with subsection 11.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

(b) At such time as the Term Loans and the other obligations under the Loan Documents (other than contingent indemnity obligations not due and payable) shall have been paid in full in cash, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

 

122


11.14 Joint and Several Liability . Each of the Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable with the other Borrowers for the Obligations. Each Borrower acknowledges that it is a co-borrower hereunder and is jointly and severally liable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any payment made by a Borrower in respect of Obligations owing by one or more Borrowers shall be deemed a payment of such Obligations by and on behalf of all Borrowers. All Term Loans deemed to be extended to or on behalf of any Borrower shall be deemed to be Term Loans extended for or on behalf of each of the Borrowers.

Each Borrower agrees that the joint and several liability of the Borrowers provided for in this Section  11.14 shall not be impaired or affected by any modification, supplement, extension or amendment or any contract or agreement to which the other Borrowers may hereafter agree (other than an agreement signed by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders specifically releasing such liability), nor by any delay, extension of time, renewal, compromise or other indulgence granted by the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of the Obligations, nor by any other agreements or arrangements whatsoever with the other Borrowers or with any other Person, each Borrower hereby waiving all notice of such delay, extension, release, substitution, renewal, compromise or other indulgence, and hereby consenting to be bound thereby as fully and effectually as if it had expressly agreed thereto in advance. The liability of each Borrower is direct and unconditional as to all Obligations, and may be enforced without requiring the Administrative Agent or any Lender first to resort to any other right, remedy or security. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Borrower hereby expressly waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations, the Notes, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Borrower or any other person or any collateral.

Each Borrower hereby irrevocably waives and releases each other Borrower from all “claims” (as defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code) to which such Borrower is or would be entitled by virtue of the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section  11.14 or the performance of such Borrower’s obligations thereunder with respect to any right of subrogation (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise), reimbursement, contribution, exoneration or similar right, or indemnity, or any right of recourse to security for any Obligations.

11.15 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all Information (as defined below) provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any pledgee referred to in subsection 11.6(f) or any direct or indirect counterparty to any swap agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its Affiliates or to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants

 

123


and other professional advisors or those of any of its Affiliates (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed (other than in violation of this subsection 11.15), (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender (it being understood that any rating agency to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential) or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that, unless prohibited by applicable law or court order, such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower Agent of any disclosure pursuant to clauses (d) or (e). For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party relating to New Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrowers and other than information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry.

Each Lender acknowledges that information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may include material non-public information concerning the Borrowers and their Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by any Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about any Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent that it has identified in its administrative questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

11.16 Usury Savings . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged hereunder, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law, shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate (as such term is defined below). If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate (as defined below), the outstanding amount of the Term Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if and when the Term Loans made hereunder are repaid in full

 

124


the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Lenders and the Borrowers to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Term Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the Borrowers. As used in this paragraph, the term “Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

11.17 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.18 Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers and each other Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers and each other Loan Party in accordance with the Act.

11.19 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

125


(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

11.20     Conditional Restrictions on Parent . As a condition to the Borrowers’ providing financial statements of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (in lieu of the financial statements of New Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries) pursuant to the second to last paragraph of Section 7.1, Parent hereby agrees that at all times during any fiscal period with respect to which financial statements provided under Section 7.1(a) or (b) are in respect of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, Parent will not (a) own any material property other than (x) the Capital Stock in Intermediate Holdings, (y) cash and Cash Equivalents received from distributions from Intermediate Holdings permitted by Section 8.8, and (z) tax refunds, insurance payments and settlements that in each case are promptly contributed to New Holdings, (b) have any material liabilities other than (i) under documents evidencing the Restructuring Transactions and contracts and agreements (including with respect to indemnities, employee and director benefit plans, stock compensation plans and restricted stock plans) with its and its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, consultants and employees relating to their employment, services or directorships, (ii) tax liabilities in the ordinary course of business and (iii) corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business (including expenses relating to insurance) or (c) engage in any business other than (i) owning the Capital Stock in Intermediate Holdings, and activities incidental or related thereto, (ii) activities related to maintaining its listing as a public company on any applicable exchange and (iii) performing its obligations under documents evidencing the Restructuring Transactions and contracts and agreements (including with respect to indemnities, employee and director benefit plans, stock compensation plans and restricted stock plans) with its and its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, consultants and employees relating to their employment, services or directorships.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

126


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :     CUMULUS MEDIA NEW HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 

    [OTHER BORROWERS]

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

127


INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS :     CUMULUS MEDIA INTERMEDIATE INC.

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 


PARENT :     CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 


    WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 


LENDERS :                                                       ,
    as a Lender

 

 

 

  By:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Name:                                                                                       

 

 

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

between

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.,

COMPUTERSHARE INC.

AND

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

AS WARRANT AGENT

Dated as of June 4, 2018

 

 


This WARRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of June 4, 2018, between CUMULUS MEDIA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company or “ Cumulus ”), and COMPUTERSHARE INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Computershare Inc . ”), and its wholly-owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (“ Computershare Trust Company ” and together with Computershare, the “ Warrant Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Company and certain of its affiliates, as confirmed on May 10, 2018 by order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the “ Plan ”), the Company proposes to issue Series 1 warrants (the “ Series 1 Warrants ”) and Series 2 warrants (the “ Series 2 Warrants ” and, together with the Series 1 Warrants, the “ Warrants ”) entitling the holders thereof to purchase shares of the Company’s class A common stock, par value $0.0000001 per share (the “ Class  A Common Stock ”) or class B common stock, par value $0.0000001 per share (the “ Class  B Common Stock ”).

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date (i) Series 1 Warrants will be issued to certain holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims (each as defined in the Plan, and together, the “ Claimants ”) that returned ownership certifications attached to the FCC Ownership Procedures Order (the “ Plan Certifications ”) by the Certification Deadline and are thus entitled to receive their pro rata distribution of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock on the Effective Date in accordance with the Equity Allocation Mechanism; and (ii) the Series 2 Warrants will be issued to Claimants that failed to return Plan Certifications by the Certification Deadline and thus are only entitled to receive Warrants on the Effective Date under the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Warrant Agent, at the request of the Company, has agreed to act as the agent of the Company in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, exercise and conversion of the Warrants.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of the Warrants and the rights and obligations of the Company, the Warrant Agent, the Registered Holders and the Holders.

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements set forth herein and in the Plan, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1    Certain Defined Terms .

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following respective meanings, except as otherwise provided herein or as the context shall otherwise require:

100% Domestic Holder ” means a Holder that submits an Ownership Certification or Plan Certification certifying that 100% of its voting interests and equity interests are owned by U.S. Citizens or U.S. Entities (each as defined in the Ownership Certification).

Act means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are, at the time such determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any other Person which, at the time such determination is being made, is Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with, such Person. As used herein, “ Control, whether used as a noun or verb, refers to the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

Agreement has the meaning specified in the introduction of this Agreement.

Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Company and may include a subcommittee of the board of directors appointed by the board of directors to represent the board of directors with respect to this Agreement.

Book-Entry Warrants shall mean Warrants issued by book-entry registration in the books and records of the Warrant Agent.

Business Day means any day which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Certificate of Incorporation means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, adopted as of the Effective Date, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

Change of Control means the occurrence of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other entity, or any other corporate reorganization, recapitalization or transaction (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a party thereto, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization or other transaction, own capital stock either (I) representing directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, less than 50% of the economic interests in or voting power of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other transaction or (II) that does not directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, have the power to elect a majority of the entire board of the directors of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other transaction, or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not the Company is a party thereto, after giving effect to which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is owned by any Person or “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act); provided that any consolidation or

 

2


merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company or to form a holding company in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger own capital stock representing economic interests and voting power with respect to such redomiciled entity or holding company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of capital stock of the Company shall be excluded from clauses (A) and (B) above.

Class  A Common Stock ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Class  B Common Stock ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Common Stock means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock of the Company, or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company.

Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

Communication has the meaning specified in Section  9.3(a) .

Company has the meaning specified in the introduction of this Agreement.

Declaratory Ruling ” means a declaratory ruling adopted by the FCC granting the relief requested in the Company’s Petition for Declaratory Ruling.

Depositary has the meaning specified in Section  2.1 .

Election Form ” means the election form to be used in the Exchange, which will be substantially similar to the Exercise Form, which Election Form will be attached to the Exchange Notice.

Exchange ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

Exchange Ratio ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Date ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

Exchange Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

Exchange Period ” means the period beginning on the fifth Business Day following the date of the Exchange Notice through the Exchange Date; provided, however, that if the Company determines that the Declaratory Ruling will not permit the Company to Exchange any of the Warrants for shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.4, there shall be no Exchange Period.

 

3


Exercise Form has the meaning specified in Section  3.3 .

Exercise Price means $0.0000001 per share of Common Stock, which amount is not subject to adjustment.

Expiration Date means, with respect to any Warrant, June 4, 2038, the twentieth anniversary of the Original Issuance Date, or, if earlier, the date of the consummation of a Change of Control pursuant to which the provisions of Section  4.1(d) apply.

FCC means the Federal Communications Commission and any successor governmental agency performing functions similar to those performed by the Federal Communications Commission on the Effective Date.

FCC Restrictions means the FCC ownership and transfer restrictions set forth in Section 6 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

FCC Rules ” means the decisions, rules and policies of the FCC.

Foreign Share Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

Global Warrant Certificate shall mean evidence of Warrants in the form of a global certificate registered in the name of Cede & Co., with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

Governmental Authority means (i) any nation or government, (ii) any federal, state, county, province, city, town, municipality, local or other political subdivision thereof or thereto, (iii) any court, tribunal, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality, agency, council, arbitrator or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and (iv) any other governmental entity, agency or authority having or exercising jurisdiction over any relevant Person, item or matter.

Holders means the registered holders of Book-Entry Warrants in the Warrant Register and the holders of beneficial interests in a Global Warrant Certificate.

Laws means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, writs, injunctions or decrees and other pronouncements having the effect of law of any Governmental Authority.

Non-100% Domestic Holder ” means any Holder that is not a 100% Domestic Holder.

Original Issuance Date means June 4, 2018, the Effective Date of the Plan.

 

4


Ownership Certification means a written certification, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , for the purpose of enabling the Company to determine (i) a Holder’s potential level of direct and indirect foreign voting and equity interests in accordance with 47 U.S.C. § 310(b) of the Act, as interpreted and applied by the FCC in the FCC Rules; and (ii) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock by such certifying party would result in a violation of the FCC Rules.

Person means any individual, limited liability company, company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity or enterprise and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Plan has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Plan Certificate ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Pre-Exchange Period ” means the period from the Original Issuance Date to the earlier of (i) the Exchange Date or (ii) if the Company determines that the Declaratory Ruling will not permit the Company to Exchange any of the Warrants for shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section  3.4 , the date of the Exchange Notice.

Qualifying Non-100% Domestic Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Registered Holders means the registered holders of Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates in the Warrant Register.

Restricted Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.2 .

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Series 1 Warrants ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Series 2 Warrants ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Term Loan Holder ” means a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim as of record as of the Distribution Record Date (as determined by the register maintained by the Credit Agreement Agent); provided , that the Company has verified to the Warrant Agent that such Holder appears on the register maintained by the Credit Agreement Agent.

Transfer means any voluntary or involuntary attempt to, directly or indirectly through the transfer of interests in controlled Affiliates or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Warrants, or the consummation of any such transaction, or taking a pledge of, any of the Warrants; provided , however, that a transaction that is a pledge shall not be deemed to be a Transfer, but a foreclosure pursuant thereto shall be deemed to be a Transfer. The term “ Transferred shall have a correlative meaning.

 

5


Transfer Notice means a written notice, substantially in the form of the Forms of Assignment set forth on Exhibits A-1 and A-2 attached hereto, which states (i) the name, address, facsimile number and e-mail address of the transferor and the transferee, (ii) the number of Warrants and underlying shares of Common Stock subject to the proposed Transfer and (iii) the proposed date of completion of the proposed Transfer.

Warrants has the meaning specified in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Warrant Agent has the meaning specified in the introduction of this Agreement.

Warrant Election ” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4(b) .

Warrant Register has the meaning specified in Section  2.3(d) .

Warrant Statements shall mean the certain statements, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, issued by the Warrant Agent from time to time to the Holders of Book-Entry Warrants evidencing such book-entry position in the Warrant Register.

Section 1.2    Interpretation .

In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(a)    the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

(b)    reference to any gender includes each other gender and the neuter;

(c)    all terms defined in the singular shall have the same meanings in the plural and vice versa;

(d)    reference to any Person includes such Person’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, administrators, successors and assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained in this clause (d) is intended to authorize any assignment not otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

(e)    reference to a Person in a particular capacity or capacities excludes such Person in any other capacity;

(f)    reference to any contract or agreement means such contract or agreement as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(g)    all references to Articles and Sections shall be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement;

 

6


(h)    all references to Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to the Exhibits attached hereto which are made a part hereof and incorporated herein by reference;

(i)    the word “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including, without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(j)    with respect to the determination of any period of time, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”;

(k)    the captions and headings contained in this Agreement shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof if any question of intent should arise;

(l)    reference to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified, reenacted, supplemented or superseded in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

(m)    where any provision of this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person; and

(n)    no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed against any party solely because that party or its legal representative drafted such provision.

ARTICLE II

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF WARRANTS

Section 2.1    Form of Warrant .

(a)    The Warrants to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be issued, at the discretion of the Company, either (i) via book-entry registration on the books and records of the Warrant Agent and evidenced by the Warrant Statements, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto or (ii), after the Exchange Date, solely with respect to Series 1 Warrants, in the form of one or more Global Warrant Certificates, with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 attached hereto. The Warrant Statements and Global Warrant Certificates may bear such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Agreement, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any Law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Company (but which, in each case, does not materially affect the rights, duties, liabilities or responsibilities of the Warrant Agent hereunder, to the extent not otherwise required by Law).

 

7


(b)    Each Series 1 Warrant shall represent the right, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate, to purchase one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section  4.1) at the Exercise Price. Each Series 2 Warrant shall represent the right, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate, to purchase one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section  4.1 ) at the Exercise Price. If the Company determines that any Series 2 Warrant submitted for exercise is not eligible to be exercised for Common Stock in accordance with Section  3.2 , such Series 2 Warrant will be exchanged for a Series 1 Warrant. At the election of a Term Loan Holder on its Exercise Form or Election Form, as applicable, Common Stock issued upon exercise or exchange of the Warrants shall be issued in the form of Restricted Stock. The determination of whether a Holder is entitled to receive Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock upon exercise of a Warrant (and the determination of the number of Warrants exercisable for shares of Common Stock with respect to any Holder at the time of such exercise) shall be made by the Company in accordance with Section  3.2 , taking into consideration the elections of such Holder on its Exercise Form.

(c)    The Global Warrant Certificates, if any, shall be deposited on or after the Exchange Date with the Warrant Agent and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depositary ”). Each Global Warrant Certificate shall represent such number of outstanding Warrants as specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Warrants represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2.2    Legends.

(a)    Each Warrant Statement shall bear a legend in substantially the following form prior to the end of the Exchange Period:

“THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STATEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER SIMILAR TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 2018, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT THEREUNDER (OR ANY SUCCESSOR WARRANT AGENT) (ON BEHALF OF THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THE WARRANT SHARES) (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”). DURING THE EXCHANGE PERIOD, THE WARRANTS (AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS THEREIN) MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED (AS DEFINED IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT) AND THE WARRANTS MAY NOT BE EXERCISED. COPIES OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

 

8


(b)    Each Global Warrant Certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN, AND THE COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT (THE “ WARRANT SHARES ,” AND TOGETHER WITH THIS WARRANT, THE “ SECURITIES ”) WILL BE, ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY REFORM ACT OF 1978, AS AMENDED (THE “ BANKRUPTCY CODE ”). THE SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), PROVIDED THAT THE HOLDER IS NOT DEEMED TO BE AN UNDERWRITER AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(b) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. IF THE HOLDER IS DEEMED TO BE AN UNDERWRITER AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(b) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, THEN THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS (1) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY IS IN RECEIPT OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS WARRANT AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE WARRANT SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER SIMILAR TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY AND A WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 2018, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT THEREUNDER (OR ANY SUCCESSOR WARRANT AGENT) (ON BEHALF OF THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THE WARRANT SHARES), COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

(c)    Each Holder and Registered Holder further acknowledges and agrees that the Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant if certificated shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the second paragraph of the legend appearing above, and any other legends required by applicable federal and state securities laws, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or otherwise called for by this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Registered Holder and the Holder, on the other hand. In addition, Term Loan Holders may elect upon the exercise or exchange of Warrants pursuant to this Agreement (on an Exercise Form or Election Form, as applicable) to receive Common Stock with restrictions on transfer as set forth in the legend below (“ Restricted Stock ”):

“THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THIS “SECURITY”) MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING DELIVERY OF THIS SECURITY FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER OF THIS SECURITY (THE “TRANSFER AGENT”) TO THE INITIAL HOLDER (THE “RESTRICTED PERIOD”). AFTER THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED AT THE REQUEST OF THE INITIAL HOLDER ONLY FOLLOWING A REQUEST BY THE COMPANY TO REMOVE THIS RESTRICTIVE LEGEND.”

 

9


Section 2.3    Execution and Delivery of Warrants.

(a)    The Global Warrant Certificates shall be executed in the corporate name and on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any one of the Senior Vice Presidents or Executive Vice Presidents of the Company and attested to by the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature printed thereon. In the event that any officer of the Company whose signature shall have been placed upon any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Warrant Agent and the issuance and delivery thereof, such Global Warrant Certificates may, nevertheless, be countersigned by the Warrant Agent and issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though such person had not ceased to be such officer of the Company.

(b)    From time to time, as required by and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent, in writing, to issue to Claimants, Warrants representing such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall, and is hereby authorized to, countersign, issue and deliver, as applicable, Warrant Statements or Global Warrant Certificates evidencing such Warrants as and when so instructed by the Company.

(c)    The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign, issue and deliver, as applicable, Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates as required by Section  2.4 or Section  3.4 (in the case of a transfer or exchange), Section  3.3(c) (in the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented by the surrendered Book-Entry Warrants or Global Warrant Certificate) or ARTICLE V (in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate).

(d)    Upon receipt of written instructions from the Company, Global Warrant Certificates shall be countersigned, by manual or facsimile signature, and dated the date of countersignature by the Warrant Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. A register (the “Warrant Register”) of each series of the Warrants and of their transfer shall be maintained by the Warrant Agent at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purposes. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as the registrar with respect to the Warrants. The Warrant Register shall show the names and address of the Registered Holders of each series of the Warrants and the number of Warrants of each series owned by each Registered Holder.

(e)    The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) of a Warrant as the absolute owner(s) thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise thereof or any distribution to the Registered Holder(s) thereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

10


Section 2.4    Certain Transfer and Exercise Restrictions .

Subject to the requirements of this Section  2.4 , Warrants are freely transferable; provided that if any change in federal Laws shall impose limitations on the transferability of Warrants, a Transfer shall be permitted only to the extent that such limitations have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrants (and any beneficial interests therein) will not be transferable during the Exchange Period, and the Warrant Agent shall not register any Transfers during the Exchange Period.

(a)    The Warrant Agent shall register in the Warrant Register transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates as provided in this Agreement. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in Global Warrant Certificates shall be affected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Agreement and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

(b)    No Registered Holder shall effect any Transfer of all or any portion of the Warrants, unless and until (i) such Registered Holder shall have provided a Transfer Notice to the Warrant Agent and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Registered Holder shall have furnished the Company and the Warrant Agent with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such Warrants (or if and when exercised, the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants) under the Securities Act.

(c)    Subject to Section  2.4(b) , a Registered Holder may Transfer its Warrants by written application to the Warrant Agent stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement and all applicable Laws. No such Transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Registered Holder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the Transfer by the Warrant Agent in the Warrant Register in accordance with this Agreement. Prior to due presentation for registration of Transfer, the Company, the Warrant Agent and any agent of the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Warrants are registered as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone), and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary or be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or an interest in any Warrants on the part of any other Person and shall not be liable for any registration of Transfer of Warrants that are registered or to be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless made with actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a breach of trust in requesting such registration of transfer or with such knowledge of such facts that its participation therein amounts to bad faith. When Warrant Statements or Global Warrant Certificates are presented to the Warrant Agent with a request to register the Transfer thereof or to exchange them for an equal number of Warrants of other authorized denominations, the Warrant Agent shall register the Transfer or make the exchange as requested if the requirements of this Agreement for such transaction are met. To permit registrations of Transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute Global Warrant Certificates at the Warrant Agent’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of Transfer or exchange of Warrants, but the Company or the Warrant Agent may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection with any registration of Transfer of Warrants.

 

11


(d)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section  2.4 or in Section  3.4 , all Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrants shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement, as the Book-Entry Warrants or Global Warrant Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

(e)    The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, all matters related to this Section  2.4 , including matters necessary or desirable to administer or to determine compliance with this Section  2.4 and, absent manifest error, the determinations of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on the Company, the Registered Holders and the Holders.

(f)    In the event of any purported Transfer in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Transfer shall be void and of no effect and the Warrant Agent shall not give effect to such Transfer.

(g)    Unless and until it is exchanged in whole for a Book-Entry Warrant, a Global Warrant Certificate may not be transferred as a whole except (i) with the prior written consent of the Company and (ii) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(h)    If at any time, (i) the Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates and a successor Depositary for the Global Warrant Certificates is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice or (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Warrant Agent in writing that all Warrants shall be exclusively represented in the form of Book-Entry Warrants, then the Warrant Agent, upon the provision by the Company to the Warrant Agent of written instructions signed by the Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President, the Treasurer or Secretary of the Company, and all other necessary information reasonably requested by the Warrant Agent, shall register Book-Entry Warrants in an aggregate number equal to the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificates, in exchange for such Global Warrant Certificates in such names and in such amounts as directed by the Depositary or, in the absence of instructions from the Depositary, by the Company.

(i)    Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate may, upon request, exchange such beneficial interest for a Book-Entry Warrant. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent from the Depositary or its nominee of (i) written instructions or such other form of instructions as is customary for the Depositary on behalf of any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate and (ii) all other necessary information required by the Warrant Agent, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and Warrant Agent; then, the Warrant Agent shall cause the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be reduced by the number of Warrants to be represented by the Book-Entry Warrant to be issued in exchange for the

 

12


beneficial interest of such Person in the Global Warrant Certificate. Following such reduction, the Warrant Agent shall register in the name of the Holder the Book-Entry Warrant and deliver to said Holder a Warrant Statement. Such Book-Entry Warrant issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate shall be registered in such name as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall deliver such Warrant Statement to the Person in whose name such Warrants are so registered.

(j)    A Book-Entry Warrant may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Warrant Agent of appropriate instruments of transfer with respect to the Book-Entry Warrant, in form satisfactory to the Warrant Agent, together with written instructions directing the Warrant Agent to make, or to direct the Depositary to make, an endorsement on the Global Warrant Certificate to reflect an increase in the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate equal to the number of Warrants represented by such Book-Entry Warrant, and all other necessary information, then the Warrant Agent shall cancel such Book-Entry Warrant on the Warrant Register and cause, or direct the Depositary to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Warrant Agent, the number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate to be increased accordingly. If no Global Warrant Certificates are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall either manually or by facsimile countersign a new Global Warrant Certificate representing the appropriate number of Warrants; provided , that the Warrant Agent shall not effect any exchanges pursuant to this Section  2.4(j) during the Pre-Exchange Period or if the Company, in its sole discretion, has notified the Warrant Agent in writing that all Warrants shall be exclusively represented in the form of Book-Entry Warrants.

(k)    At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Warrant Certificates have either been exchanged for Book-Entry Warrants, repurchased or canceled, all Global Warrant Certificates shall be returned to, or retained and canceled by, the Warrant Agent, upon written instructions from the Company satisfactory to the Warrant Agent.

Section 2.5    Surrender and Cancellation of Warrants .

Any Book-Entry Warrant or Global Warrant Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or exercise of the Warrants represented thereby or pursuant to Sections 3.4 , 4.1(d) , 6.3 or 6.4 shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to the Warrant Agent, and all Book-Entry Warrants or Global Warrant Certificates surrendered or so delivered to the Warrant Agent shall be promptly canceled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company or the Warrant Agent and, except as provided in Sections 2.4 or 3.4 (in the case of a transfer or exchange), Section  3.3(c) (in the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented by the surrendered Book-Entry Warrant or Global Warrant Certificate) or ARTICLE V (in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate), no Book-Entry Warrant or Global Warrant Certificate shall be issued hereunder in lieu thereof. On request of the Company, the Warrant Agent ( provided that any retention periods established by the Commission have expired) shall destroy canceled Global Warrant Certificates held by it and shall deliver its certificates of destruction to the Company. The Warrant Agent shall destroy all canceled Global Warrant Certificates in accordance with its normal procedures, or retain such Global Warrant Certificates as may be required by applicable Laws.

 

13


ARTICLE III

EXERCISE PRICE; EXERCISE AND EXCHANGE OF WARRANTS

Section 3.1    Exercise Price .

(a)    Each Series 1 Book-Entry Warrant or beneficial interest in a validly-countersigned Series 1 Global Warrant Certificate shall entitle the Holder thereof, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate, to purchase one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section  4.1 ) for each Series 1 Warrant represented thereby at the Exercise Price, payable in full at the time of purchase.

(b)    Each Series 2 Book-Entry Warrant shall entitle the Holder thereof, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Statement, to purchase one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section  4.1 ) at the Exercise Price, payable in full at the time of purchase.

(c)    At the election of a Term Loan Holder on its Exercise Form or Election Form, as applicable, Common Stock issued upon exercise or exchange of the Warrants shall be issued in the form of Restricted Stock.

Section 3.2    Exercise; Expiration Date .

(a)    Each outstanding Warrant may be exercised on any Business Day which is on or after the Original Issuance Date and on or before the Expiration Date, but only if, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, which shall be final, conclusive and binding, the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of such Warrant (i) will not cause the Company to violate the Act, FCC Rules or the FCC Restrictions and (ii) is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided , that such Holder shall have properly completed and duly executed the Exercise Form and the Ownership Certification and delivered such documents to the Warrant Agent on a timely basis. In addition, exercise of the Warrants will be subject to the following restrictions: (i) Warrants may not be exercised during the Exchange Period; and (ii) during the Pre-Exchange Period, Series 1 Warrants may be exercised only by 100% Domestic Holders. Any Warrants not exercised by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (or, if applicable, immediately prior to consummation of a Change of Control pursuant to Section  4.1(d) ) shall expire and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall automatically terminate at such time.

(b)     Pre-Exchange Period .

(i)    Prior to the Exchange Period, the Company shall issue Class A Common Stock upon exercise of Series 1 Warrants by a Holder; provided , that (A) the Company shall issue Class B Common Stock if the exercising Holder has elected to receive Class B Common Stock on its Exercise Form by checking the Class B Common Stock Only

 

14


Election box, (B) the Company may issue Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock if, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, which shall be final, conclusive and binding, the issuance of Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock is necessary to comply with the 4.99% Rule (as defined below), (C) the Company shall issue up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock to an exercising Holder and such exercising Holder shall retain its remaining Series 1 Warrants if the exercising Holder has elected the Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election on its Exercise Form, and (D) the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Warrants by a Term Loan Holder in the form of Restricted Stock if such Holder has so elected on its Exercise Form. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company will limit the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued to any Holder upon the exercise of Warrants in order to prevent such Holder from holding in excess of 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock unless such Holder has been identified on the FCC Long Form Application or the Company has determined in its sole and absolute discretion that the holding by such Holder of in excess of 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock would not violate the Act, FCC Rules or the FCC Restrictions (the “ 4.99% Rule ”).

(ii)    Prior to the Exchange Period, the Company shall issue Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Series 1 Warrants upon exercise of Series 2 Warrants in amounts determined by the Company to be equal to what the exercising Holder would have been entitled to receive on the Effective Date pursuant to the Equity Allocation Mechanism (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.1) had such Holder timely submitted a Plan Certification. The amount of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Series 1 Warrants to be issued upon exercise of Series 2 Warrants pursuant to this Section  3.2(b)(ii) shall be determined based upon the information provided by the exercising Holder to the Warrant Agent in its Ownership Certification. To the extent that the Company determines that any Series 2 Warrant submitted by a Holder for exercise is not eligible to be exercised for Common Stock or if the Holder has elected the Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election on its Exercise Form, such ineligible Series 2 Warrant (or any remaining Series 2 Warrants in the case of a Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election) shall be exchanged for a Series 1 Warrant.

(c)     Post-Exchange Date . After the Exchange Date, the Company shall issue Class A Common Stock upon exercise of Series 1 Warrants by a Holder; provided , that (i) the Company shall issue Class B Common Stock if the exercising Holder has elected to receive Class B Common Stock on its Exercise Form by checking the Class B Common Stock Only Election box, (ii) the Company may issue Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock if, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, which shall be final, conclusive and binding, the issuance of Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock is necessary to comply with the Act, FCC Rules or FCC Restrictions, including Section 310(d) of the Act, the FCC’s broadcast attribution rules, rules regarding transfers of control or the 4.99% Rule, (iii) the Company shall issue up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock to an exercising Holder and such exercising Holder shall retain its remaining Series 1 Warrants if the exercising Holder has elected the Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election on its Exercise Form, and (iv) the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Warrants by a Term Loan Holder in the form of Restricted Stock if such Holder has so elected on its Exercise Form.

 

15


(d)    In connection with any exercise of Warrants, promptly following receipt by the Company of the (i) Exercise Form, (ii) Ownership Certification and (iii) Exercise Price from the Warrant Agent, the Company shall provide the Warrant Agent written instructions stating (i) the number of submitted Warrants that are permitted to be exercised and (ii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock, if any, and Series 1 Warrants, if any, to be issued in respect of such exercise, and instructing the Warrant Agent to deliver or cause the delivery of such securities in the manner and in accordance with the time periods described in Section  3.3 .

Section 3.3    Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price .

(a)     Exercise Generally .

(i)    In the case of Persons who hold Book-Entry Warrants, all or any of the Warrants represented by such Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised prior to the Expiration Date by the Holder thereof by providing the Warrant Agent at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purposes pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (x) a written notice of the Holder’s election to exercise the number of the Warrants specified therein (“ Exercise Form ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto and (y) the Ownership Certification, in each case fully completed and duly executed by such Holder, which exercise shall be irrevocable. Such documents referenced above shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for each share of Common Stock for which such Warrant is exercised, a signature guarantee and such other documentation as the Warrant Agent may reasonably request, together with any documentary, stamp or transfer tax, or other applicable tax or governmental charges.

(ii)    In the case of Persons who hold Warrants through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary or by or through Persons that are direct participants in the Depositary, all or any of the Warrants represented by such book-entry facilities may be exercised prior to the Expiration Date by the Holder thereof by providing (x) an Exercise Form to the Warrant Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto (or as provided by such Holder’s broker) and (y) the Ownership Certification, in each case fully completed and duly executed by such Holder, which exercise shall be irrevocable. Such documents referenced above shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock for which such Warrant is exercised, a signature guarantee and such other documentation as the Warrant Agent may reasonably request, together with any documentary, stamp or transfer tax, or other applicable tax or governmental charges.

(b)    Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by the Holder by certified bank check or official bank check in New York Clearing House funds payable to the order of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purposes pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof, or in the case of a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate to such Holder’s broker. Upon the exercise of any Warrant, the Warrant Agent shall provide written notice of such exercise to the Company, including notice of the number of Series 1 Warrants or Series 2 Warrants submitted for exercise, and deliver copies of the Exercise Form and Ownership Certification and all payments received upon exercise of such Warrant to the Company in such manner as the Company shall instruct in writing.

 

16


(c)     Partial Exercise; Surrender of Warrants . A Holder may exercise all or any number of whole Warrants represented by a Book-Entry Warrant or a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate. If less than all of the Warrants represented by a Book-Entry Warrant are exercised, the Warrant Agent shall reduce the Warrant Register and such Holder’s position by the whole number of Warrants duly exercised. If less than all of the Warrants represented by a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate are exercised, such Depositary records shall be reduced by the whole number of Warrants duly exercised and the Warrant Agent and the Depositary shall make the necessary adjustments to their registries and such Global Warrant Certificate to reflect such exercise. Any Warrants surrendered for exercise shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to the Warrant Agent, and all Warrants surrendered or so delivered to the Warrant Agent shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall destroy such cancelled Global Warrant Certificates and upon written request of the Company (and at the expense of the Company), shall deliver its certificate of destruction to the Company.

(d)     Issuance of Common Stock and Series 1 Warrants, if applicable .

(i)    Upon surrender of a Book-Entry Warrant or a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate in conformity with the foregoing provisions, including without limitation Section  3.2 , and payment of the Exercise Price in respect of the exercise of one or more Warrants evidenced thereby, the Warrant Agent shall, when such payment is received and subject to Section  9.2 , deliver to the Company the notice of exercise received pursuant to Section  3.3(a) , deliver or deposit all funds received as instructed in writing by the Company and advise the Company by telephone at the end of such day of the amount of funds so deposited to its account. The Company shall thereupon, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Company of such notice of exercise, (A) execute or cause to be executed and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, (B) if in the Company’s sole discretion the shares of Common Stock are not certificated, make or cause to be made a book entry into the stock ledger of the Company for the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise or (C) if in the Company’s sole discretion the shares of Common Stock shall be represented by a global certificate held by the Depositary, issue by same-day or next-day credit to the Depositary for the account of such beneficial Holder or for the account of a participant in the Depositary the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise, in each case, based upon the aggregate number of Warrants so exercised and determined in accordance with Section  3.3(g) , and, in each case, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered an amount in cash in lieu of any fractional share(s), if the Company so elects pursuant to Section  4.5 . Any certificate or certificates so delivered shall be, to the extent possible, in such denomination or denominations as such Holder shall request in such notice of exercise and shall be registered or otherwise placed in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder. In addition, if any Series 1 Warrants are to be issued in connection with the exercise of Series 2 Warrants, the Company shall cause the Warrant Agent to deliver such Series 1 Warrants as promptly as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Company of such notice of exercise.

 

17


(ii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of a Warrant or portion thereof, make a book entry into the stock ledger of the Company if the shares of Common Stock are not certificated or, as the case may be, issue any instructions to the Depositary, prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (x) the obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Company shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable and (y) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Warrant as may be required by applicable Law.

(e)     Notice to Transfer Agent . Upon the exercise of any Warrant and written instruction from the Company as to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock and the number of Series 1 Warrants, if applicable, deliverable in respect of such exercise, the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized and directed to notify any transfer agent of the Common Stock of the exercise of such Warrant and to take any other reasonable steps necessary to effect the exercise. Upon such notification, such transfer agent (and all such transfer agents are hereby irrevocably authorized to comply with this Section  3.3(e) ) shall register on its books the necessary number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock issuable upon such exercise (based upon the aggregate number of Warrants so exercised and the written instruction of the Company), determined in accordance with Section  3.3(g) ; provided that such Holder shall have complied with Section  3.3(a) .

(f)     Time of Exercise . Except for exercises in connection with and conditioned upon a transaction pursuant to Section  4.1(d) , any Warrant exercised hereunder shall, to the extent properly exercised and to the extent the Company has made a reasonable and good faith determination that such exercise does not violate the Act, FCC Rules or the FCC Restrictions, be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which the Book-Entry Warrant or beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate, representing such Warrant shall have been surrendered for exercise as provided in this Section  3.3 , together with any documentary, stamp or transfer tax, or other applicable tax or governmental charges. At such time, the certificates for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section  3.3(d) shall be deemed to have been issued, or, as the case may be, the book entry into the stock ledger of the Company or the records of the Depositary for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section  3.3(d) shall be deemed to have been made, and, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Holder shall, as between such Person and the Company, be deemed to be and entitled to all rights of the holder of record of such Common Stock.

(g)     Shares Issuable . The number of shares of Common Stock “obtainable upon exercise” of Warrants at any time shall be the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Warrants are then exercisable. The number of shares of Common Stock “for which each Warrant is exercisable” shall be one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  4.1 . At the election of a Term Loan Holder on its Exercise Form or Election Form, as applicable, Common Stock issued upon Exercise of the Warrants shall be issued in the form of Restricted Stock.

 

18


(h)     Exercise Availability Information Request . Upon the written request of any Holder, which request may be made by each Holder once every six months, the Company shall provide a determination as to the approximate number of Warrants held by such Holder that would be exercisable into Class A Common Stock at the time of such request, provided that the approximation provided by the Company shall not be binding on the Company and the Warrants shall remain subject to the limitations on exercise set forth in Section  3.2 . The requesting Holder must provide information equivalent to that required by the Ownership Certification upon which the Company shall base its determination.

Section 3.4    Notice of Declaratory Ruling; Mandatory Exchange of Warrants .

(a)     Exchange Notice . As soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within two (2) Business Days following the Declaratory Ruling, the Company shall issue a notice to Holders and the Warrant Agent describing the Declaratory Ruling (the “ Exchange Notice ”), which Exchange Notice will state:

(i)    the percentage of foreign ownership of the Company permitted by the Declaratory Ruling and whether all or a portion of the outstanding Warrants will be Exchanged pursuant to this Section  3.4 ;

(ii)    whether there will be an Exchange Period, and if so, the dates of such Exchange Period;

(iii)    the date of the Exchange of the Warrants;

(iv)    the deadline for Holders to return an Ownership Certification and an Election Form.

The Exchange Notice shall have the Ownership Certificate and Election Form attached to it. Any Exchange Notice that is delivered in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the Holder receives such Exchange Notice. The failure to give, or any defect in, such Exchange Notice shall not affect the validity of the Exchange.

(b)     Exchange Forms . On the fourteenth Business Day following the date of the Exchange Notice (the “ Exchange Date ”), the Company shall effect an automatic Exchange of all or a portion of the outstanding Warrants into Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Series 1 Warrants as described in Section  3.4(c) below. By returning an Election Form within twelve (12) Business Days of the Exchange Notice, Holders may elect (i) to receive Class B Common Stock in lieu of any shares of Class A Common Stock to which such Holder would otherwise be entitled if the Holder has elected to receive Class B Common Stock on its Election Form by checking the Class B Common Stock Only Election box, (ii) to retain Series 1 Warrants (or, in the case of a Holder of Series 2 Warrants, to exchange its Series 2 Warrants for Series 1 Warrants) in lieu of any Common Stock to which such Holder would

 

19


otherwise be entitled (a “ Warrant Election ”), (iii) to receive Class A Common Stock up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and retain Series 1 Warrants (or, in the case of a Holder of Series 2 Warrants, to exchange its Series 2 Warrants for Series 1 Warrants) in lieu of any remaining Common Stock to which such Holder would otherwise be entitled, or (iv) solely with respect to Term Loan Holders, to receive Common Stock in the form of Restricted Stock. If only a portion of the outstanding Warrants are to be Exchanged, any Holder (i) that has never submitted a Plan Certification or an Ownership Certification or (ii) for whom the information in the most recently submitted Ownership Certification is no longer accurate, must submit a new Ownership Certification within twelve (12) Business Days of the Exchange Notice. The Warrant Agent shall deliver copies of each Election Form and Ownership Certification to the Company in such reasonable manner as the Company shall instruct in writing.

If any Holder of Series 2 Warrants has never submitted a Plan Certification or Ownership Certification, such Series 2 Warrants shall not be eligible to be Exchanged for Common Stock and shall be Exchanged for Series 1 Warrants on the Exchange Date.

(c)     Exchange . On the Exchange Date, in accordance with this Section  3.4(c) , the Company shall exchange (the “ Exchange ”) (i) all or part of the outstanding Warrants for shares of Common Stock at an exchange ratio (the “ Exchange Ratio ”) of one share of Common Stock per outstanding Warrant (as such ratio may be adjusted pursuant to Article IV ) and (ii) to the extent that the Company determines that any Series 1 Warrants or Series 2 Warrants may not be exchanged for Common Stock in accordance with Section  3.4(b) or this Section  3.4(c) or a Holder makes a Warrant Election, then such Series 1 Warrants shall remain outstanding and such Series 2 Warrants will be exchanged for an equal number of Series 1 Warrants (such transactions in clauses (i) and (ii) are collectively the “ Exchange ”). The Company shall Exchange the number of shares of Common Stock for outstanding Warrants that it determines in its sole and absolute discretion will permit the Company to comply with Section 310(b) of the Act, the Declaratory Ruling and the FCC Rules pursuant to this Section  3.4 and will determine the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be held by Non-100% Domestic Holders in respect of their foreign ownership (the “ Foreign Share Amount ”). If the Company determines the Foreign Share Amount will not permit all of the outstanding Warrants to be exchanged for Common Stock, then on the Exchange Date, subject to any Warrant Elections:

(w)    each 100% Domestic Holder will have its Warrants exchanged into Common Stock;

(x)    each Non-100% Domestic Holder who timely provides a Plan Certification or Ownership Certification (a “ Qualifying Non-100% Domestic Holder ”) will have its Warrants allocable to its domestic ownership percentage exchanged into Common Stock;

(y)    each Qualifying Non-100% Domestic Holder will have the portion of its Warrants allocable to its foreign ownership exchanged into a Common Stock on a pro rata basis (determined based upon the aggregate number of Warrants held by all Qualifying Non-100% Domestic Holders in respect of their foreign ownership), such that the aggregate amount of shares to be issued under this clause (y) does not cause the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock that represent foreign ownership to exceed the Foreign Share Amount; and

 

20


(z)    any Warrants which are not exchanged under clause (y) above, shall be exchanged for Series 1 Warrants (in the case of Series 2 Warrants) or remain outstanding (in the case of Section 1 Warrants).

(d)     Common Stock Issuable Upon Exchange . Subject to the limitations in Section  3.3(c) and any Warrant Election, on the Exchange Date the Company shall issue Class A Common Stock in Exchange for Warrants; provided , that (i) the Company shall issue Class B Common Stock if the Holder has elected to receive Class B Common Stock on its Election Form by checking the Class B Common Stock Only Election box, (ii) the Company may issue Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock if, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, which shall be final, conclusive and binding, the issuance of Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock is necessary to comply with the Act, FCC Rules or FCC Restrictions, including Section 310(d) of the Act, the FCC’s broadcast attribution rules, rules regarding transfers of control and the 4.99% Rule, (iii) the Company shall issue up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and such Holder shall retain its remaining Series 1 Warrants (in the case of Series 1 Warrants) or have its remaining Series 2 Warrants exchanged for Series 1 Warrants (in the case of Series 2 Warrants) if the exercising Holder has elected the Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election on its Election Form, (iv) the Company shall not issue any Common Stock to a Holder that has made a Warrant Election. The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered any shares of Common Stock issued upon Exchange of Warrants by a Term Loan Holder in the form of Restricted Stock if such Holder has so elected on its Election Form.

(e)     Exchange Instructions . On the Exchange Date, the Company shall provide the Warrant Agent with written instructions which shall state (i) the number of Series 1 Warrants and/or Series 2 Warrants which are to be Exchanged with respect to each Holder, (ii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock to be issued with respect to such Holder’s Series 1 Warrants that are to be Exchanged, if any, and (iii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock and/or Series 1 Warrants to be Exchanged for such Holder’s Series 2 Warrants, if any. The written instructions shall direct the Warrant Agent to effect the Exchange on the Exchange Date and to deliver or cause the delivery of the applicable securities in the manner and in accordance with the time periods described in Section  3.3 . Upon receipt of the Company’s written instructions, the Warrant Agent shall promptly send notice to each Holder of the number of Warrants of each series held by such Holder that are to be Exchanged and the number and type of securities to be received by such Holder as a result of the Exchange.

(f)     Fractional Shares upon Exchange . The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or distribute certificates that evidence fractional shares of Common Stock in connection with any Exchange. Upon any Exchange at an Exchange Ratio that otherwise would result in the issuance of a fractional share of Common Stock, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, either (i) pay an amount in cash in lieu of such fractional share or (ii) round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares in the manner set forth in Section  4.5 (except that all references to “Exercise” in such Section shall be deemed references to “Exchange”).

 

21


ARTICLE IV

ADJUSTMENTS; DISTRIBUTIONS.

Section 4.1    Adjustments.

The number of shares of Common Stock for which each Warrant is exercisable shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(a)     Upon Subdivisions or Splits . If, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is increased by a distribution payable in shares of Common Stock (excluding any such distribution in accordance with Section  4.7 as in effect on the date hereof), or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, other than, in any such case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control to which Section  4.1(d) applies, following the record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution, or in the cases of a subdivision or split-up, on the day following the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares of Common Stock. The adjustment made pursuant to this Section  4.1(a) shall become effective (i) in the case of any such distribution, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution or (ii) in the case of such subdivision or split-up, at the time when such subdivision or split-up becomes effective with respect to all holders of Common Stock.

(b)     Upon Combinations or Reverse Splits . If, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is decreased by a combination or reverse split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, other than upon the occurrence of a Change of Control to which Section  4.1(d) applies, then the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to the date of such combination or reverse split shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock. The adjustment made pursuant to this Section  4.1(b) shall become effective at the time when such combination or reverse split becomes effective with respect to all holders of Common Stock.

(c)     Upon Reclassification or Recapitalization . If, at any time after the Original Issuance Date, there occurs any reclassification or recapitalization of the Company which is effected in such a way that the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) cash, stock, securities or other assets or property with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, other than upon the occurrence of a Change of Control to which Section  4.1(d) applies, and provided that a distribution is not made in respect thereof pursuant to Section  4.7(b) , the Holders shall have the right to acquire and receive, upon exercise of the Warrants, such cash, stock, securities or other assets or property as would have been issued or payable in such reclassification or recapitalization (if the Holder had exercised such Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or recapitalization) with respect to or in

 

22


exchange, as applicable, for the number of Common Stock that would have been issued upon exercise of such Warrants, if such Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of such reclassification or recapitalization.

(d)     Upon a Change of Control .

(i)    In the event of a Change of Control in which the only consideration payable to Holders of Common Stock is cash, each Warrant shall be deemed to be exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control and the Holder thereof shall receive solely the cash consideration to which such Holder would have been entitled as a result of such Change of Control, less the Exercise Price, as though the Warrant had been exercised immediately prior thereto. Upon a Change of Control in which the consideration payable to Holders of Common Stock is other than only cash, at the option of the Company in its sole discretion, each Warrant will be either (A) assumed by the party surviving such Change of Control and shall continue to be exercisable subject to the terms set forth herein for the kind and amount of consideration to which such Holder would have been entitled as a result of such Change of Control had the Warrant been exercised immediately prior thereto, or (B) if not assumed by the party surviving such Change of Control, deemed to be exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control and the Holder thereof shall receive the consideration to which such Holder would have been entitled as a result of such Change of Control, less the Exercise Price, as though the Warrant had been exercised immediately prior thereto.

(ii)    After compliance by the Company with this Section  4.1(d) , each Holder (A) agrees to raise no objections with respect to the treatment provided in Section  4.1(d)(i) with respect to a Change of Control (provided that such Holder shall not be deemed to have waived any applicable dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such Change of Control) and (B) shall, subject to any applicable dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such Change of Control, surrender all Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates to the Warrant Agent, and all such Book-Entry Warrants and Global Warrant Certificates surrendered or so delivered to the Warrant Agent shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company.

(e)     No Exercise Price Adjustment . The Exercise Price payable upon exercise of the Warrant is not subject to adjustment in connection with the provisions of this Section  4.1 .

(f)     Treasury Shares . Shares of Common Stock at any time owned by the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of any computation under this Section  4.1 .

Section 4.2    Notice of Adjustment .

Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property obtainable upon exercise of each Warrant is required to be adjusted pursuant to Section  4.1 , the Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate setting forth (a) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property obtainable upon exercise of each Warrant and the

 

23


Exercise Price therefor after such adjustment, (b) a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and (c) the computation by which such adjustment was made. Such certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Upon receipt of such certificate, the Warrant Agent shall mail notice of the adjustment described in such certificate to each Holder at the expense of the Company; provided, that, at the Warrant Agent’s discretion, such notice may be sent to the Holders of beneficial interests of a Global Warrant Certificate through the Depositary’s communication system. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for and shall be entitled to rely on such certificate and shall be under no duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate, except to exhibit the same, from time to time, to any Holder desiring to inspect such certificate during reasonable business hours. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder or any other Person to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property obtainable upon exercise of any Warrant, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making such adjustment, or the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock or other securities or property that may be obtainable upon exercise of any Warrant, or to investigate or confirm whether the information contained in the above referenced certificate complies with the terms of this Agreement or any other document.

Section 4.3    Statement on Warrants .

The form of Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment made pursuant to Section  4.1(a) or Section  4.1(b) , and Warrant Statements and Global Warrant Certificates issued after such adjustment may state the same number and kind of shares of Common Stock as are stated in the Warrant Statements and Global Warrant Certificates initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may, however, at any time in its sole discretion (which shall be conclusive), make any change in the form of Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate that it may deem appropriate to reflect any such adjustment and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or, as applicable, countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form so changed.

Section 4.4    Notice of Certain Events .

(a)    In the event that, at any time after the date hereof and prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, (i) the Company shall be subject to a Change of Control pursuant to which the provisions of Section  4.1(d) apply or (ii) the Company shall sell all or substantially all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate or wind-up its operations, then, in each such case, the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Warrant Agent and each Holder, at the earliest practicable time (and, in any event, not less than ten (10) days before any record date or, if no record date applies, before any date set for closing), notice of the date on which such Change of Control, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be; provided , that, at the Company’s discretion, such notice may be sent to the Holders of beneficial interests of a Global Warrant Certificate through the Depositary’s communication system. Such notice shall also set forth such facts as shall indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice), if any, on the kind and amount

 

24


of shares of Common Stock and other securities, money and other property deliverable upon exercise of the Warrants. Such notice shall also specify the date, if any, as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be entitled to exchange their interests for securities, money or other property deliverable upon such Change of Control, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraph (a) to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to provide any material, non-public information pursuant to any notice given under this Agreement. To the extent any notice given by the Company hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Section 4.5    Fractional Shares .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable upon exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section  4.1 , the Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of Common Stock upon any subsequent exercise of any Warrant. If Book-Entry Warrants or beneficial interests in Global Warrant Certificates evidencing more than one Warrant shall be surrendered for exercise at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock that shall be issuable upon such exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrants so surrendered and exercised. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section  4.5 , be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof), in lieu of the issuance of such fractional share of Common Stock, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, either (i) pay the Holder of such Warrant an amount in cash equal to the then fair market value per share of the Common Stock multiplied by such fraction (computed to the nearest whole cent) or (ii) round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares (where for the avoidance of doubt, 0.5 of a share shall be rounded to one (1) share). The Holders, by their acceptance of the Warrants, expressly waive their right to receive any fraction of a share of Common Stock instead of such cash or such rounding. Whenever a payment for fractional shares is to be made by the Warrant Agent under any section of this Agreement, the Company shall (i) promptly prepare and deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the facts related to such payment and the prices and/or formulas utilized in calculating such payments, and (ii) provide sufficient monies to the Warrant Agent in the form of fully collected funds to make such payments. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any payment for fractional shares under any Section of this Agreement relating to the payment of fractional shares unless and until the Warrant Agent shall have received such a certificate and sufficient monies.

Section 4.6    Concerning All Adjustments .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if an adjustment is made under any provision of ARTICLE IV on account of any event, transaction, circumstance, condition or happening, no additional adjustment shall be made under any other

 

25


provision of ARTICLE IV on account of such event, transaction, circumstance, condition or happening. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this ARTICLE IV , all determinations and calculations required or permitted under this ARTICLE IV shall be made by the Company or its Board of Directors, as appropriate, and all such calculations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4.7    Distributions and Purchases .

(a)    All distributions on and purchases of capital stock and capital stock equivalents shall be approved by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion and made in accordance with applicable Law.

(b)    To the extent there are any dividends declared or distributions made with respect to the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, such dividends or distributions shall also be made to Holders of Warrants concurrently and on a pro rata basis based on their ownership of Common Stock underlying their Warrants on an as-exercised basis; provided , that no such distribution shall be made to Holders of Warrants if (x) the Act or an FCC Rule prohibits such distribution to Holders of Warrants or (y) the Company’s FCC counsel opines that such distribution is reasonably likely to cause (i) the Company to violate the Act or any applicable FCC Rule or (ii) any such Holder to be deemed to hold an attributable interest in the Company in violation of FCC Rules; provided further , that, if any distribution of Common Stock or any other securities to a Holder is not permitted pursuant to clauses (x) or (y), the Company shall cause economically equivalent warrants to be distributed to such Holder in lieu thereof, to the extent that such distribution of warrants would not violate the Act or any applicable FCC Rules.

(c)    To the extent within the control of the Company, any tender or exchange offer subject to Sections 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act for Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Warrants shall be made concurrently and on a pro rata basis (in the case of Holders of Warrants, based upon their ownership of Common Stock underlying their Warrants on an as-exercised basis) to all holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Warrants.

(d)    Distributions to Holders of Warrants and payments to Holders of Warrants pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for Warrants subject to Sections 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act shall be made in compliance with the Act and the FCC Rules, including those provisions relating to multiple ownership and alien restrictions.

 

26


ARTICLE V

LOSS, THEFT, DESTRUCTION OR MUTILATION OF

WARRANT STATEMENTS AND GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATES

Section 5.1    Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation .

Upon receipt by the Company and the Warrant Agent of evidence satisfactory to them of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate, and an indemnity bond in form and amount and with corporate surety satisfactory to them, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation thereof, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Warrant Agent that the Warrants represented thereby have been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall issue and, as applicable, the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Holder of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate, in exchange and substitution for or in lieu thereof, a new Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants. Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate under this ARTICLE V , the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Warrant Agent) in connection therewith. The provisions of this ARTICLE V are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Statements and Global Warrant Certificates.

ARTICLE VI

AUTHORIZATION AND RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK;

PURCHASE OF WARRANTS

Section 6.1    Reservation of Authorized Common Stock .

(a)    The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, from its authorized and unissued Common Stock solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of the Warrants and free of preemptive rights, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and other securities, cash or property as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants. The Company further covenants that it shall, from time to time, take all steps necessary to increase the authorized number of shares of its Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock if at any time the authorized number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock remaining unissued would otherwise be insufficient to allow delivery of all the shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable. The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement may be so issued without violation of any applicable Law or governmental regulation (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance). The Company covenants that, unless in the Company’s sole discretion the shares of Common Stock are not certificated, stock certificates issued to evidence any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Warrants will comply with the Delaware General Corporation Law and any other applicable Law.

 

27


(b)    The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, from its authorized and unissued Common Stock solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock referred to below, and free of preemptive rights, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock and other securities, cash or property as from time to time shall be issuable upon the conversion in full of all shares of Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of Warrants. The Company further covenants that it shall, from time to time, take all steps necessary to increase the authorized number of shares of its Class A Common Stock if at any time the authorized number of shares of Class A Common Stock remaining unissued would otherwise be insufficient to allow delivery of all the shares of Class A Common Stock then deliverable upon the conversion in full of all shares of Class B Common Stock referred to above that are outstanding or issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The Company covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock referred to above will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Class A Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic stock exchange upon which shares of Class A Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance). The Company covenants that, unless in the Company’s sole discretion the shares of Class A Common Stock are not certificated, the stock certificates issued to evidence any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock referred to above will comply with the Delaware General Corporation Law and any other applicable law.

Section 6.2    Stock Exchange Listing of Class A Common Stock .

So long as any Warrants remain outstanding, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary action to have the Class A Common Stock, immediately upon their issuance upon exercise of the Warrants or upon conversion of Class B Common Stock, (i) listed on a national securities exchange or (ii) if the Class A Common Stock is not eligible for listing on any national securities exchange, listed for quotation on the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc.

Section 6.3    Purchase of Warrants by the Company .

The Company shall have the right to purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants at such times, in such manner and for such consideration as it and the relevant Holders of Warrants may deem appropriate. In the event the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the related Global Warrant Certificates shall thereupon be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation, and the related Book-Entry Warrants shall be cancelled. Any Warrants purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company shall not be outstanding for any purpose.

 

28


ARTICLE VII

WARRANT HOLDERS NOT DEEMED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 7.1    No Stockholder Rights .

Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant Statements or Global Warrant Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders thereof the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty to monitor or enforce compliance with this provision.

ARTICLE VIII

WARRANT AGENT

Section 8.1    Appointment and Acceptance of Agency .

The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in respect of the Warrants upon the express terms, conditions and instructions set forth in this Agreement (and no implied terms, conditions or instructions) and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

Section 8.2    Correctness of Statements; Distribution of Warrants .

The statements contained herein and in each Warrant Statement and Global Warrant Certificate shall be deemed to be statements of the Company only, and the Warrant Agent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or correctness of any of the same, nor shall the Warrant Agent be required to verify the same. The Warrant Agent assumes no responsibility with respect to the distribution of the Warrants except as herein otherwise provided.

Section 8.3    Use of Agents .

The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys, accountants, agents or other experts, and the Warrant Agent will not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company, the Registered Holders or the Holders resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct absent gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith in the selection and continued employment or engagement thereof (which gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 8.4    Proof of Actions Taken .

Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless such evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board,

 

29


President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President, the Treasurer or Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Warrant Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate. In the event the Warrant Agent reasonably believes any ambiguity or uncertainty exists hereunder or in any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document received by the Warrant Agent hereunder, or is uncertain of any action to take hereunder, the Warrant Agent may, following prior written notice to the Company, refrain from taking any action, and shall be fully protected and shall not be liable in any way to the Company or any other person or entity for refraining from taking such action, unless the Warrant Agent receives written instructions signed by the Company which eliminate such ambiguity or uncertainty to the reasonable satisfaction of the Warrant Agent.

Section 8.5    Compensation; Indemnity .

The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation in accordance with a fee schedule to be mutually agreed upon for all services rendered by the Warrant Agent in the preparation, delivery, negotiation, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company agrees to reimburse the Warrant Agent for all expenses, taxes and governmental charges and other charges and disbursements of any kind and nature actually and reasonably incurred by the Warrant Agent (including reasonable fees and expenses of the Warrant Agent’s counsel and agents) in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties under this Agreement.

The Company also covenants and agrees to indemnify and to hold the Warrant Agent harmless against any costs, expenses (including reasonable fees of its legal counsel), losses, damages, liability, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, judgment (“ Losses ”) which may be paid, incurred or suffered by or to which it may become subject, arising from or out of, directly or indirectly, any claims or liability resulting from its actions as Warrant Agent pursuant hereto; provided , that such covenant and agreement does not extend to, and the Warrant Agent shall not be indemnified with respect to, such Losses incurred or suffered by the Warrant Agent as a result of, or arising out of, the Warrant Agent’s breach of the Agreement, gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct (each as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement will be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent during the twenty four (24) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Warrant Agent is being sought, and (ii) in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including lost profits), even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the expiration of the Warrants and the termination of this Agreement.

Promptly after the receipt by the Warrant Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation against the Warrant Agent for which it wishes to seek indemnification from the Company under this Section  8.5 , the Warrant

 

30


Agent shall promptly notify the Company thereof in writing. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or proceeding, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim or of any other legal action or proceeding. The Company shall not be required to indemnify the Warrant Agent for any amount paid or payable by the Warrant Agent in the settlement or compromise of, or entry into any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Section 8.6    Legal Proceedings .

The Warrant Agent shall be under no obligation to institute any action, suit or legal proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve expense unless the Company or one or more Holders shall furnish the Warrant Agent with reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Warrant Agent for any costs and expenses which may be incurred, but this provision shall not affect the power of the Warrant Agent to take such action as the Warrant Agent may consider proper, whether with or without any such security or indemnity. All rights of action under this Agreement or under any of the Warrants may be enforced by the Warrant Agent without the possession of any of the Warrants or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Warrant Agent shall be brought in its name as Warrant Agent, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders, as their respective rights or interests may appear, or the Company, as applicable.

Section 8.7    Other Transactions Involving the Company .

The Warrant Agent and any member, stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or become peculiarly interested in any transactions in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement or such director, officer or employee. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity including acting as transfer agent or as a lender to the Company or an Affiliate thereof .

Section 8.8    Actions as Agent .

The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder solely as agent for the Company, and its duties shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement. No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection with this Agreement except for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (each as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

31


Section 8.9    Liability of Warrant Agent .

The Warrant Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected by the Company and shall not incur any liability or responsibility for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in reliance on any Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate or other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, direction, statement, notice, resolution, waiver, consent, order, certificate or other paper, document or instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, executed, sent, presented and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper party or parties. The Warrant Agent shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or revision of this Warrant Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a writing between and signed by, the Company and the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to take instructions or directions except those given in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 8.10    Validity of Agreement .

The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution and delivery hereof by the Warrant Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its counter-signature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant Statement or Global Warrant Certificate; nor shall the Warrant Agent by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any underlying securities (or other equity interests) to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant, or as to whether any underlying securities (or other equity interests) will, when issued, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, or as to the Exercise Price or the number or amount of underlying securities or other securities or other property issuable upon exercise of any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make or liable for any adjustments required under any provision hereof, including but not limited to Article IV hereof, or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 8.11    Acceptance of Instructions .

The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President or Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in accordance with instructions of any such officer or officers or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions.

 

32


Section 8.12    Right to Consult and Rely Upon Counsel .

Before the Warrant Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may at any time consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent and the Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility to the Company or to any Holder or Registered Holder for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel.

Section 8.13    Right to Rely Upon Orders .

The Warrant Agent may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, judgment, instruction, notice, demand, certificate, statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability and of information therein contained) which is believed by the Warrant Agent, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons as set forth in Section  8.11 .

Section 8.14    No Additional Duties .

The Warrant Agent shall have no duties, responsibilities or obligations as the Warrant Agent except those which are expressly set forth herein, and in any modification or amendment hereof to which the Warrant Agent has consented in writing, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied or inferred. Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall not be subject to, nor be required to comply with, or determine if any person or entity has complied with, any other agreement between or among the parties hereto, even though references thereto may be made in this Agreement, or to comply with any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Section 8.15    No Responsibility for Company’s Breach .

The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants contained in this Agreement (including, without limitation, any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Article IV hereof, the authorization or reservation of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section  6.1 hereof, and the due execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or any Global Warrant Certificate) or in the Global Warrant Certificates to be complied with by the Company.

Section 8.16    No Duty to Ensure Securities Laws Compliance .

The Warrant Agent will not be under any duty or responsibility to insure compliance with any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the issuance, transfer or exchange of Global Warrant Certificates.

Section 8.17    No Liability for Force Majeure Events .

The Warrant Agent shall not incur any liability for not performing any act, duty, obligation or responsibility by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Warrant Agent (including, without limitation, any act or provision of the present or future Law or regulation or Governmental Authority, any act of God, war, civil disorder or failure of any means of communication).

 

33


Section 8.18    No Duty to Make Adjustments .

The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder or Registered Holder to make or cause to be made any adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of the shares of Common Stock or other securities or property deliverable as provided in this Agreement, or to determine whether any facts exist which may require any of such adjustments, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustments, when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value or the kind or amount of any shares of Common Stock or of any securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant or with respect to whether any such shares of Common Stock or other securities will when issued be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable to confirm or verify the accuracy or necessity of any calculation.

Section 8.19    Additional Assurances .

The Company agrees to perform, execute and acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 8.20    Survival .

All rights and obligations contained in this Article VIII shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent.

Section 8.21    Change of Warrant Agent .

If the Warrant Agent shall resign and shall be discharged from its duties hereunder (such resignation to become effective not earlier than thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice thereof to the Company and, in the event the Warrant Agent is not the transfer agent, to the transfer agent of the Common Stock) or shall become incapable of acting as Warrant Agent or if the Board shall by resolution remove the Warrant Agent (such removal to become effective not earlier than thirty (30) days after the filing of a certified copy of such resolution with the Warrant Agent and the giving by the Company of written notice of such removal to the Registered Holders), the Company shall appoint a successor to the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after such removal or after it has been so notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by a Registered Holder (in the case of incapacity), then any Registered Holder may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor to the Warrant Agent. Pending appointment of a successor to the Warrant Agent, either by the Company or by such a court, the duties of the Warrant Agent shall be carried out by the

 

34


Company. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a Person, in good standing, incorporated under the Laws of any state or of the United States of America. As soon as practicable after appointment of the successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall cause written notice of the change in the Warrant Agent to be given to each of the Registered Holders at such Registered Holder’s address appearing on the Warrant Register and shall be given to each Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate at such Holder’s address as provided by the Depositary; provided , that the Company may, at its discretion, alternatively send such notice to the Holders of beneficial interests of a Global Warrant Certificate through the Depositary’s communication system. After appointment, the successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Warrant Agent without further act or deed. The former Warrant Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Warrant Agent all books and records of the Company and any property then in its possession or control which were acquired or obtained by such former Warrant Agent in connection with its services as Warrant Agent hereunder and execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose of cessation of its responsibilities hereunder or the performance by the successor Warrant Agent hereunder, but such former Warrant Agent shall not be required to make any additional expenditure or assume any additional liability in connection with the foregoing. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section  8.21 or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the removal of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be.

Section 8.22    Successor Warrant Agent .

Any Person into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act; provided, however, that such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor to the Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section  8.21 . Any such successor Warrant Agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession as Warrant Agent to be mailed to the Company and the Registered Holders, at such Warrant Agent’s sole expense. If at the time such successor to the Warrant Agent shall succeed under this Agreement, any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the original Warrant Agent; and if at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor to the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 8.23    Expenses .

All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all expenses of printing Global Warrant Certificates; (ii) messenger and delivery services and telephone calls; (iii) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (iv) all fees and disbursements of

 

35


independent certified public accountants or knowledgeable experts selected by the Company; and (v) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

Section 8.24    Other .

No provision of this Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it believes there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1    Money Deposited with the Warrant Agent .

The Warrant Agent shall not be required to pay interest on any moneys deposited pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, except such as it shall agree in writing with the Company to pay thereon. Any moneys, securities or other property which at any time shall be deposited by the Company or on its behalf with the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be and are hereby assigned, transferred and set over to the Warrant Agent in trust for the purpose for which such moneys, securities or other property shall have been deposited; but such moneys, securities or other property need not be segregated from other funds, securities or other property except to the extent required by Law.

Section 9.2    Payment of Taxes .

The Company shall pay any and all taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on exercise of Warrants pursuant hereto. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificates for shares of Common Stock or payment of cash or other property to any Recipient other than the Holder of the Warrant surrendered upon the exercise of a Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Warrant Agent and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or pay any cash until (a) such tax or charge has been paid or an amount sufficient for the payment thereof has been delivered to the Warrant Agent or the Company or (b) it has been established to the Company’s and the Warrant Agent’s satisfaction that any such tax or other charge that is or may become due has been paid. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under any Section of this Agreement which requires the payment by a Holder or a Registered Holder of applicable taxes or charges unless and until the Warrant Agent is satisfied that all such taxes and/or charges have been paid

 

36


Section 9.3    Notices.

(a)    Any notice, request, demand or report (each, a “ Communication ”) required or permitted to be given or made by this Agreement shall be in writing.

(b)    Any Communication authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent, by any Registered Holder or by any Holder to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made when sent if by registered or certified overnight mail or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or by facsimile or electronic mail (with confirmation of delivery or read receipt, respectively), addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Warrant Agent) as follows:

Cumulus Media Inc.

3280 Peachtree Road, NW Suite 2300,

Atlanta, Georgia 30305

Telephone: 404-260-6677

Facsimile: 404-260-6877

Attention: Richard S. Denning

With a copy to:

Mark L. Hanson, Esq.

Jones Day

1420 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 800

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Telephone: 404-521-3939

Facsimile: 404-581-8330

(c)    Any Communication authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company, by any Registered Holder or by any Holder to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given or made when sent if by registered or certified overnight mail or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery and shall be deemed given upon receipt, or by facsimile or electronic mail (with confirmation of delivery or read receipt), addressed (until another address is filed by the Warrant Agent with the Company) as follows:

Computershare Inc.

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Blvd

Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310

Telephone: 201-680-3794

Facsimile: 201-680-4665

Attention: Ed Eismont

Email: ed.eismont@computershare.com

(d)    Any Communication authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Warrant Agent to any Holder or Registered Holder shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified overnight mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery and shall be deemed given upon receipt, or by facsimile or electronic mail, addressed to such Holder or Registered Holder at the address of such Holder or Registered Holder as shown on the

 

37


Warrant Register or at such Holder’s address as provided by the Depositary, as applicable; provided that at the Company’s discretion, such notice may be sent to the Holders of beneficial interests of a Global Warrant Certificate through the Depositary’s communication system. The Company shall deliver a copy of any notice or demand it delivers to any Holder or Registered Holder to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall deliver a copy of any notice or demand it delivers to any Holder or Registered Holder to the Company.

Section 9.4    Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a)     Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY DISPUTE THAT MAY ARISE OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE SUCH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS ANY AND ALL ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND WITH THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND REPRESENTATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.4 .

Section 9.5    Governing Law .

This Agreement and each Warrant Statement and Global Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the Laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of such State without giving effect to conflict of law principles.

Section 9.6    Binding Effect .

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Warrant Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and the Holders and Registered Holders from time to time of the Warrants. Subject to Section  3.3(e) , nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person, other than the Company, the Warrant Agent, Holders and Registered Holders, any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

38


Section 9.7    Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed manually or by facsimile in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.8    Amendments .

(a)    The Warrant Agent may, without the consent or concurrence of the Holders or Registered Holders, unless required pursuant to the terms of Section  9.8(b) , enter into one or more supplemental agreements or amendments with the Company for the purpose of (i) evidencing the rights of the Holders or Registered Holders upon a Change of Control, transfer, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution under Section  4.1(d) , (ii) making any changes or corrections in this Agreement that are required to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or any clerical omission or mistake or manifest error herein contained and, in each case, as shall not materially and adversely affect the interests or rights of the Holders or Registered Holders, (iii) making such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as shall not materially and adversely affect the interests or rights of the Holders or Registered Holders or be inconsistent with this Agreement or any supplemental agreement or amendment or (iv) adding further covenants and agreements of the Company in this Agreement or surrendering any rights or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement.

(b)    With the written consent of the Holders evidencing at least a majority in number of the Warrants at the time outstanding (excluding Warrants held by the Company or any of its Affiliates), the Company and the Warrant Agent may at any time and from time to time by supplemental agreement or amendment add any provisions to or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of this Agreement or of any supplemental agreement or modify in any manner the rights and obligations of the Holders and the Company; provided , that any amendment or modification of, or waiver of rights under, this Agreement that (i) amends this  Section 9.8 , (ii) adversely affects a Holder or Registered Holder’s right to exercise its Warrants, (iii) amends or modifies the Exercise Price, (iv) changes the Expiration Date to a date that is earlier than the Expiration Date or (v) impairs the right of any Holder or Registered Holder to receive any distribution or a security as set forth in this Agreement, shall require the consent of each Holder and Registered Holder so affected.  

(c)    Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that a proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 9.8, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to execute any supplement or amendment to this Agreement that it has determined would adversely affect its own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Agreement. No supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless duly executed by the Warrant Agent.

 

39


Section 9.9    Waivers .

The Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if (i) the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders evidencing a majority of the then outstanding Warrants and (ii) any consent required pursuant to Section  9.8 has been obtained.

Section 9.10    Inspection .

The Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of this Agreement to be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purposes for inspection by any Holder or Registered Holder. The Warrant Agent may require such Holder or Registered Holder to submit its Warrant Statement, Global Warrant Certificate or evidence of a beneficial interest in a Global Warrant Certificate for inspection by the Warrant Agent.

Section 9.11    Headings .

The descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 9.12    Construction .

This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, the Registered Holders and the Holders and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 9.13    Severability .

In the event that any one or more of the provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision, paragraph, word, clause, phrase or sentence in every other respect and of the other remaining provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law; provided , that this Section  9.13 shall not cause this Agreement or the Warrants to differ materially from the intent of the parties as herein expressed; provided, however , that if such excluded or added provision shall materially affect the rights, immunities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately, so long as the Warrant Agent reasonably cooperates with the Company’s reasonable request for purposes of the transition to a successor Warrant Agent; provided, that, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to make any additional expenditure or assume any additional liability in connection with the foregoing.

 

40


Section 9.14    Entire Agreement .

This Agreement and the Warrants set forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements among all or some of the parties hereto with respect thereto, whether written, oral or otherwise. In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.

Section 9.15    Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Warrant Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

Section 9.16    Original Issuance as Class B Common Stock .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Warrants to the contrary, prior to the issuance of any shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants or upon the Exchange, an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock are first deemed to have been issued and then automatically converted into Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 5(e) of the Certificate of Incorporation.    

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard S. Denning

Name:   Richard S. Denning
Title:   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Computershare Inc.
By:  

/s/ Collin Ekeogu

Name:   Collin Ekeogu
Title:   Manager, Corporate Actions
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., (together with Computershare Inc., as Warrant Agent)
By:  

/s/ Collin Ekeogu

Name:   Collin Ekeogu
Title:   Manager, Corporate Actions

[Signature Page to Warrant Agreement]


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF WARRANT STATEMENT

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.    DRS Warrant Distribution Statement
   CUSIP Number    Account Number/Account Key
         
   Ticker Symbol    Investor ID
         
   Issuance Date    Distribution

[                      ]

[                      ]

[                      ]

[                      ]

 

Cumulus Media Inc. [Series 1/Series 2] Warrants Issued To You In Book-Entry Form
[                      ]

PLEASE RETAIN THIS STATEMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS

These [Series 1/Series 2] Warrants are maintained for you under the Direct Registration System, which means they are held for you in an electronic, book-entry account maintained by Computershare Inc. Please retain this statement for your permanent record.

 

Questions? Contact Computershare Inc.
 

To access your account, use your Investor ID Number that is located in the box above on the top right hand corner of this statement. You can contact Computershare Inc. in one of the following ways:

 

By Internet : Visit www.computershare.com for access to your account. You will be able to certify your Taxpayer Identification Number/Social Security Number, change your address or sell warrants.
   
By Phone :       By Mail :
Toll Free Number    (800) 568-3476    Cumulus Media Inc.
Outside the U.S. (Collect)    (781) 575-3129    c/o Computershare
Hearing Impaired    (800) 490-1493    PO Box 505000
Representatives are available 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time weekdays    Louisville, KY 40233-5000
      

[Request for Taxpayer Identification and Certification

Our records indicate that we do not have a certified Taxpayer Identification Number (“ TIN ”) on file. Without a certified TIN, we may be required by law to withhold [●]% from any future payments and any sale transaction that you request. Logon to [●] to certify your TIN or contact us by phone to request a Substitute Form W-9.]

 

Exhibit A-1 Page 1


SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR IMPORTANT INFORMATION

This statement is your record that the Cumulus Media Inc. [Series 1/Series 2] Warrants have been credited to your account on the books of Cumulus Media Inc. maintained by [●], under the Direct Registration System. Please verify all information on the reverse side of this statement. This statement is neither a negotiable instrument nor a security, and delivery of this statement does not itself confer any rights on the recipient. Nevertheless, it should be kept with your important documents as a record of your ownership of these securities.

Transfer ownership of your book-entry warrants at any time by submitting the appropriate warrant transfer documents to [●]. Visit [●]’s Investor ServiceDirect online at [●] or call [●] to obtain transfer documents.

[Transfer of your book-entry warrants to your broker can be accomplished in one of two ways:

(1)    The fastest and easiest way is to provide your broker with your Account Key at [●], your Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and your account registration information, and request that your broker initiate an electronic transfer of your warrants, or

(2)    Obtain a “Broker-Dealer Authorization Form” by visiting [●] or by calling [●].]

The Warrant Agreement, dated June [●], 2018 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), among Cumulus Media Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A, together, as Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agent ”), is incorporated by reference into and made a part of this statement, and this statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office at [●]. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agreement, [Series 1]/[Series 2] Book-Entry Warrants may be exercised to purchase Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.1 of the Warrant Agreement, the “ Warrant Shares ”) from the Company from the Effective Date through 5:00 p.m. New York City time on June 4, 2038 (the “ Expiration Date ”), at an exercise price of $0.0000001 per whole share (the “ Exercise Price ”) multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares set forth above (the “ Exercise Amount ”). At the election of a Term Loan Holder on its Exercise Form or Election Form, as applicable, Common Stock issued upon exercise or exchange of the Warrants shall be issued in the form of Restricted Stock. In addition, a Holder may elect on its Exercise Form (i) to receive Class B Common Stock by checking the Class B Common Stock Only Election box, (ii) to receive up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and [receive Series 1 Warrants in exchange for its remaining Series 2 Warrants]/[retain its Series 1 Warrants] if the exercising Holder has elected the Class A Common Stock and Warrant Election, and (iii) solely with respect to Term Loan Holders, receive any Common Stock issuable to it as Restricted Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, each Holder of a Book-Entry Warrant may exercise such Book-Entry Warrant, in whole or from time to time in part, by: (1) providing a properly completed and duly executed (a) exercise form for the election to exercise such Book-Entry Warrants (the “ Exercise Form ”) and (b) written certification as set forth in the Warrant Agreement for the purpose of enabling the Company to determine (i) a Holder’s potential level of direct and

 

Exhibit A-1 Page 2


indirect voting and equity interests in accordance with 47 U.S.C. § 310(b) of the Act, as interpreted and applied by the FCC in the FCC Rules; and (ii) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock by such certifying party would result in a violation of the FCC Rules (the “ Ownership Certification ”) to the Warrant Agent in accordance with the instructions below, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, and (2) paying the applicable Exercise Amount to the Warrant Agent. Following submission of the forms described in the preceding sentence, the Company will review your forms to determine the maximum number of Warrants you are able to exercise, if any, pursuant to the certain restrictions on exercise of the Warrants and ownership of the Common Stock described in the Warrant Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation, as each may be amended from time to time. Following this review and written instruction from the Company, the Warrant Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to you Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Series 1 Warrants, in such amounts as the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, are in accordance with the terms set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

The Company shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share of its capital stock in connection with the exercise of Warrants. All shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion of more than one Warrant by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company may, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, (i) pay the holder of such Warrant an amount in cash equal to the then fair market value per share of the Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, multiplied by such fraction (computed to the nearest whole cent) or (ii) round such fraction of a share to the nearest whole number of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, 0.5 of a share shall be rounded to one (1) share.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STATEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER SIMILAR TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT (ON BEHALF OF THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THE WARRANT SHARES) (THE “WARRANT AGREEMENT”). DURING THE EXCHANGE PERIOD, THE WARRANTS (AND ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS THEREIN) MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED (AS DEFINED IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT) AND THE WARRANTS MAY NOT BE EXERCISED. COPIES OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

Exhibit A-1 Page 3


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the Book-Entry Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants constituting a part of the Warrants evidenced by the Warrant Statement not being assigned hereby) all of the rights of the undersigned under the Book-Entry Warrant, with respect to the whole number of [Series 1/Series 2] Warrants set forth below:

 

 

Name(s) of Assignee(s):

 

 

Address:

 

 

No. of [Series 1/Series 2] Warrants:

Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee(s):

 

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                      

the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of                                                                                                               

maintained for such purposes, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated

 

 

(Signature of Owner)

 

 

(Street Address)

 

 

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

 

Signature Guaranteed By 1

 

 

1   The Holder’s signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program at a guarantee level acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent.

 

Exhibit A-1 Page 4


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

No. 1

Cusip Number: 231082 132

Zero Warrants

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OR CLASS B COMMON STOCK

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JUNE 4, 2038

This Global Warrant Certificate is held by The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depositary ”) or its nominee in custody for the benefit of the beneficial owners hereof, and is not transferable to any Person under any circumstances except that (i) this Global Warrant Certificate may be exchanged in whole but not in part pursuant to Section  2.4 of the Warrant Agreement dated as of June 4, 2018, by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), (ii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to Section  2.4 of the Warrant Agreement and (iii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred to a successor Depositary with the prior written consent of the Company.

Unless this Global Warrant Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co., or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any Person is wrongful because the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

Transfers of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to nominees of the Depositary or to a successor thereof or such successor’s nominee, and transfers of portions of this Global Warrant Certificate shall be limited to transfers made in accordance with the restrictions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Warrant will be recorded on the books of the Company until the provisions set forth in the Warrant Agreement have been complied with.

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Global Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agreement shall control.

THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN, AND THE COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT (THE “ WARRANT SHARES ,” AND TOGETHER WITH THIS WARRANT, THE “ SECURITIES ”) WILL BE,

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 1


ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY REFORM ACT OF 1978, AS AMENDED (THE “ BANKRUPTCY CODE ”). THE SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), PROVIDED THAT THE HOLDER IS NOT DEEMED TO BE AN UNDERWRITER AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(b) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. IF THE HOLDER IS DEEMED TO BE AN UNDERWRITER AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(b) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, THEN THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS (1) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY IS IN RECEIPT OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE WARRANT SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER SIMILAR TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY AND A WARRANT AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE WARRANT AGENT (ON BEHALF OF THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THE WARRANT SHARES), COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR

TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JUNE 4, 2038

WARRANT TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OR CLASS B COMMON STOCK OF

CUMULUS MEDIA INC. FOR EACH WARRANT HELD

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

CUSIP #: 231082 132

DISTRIBUTION DATE: June 4, 2018

This certifies that, for value received, Cede & Co., and its registered assigns (collectively, the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled to purchase from Cumulus Media Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York time, on June 4, 2038, the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company set forth above at the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 2


Agreement). The Exercise Price and the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Article IV of the Warrant Agreement. The Exercise Price shall be $0.0000001.

This Global Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company as of the [●] day of [●], 2018.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Attest:  

 

Secretary

Computershare Inc.

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.,

together, as Warrant Agent

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Address of Registered Holder for Notices (until changed in accordance with this Warrant):

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. SUCH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 3


FORM OF REVERSE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

The Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate is a part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which may be inspected at the Warrant Agent’s office designated for such purpose. The Warrant Agreement hereby is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the Registered Holders of the Warrants. All capitalized terms used on the face of this Warrant herein but not defined that are defined in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them therein.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other charge.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares or any certificates that evidence fractional Warrant Shares.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

This Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company and Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 4


FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the Global Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants constituting a part of the Warrants evidenced by the Global Warrant Certificate not being assigned hereby) all of the rights of the undersigned under the Global Warrant Certificate, with respect to the whole number of Warrants set forth below:

 

 

Name(s) of Assignee(s):

 

Address:

 

No. of Warrants:

Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee(s):

 

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                      

the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of                                                                                                               

maintained for such purposes, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated

 

(Signature of Owner)

 

(Street Address)

 

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

Signature Guaranteed By 1

 

 

1   The Holder’s signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program at a guarantee level acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent.

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION

MEDIA OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION

HOLDERS ONLY NEED TO COMPLETE THIS MEDIA OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION IF THEY INTEND TO OR WILL HOLD 5% OR MORE OF THE COMPANY’S CLASS A COMMON STOCK. IF THAT IS NOT THE CASE, PLEASE SKIP THIS SECTION AND MOVE TO THE FOREIGN OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION SECTION.

 

1. Type of entity of Holder ( e.g. , corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company):

 

 

 

2. If the Holder is a general partnership :

 

    For each general partner, complete Attachment A.

 

3. If the Holder is a limited partnership :

 

    Is the limited partnership structured to insulate some or all of the limited partners in accordance with the FCC’s insulation requirements?

 

    If so, complete Attachment A only for each general partner and each uninsulated limited partner.

 

    If not, complete Attachment A for each general partner and each limited partner.

 

4. If the Holder is a limited liability company :

 

    Is the limited liability company structured to insulate some or all of the members in accordance with the FCC’s insulation requirements?

 

    If so, complete Attachment A only for each uninsulated member.

 

    If not, complete Attachment A for each member.

 

5. If the Holder is a corporation or other entity:

 

    For each officer, director and shareholder holding 5% or more of the issued and outstanding voting stock of the Holder, complete Attachment A.

 

6. Does the Holder or any of the persons listed on Attachment A serve as an officer or director of any broadcast radio stations? Or serve as an officer or director of any entity that has an interest in any broadcast radio stations?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 1


7. Does the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed on Attachment A hold, directly or indirectly, any voting or non-voting equity interest in any broadcast radio stations?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

8. Does the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed on Attachment A have any other interests, direct or indirect (including an interest in a local marketing, time brokerage or joint sales agreement) that allows them to own, operate, or control any broadcast radio stations?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

9. Does the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed on Attachment A hold any debt or equity interest in any entity which is an attributable owner of a radio station where such interest exceeds 33% of the total asset value of such entity?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment

 

10. Does the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed on Attachment A have any interest in or connection with an FCC application that was or is the subject of unresolved character issues?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

11. Is the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed in Attachment A subject to final adverse findings by any court or administrative body in a civil or criminal proceeding brought under the provisions of any law related to any of the following: (i) any felony; (ii) mass media-related antitrust or unfair competition; (iii) fraudulent statements to another governmental unit; or (iv) discrimination.

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

12. Is the Holder or any of the persons or entities listed in Attachment A subject to denial of federal benefits pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 USC § 862?

☐  Yes            ☐   No

If “yes,” please describe in an attachment.

 

Exhibit A-2 Page 2


ATTACHMENT A

 

N AME

   A DDRESS      C ITIZENSHIP      S TATUS
( E . G . , OFFICER ,
DIRECTOR ,
SHAREHOLDER )
     P ERCENTAGE
V OTING
I NTEREST
     P ERCENTAGE
E QUITY
I NTEREST
 
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              

 

Exhibit B - Page 1


FOREIGN OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION

ALL HOLDERS MUST COMPLETE EITHER QUESTION 1 OR QUESTION 2 OF THIS SECTION. SINGLE ENTITIES SHOULD COMPLETE QUESTION 1; MULTIPLE ENTITIES PROVIDING A SINGLE RESPONSE (SUCH AS A GROUP OF FUNDS WITH A COMMON INVESTMENT MANAGER) SHOULD COMPLETE QUESTION 2.

 

1. Individual Foreign Ownership Certification

This Individual Foreign Ownership Certification is being on behalf of                                          , the Holder.

Complete the following, providing information for the Holder:

 

  a. State or Country of Incorporation/Organization – The Holder is organized under the laws of:

 

State or territory of the United States:                                                                                                                                                   .

 

Other:                                                                                                                                                                                                      .

If your answer is “Other,” you may skip to the Certification because entities organized under the laws of a country other than the United States will be deemed to be 100% foreign for purposes of the FCC’s foreign ownership limitations.

 

  b. Foreign Equity and Voting Percentages – Complete one of the following:

 

Foreign entities or foreign individuals hold, in the aggregate, the percentages of equity and voting interests in the Holder reported below:

Foreign Equity Percentage:      %

Foreign Voting Percentage:      %.

 

I am unable to certify the exact percentage of the foreign equity interest and/or the foreign voting interest in the Holder; however, I hereby certify that the aggregate percentage(s) of such foreign interests are no higher than the maximum percentage(s) reported below:

Maximum Foreign Equity Percentage:      %

Maximum Foreign Voting Percentage:      %.

 

I am unable to certify the percentage of the foreign equity interest and/or foreign voting interest in the Holder.**

 

Exhibit B - Page 2


**If a Holder is unable to certify its foreign equity and foreign voting interests, such interests will be deemed to be 100% foreign for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock and Warrants that the Holder will receive.

If you have completed Question 1 of this Section III, you should not complete Question 2 and you should proceed to the Certification .

 

2. Consolidated Foreign Ownership Certification

This Consolidated Foreign Ownership Certification is being made on behalf of (a) the following Holders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and (b) the following parent entity or affiliated investment manager of each of the above-listed Holders (“ Certifying Parent ”):

                                                                                                                                                                                                              .

Certifying Parent certifies that (a) Certifying Parent directly or indirectly controls each of the Holders; (b) for purposes of the assessment of compliance with Section 310(b) of the Communications Act, the consolidated information provided below has been aggregated in accordance with the FCC rules; and (c) Certifying Parent will ensure that the Warrants and Common Stock will be held directly or indirectly by Holders indicated on this Certification and that the distribution of the Warrants and Common Stock among the members of the consolidated certification group will not cause the aggregate foreign ownership and foreign voting rights of the consolidated certification group to exceed the aggregate foreign ownership and voting percentages certified below for the consolidated certification group.

 

Foreign entities or foreign individuals hold, in the aggregate, the percentages of equity and voting interests in the consolidated certification group reported below:

Foreign Equity Percentage:      %

Foreign Voting Percentage:      %.

 

I am unable to certify the exact percentage of the foreign equity interest and/or the foreign voting interest in the consolidated certification group; however, I hereby certify that the aggregate percentage(s) of such foreign interests are no higher than the maximum percentage(s) reported below:

Maximum Foreign Equity Percentage:      %

 

Exhibit B - Page 3


Maximum Foreign Voting Percentage:      %.

 

I am unable to certify the percentage of the foreign equity interest and/or foreign voting interest in the consolidated certification group.**

**If a consolidated certification group is unable to certify its foreign equity or voting interests, such interests will be deemed to be 100% foreign for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock and Warrants that the members of the group will receive on the Effective Date.

Please provide the Foreign Equity Percentages and Foreign Voting Percentages for each individual member of the consolidated certification group:

 

    

Holder

1

 

Holder

2

 

Holder

3

Name

           

State or Country of Incorporation/ Organization**

           

Foreign Equity Percentage

           

Foreign Voting Percentage

           

OR

           

Maximum Foreign Equity Percentage

           

Maximum Foreign Voting Percentage

           

Unable to Certify***

           

**If an entity is organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, you need not supply foreign equity or voting percentages, because such entities will be deemed to be 100% foreign for purposes of the FCC’s foreign ownership limitations.

*** If a Holder is unable to certify its foreign equity and foreign voting interests, such interests will be deemed to be 100% foreign for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock and Warrants that the Holder will receive.

PLEASE REPORT ANY ADDITIONAL HOLDERS ON A SEPARATE ATTACHMENT.

 

Exhibit B - Page 4


The Holder acknowledges that the Company may decline to honor a requested exercise if it has a reasonable basis to believe, based on the most recent information available to it, that the exercise would cause the Company to be in violation of 47 U.S.C. § 310(b) or FCC rules; provided that the Company shall not be required to monitor the alien ownership among its stockholders more often than required by federal communications law.

 

By:  

 

  Sign
 

 

  Print Name
Title:  

 

Entity:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Exhibit B - Page 5


EXHIBIT C-1

EXERCISE FORM FOR REGISTERED HOLDERS

HOLDING BOOK-ENTRY WARRANTS

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by the Book-Entry Warrants, to purchase Common Stock and herewith tenders payment for                  of the shares of Common Stock to the order of                      in the amount of $              in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant.

 

Restricted Stock Election. The undersigned elects to receive any Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form of Restricted Stock. This election is available for Term Loan Holders only .

 

Class  B Common Stock Only Election. The undersigned elects to receive Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form of Class B Common Stock only.

 

Class  A Common Stock and Warrant Election. The undersigned elects to receive Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form of up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and to retain its remaining Series 1 Warrants (in the case of Series 1 Warrants) or have its remaining Series 2 Warrants exchanged for Series 1 Warrants (in the case of Series 2 Warrants).

The undersigned requests that statement(s) representing the Common Stock (and any Warrants issued in the event of partial exercise) be delivered as follows:

 

Name  

 

Address  

 

 

Delivery Address (if different)

 

 

 

Exhibit C-1 Page 1


If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under the within Warrant Statement, the undersigned requests that a new Book-Entry Warrant representing the balance of such Warrants shall be registered, with the appropriate Warrant Statement delivered as follows:

 

Name  

 

Address  

 

 

Delivery Address (if different)

 

 

Signature  

 

 

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number of Holder

 

Note: If the statement representing the Common Stock or any Book-Entry Warrants representing Warrants not exercised is to be registered in a name other than that in which the Book-Entry Warrants are registered, the signature of the holder hereof must be guaranteed. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program at a guarantee level acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent.

 

Exhibit C-1 Page 2


Exercise Form and Ownership Certification

Must be delivered to the Warrant Agent as follows:

 

By Mail:   For Information, Call:   By Overnight Courier:
   

Cumulus Media Inc.

c/o Computershare

PO Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233-5000

  (800) 568-3476.  

Cumulus Media Inc.

c/o Computershare

PO Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233-5000

 

Exhibit C-1 Page 3


EXHIBIT C-2

EXERCISE FORM FOR BENEFICIAL HOLDERS

HOLDING WARRANTS THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

TO BE COMPLETED BY DIRECT PARTICIPANT

IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by                  Warrants held for its benefit through the book-entry facilities of Depository Trust Company (the “ Depositary ”), to purchase Common Stock and herewith tenders payment for                  of the shares of Common Stock to the order of                      in the amount of $             in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement and this Warrant.

The undersigned requests that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants be in registered form in the authorized denominations, registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below; provided , that if the shares of Common Stock are evidenced by global securities, the shares of Common Stock shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

Restricted Stock Election. The undersigned elects to receive any Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form Restricted Stock. This election is available for Term Loan Holders only .

 

Class  B Common Stock Only Election. The undersigned elects to receive Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form of Class B Common Stock only.

 

Class  A Common Stock and Warrant Election. The undersigned elects to receive Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrants in the form of up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and to retain its remaining Series 1 Warrants.

Dated:                     

NOTE: THIS EXERCISE NOTICE MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE WARRANT AGENT, PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. THE WARRANT AGENT SHALL NOTIFY YOU (THROUGH THE CLEARING SYSTEM) OF (1) THE WARRANT AGENT’S ACCOUNT AT THE DEPOSITARY TO WHICH YOU MUST DELIVER YOUR WARRANTS ON THE EXERCISE DATE AND (2) THE ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER AND FACSIMILE NUMBER WHERE YOU CAN CONTACT THE WARRANT AGENT AND TO WHICH WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED.

NAME OF DIRECT PARTICIPANT IN THE DEPOSITARY: (PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS:                     

CONTACT NAME:                     

 

Exhibit C-2 Page 1


ADDRESS:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT FROM WHICH WARRANTS ARE BEING DELIVERED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICES WILL ONLY BE VALID IF DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS NOTIFICATION (OR AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED), MARKED TO THE ATTENTION OF “WARRANT EXERCISE”.

WARRANT HOLDER DELIVERING WARRANTS, IF OTHER THAN THE DIRECT DEPOSITARY PARTICIPANT DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

 

NAME:  

 

          (PLEASE PRINT)

CONTACT NAME:

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(IF APPLICABLE):

ACCOUNT TO WHICH THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE TO BE CREDITED:

DEPOSITARY ACCOUNT NO.

FILL IN FOR DELIVERY OF THE COMMON STOCK, IF OTHER THAN TO THE PERSON DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:

 

NAME:  

 

          (PLEASE PRINT)

 

ADDRESS:  

 

 

CONTACT NAME:  

 

 

TELEPHONE (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):  

 

 

Exhibit C-2 Page 2


FAX (INCLUDING INTERNATIONAL CODE):                             

SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(IF APPLICABLE):                             

NUMBER OF WARRANTS BEING EXERCISED:                             

(ONLY ONE EXERCISE PER WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE)

Signature:                             

Name:                                  

Capacity in which Signing:                                     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED BY:                                     

Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program at a guarantee level acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent.

 

Exhibit C-2 Page 3

Exhibit 10.3

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 4, 2018, by and between Cumulus Media Inc. (f/k/a CM Emergence Newco Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), in its own name and on behalf of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and [    ], an individual (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS , directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents (“ Representatives ”) in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself;

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve as Representatives unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation or business enterprise;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly competent persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and that the Corporation should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of protection against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Corporation;

WHEREAS , (a) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Corporation, (b) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) and (c) the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Corporation and its Representatives with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS , (a) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (b) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a Representative of the Corporation or another Enterprise without adequate protection, (c) the Corporation desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity and (d) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation or another Enterprise on the condition that she be so indemnified.


AGREEMENT :

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.     Definitions .

(a)    As used in this Agreement:

Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Board ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

By-laws ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Corporate Status ” describes the status of an individual who is or was a Representative of an Enterprise.

Corporation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

DGCL ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Corporation, the Predecessor Entity, their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries and any other Person, employee benefit plan, joint venture or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or the Predecessor Entity as a Representative.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) for purposes of Section  11(d) only, expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis) and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.

Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board and any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which

 

2


such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided , however , that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Indemnity Obligations ” shall mean all obligations of the Corporation to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification; provided , however , that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” shall mean all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment or result thereof.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.

Predecessor Entity ” means CM Wind Down Topco Inc. (f/k/a Cumulus Media Inc.) and Cumulus Media Holdings Inc. and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a Representative of the Corporation or another Enterprise, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as Representative of the Corporation or another Enterprise or (iii) by

 

3


reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or the Predecessor Entity as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

Representative ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Shareholder Entities ” shall mean any investment firm (or any of its affiliated or managed funds) that is a shareholder of the Corporation that has the right to designate, appoint or elect members to the Board whether pursuant to a class of capital stock of the Corporation with the exclusive right to appoint or elect a member of the Board or pursuant to a shareholders agreement or other contract between such investment firm (or any of its affiliated or managed funds) and the Corporation or any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such investment firm; provided , however , that neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Shareholder Entities hereunder.

Submission Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section  9(b) .

(b)    For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation (or such other applicable Enterprise)” shall include, without limitation, any service as a Representative of the Corporation or such other applicable Enterprise which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Representative with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Person who acted in good faith and in a manner she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation (or such other applicable Enterprise)” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 2.     Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 3 below) or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or such other Enterprise, as applicable, and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that her conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 2 .

Section 3.     Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Corporation or such other Enterprise, as applicable. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section  3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the

 

4


Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section  3 .

Section 4.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, and without limiting the rights of Indemnitee under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (a) Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (b) the Corporation is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against Indemnitee and (c) Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section  4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 5.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by her or on her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 6.     Additional Indemnification . Notwithstanding any limitation in Section  2 , 3 or  4 , the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding:

(a)    to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the DGCL, and

(b)    to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7.     Advances of Expenses . In furtherance of the requirement of Article XI of the Certificate of Incorporation and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to

 

5


repay Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Corporation to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Corporation of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking, providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

Section 8.     Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a)    Indemnitee shall notify the Corporation in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Corporation shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Corporation hereunder will not relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Corporation shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

(b)    In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain legal counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Corporation or (ii) have the Corporation assume the defense of Indemnitee in the Proceeding, in which case the Corporation shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with legal counsel selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten (10) days of the Corporation’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Corporation to do so. If the Corporation is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and shall be solely responsible for all Expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and the Corporation (and/or any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Corporation (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Corporation (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate legal counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall provide the other party and its legal counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the Proceeding. Indemnitee and the Corporation shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Corporation or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Corporation (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Corporation may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

6


Section 9.     Procedure upon Application for Indemnification .

(a)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section  8(a) , the Corporation shall advance Expenses necessary to defend against a claim pursuant to Section  7 hereof. If any determination by the Corporation is required by applicable law with respect to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification, such determination shall be made (i) if Indemnitee shall request such determination be made by the Independent Counsel, by the Independent Counsel and (ii) in all other circumstances in any manner permitted by the DGCL. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person(s) making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Person(s), upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person(s) making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Corporation will not deny any written request for indemnification hereunder made in good faith by Indemnitee unless a determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification described in this Section  9(a) has been made. The Corporation agrees to pay Expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify the Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(b)    In the event that the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the Independent Counsel pursuant to Section  9(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Corporation within ten (10) days of the Submission Date, (ii) the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and (iii) Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Absent a timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as the Independent Counsel. If a timely objection is made by Indemnitee, the Person so selected may not serve as the Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (whether due to a failure of the Corporation to appoint such Independent Counsel, an un-withdrawn objection from Indemnitee with respect to the person so appointed or otherwise) before the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section  9(a) hereof (the date of such submission, the “ Submission Date ”) and (ii) ten (10) days after the final disposition of the Proceeding for which indemnity is sought, then (x) each of the Corporation and Indemnitee shall select a Person meeting the qualifications to serve as the Independent Counsel and (y) such Persons shall (collectively) select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section  11(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 10.     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person(s) making such determination shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has

 

7


submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section  8(a) of this Agreement, and the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any Person(s) of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    Subject to Section  11(e) , if the Person(s) empowered or selected under Section  9 hereof to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if (i) the determination is to be made by the Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Corporation’s selection of the Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or another Enterprise, as applicable, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d)     Effect of Settlement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, settlement of any Proceeding without any finding of responsibility, wrongdoing or guilt on the part of Indemnitee with respect to claims asserted in such Proceeding shall constitute a conclusive determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding.

(e)     Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section  10(e) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(f)     Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any Representative (other than Indemnitee) of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

8


Section 11.     Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)    Subject to Section  11(e) , in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section  10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section  7 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section  9(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the Submission Date, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section  4 , 5 or 9(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefore, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section  2 , 3 or  6 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee, the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  9(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section  11 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section  11 , the Corporation shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  9(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section  11 , absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by the Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section  11 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Corporation that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. In addition, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefore) advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Corporation under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation or any Enterprise, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

9


(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that , in absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Corporation shall pay Liabilities and advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding as if Indemnitee had been determined to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses with respect to such Proceeding.

Section 12.     Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and/or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Corporation hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Corporation shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations, (ii) the Corporation shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including, without limitation, this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Corporation hereunder, (iv) the Corporation shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or insurer of any such Person and (v) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or any insurer advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the

 

10


Corporation or payable under any insurance policy provided under this Agreement, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Corporation or the applicable Enterprise, or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Corporation or the applicable Enterprise, or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of an Indemnity Obligation of the Corporation under this Agreement by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or their insurers, affect the obligations of the Corporation hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). Any indemnification and/or insurance or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity), with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or capacity as an officer or director of any Person, is specifically in excess of any Indemnity Obligation of the Corporation or valid and any collectible insurance (including, without limitation, any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Corporation under this Agreement, and any obligation to provide indemnification and/or insurance or advance Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) shall be reduced by any amount that Indemnitee collects from the Corporation as an indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)    For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Corporation or any Enterprise, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible claim indemnifiable under this Agreement, the Corporation shall use reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Corporation and other Enterprise that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Corporation’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Without limiting the generality or effect of the immediately preceding sentence, the Corporation shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i) without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Corporation (and any Enterprise, as applicable), Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Corporation’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

(d)    In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause any Enterprise not to) be subrogated to, and hereby waives any rights to be subrogated to, any rights of recovery of Indemnitee, including, without limitation, rights of indemnification provided to Indemnitee from any other Person or entity with whom Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) as well as any rights to contribution that might otherwise exist; provided , however , that the Corporation (or the Enterprise, as applicable) shall be subrogated to the extent of any such payment of all rights of recovery of Indemnitee under insurance policies of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise.

 

11


(e)    The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.

Section 13.     Duration of Agreement; Not Employment Contract . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the latest of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a Representative of the Corporation and any other Enterprise and (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section  11 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a Representative of the Corporation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and the DGCL.

Section 14.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 15.     Enforcement .

(a)    The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a Representative of the Corporation (or any other Enterprise, as applicable), and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a Representative of the Corporation (or any other Enterprise, as applicable).

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 16.     Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other

 

12


provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

Section 17.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Corporation.

(b)    If to the Corporation to:

Cumulus Media Inc.

3280 Peachtree Road, N.W. Suite 2200

Atlanta, Georgia 30305

United States of America

Fax: (404) 260-6877

Attention: Richard Denning, Esq.

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation.

Section 18.     Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of the Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Corporation (or the Enterprise, as applicable) and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (b) the relative fault of the Corporation (or the Enterprise, as applicable) and its directors, officers, employees and agents and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 19.     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

13


Section 20.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 21.     Third-Party Beneficiaries . The Shareholder Entities and the Predecessor Entity are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 22.     Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.
By:  

 

  Name: Richard S. Denning
  Title:   SVP, General Counsel and Secretary
INDEMNITEE:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Address:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement ([Indemnitee])]

Exhibit 10.4

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

I. PURPOSE

The Cumulus Media Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan is adopted effective June 4, 2018. The Plan is designed to attract, retain and motivate select Eligible Employees and Key Non-Employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and to reward them for making major contributions to the success of the Company and its Affiliates. These objectives are accomplished by making long-term incentive awards under the Plan that will offer Participants an opportunity to have a greater proprietary interest in, and closer identity with, the Company and its Affiliates and their financial success.

The Awards may consist of:

 

  1. Incentive Options;

 

  2. Nonstatutory Options;

 

  3. Restricted Stock;

 

  4. Rights;

 

  5. Dividend Equivalents;

 

  6. Other Stock-Based Awards;

 

  7. Performance Awards; or

 

  8. Cash Awards;

or any combination of the foregoing, as the Committee may determine.

 

II. DEFINITIONS

A. Affiliate means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated association or other entity (other than the Company) that, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect.

B. Award means the grant or sale to any Eligible Employee or Key Non-Employee of any form of Option, Restricted Stock, Right, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Award, or Cash Award, whether granted singly, in combination, or in tandem, and pursuant to such terms, conditions, and limitations as the Committee may establish in order to fulfill the objectives of the Plan.

C. Award Agreement means a written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant under which an Award is granted and that sets forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to the Award.


D. Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

E. Cash Award means an Award of cash, subject to the requirements of Article XIII and such other restrictions not inconsistent with the Plan that the Committee deems appropriate or desirable.

F. Cause has the meaning set forth in Paragraph F of Article VII of this Plan.

G. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

H. Committee means the committee to which the Board delegates the power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, or the Board if no committee is selected. If the Board delegates powers to a committee, and if the Company is or becomes subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then, if necessary for compliance therewith, such committee shall consist of not fewer than two (2) members of the Board, each member of which must be a “non-employee director,” within the meaning of the applicable rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. If the Company is or becomes subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, no member of the Committee shall receive any Award pursuant to the Plan while serving on the Committee, unless the Board determines that the grant of such an Award satisfies the then-current Rule 16b-3 requirements under the Exchange Act.

I. Common Stock means the Class A common stock of the Company.

J. Company means Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation, and includes any successor or assignee entity or entities into which the Company may be merged, changed, or consolidated; any entity for whose securities the securities of the Company shall be exchanged; and any assignee of or successor to substantially all of the assets of the Company.

K. Disability or Disabled means a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

L. Dividend Equivalent means an Award subject to the requirements of Article X.

M. Eligible Employee means an employee of the Company or of an Affiliate who is designated by the Committee as being eligible to be granted one or more Awards under the Plan.

N. Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include rules promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

O. Fair Market Value means, if the Shares are listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“ NASDAQ ”), the closing sales price, if any, on the largest such exchange or on NASDAQ, as applicable, on the valuation date, or an average of trading days not to exceed thirty (30) days following the valuation date at the Committee’s discretion, or, if none, on the most recent trade date immediately prior to the valuation date provided that such trade date is no more than thirty

 

2


(30) days prior to the valuation date. If the Shares are not then either listed on any such exchange or quoted on NASDAQ, or there has been no trade date within such thirty (30) day period, the fair market value shall be the mean between the average of the “Bid” and the average of the “Ask” prices, if any, as reported by the Electronic Quotation Service or OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or such equivalent reporting service), for the valuation date, or, if none, for the most recent trade date immediately prior to the valuation date provided that such trade date is no more than thirty (30) days prior to the valuation date. If the fair market value cannot be determined under the preceding two sentences, it shall be determined in good faith by the Committee.

P. Incentive Option means an Option that, when granted, is intended to be an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Q. Key Non-Employee means a Non-Employee Board Member, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or of an Affiliate who is designated by the Committee as being eligible to be granted one or more Awards under the Plan.

R. Non-Employee Board Member means a director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of the Plan, a Non-Employee Board Member shall be deemed to include the employer or other designee of such Non-Employee Board Member, if the Non-Employee Board Member is required, as a condition of his or her employment, to provide that any Award granted hereunder be made to the employer or other designee.

S. Nonstatutory Option means an Option that, when granted, is not intended to be an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code, or that subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

T. Option means a right or option to purchase Common Stock, including Restricted Stock if the Committee so determines.

U. Other Stock-Based Award means any other Award that is valued in whole or in part based upon the Fair Market Value of Common Stock.

V. Participant means an Eligible Employee or Key Non-Employee to whom one or more Awards are granted under the Plan.

W. Performance Award means an Award subject to the requirements of Article XII, and such performance conditions as the Committee deems appropriate or desirable.

X. Plan means the Cumulus Media Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Y. Restricted Stock means an Award made in Common Stock or denominated in units of Common Stock and delivered under the Plan, subject to the requirements of Article VIII, such other restrictions not inconsistent with the Plan that the Committee deems appropriate or desirable, and as awarded in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

3


Z. Right means a stock appreciation right delivered under the Plan, subject to the requirements of Article IX and as awarded in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

AA. Shares means the following shares of the capital stock of the Company as to which Options or Restricted Stock have been or may be granted under the Plan and upon which Rights, units of Restricted Stock, Dividend Equivalents, or Other Stock-Based Awards may be based: treasury or authorized but unissued Common Stock of the Company, or any shares of capital stock or securities into which the Shares are changed or for which they are exchanged within the provisions of Article XVIII of the Plan.

 

III. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

The aggregate number of Shares as to which Awards may be granted from time to time shall be two million, two hundred twenty-two thousand, two hundred twenty-three (2,222,223) Shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, and other adjustments described in Article XVIII hereof). The aggregate number of Shares as to which Incentive Options may be granted from time to time shall be two million, two hundred twenty-two thousand, two hundred twenty-three (2,222,223) Shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and other adjustments described in Article XVIII hereof).

Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s stockholders, the aggregate number of Shares as to which Awards may be granted in any one calendar year to any Non-Employee Board Member shall not exceed such number of Shares having a Fair Market Value as of the date of grant equal to one million, two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000).

From time to time, the Committee and/or appropriate officers of the Company shall take whatever actions are necessary to file required documents with governmental authorities and/or stock exchanges so as to make Shares available for issuance pursuant to the Plan. Shares subject to Awards that are forfeited, are terminated (or surrendered voluntarily without payment) or expire unexercised shall immediately become available for Awards. In addition, if the exercise price of any Award is satisfied by tendering Shares to the Company (by actual delivery or attestation), only the number of Shares issued net of the Shares tendered shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for Awards. Awards payable in cash shall not reduce the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

 

IV. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof (including by telephone conference) and the acts of a majority of the members present, or acts approved in writing by a majority of the entire Committee without a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee for purposes of this Plan. The Committee may authorize one or more of its members or an officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee. A member of the Committee shall not exercise any discretion respecting Awards to himself or herself under the Plan, other than as applies to the Participants or a class of similarly situated Participants as a whole. The Board shall have the authority to remove or replace any member of, and to fill any vacancy on, the Committee upon notice to the Committee and the affected member, if any. Any member of the Committee may resign upon notice to the Board. The Committee may allocate among one or more of its members, or may delegate to one or more of its agents, such duties and responsibilities as it determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee is authorized to:

A. Interpret the provisions of the Plan and any Award or Award Agreement, and make all rules and determinations that it deems necessary or advisable to the administration of the Plan;

 

4


B. Determine which employees of the Company or an Affiliate shall be designated as Eligible Employees and which of the Eligible Employees shall be granted Awards;

C. Determine the Key Non-Employees to whom Awards, other than Incentive Options for which Key Non-Employees shall not be eligible, shall be granted;

D. Determine whether an Option to be granted shall be an Incentive Option or Nonstatutory Option;

E. Determine the number of Shares for which an Option, Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Award shall be granted;

F. Determine the number of Rights, Cash Awards or Performance Awards to be granted;

G. Provide for the acceleration of the right to exercise or vest into any Award; and

H. Specify the terms, conditions, and limitations upon which Awards may be granted;

provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Options, all such interpretations, rules, determinations, terms, and conditions shall be made and prescribed in the context of preserving the tax status of the Incentive Options as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, no Award shall vest or become exercisable over a period of less than one (1) year unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement.

If permitted by applicable law, and in accordance with any such law, the Committee may delegate to the chief executive officer and to other senior officers of the Company or its Affiliates its duties under the Plan pursuant to such conditions or limitations as the Committee may establish, except that only the Committee may select, and grant Awards to, Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Any such delegations by the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.

The Committee shall have the authority to provide in any Award Agreement for the conditions and circumstances under which Awards shall be forfeited.

Any determination made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in its sole discretion, and in the case of any determination relating to an Award, may be made at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or any Award Agreement, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No determination shall be subject to de novo review if challenged in court.

 

5


V. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION

Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Eligible Employees and Key Non-Employees of the Company or its Affiliates. The foregoing notwithstanding, each Participant receiving an Incentive Option must be an Eligible Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate at the time the Incentive Option is granted.

The Committee may, at any time and from time to time, grant one or more Awards to one or more Eligible Employees or Key Non-Employees and may designate the number of Shares, if applicable, to be subject to each Award so granted; provided, however, that no Incentive Option shall be granted after the expiration of ten (10) years from the earlier of the date of the adoption of the Plan by the Company and the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company, and provided further that the Fair Market Value of the Shares (determined at the time the Option is granted) as to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by any Eligible Employee during any single calendar year (under the Plan and under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or an Affiliate) shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent that the Fair Market Value of such Shares exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Shares subject to Option in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) shall, without further action by the Committee, automatically be converted to Nonstatutory Options.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, (i) the Committee may authorize the grant of an Award to a person not then in the employ of, or engaged by, the Company or of an Affiliate, conditioned upon such person’s becoming eligible to be granted an Award at or prior to the execution of the Award Agreement evidencing the actual grant of such Award; and (ii) if the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, then the Committee may authorize the grant of an Award under this Plan to a person who resides in the State of California only if such grant meets the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Securities Law, to the extent applicable.

 

VI. AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN

As the Committee may determine, the following types of Awards may be granted under the Plan on a stand-alone, combination, or tandem basis. The Committee may from time to time grant any such Award for such consideration as the Committee deems appropriate (which amount may be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the Award), and subject to such restrictions and conditions and other terms as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted (including, but not limited to, continuous service with the Company or its Affiliates, achievement of specific business objectives, increases in specified indices, attainment of growth rates, and/or other measurements of Company or Affiliate performance), and subject further to the general provisions of the Plan and the specific rules set forth herein.

 

6


A. Incentive Option

An Incentive Option is an Award in the form of an Option that complies with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

B. Nonstatutory Option

A Nonstatutory Option is an Award in the form of an Option that shall not be intended to, or has otherwise failed to, comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

C. Restricted Stock

Restricted Stock is an Award in Shares of Common Stock or denominated in units of Common Stock, subject to future service and/or such other restrictions and conditions as may be established by the Committee, and as set forth in the Award Agreement, including but not limited to continuous service with the Company or its Affiliates, achievement of specific business objectives, increases in specified indices, attainment of growth rates, and/or other measurements of Company or Affiliate performance.

D. Stock Appreciation Right

A stock appreciation right is an Award in the form of a Right to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Right was granted.

E. Dividend Equivalents

A Dividend Equivalent is an Award in the form of, and based upon the value of, dividends on Shares.

F. Other Stock-Based Awards

An Other Stock-Based Award is an Award that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is otherwise based upon, the Fair Market Value of Shares.

G. Performance Awards

A Performance Award is an Award that is subject to performance conditions specified by the Committee, including, but not limited to, continuous service with the Company and/or its Affiliates, achievement of specific business objectives, increases in specified indices, attainment of growth rates, and/or other measurements of Company or Affiliate performance.

H. Cash Awards

A Cash Award is an Award denominated in cash, with the eventual payment subject to future service and/or such other restrictions and conditions as may be established by the Committee, and as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

7


Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, duly executed on behalf of the Company and by the Participant to whom such Award is granted. Delivery of an Award Agreement to each Participant shall constitute an agreement between the Company and the Participant as to the terms and conditions of the Award. Except for the setting of the Option price under Paragraph A of Article VII below with respect to Options granted hereunder, no Award shall be granted, and no purported grant of any Award shall be effective, until such Award Agreement shall have been duly executed on behalf of the Company and by the Participant.

 

VII. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE OPTIONS AND NONSTATUTORY OPTIONS

A. Option Price

In the case of an Incentive Option granted to a Participant who owns, directly or by reason of the applicable attribution rules, ten percent (10%) or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, and in the case of a Nonstatutory Option, the Option price per share of the Shares covered by each such Incentive Option or Nonstatutory Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the grant of the Option. In all other cases of Incentive Options, the Option price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

B. Number of Shares

Each Option shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains.

C. Term of Option

Each Incentive Option shall terminate not more than ten (10) years from the date of the grant thereof, or at such earlier time as the Award Agreement may provide, and shall be subject to earlier termination as herein provided, except that if the Option price is required under Paragraph A of this Article VII to be at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of Fair Market Value, each such Incentive Option shall terminate not more than five (5) years from the date of the grant thereof, and shall be subject to earlier termination as herein provided. The Committee shall determine at the time of grant and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time at which a Nonstatutory Option shall terminate.

D. Date of Exercise

Upon the authorization of the grant of an Option, the Committee may, subject to the provisions of Paragraph C of this Article VII, prescribe in the applicable Award Agreement the date or dates on which the Option becomes exercisable, and may provide that the Option rights become exercisable in installments over a period of years, and/or upon the attainment of stated goals. It is expressly understood that Options hereunder shall, unless otherwise provided for in writing by the Committee, be granted in contemplation of, and earned by the Participant through the completion of, future employment or service with the Company.

E. Medium of Payment

The Option price shall be payable upon the exercise of the Option, as set forth in Paragraph I. It shall be payable in such form (as permitted by Section 422 of the Code in the case of Incentive Options) as the Committee shall, either by rules promulgated pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Plan, or in the particular Award Agreement, provide.

 

8


F. Termination of Employment

1. A Participant who ceases to be an employee and Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate for any reason other than death, Disability, or termination for Cause, as defined in subparagraph (2) below, may exercise any Option granted to such Participant, to the extent that the right to purchase Shares thereunder has become exercisable by the date of such termination, but only within three (3) months (or such other period of time as the Committee may determine at the time of grant and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, not to exceed three (3) months in the case of an Incentive Option) after such date, subject to the conditions that (i) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Option and (ii) unless the Committee otherwise provides, no Option that has not become exercisable by the date of such termination shall at any time thereafter be or become exercisable. A Participant’s employment shall not be deemed terminated by reason of a transfer to another employer that is the Company or an Affiliate.

2. A Participant who ceases to be an employee or Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate for Cause shall, upon such termination, cease to have any right to exercise any Option. For purposes of this Plan, “ Cause ” shall be as defined in any employment or other agreement between the Participant and the Company (or an Affiliate) or, if there is no such agreement or definition therein, Cause shall mean (i) a Participant’s theft or embezzlement, or attempted theft or embezzlement, of money or property of the Company or of an Affiliate, a Participant’s perpetration or attempted perpetration of fraud, or a Participant’s participation in a fraud or attempted fraud, on the Company or an Affiliate or a Participant’s unauthorized appropriation of, or a Participant’s attempt to misappropriate, any tangible or intangible assets or property of the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) a Participant’s commission of a felony or any other crime the commission of which results in injury to the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence or the Participant’s willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties to the Company and its Affiliates, or a willful failure to perform his or her duties (other than due to physical illness or incapacity); or (iv) any material violation of any material restriction to which the Participant is subject from time to time regarding the disclosure or use of confidential information of the Company or an Affiliate, client, customer, prospect, or merger or acquisition target, or regarding competition with the Company or an Affiliate pursuant to any non-competition obligations to which the Participant is subject from time to time. A Participant who ceases to be an employee or Key Non-Employee of the Company or an Affiliate for reasons other than Cause at a time when grounds for Cause exist shall be deemed terminated for Cause for purposes of the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to the existence of Cause shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company.

3. Except as the Committee may otherwise expressly provide or determine (consistent with Section 422 of the Code, if applicable), a Participant who is absent from work with the Company or an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other

 

9


than a Disability), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose permitted by the Company or by any authoritative interpretation (i.e., regulation, ruling, case law, etc.) of Section 422 of the Code, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated his or her employment or relationship with the Company or with an Affiliate. For purposes of Incentive Options, no leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract (or the Committee approves such longer leave of absence, in which event the Incentive Option held by the Participant shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Option on the date that is six (6) months following the first day of such leave).

4. Paragraph F(1) shall control and fix the rights of a Participant who ceases to be an employee and Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate for any reason other than Disability, death, or termination for Cause, and who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies. Nothing in Paragraphs G and H of this Article VII shall be applicable in any such case except that, in the event of such a subsequent Disability or death within the three (3) month period after the termination of employment or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option, the Participant or the Participant’s estate or personal representative may exercise the Option permitted by this Paragraph F, in the event of Disability, within twelve (12) months after the date that the Participant ceased to be an employee and Key Non-Employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the event of death, within twelve (12) months after the date of such Participant’s death.

G. Total and Permanent Disability

A Participant who ceases to be an employee and Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant to the extent that the right to purchase Shares thereunder has become exercisable on or before the date such Participant’s service ceases.

A Disabled Participant, or his or her estate or personal representative, shall exercise such rights, if at all, only within a period of not more than twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement) after the date that the Participant’s service ceases or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

H. Death

In the event that a Participant to whom an Option has been granted ceases to be an employee and Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of such Participant’s death, such Option, to the extent that the right is exercisable but not exercised on the date of death, may be exercised by the Participant’s estate or personal representative within twelve (12) months (or such longer period as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement) after the date of death of such Participant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant were alive and had continued to be an employee or Key Non-Employee of the Company or of an Affiliate.

 

10


I. Exercise of Option and Issuance of Stock

Options shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company. Such written notice shall (i) be signed by the person exercising the Option, (ii) state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Option Shares ”), (iii) contain the warranty required by Paragraph M of this Article VII, if applicable, and (iv) specify a date (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday) not more than ten (10) days after the date of such written notice, as the date on which the Option Shares will be purchased. Such tender and conveyance shall take place at the principal office of the Company during ordinary business hours, or at such other hour and place agreed upon by the Company and the person or persons exercising the Option. On the date specified in such written notice (which date may be extended by the Company in order to comply with any blackout limitations, or with laws or regulations that require the Company to take any action with respect to the Option Shares prior to the issuance thereof), the Company shall accept payment for the Option Shares in cash, by bank or certified check, by wire transfer, or by such other means as may be approved by the Committee. In the event of any failure to pay for the number of Shares specified in such written notice on the date set forth therein (or on the extended date as above provided), the right to exercise the Option shall terminate with respect to such number of Shares, but shall continue with respect to the remaining Shares covered by the Option and not yet acquired pursuant thereto.

If approved in advance by the Committee, and subject to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the requirements of any applicable securities laws, payment in full or in part may also be made (i) by delivering Shares, or by attestation of Shares, that have a total Fair Market Value on the date of such delivery equal to the Option price and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company; (ii) by the execution and delivery of a note or other evidence of indebtedness (and any security agreement thereunder) satisfactory to the Committee; (iii) by authorizing the Company to retain Shares that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of the Option having a total Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option price; (iv) by the delivery of cash or the extension of credit by a broker-dealer to whom the Participant has submitted a notice of exercise or otherwise indicated an intent to exercise an Option (in accordance with part 220, Chapter II, Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, a so-called “cashless” exercise); or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

J. Rights as a Stockholder

No Participant to whom an Option has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Option except as to such Shares that have been registered in the Company’s share register in the name of such Participant upon the due exercise of the Option and tender of the full Option price.

K. Assignability and Transferability of Option

Unless otherwise permitted by the Code and by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, if applicable, and approved in advance by the Committee, an Option granted to a Participant shall not be transferable by the Participant and shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by such Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s incapacity, his guardian or legal representative. Except as otherwise permitted herein, such Option shall not be assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to

 

11


execution, attachment, or similar process, and any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Option or of any rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this Paragraph K, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon an Option or such rights, shall be null and void.

L. Other Provisions

The Award Agreement for an Incentive Option shall contain such limitations and restrictions upon the exercise of the Option as shall be necessary in order that such Option qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

M. Purchase for Investment

If Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall not have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares covered by such exercise unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled. The person who exercises such Option shall warrant to the Company that, at the time of such exercise, such person is acquiring his or her Option Shares for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, and shall make such other related representations, warranties, acknowledgments, and/or affirmations, if any, as the Committee may require to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 or an exemption from registration thereunder. In such event, the person acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend (or similar legend) which shall be endorsed upon the certificate(s) (if any) evidencing his or her Option Shares issued pursuant to such exercise.

“The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that an exemption from registration is then available.”

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company may delay issuance of the Shares until completion of any action or obtaining any consent that the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including without limitation state securities or “blue sky” laws).

 

VIII. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK

A. If Shares of Restricted Stock are awarded, such Shares cannot be assigned, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated prior to the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, and, in no event, absent Committee approval, prior to six (6) months from the date of the Award. Stock certificates issued by the Company with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock shall bear the same or similar legend as set forth in Paragraph M of Article VII.

B. Restricted Stock issued to a Participant under the Plan shall be governed by an Award Agreement that shall specify whether Shares of Common Stock are awarded to the Participant, or whether the Award shall be one not of Shares of Common Stock but one denominated in units of Common Stock, any consideration required therefor, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

 

12


C. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs A and D hereof and the restrictions set forth in the related Award Agreement, the Participant receiving an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereupon be a stockholder with respect to all of such Shares and shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote such Shares and to receive dividends and other distributions made with respect to such Shares. All Common Stock received by a Participant as the result of any dividend on the Shares of Restricted Stock, or as the result of any stock split, stock distribution, or combination of the Shares affecting Restricted Stock, shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the related Award Agreement.

D. Shares of Restricted Stock or units of Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to the Plan will be forfeited, and any Shares of Restricted Stock or units of Restricted Stock sold to a Participant pursuant to the Plan may, at the Company’s option, be repurchased by the Company for an amount equal to the price paid therefor, and in either case, such Shares of Restricted Stock or units of Restricted Stock shall revert to the Company, if the Company so determines in accordance with any condition set forth in the Award Agreement, or, alternatively, if the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates, other than for reasons set forth in Article XIV, prior to the expiration of the forfeiture or restriction provisions set forth in the Award Agreement.

E. The Committee, in its discretion, shall have the power to accelerate the date on which the restrictions contained in the Award Agreement shall lapse with respect to any or all Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.

F. Any Restricted Stock denominated in units of Common Stock, if not previously forfeited, shall be payable in accordance with Article XV at the time set forth in the Award Agreement.

G. The Committee may prescribe in an Award Agreement such other restrictions, conditions, and terms applicable to Restricted Stock issued to a Participant under the Plan that are neither inconsistent with nor prohibited by the Plan, including, without limitation, terms providing for the vesting of the Award.

 

IX. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

A. Rights may be granted, if at all, either on a stand-alone basis, or in connection with another Award. At the time of grant of a Right, the Committee shall specify the base price of Common Stock to be used in connection with the calculation described in Paragraph B below, provided that the base price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of grant, unless approved by the Board.

B. Upon exercise of a Right, which shall, absent Committee approval, be not less than six (6) months from the date of the grant, the Participant shall be entitled to receive in accordance with Article XV, and as soon as practicable after exercise, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price specified in such Right, multiplied by the number of Shares of Common Stock then subject to the Right, or the portion thereof being exercised.

 

13


C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Award granted to a Participant allows him or her to elect to cancel all or any portion of an unexercised Option by exercising an additional or tandem Right, then the Option price per Share of Common Stock shall be used as the base price specified in Paragraph A to determine the value of the Right upon such exercise and, in the event of the exercise of such Right, the Company’s obligation with respect to such Option or portion thereof shall be discharged by payment of the Right so exercised. In the event of such a cancellation, the number of Shares as to which such Option was canceled shall become available for use under the Plan, less the number of Shares, if any, received by the Participant upon such cancellation in accordance with Article XV.

D. A Right may be exercised only by the Participant (or, if applicable under Article XIV, by a legatee or legatees of such Right, or by the Participant’s executors, personal representatives, or distributees).

 

X. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

An Award of Dividend Equivalents shall entitle the Participant to receive cash, Shares, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a stand-alone basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares, Awards or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

 

XI. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and subject to such restrictions and conditions and other terms, as the Committee may specify in the Award Agreement at the time the Other Stock-Based Award is granted, subject to the general provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted on a stand-alone basis or in connection with any other Awards granted under the Plan.

 

XII. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS

A. The Committee may use business criteria and/or other measures of performance as it deems appropriate in establishing any performance conditions applicable to Performance Awards (including, but not limited to, continuous service with the Company or its Affiliates, achievement of specific business objectives, increases in specified indices, attainment of growth rates, and/or other measurements of Company or Affiliate performance).

 

14


B. Any Performance Award will be forfeited upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more events as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, or, alternatively, if the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates, other than for reasons set forth in Article XIV, prior to the expiration of the time period over which the performance conditions are to be measured.

C. Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over such periods as may be specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement.

D. Settlement of Performance Awards may be in cash or Shares, or other property, in the discretion of the Committee.

 

XIII. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CASH AWARDS

A. Any Cash Award will be forfeited upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more events as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, or, alternatively, if the Participant’s employment or engagement with the Company or its Affiliates terminates, other than for reasons set forth in Article XIV, prior to the attainment of any goals set forth in the Award Agreement or prior to the expiration of the forfeiture or restriction provisions set forth in the Award Agreement, whichever is applicable.

B. Any Cash Award, if not previously forfeited, shall be payable in accordance with Article XV on or about March 15 of the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year during which the goals are attained, and in no event later than December 31 of such year.

C. The Committee may prescribe in an Award Agreement such other restrictions, conditions, and terms applicable to the Cash Awards issued to a Participant under the Plan that are neither inconsistent with nor prohibited by the Plan, including, without limitation, terms providing for a lapse of the restrictions, or a measurement of the goals, in installments.

 

XIV. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE

Except as may otherwise be (i) provided in Article VII for Options, (ii) provided for under the Award Agreement with respect to any Award, or (iii) permitted pursuant to Paragraphs A through C of this Article XIV (subject to the limitations under the Code for Incentive Options), if the employment or service of a Participant terminates, all then-unvested Awards held by such Participant shall be canceled immediately.

A. Retirement under a Company or Affiliate Retirement Plan

When a Participant’s employment or service terminates as a result of retirement as defined under a Company or Affiliate tax-qualified retirement plan, the Committee may permit Awards to continue in effect beyond the date of retirement in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, and/or the exercisability and vesting of any Award may be accelerated.

B. Termination in the Best Interests of the Company or an Affiliate

When a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate terminates and, in the judgment of the chief executive officer or other senior officer designated by the Committee, the acceleration and/or continuation of outstanding Awards would be in the best

 

15


interests of the Company, the Committee may (i) authorize, where appropriate, the acceleration and/or continuation of all or any part of Awards granted prior to such termination and/or (ii) permit the exercise, vesting, and payment of such Awards for such period as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

C. Death or Disability of a Participant

1. In the event of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate or beneficiaries shall have the period ending on the earlier of (i) the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement and (ii) the expiration date specified in Paragraph F.4 or H of Article VII, as applicable, within which to receive or exercise any outstanding Awards subject to exercise that are held by the Participant under such terms as may be specified in the applicable Award Agreement. Rights to any such outstanding Awards shall pass to beneficiaries so designated by the Participant, or if no such beneficiaries are designated, by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards so passing shall be paid and/or may be exercised at such times and in such manner as if the Participant were living.

2. If a Participant is Disabled, and subject to the limitations of Paragraph F.4 or G of Article VII, as applicable, Awards may be paid to, or exercised by, the Participant, if legally competent, or by a legally designated guardian or other representative if the Participant is legally incompetent by virtue of such Disability.

3. Upon or after the death or Disability of a Participant, the Committee may in its sole discretion at any time (i) terminate restrictions in Award Agreements; (ii) accelerate any or all installments and rights; and/or (iii) instruct the Company to pay the total of any accelerated payments in a lump sum to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, beneficiaries or representative.

 

XV. PAYMENT OF RESTRICTED STOCK, RIGHTS, OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS, PERFORMANCE AWARDS AND CASH AWARDS

Payment of Restricted Stock, Rights, Other Stock-Based Awards, Performance Awards and Cash Awards may be made, as the Committee shall specify in any Award Agreement, in the form of cash, Shares of Common Stock, or combinations thereof; provided, however, that a fractional Share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash equal to the corresponding fraction of the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share of Common Stock at the time of payment.

 

XVI. WITHHOLDING

Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement,

A. the Company shall have the power and right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy the maximum federal, state, and local taxes required or permitted by law to be withheld with respect to any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan; and

 

16


B. in the case of payments of Awards, or upon any other taxable event hereunder, a Participant may elect, subject to the approval in advance by the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, if any, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be transferred to the Participant having a Fair Market Value, on the date the tax is to be determined, equal to such withholding obligation. All elections shall be made in writing and signed by the Participant.

 

XVII. SAVINGS CLAUSE

This Plan is intended to comply in all respects with applicable law and regulations, including, (i) with respect to those Participants who are officers or directors for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if applicable, (ii) Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and (iii) Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on a Participant by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A. In case any one or more provisions of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law and regulation (including Rule 16b-3 and Code Section 409A), the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permitted by law, any provision that could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted, or revised retroactively to permit this Plan to be construed in compliance with all applicable law (including Rule 16b-3 and Code Section 409A) so as to foster the intent of this Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Participants who are officers and directors for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, if applicable, and if required to comply with rules promulgated thereunder, no grant of, or Option to purchase, Shares shall permit unrestricted ownership of Shares by the Participant for at least six (6) months from the date of grant or Option, unless the Board determines that the grant of, or Option to purchase, Shares otherwise satisfies the then-current Rule 16b-3 requirements.

 

XVIII. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

If the outstanding Shares of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or of another entity by reason of any reorganization, merger, consolidation (or similar corporate transaction), or if a change is made to the Common Stock of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, change in par value, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares or dividends payable in capital stock, or upon any extraordinary cash dividend made with respect to the Common Stock, or the like, the Company shall make adjustments to such Awards (including, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the grant of substitute Awards under the Plan or under the plan of such other entity or the suspension of the right to exercise an Award for a specified period of time in connection with a corporate transaction) as it may determine to be equitable under the circumstances, and, in addition, equitable adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares or securities and in the option price per share or security subject to outstanding Awards under the Plan or under the plan of such successor entity. The foregoing notwithstanding, unless the Committee determines otherwise, no such adjustment shall be made to an Option that, within the meaning of Sections 424 and 409A of the Code, as applicable, constitutes a modification, extension, or renewal of an option as to cause it to be considered as the grant of a new option.

 

17


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the timing of the exercise provisions of any Award in the event of (i) the adoption of a plan of merger or consolidation under which a majority of the Shares of the Company would be converted into or exercised for cash or securities of any other corporation or entity, or (ii) a sale or exchange of all or any portion of the Company’s assets or equity securities. Alternatively, the Company may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participants, provide for one or more of the following in the event of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale of all or any portion of the Company’s assets or capital stock, including but not limited to a “going-private” transaction: (i) the assumption of the Plan and outstanding Awards by the surviving entity or its parent; (ii) the substitution by the surviving entity or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards; (iii) notice to the holders of vested and exercisable Options and Rights of their ability to exercise vested and exercisable Options and Rights effective contingent upon and immediately prior to such transaction followed by the cancellation of all unexercised Options and Rights (whether or not then vested and exercisable); (iv) settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding vested Options and Rights in cash or cash equivalents or equity followed by the cancellation of all Options and Rights (whether or not then vested or exercisable); and (v) cancellation of all unvested or unexercisable Awards; provided, however, that in connection with an assumption or substitution of Awards under clause (i) or (ii) above, the Awards so assumed or substituted shall continue to vest or become exercisable pursuant to the terms of the original Award, except to the extent that such terms are otherwise rendered inoperative. In connection with any such transaction, each Participant shall, to the extent so provided under the definitive transaction agreement, (i) be subject to any earn-outs, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, escrows and other contingent payments on the terms set forth in the definitive transaction agreement, (ii) be subject to all indemnification and other obligations of the Company’s equityholders in connection with such transaction, (iii) be bound by the appointment of any equityholder representative who shall represent the Company’s equityholders under the definitive transaction agreement as the representative, agent, proxy, and attorney-in-fact for the Participant, with the power and authority to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to the definitive transaction agreement, and (iv) execute such additional agreements or documentation, if any, as may be required under the definitive transaction agreement to reflect the foregoing or the treatment of the Participant’s Awards, including without limitation, letters of transmittal or cash-out agreements.

Upon a business combination by the Company or any of its Affiliates with any corporation or other entity through the adoption of a plan of merger or consolidation or a share exchange or through the purchase of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of such other corporation or entity, the Board or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Options pursuant hereto to all or any persons who, on the effective date of such transaction, hold outstanding options to purchase securities of such other corporation or entity and who, on and after the effective date of such transaction, will become employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or its Affiliates. The number of Shares subject to such substitute Options shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the transaction by which the business combination is effectuated. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Plan, the other terms of such substitute Options shall be substantially the same as or economically equivalent to the terms of the options for which such Options are substituted, all as determined by the Board or by the Committee, as the case may be. Upon the grant of substitute Options pursuant hereto, the options to purchase securities of such other corporation or entity for which such Options are substituted shall be canceled immediately.

 

18


XIX. DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY

Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company other than in connection with a transaction to which Article XVIII applies, all Awards granted hereunder shall terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant under the applicable Award have not otherwise terminated and expired, the Participant may, if the Committee, in its sole discretion, so permits, have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise any Award granted hereunder to the extent that the right thereunder has not otherwise become exercisable as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation.

 

XX. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the earlier of the date of its adoption by the Board and the date of its approval by the stockholders. The Plan may be terminated at an earlier date by vote of the stockholders or the Board; provided, however, that no termination of the Plan (whether early or pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) shall affect any Award Agreements executed prior to the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Options granted prior to the effective date of the Plan’s termination may be exercised until the earlier of (i) the date set forth in the Award Agreement and (ii) in the case of an Incentive Option, ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and the provisions of the Plan with respect to the full and final authority of the Committee under the Plan shall continue to control.

 

XXI. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AWARDS

The Plan may be amended by the Board, and such amendment shall become effective upon adoption by the Board; provided, however, that any amendment shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company at or before the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company if such stockholder approval is required by the Code, any federal or state law or regulation, or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted, or if the Board, in its discretion, determines to submit such changes to the Plan to its stockholders for approval. Further, no amendment to the Plan that reduces the Option exercise price below that provided for in Article VII of the Plan shall be effective unless it is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment to the terms of any Award or to the Plan shall (a) impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent or (b) except for adjustments made pursuant to Article XVIII, reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or Rights or cancel or amend outstanding Options or Rights for the purpose of repricing, replacing, or regranting such Options or Rights with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or Rights or cancel or amend outstanding Options or Rights with an exercise price that is greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share for the purpose of exchanging such Options or Rights for cash or any other Awards without stockholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

 

19


the Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted if the Committee, in its discretion, determines that such amendment is necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation systems on which the Shares may be listed or traded, or changes in tax or other applicable laws or regulatory requirements.

 

XXII. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment of a Participant, nor to prevent a Participant from terminating the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

XXIII. INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE

In addition to such other rights of indemnification that they may have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall, to the extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken by them as directors or members of the Committee and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided that such settlement is approved by the Board) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that the director or Committee member is liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties. To receive such indemnification, a director or Committee member must first offer in writing to the Company the opportunity, at its own expense, to defend any such action, suit or proceeding.

 

XXIV. UNFUNDED PLAN

The Plan shall be unfunded. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with respect to Participants who are entitled to cash, Common Stock, or rights thereto under the Plan, any such accounts shall be used merely as a bookkeeping convenience. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by cash, Common Stock, or rights thereto, nor shall the Plan be construed as providing for such segregation, nor shall the Company, the Board, or the Committee be deemed to be a trustee of any cash, Common Stock, or rights thereto to be granted under the Plan. Any liability of the Company to any Participant with respect to a grant of cash, Common Stock, or rights thereto under the Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created by the Plan and any Award Agreement; no such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company. Neither the Company nor the Board nor the Committee shall be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any obligation that may be created by the Plan.

 

20


XXV. MITIGATION OF EXCISE TAX

To the extent provided for in the Award Agreement or in any other agreement between the Company (or an Affiliate) and the Participant, if any payment or right accruing to a Participant under this Plan (without the application of this Article XXV), either alone or together with other payments or rights accruing to the Participant from the Company or an Affiliate, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and regulations thereunder), such payment or right shall be reduced to the largest amount or greatest right that will result in no portion of the amount payable or right accruing under the Plan being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or being disallowed as a deduction under Section 280G of the Code. The determination of whether any reduction in the rights or payments under this Plan is necessary shall be made by the Company. The Participant shall cooperate in good faith with the Company in making such determination and providing any necessary information for this purpose.

 

XXVI. EFFECTIVE DATE

This Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board, provided that the adoption of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company if such stockholder approval is required by the Code, any federal or state law or regulations, or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted, or if the Board, in its discretion, desires to submit the Plan to its stockholders for approval.

 

XXVII. RECOVERY

If the Company is or becomes subject to regulations or listing standards adopted pursuant to Section 10D of the Exchange Act, then each Award granted pursuant to the Plan, each Share acquired pursuant to the Plan, and all proceeds in respect of any such Awards or Shares shall be subject to any “clawback” or similar policy of the Company adopted pursuant to such regulations or listing standards that may be in effect from time to time, whether before or after the grant, exercise or settlement of such Awards or Shares.

 

XXVIII. FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS

To the extent that the Committee determines that the restrictions imposed by the Plan preclude the achievement of the material purposes of the Plan in jurisdictions outside the United States of America, the Committee in its discretion may modify those restrictions as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conform to applicable requirements or practices of jurisdictions outside of the United States of America.

 

XXIX. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS

At the time of the grant of an Award, the Company may permit a Participant to elect to:

 

  (a) have cash that would otherwise be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Award credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;

 

  (b) have Shares that would otherwise be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Award converted into an equal number of Rights; or

 

21


  (c) have Shares that would otherwise be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Award converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date on which they would otherwise have been delivered to such Participant.

A deferred compensation account established under this Article XXIX may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee and shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the Company. If the deferral of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee may establish rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Article XXIX.

 

XXX. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith.

 

XXXI. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS

If a Participant believes that the Committee has not followed his or her directions, or the Participant believes that he or she has a claim against the Plan, the Company or the Committee under the terms of the Plan and/or any applicable Award Agreement, the Participant must file a written claim with the Committee within twenty-four (24) months after the direction was allegedly made.

Adopted this 4 th day of June 2018.

 

22

Exhibit 10.5

(Non-Senior Executive Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective _________ __, 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and __________________________ (the “ Recipient ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Recipient an award denominated in units (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”) of its Class A common capital stock (the “ Common Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, the Restricted Stock Units are being issued under and subject to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and any terms used herein have the same meanings as under the Plan (the Recipient being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Company hereby grants to the Recipient ______ Restricted Stock Units upon the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Recipient acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit is a notional amount that represents one share of the Company’s Common Stock. Each Restricted Stock Unit constitutes the right, subject to the terms, conditions and vesting schedule of the Plan and this Agreement, to receive a distribution of one share of Common Stock.

 

2. PURCHASE PRICE

The purchase price of the Restricted Stock Units is zero Dollars per share.

 

3. AWARDS SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT.

The Award granted hereunder shall be null and void unless the Recipient accepts this Agreement by executing it in the space provided below and returning it to the Company.

 

4. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

The Recipient shall not have any rights of a stockholder as a result of receiving an Award under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any right to vote the shares of Common Stock to be issued hereunder, unless and until (and only to the extent that) the Restricted Stock Units have vested and the shares of Common Stock thereafter distributed pursuant to Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof.

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


5. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Fifty percent (50%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall be designated as performance-based Restricted Stock Units (the “ Performance RSUs ”), and fifty percent (50%) shall be designated as time-based Restricted Stock Units (the “ Time-Based RSUs ”). Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows:

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 5(c), the Performance RSUs shall vest in three substantially equal annual installments upon each of December 31, 2018, December  31, 2019, and December  31, 2020, subject to the Company’s attaining or exceeding the following EBITDA (as hereinafter defined) targets for the applicable year:

 

EBITDA target

  

Year Ending

³  $236 million

   December 31, 2018

³  $246 million

   December 31, 2019

³  $270 million

   December 31, 2020

If less than ninety percent (90%) of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, the Performance RSUs that were otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall be forfeited in their entirety. If at least ninety percent (90%), but less than one hundred percent (100%), of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, then a percentage of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year shall become vested, with the vested percentage to be determined by linear interpolation between ninety percent (90%) attainment of EBITDA (in which case fifty percent (50%) of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year will vest) and one hundred percent (100%) attainment of the EBITDA targets (in which case one hundred percent (100%) of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year will vest). If one hundred percent (100%) or more of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, the Performance RSUs that were otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall vest in their entirety.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ EBITDA ” shall mean the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for a fiscal year as determined by the Committee, and as adjusted to exclude the impact of any extraordinary items as deemed appropriate by the Company.

 

  (b) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 5(c), thirty percent (30%) of the Time-Based RSUs shall vest on each of the first two anniversaries of the Grant Date, and an additional twenty percent (20%) shall thereafter vest on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

 

2


  (c) The Recipient must be employed by the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable Vesting Date (as hereinafter defined) in order to vest in the tranche of the Performance RSUs or the Time-Based RSUs vesting as of such date. Upon a termination of the Recipient’s employment with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Time-Based RSUs, and the Performance RSUs as to which the performance year has not ended, shall cease, and any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited; provided, that if such termination (other than an involuntary termination for Cause) occurs following the completion of a performance year, but prior to the determination of the Company’s EBITDA for such year, the Performance RSUs otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest as of the date on which the Company’s attainment of the EBITDA target is determined. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates by virtue of the Recipient’s (i) termination by the Company without Cause; (ii)  voluntary resignation for Good Reason; (iii)  death; or (iv)  Disability (a termination of employment for any of the reasons set forth in the immediately preceding subsections (i)  through (iv) to be referred to herein as a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then (x)  the vesting of the outstanding and unvested (if any) Time-Based RSUs shall be accelerated as of the date of the Qualifying Termination by that number of Time-Based RSUs that would otherwise have vested on the next succeeding annual Vesting Date, and (y)  the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of performance during the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs (if any) shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest in respect of performance for the year of termination, and will vest based on the achievement of the applicable EBITDA target for such year.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraphs 5(a), (b) and (c) above, if the Recipient’s services are terminated by the Company without Cause or as the result of the Recipient’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, in either instance at any time within the three (3)  month period immediately preceding, or the twelve (12)  month period immediately following, a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units that are (or were) otherwise unvested as of the date the employment terminates shall thereafter become vested. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a)  the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b)  the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c)  the effective time of (1)  a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2)  a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

3


  (e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under any employment agreement between the Recipient and the Company and, absent any such definition, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Recipient’s consent: (i)  a material diminution in the Recipient’s base salary, other than in connection with an across the board reduction affecting the Company’s senior management team; (ii)  a material diminution in the Recipient’s duties, authority or responsibilities; or (iii)  a change of greater than fifty (50)  miles in the geographic location from which the Recipient primarily performs his or her services on behalf of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, no event described above shall constitute Good Reason unless (1)  the Recipient gives written notice to the Company specifying the condition or event relied upon for the Good Reason termination within ninety (90)  days following the initial existence of such condition or event; (2)  the Company fails to cure the event or condition constituting Good Reason within thirty (30)  days following receipt of the Recipient’s written notice; and (3)  the Recipient actually terminates his or her employment within thirty (30)  days of the end of such cure period.

 

  (f) For purposes of this Agreement, each date on which any portion of the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be referred to as a “ Vesting Date .”

 

6. SETTLEMENT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock will be issued to the Recipient as soon as reasonably practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event shall the shares be issued with respect to Performance RSUs later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 2 ) months following the end of the applicable performance year.

 

7. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

  (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery to the Recipient of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the Recipient shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount of cash as the Company may require under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to the Award. If the Recipient shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Recipient.

 

4


  (b) The Recipient may elect, subject to Company approval, to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments with respect to the Restricted Stock Unit Award by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company pursuant to Paragraph 7(a), (2) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock (that the Recipient has held for at least six months prior to the delivery of such shares or that the Recipient purchased on the open market and for which the Recipient has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes first arises in connection with the Award (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments, (3)  authorizing the Company to withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to the Recipient pursuant to the Award, a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments, (4)  a cash payment following the Recipient’s sale of (or by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company through which the Recipient has sold) a number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Required Tax Payments have arisen having a Fair Market Value determined as of the Tax Date equal to the Required Tax Payments, or (5)  any combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4). Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Recipient. No certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

 

8. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

The Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the vesting of the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units and delivery of shares hereunder, the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award shall be settled in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of the Restricted Stock Units then vesting. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

9. FORFEITURE.

If the Recipient breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Recipient of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to

 

5


the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to this Award during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Recipient engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the Award shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Recipient’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity. Further, to the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Award granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Recipient shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Recipient and forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized thereon, or (y) transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for no consideration. The Recipient’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Recipient’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

  (a) Meaning of Certain Terms . As used herein, the term “vest” shall mean no longer subject to forfeiture (other than as provided in Paragraph 9 above).

 

  (b) Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons, who shall, upon the death of the Recipient, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

 

6


  (c) Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b)  by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c)  by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d)  by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:        Cumulus Media Inc.                       
  

 

  
  

 

  
   Attention: General Counsel   
To the Recipient:   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

  (d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

  (e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  (f) Transfers . The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall not be transferable by the Recipient except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

  (g)

Separability; Reformation . It is intended that any amount payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code, and regulations and guidance related thereto, or will be a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section  409A of the Code, so as not to subject the Recipient to the payment of any interest or tax penalty that may be imposed under Section  409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or as applied to any circumstance, under the laws of any jurisdiction that may govern for such purpose, or if any

 

7


  provision of this Agreement or the Plan needs to be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted, or so interpreted, to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or to the extent and in the manner necessary to be interpreted in compliance with such requirements of the Code, either generally or as applied to such circumstance, or shall be deemed excised from this Agreement or the Plan, as the case may require, and this Agreement or the Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated herein as so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not been originally incorporated herein, as the case may be.

 

  (h) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Recipient have caused this Agreement to be executed on its and his or her behalf effective the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.     RECIPIENT:
By:        
Its:          

 

8

Exhibit 10.6

(Senior Executive Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective _________ __, 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and __________________________ (the “ Recipient ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Recipient an award denominated in units (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”) of its Class A common capital stock (the “ Common Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, the Restricted Stock Units are being issued under and subject to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and any terms used herein have the same meanings as under the Plan (the Recipient being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Company hereby grants to the Recipient ______ Restricted Stock Units upon the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Recipient acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit is a notional amount that represents one share of the Company’s Common Stock. Each Restricted Stock Unit constitutes the right, subject to the terms, conditions and vesting schedule of the Plan and this Agreement, to receive a distribution of one share of Common Stock.

 

2. PURCHASE PRICE

The purchase price of the Restricted Stock Units is zero Dollars per share.

 

3. AWARDS SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT.

The Award granted hereunder shall be null and void unless the Recipient accepts this Agreement by executing it in the space provided below and returning it to the Company.

 

4. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

The Recipient shall not have any rights of a stockholder as a result of receiving an Award under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any right to vote the shares of Common Stock to be issued hereunder, unless and until (and only to the extent that) the Restricted Stock Units have vested and the shares of Common Stock thereafter distributed pursuant to Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof.

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


5. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Fifty percent (50%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall be designated as performance-based Restricted Stock Units (the “ Performance RSUs ”), and fifty percent (50%) shall be designated as time-based Restricted Stock Units (the “ Time-Based RSUs ”). Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows:

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 5(c), the Performance RSUs shall vest in three substantially equal annual installments upon each of December 31, 2018, December  31, 2019, and December  31, 2020, subject to the Company’s attaining or exceeding the following EBITDA (as hereinafter defined) targets for the applicable year:

 

EBITDA target

  

Year Ending

³  $236 million

   December 31, 2018

³ $246 million

   December 31, 2019

³ $270 million

   December 31, 2020

If less than ninety percent (90%) of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, the Performance RSUs that were otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall be forfeited in their entirety. If at least ninety percent (90%), but less than one hundred percent (100%), of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, then a percentage of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year shall become vested, with the vested percentage to be determined by linear interpolation between ninety percent (90%) attainment of EBITDA (in which case fifty percent (50%) of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year will vest) and one hundred percent (100%) attainment of the EBITDA targets (in which case one hundred percent (100%) of the Performance RSUs eligible to vest in respect of such year will vest). If one hundred percent (100%) or more of the EBITDA target for a given year is attained, the Performance RSUs that were otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall vest in their entirety.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ EBITDA ” shall mean the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for a fiscal year as determined by the Committee, and as adjusted to exclude the impact of any extraordinary items as deemed appropriate by the Company.

 

  (b) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 5(c), thirty percent (30%) of the Time-Based RSUs shall vest on each of the first two anniversaries of the Grant Date, and an additional twenty percent (20%) shall thereafter vest on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

 

2


  (c) The Recipient must be employed by the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable Vesting Date (as hereinafter defined) in order to vest in the tranche of the Performance RSUs or the Time-Based RSUs vesting as of such date. Upon a termination of the Recipient’s employment with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Time-Based RSUs, and the Performance RSUs as to which the performance year has not ended, shall cease, and any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited; provided, that if such termination (other than an involuntary termination for Cause) occurs following the completion of a performance year, but prior to the determination of the Company’s EBITDA for such year, the Performance RSUs otherwise eligible to vest in respect of such year shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest as of the date on which the Company’s attainment of the EBITDA target is determined. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates by virtue of the Recipient’s (i) termination by the Company without Cause; (ii)  voluntary resignation for Good Reason; (iii)  death; or (iv)  Disability (a termination of employment for any of the reasons set forth in the immediately preceding subsections (i)  through (iv) to be referred to herein as a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall become vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination; provided, however, that if such Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-outstanding and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall become vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraphs 5(a), (b) and (c) above, if the Recipient’s services are terminated by the Company without Cause or as the result of the Recipient’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, in either instance at any time within the three (3)  month period immediately preceding, or the twelve (12)  month period immediately following, a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units that are (or were) otherwise unvested as of the date the employment terminates shall thereafter become vested. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a)  the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b)  the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c)  the effective time of (1)  a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2)  a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3)  the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

3


  (e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under any employment agreement between the Recipient and the Company and, absent any such definition, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Recipient’s consent: (i)  a material diminution in the Recipient’s base salary, other than in connection with an across the board reduction affecting the Company’s senior management team; (ii)  a material diminution in the Recipient’s duties, authority or responsibilities; or (iii)  a change of greater than fifty (50)  miles in the geographic location from which the Recipient primarily performs his or her services on behalf of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, no event described above shall constitute Good Reason unless (1)  the Recipient gives written notice to the Company specifying the condition or event relied upon for the Good Reason termination within ninety (90)  days following the initial existence of such condition or event; (2)  the Company fails to cure the event or condition constituting Good Reason within thirty (30)  days following receipt of the Recipient’s written notice; and (3)  the Recipient actually terminates his or her employment within thirty (30)  days of the end of such cure period.

 

  (f) For purposes of this Agreement, each date on which any portion of the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be referred to as a “ Vesting Date .”

 

6. SETTLEMENT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock will be issued to the Recipient as soon as reasonably practicable following each Vesting Date, but in no event shall the shares be issued with respect to Performance RSUs later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 2 ) months following the end of the applicable performance year.

 

7. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

  (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery to the Recipient of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the Recipient shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount of cash as the Company may require under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to the Award. If the Recipient shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Recipient.

 

4


  (b) The Recipient may elect, subject to Company approval, to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments with respect to the Restricted Stock Unit Award by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company pursuant to Paragraph 7(a), (2) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock (that the Recipient has held for at least six months prior to the delivery of such shares or that the Recipient purchased on the open market and for which the Recipient has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes first arises in connection with the Award (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments, (3)  authorizing the Company to withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to the Recipient pursuant to the Award, a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments, (4)  a cash payment following the Recipient’s sale of (or by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company through which the Recipient has sold) a number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Required Tax Payments have arisen having a Fair Market Value determined as of the Tax Date equal to the Required Tax Payments, or (5)  any combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4). Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Recipient. No certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

 

8. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

The Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the vesting of the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units and delivery of shares hereunder, the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award shall be settled in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of the Restricted Stock Units then vesting. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

9. FORFEITURE.

If the Recipient breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Recipient of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to

 

5


the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to this Award during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Recipient engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the Award shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Recipient’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity.

Further, in the event, while the Recipient is employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, any activity (other than an activity described in the immediately preceding paragraph, which activity shall be subject to the terms of such immediately preceding paragraph) results in a financial restatement, any Shares received pursuant to Performance RSUs granted hereunder shall be subject to Clawback solely to the extent that (i) they would not have vested because of the failure to achieve performance goals based on the Company’s financial performance as described in the restated financials and (ii) the restatement is filed within two (2) years after the last day of the financial period that is the subject of the restatement. For the avoidance of doubt, Shares shall not be subject to Clawback pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence to the extent that the Company’s financial performance as described in the restated financials is sufficient to achieve the performance-based vesting goals set forth herein with respect to such Performance RSUs. To the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Award granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Recipient shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Recipient and forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized thereon, or (y) transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for no consideration. The Recipient’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Recipient’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

6


10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

  (a) Meaning of Certain Terms . As used herein, the term “vest” shall mean no longer subject to forfeiture (other than as provided in Paragraph 9 above).

 

  (b) Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons, who shall, upon the death of the Recipient, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

 

  (c) Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b)  by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c)  by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d)  by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:        Cumulus Media Inc.                       
  

 

  
  

 

  
   Attention: General Counsel   
To the Recipient:   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

  (d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

  (e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  (f) Transfers . The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall not be transferable by the Recipient except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

7


  (g) Separability; Reformation . It is intended that any amount payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code, and regulations and guidance related thereto, or will be a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section  409A of the Code, so as not to subject the Recipient to the payment of any interest or tax penalty that may be imposed under Section  409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or as applied to any circumstance, under the laws of any jurisdiction that may govern for such purpose, or if any provision of this Agreement or the Plan needs to be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section  409A of the Code, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted, or so interpreted, to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or to the extent and in the manner necessary to be interpreted in compliance with such requirements of the Code, either generally or as applied to such circumstance, or shall be deemed excised from this Agreement or the Plan, as the case may require, and this Agreement or the Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated herein as so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not been originally incorporated herein, as the case may be.

 

  (h) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Recipient have caused this Agreement to be executed on its and his or her behalf effective the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.     RECIPIENT:
By:        
Its:          

 

8

Exhibit 10.7

(Director Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective              , 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Recipient ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Recipient an award denominated in units (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”) of its Class A common capital stock (the “ Common Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, the Restricted Stock Units are being issued under and subject to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), and any terms used herein have the same meanings as under the Plan (the Recipient being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Company hereby grants to the Recipient                      Restricted Stock Units upon the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Recipient acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit is a notional amount that represents one share of the Company’s Common Stock. Each Restricted Stock Unit constitutes the right, subject to the terms, conditions and vesting schedule of the Plan and this Agreement, to receive a distribution of one share of Common Stock.

 

2. PURCHASE PRICE

The purchase price of the Restricted Stock Units is zero Dollars per share.

 

3. AWARDS SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT.

The Award granted hereunder shall be null and void unless the Recipient accepts this Agreement by executing it in the space provided below and returning it to the Company.

 

4. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

The Recipient shall not have any rights of a stockholder as a result of receiving an Award under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any right to vote the shares of Common Stock to be issued hereunder, unless and until (and only to the extent that) the Restricted Stock Units have vested and the shares of Common Stock thereafter distributed pursuant to Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof.

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


5. VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 5(b), the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in four (4) equal installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter in which the Grant Date occurs.

 

  (b) The Recipient must be engaged as a director of the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable Vesting Date (as hereinafter defined) in order to vest in the tranche of Restricted Stock Units vesting as of such date. Upon a termination of the Recipient’s service with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Restricted Stock Units shall cease, and any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units that are (or were) otherwise unvested as of the date of the Change in Control shall thereafter become vested. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a)  the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b) the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c)  the effective time of (1)  a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2)  a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3)  the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

  (d) For purposes of this Agreement, each date on which any portion of the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be referred to as a “ Vesting Date .”

 

6. SETTLEMENT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock will be issued to the Recipient as soon as reasonably practicable following each Vesting Date.

 

2


7. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

  (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery to the Recipient of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the Recipient shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount of cash as the Company may require under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (the “ Required Tax Payments ”) with respect to the Award. If the Recipient shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Recipient.

 

  (b) The Recipient may elect, subject to Company approval, to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments with respect to the Restricted Stock Unit Award by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company pursuant to Paragraph 7(a), (2) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock (that the Recipient has held for at least six months prior to the delivery of such shares or that the Recipient purchased on the open market and for which the Recipient has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes first arises in connection with the Award (the “ Tax Date ”), equal to the Required Tax Payments, (3)  authorizing the Company to withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to the Recipient pursuant to the Award, a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments, (4)  a cash payment following the Recipient’s sale of (or by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company through which the Recipient has sold) a number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Required Tax Payments have arisen having a Fair Market Value determined as of the Tax Date equal to the Required Tax Payments, or (5)  any combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4). Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Recipient. No certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.

 

8. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

The Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the vesting of the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units and delivery of shares hereunder, the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award shall be settled in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of the Restricted Stock Units then vesting. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.

 

3


9. FORFEITURE.

If the Recipient breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Recipient of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to this Award during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Recipient engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Recipient shall immediately forfeit to the Company any then-outstanding Restricted Stock Units, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the Award shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Recipient’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity.

To the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Award granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Recipient shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Recipient and forfeit and pay to Company the entire value realized thereon, or (y) transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for no consideration. The Recipient’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Recipient’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

4


10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

  (a) Meaning of Certain Terms . As used herein, the term “vest” shall mean no longer subject to forfeiture (other than as provided in Paragraph 9 above).

 

  (b) Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons, who shall, upon the death of the Recipient, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.

 

  (c) Notices . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a)  by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b)  by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c)  by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d)  by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

  To the Company:   Cumulus Media Inc.  
   

 

 
   

 

 
    Attention: General Counsel  
  To the Recipient:  

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

 

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

  (d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

  (e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  (f) Transfers . The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall not be transferable by the Recipient except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

  (g)

Separability; Reformation . It is intended that any amount payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code, and regulations and

 

5


  guidance related thereto, or will be a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code, so as not to subject the Recipient to the payment of any interest or tax penalty that may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or as applied to any circumstance, under the laws of any jurisdiction that may govern for such purpose, or if any provision of this Agreement or the Plan needs to be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section  409A of the Code, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted, or so interpreted, to the extent and in the manner necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, or to the extent and in the manner necessary to be interpreted in compliance with such requirements of the Code, either generally or as applied to such circumstance, or shall be deemed excised from this Agreement or the Plan, as the case may require, and this Agreement or the Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law as if such provision had been originally incorporated herein as so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not been originally incorporated herein, as the case may be.

 

  (h) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Recipient have caused this Agreement to be executed on its and his or her behalf effective the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.                          RECIPIENT:
By:                                                                            
Its:                                                                                                                                                  

 

6

Exhibit 10.8

(Non-Senior Executive Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of ________, 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and __________ (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee an option to purchase shares of Class A common stock (the “ Shares ”) under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Optionee understand and agree that any capitalized terms used herein, if not otherwise defined, shall have the same meanings as in the Plan (the Optionee being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION

The Company grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of ______ Shares (the “ Option ”) on the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and acknowledges that the definitive records pertaining to the grant of this Option, and exercises of rights hereunder, shall be retained by the Company. The Option granted herein is intended to be a Nonstatutory Option as defined in the Plan.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE

The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be $      per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later determination. The Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date, the Optionee shall be solely responsible for any costs or tax liabilities related to such a determination.

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


3. EXERCISE OF OPTION

Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, the Option shall vest and be exercisable as follows:

 

     EXERCISE PERIOD

Number of Shares

  

Commencement

        Date        

  

Expiration

        Date        

30% of the total Option Shares    1st Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
An additional 30% of the total Option Shares    2nd Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
An additional 20% of the total Option Shares    3rd Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
Remaining 20% of the Option Shares    4th Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date

The Optionee must be employed by the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable annual vesting date set forth above in order to vest in the tranche of Option Shares vesting on such date. Upon a termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Option shall cease. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by virtue of the Optionee’s (i) termination by the Company without Cause; (ii) voluntary resignation for Good Reason; (iii) death; or (iv) Disability (a termination of employment for any of the reasons set forth in the immediately preceding subsections (i) through (iv) to be referred to herein as a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then the vesting of the Option shall be accelerated as of the date of the Qualifying Termination by that number of Option Shares that would have otherwise vested on the next succeeding annual vesting date, as if the Optionee continued to be employed through such date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee’s services are terminated by the Company without Cause or as the result of the Optionee’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, in either instance at any time within the three (3) month period immediately preceding, or the twelve (12) month period immediately following, a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Option Shares that are (or were) otherwise unvested Shares as of the date the Optionee’s employment terminates shall thereafter become vested Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b) the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c) the effective time of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the

 

2


outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company and, absent any such definition, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Optionee’s consent: (i) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary, other than in connection with an across the board reduction affecting the Company’s senior management team; (ii) a material diminution in the Optionee’s duties, authority or responsibilities; or (iii) a change of greater than fifty (50) miles in the geographic location from which the Optionee primarily performs his or her services on behalf of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, no event described above shall constitute Good Reason unless (1) the Optionee gives written notice to the Company specifying the condition or event relied upon for the Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of such condition or event; (2) the Company fails to cure the event or condition constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Optionee’s written notice; and (3) the Optionee actually terminates his or her employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

 

4. ISSUANCE OF STOCK

The Option may be exercised in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in accordance with its terms) by giving written notice (or any other approved form of notice) to the Company. Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option, shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, shall contain the warranty, if any, required under the Plan and shall specify a date (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday) not less than five (5) nor more than ten (10) days after the date of such written notice, as the date on which the Shares will be purchased, at the principal office of the Company during ordinary business hours, or at such other hour and place agreed upon by the Company and the person or persons exercising the Option, and shall otherwise comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. On the date specified in such written notice (which date may be extended by the Company if any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Option Shares prior to the issuance thereof), the Company shall accept payment for the Option Shares.

The Exercise Price shall be payable at the time of exercise as determined by the Company in its sole discretion either:

 

  (a) in cash, by certified check or bank check, or by wire transfer;

 

3


  (b) in whole shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (including, without limitation, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares for which the Option is exercised exceeds the Exercise Price of such Shares), provided, however, that, (i) if the Optionee is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and if such shares were granted pursuant to an option, then such option must have been granted at least six (6) months prior to the exercise of the Option hereunder, and (ii) the transfer of such shares as payment hereunder does not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company;

 

  (c) in lieu of the Optionee’s being required to pay the Exercise Price in cash or another method specified in (a) or (b) above, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares determined as follows (a so-called “net” exercise):

LOGO

Where:

IS = the number of Shares to be issued upon such exercise (rounded down to a number of whole shares, with the remaining fractional Share paid in cash)

ES = the number of Shares for which this Option is exercised

EP = the Exercise Price per Share

FMV = the Fair Market Value of one Share, as determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion as of the date of exercise of the Option;

 

  (d) through the delivery of cash or the extension of credit by a broker-dealer to whom the Optionee has submitted notice of exercise or otherwise indicated an intent to exercise an Option (a so-called “cashless” exercise); or

 

  (e) in any combination of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) above.

The Fair Market Value of any stock to be applied toward the Exercise Price shall be determined as of the date of exercise of the Option.

The Company shall pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issuance of Shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith. The holder of this Option shall have the rights of a stockholder only with respect to those Shares covered by the Option that have been registered in the holder’s name in the share register of the Company upon the due exercise of the Option.

 

5. FORFEITURE

If the Optionee breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Optionee of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided

 

4


for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Optionee engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Optionee’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity. Further, to the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Option granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Optionee shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Optionee and forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized thereon, or (y) sell or transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for the lesser of the then-fair market value and the amount paid by the Optionee therefor. The Optionee’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Optionee’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

6. NON-ASSIGNABILITY

This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee and shall be exercisable only by the Optionee, except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

5


7. NOTICES

All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b) by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d) by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:        Cumulus Media Inc.               
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

Attention: General Counsel

  

To the Optionee:

  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

 

10. BINDING EFFECT

This Agreement shall (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof) be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Optionee have caused this Agreement to be executed on their behalf, by their duly authorized representatives, all on the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.     OPTIONEE:
By:        

 

Its:        

 

7

Exhibit 10.9

(Senior Executive Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of ________, 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and __________ (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee an option to purchase shares of Class A common stock (the “ Shares ”) under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Optionee understand and agree that any capitalized terms used herein, if not otherwise defined, shall have the same meanings as in the Plan (the Optionee being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION

The Company grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of _______ Shares (the “ Option ”) on the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and acknowledges that the definitive records pertaining to the grant of this Option, and exercises of rights hereunder, shall be retained by the Company. The Option granted herein is intended to be a Nonstatutory Option as defined in the Plan.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE

The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be $      per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later determination. The Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date, the Optionee shall be solely responsible for any costs or tax liabilities related to such a determination.

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


3. EXERCISE OF OPTION

Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, the Option shall vest and be exercisable as follows:

 

     EXERCISE PERIOD

Number of Shares

  

Commencement

        Date        

  

Expiration

        Date        

30% of the total Option Shares    1st Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
An additional 30% of the total Option Shares    2nd Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
An additional 20% of the total Option Shares    3rd Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date
Remaining 20% of the Option Shares    4th Anniversary of Grant Date    Five Years from Grant Date

The Optionee must be employed by the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable annual vesting date set forth above in order to vest in the tranche of Option Shares vesting on such date. Upon a termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Option shall cease. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by virtue of the Optionee’s (i) termination by the Company without Cause; (ii) voluntary resignation for Good Reason; (iii) death; or (iv) Disability (a termination of employment for any of the reasons set forth in the immediately preceding subsections (i) through (iv) to be referred to herein as a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then fifty percent (50%) of the Option Shares that are otherwise unvested pursuant to the annual vesting schedule set forth above shall become vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination; provided, however, that if the Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then seventy-five percent (75%) of the Option Shares that are otherwise unvested pursuant to the annual vesting schedule set forth above shall become vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination. Further, following a Qualifying Termination, vested Option Shares shall continue to be exercisable until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee’s services are terminated by the Company without Cause or as the result of the Optionee’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, in either instance at any time within the three (3) month period immediately preceding, or the twelve (12) month period immediately following, a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Option Shares that are (or were) otherwise unvested Shares as of the date the Optionee’s employment terminates shall thereafter become vested Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b) the completion by any

 

2


entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c) the effective time of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under any employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company and, absent any such definition, Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without the Optionee’s consent: (i) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary, other than in connection with an across the board reduction affecting the Company’s senior management team; (ii) a material diminution in the Optionee’s duties, authority or responsibilities; or (iii) a change of greater than fifty (50) miles in the geographic location from which the Optionee primarily performs his or her services on behalf of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, no event described above shall constitute Good Reason unless (1) the Optionee gives written notice to the Company specifying the condition or event relied upon for the Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of such condition or event; (2) the Company fails to cure the event or condition constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Optionee’s written notice; and (3) the Optionee actually terminates his or her employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

 

4. ISSUANCE OF STOCK

The Option may be exercised in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in accordance with its terms) by giving written notice (or any other approved form of notice) to the Company. Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option, shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, shall contain the warranty, if any, required under the Plan and shall specify a date (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday) not less than five (5) nor more than ten (10) days after the date of such written notice, as the date on which the Shares will be purchased, at the principal office of the Company during ordinary business hours, or at such other hour and place agreed upon by the Company and the person or persons exercising the Option, and shall otherwise comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. On the date specified in such written notice (which date may be extended by the Company if any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Option Shares prior to the issuance thereof), the Company shall accept payment for the Option Shares.

 

3


The Exercise Price shall be payable at the time of exercise as determined by the Company in its sole discretion either:

 

  (a) in cash, by certified check or bank check, or by wire transfer;

 

  (b) in whole shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (including, without limitation, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares for which the Option is exercised exceeds the Exercise Price of such Shares), provided, however, that, (i) if the Optionee is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and if such shares were granted pursuant to an option, then such option must have been granted at least six (6) months prior to the exercise of the Option hereunder, and (ii) the transfer of such shares as payment hereunder does not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company;

 

  (c) in lieu of the Optionee’s being required to pay the Exercise Price in cash or another method specified in (a) or (b) above, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares determined as follows (a so-called “net” exercise):

 

LOGO

Where:

IS = the number of Shares to be issued upon such exercise (rounded down to a number of whole shares, with the remaining fractional Share paid in cash)

ES = the number of Shares for which this Option is exercised

EP = the Exercise Price per Share

FMV = the Fair Market Value of one Share, as determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion as of the date of exercise of the Option;

 

  (d) through the delivery of cash or the extension of credit by a broker-dealer to whom the Optionee has submitted notice of exercise or otherwise indicated an intent to exercise an Option (a so-called “cashless” exercise); or

 

  (e) in any combination of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) above.

The Fair Market Value of any stock to be applied toward the Exercise Price shall be determined as of the date of exercise of the Option.

The Company shall pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issuance of Shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith. The holder of this Option shall have the rights of a stockholder only with respect to those Shares covered by the Option that have been registered in the holder’s name in the share register of the Company upon the due exercise of the Option.

 

4


5. FORFEITURE

If the Optionee breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Optionee of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Optionee engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Optionee’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity. Further, to the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Option granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Optionee shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Optionee and forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized thereon, or (y) sell or transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for the lesser of the then-fair market value and the amount paid by the Optionee therefor. The Optionee’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Optionee’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

5


6. NON-ASSIGNABILITY

This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee and shall be exercisable only by the Optionee, except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

7. NOTICES

All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b) by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d) by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:        Cumulus Media Inc.               
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

Attention: General Counsel

  

To the Optionee:

  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

6


9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

 

10. BINDING EFFECT

This Agreement shall (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof) be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Optionee have caused this Agreement to be executed on their behalf, by their duly authorized representatives, all on the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.     OPTIONEE:
By:        

 

Its:        

 

7

Exhibit 10.10

(Director Form)

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this          day of          , 2018 (the “ Grant Date ”), 1 between Cumulus Media Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                  (the “ Optionee ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee an option to purchase shares of Class A common stock (the “ Shares ”) under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Optionee understand and agree that any capitalized terms used herein, if not otherwise defined, shall have the same meanings as in the Plan (the Optionee being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. GRANT OF OPTION

The Company grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of              Shares (the “ Option ”) on the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations set forth herein and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and acknowledges that the definitive records pertaining to the grant of this Option, and exercises of rights hereunder, shall be retained by the Company. The Option granted herein is intended to be a Nonstatutory Option as defined in the Plan.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE

The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be $          per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date in a later determination. The Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date, the Optionee shall be solely responsible for any costs or tax liabilities related to such a determination.

 

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of Paragraph 3(b), the Options Share shall vest in four (4) equal installments on the last day of each calendar quarter commencing with the calendar quarter in which the Grant Date occurs. Vested Option Shares shall continue to be exercisable until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

 

1   To be the Emergence Date.


  (b) The Optionee must be engaged as a director of the Company at all times from the Grant Date through the applicable vesting date set forth above in order to vest in the tranche of Option Shares vesting on such date. Upon a termination of the Optionee’s service with the Company for any reason or no reason, all vesting of the Option shall cease.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of the Option Shares that are (or were) otherwise unvested Shares as of the date of the Change in Control shall thereafter become vested Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur on the earliest of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, then owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directions (“ Voting Stock ”); (b) the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; and (c) the effective time of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

4. ISSUANCE OF STOCK

The Option may be exercised in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in accordance with its terms) by giving written notice (or any other approved form of notice) to the Company. Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option, shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, shall contain the warranty, if any, required under the Plan and shall specify a date (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday) not less than five (5) nor more than ten (10) days after the date of such written notice, as the date on which the Shares will be purchased, at the principal office of the Company during ordinary business hours, or at such other hour and place agreed upon by the Company and the person or persons exercising the Option, and shall otherwise comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. On the date specified in such written notice (which date may be extended by the Company if any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Option Shares prior to the issuance thereof), the Company shall accept payment for the Option Shares.

 

2


The Exercise Price shall be payable at the time of exercise as determined by the Company in its sole discretion either:

 

  (a) in cash, by certified check or bank check, or by wire transfer;

 

  (b) in whole shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (including, without limitation, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares for which the Option is exercised exceeds the Exercise Price of such Shares), provided, however, that, (i) if the Optionee is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and if such shares were granted pursuant to an option, then such option must have been granted at least six (6) months prior to the exercise of the Option hereunder, and (ii) the transfer of such shares as payment hereunder does not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company;

 

  (c) in lieu of the Optionee’s being required to pay the Exercise Price in cash or another method specified in (a) or (b) above, by the Company delivering to the Optionee a lesser number of Shares determined as follows (a so-called “net” exercise):

 

 

LOGO

 

Where:

 

IS =   the number of Shares to be issued upon such exercise (rounded down to a number of whole shares, with the remaining fractional Share paid in cash)
ES =   the number of Shares for which this Option is exercised
EP =   the Exercise Price per Share
FMV =   the Fair Market Value of one Share, as determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion as of the date of exercise of the Option;

 

  (d) through the delivery of cash or the extension of credit by a broker-dealer to whom the Optionee has submitted notice of exercise or otherwise indicated an intent to exercise an Option (a so-called “cashless” exercise); or

 

  (e) in any combination of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) above.

The Fair Market Value of any stock to be applied toward the Exercise Price shall be determined as of the date of exercise of the Option.

The Company shall pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issuance of Shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith. The holder of this Option shall have the rights of a stockholder only with respect to those Shares covered by the Option that have been registered in the holder’s name in the share register of the Company upon the due exercise of the Option.

 

3


5. FORFEITURE

If the Optionee breaches any noncompetition, nonsolicitation, and/or assignment of inventions agreement or obligations with the Company, or breaches in any material respect any nondisclosure agreement (each, a “ Protective Agreement ”), the Company notifies the Optionee of such breach within one (1) year following the date on which it acquires actual knowledge thereof, and such breach is not cured within the time provided for such cure under such Protective Agreement, if applicable, then, absent a contrary determination by the Board (or its designee) (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option granted hereunder, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option during the two (2) year period prior to the uncured breach of the Protective Agreement shall be subject to Clawback (as described herein).

If, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, the Optionee engages in activity that constitutes fraud or other intentional misconduct and that activity directly results in any financial restatements, then (i) the Optionee shall immediately forfeit to the Company the Option, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) within ten (10) business days after receiving notice from the Company, any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be subject to Clawback. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Optionee’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity. Further, to the extent required by Company policy or applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, the Option granted under this Agreement shall also be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement).

With respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to “ Clawback ” hereunder, the Optionee shall (A) forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized on the prior sale or transfer of such Common Stock and (B) at the option of the Company, either (x) sell or transfer into the market any shares of such Common Stock then held by the Optionee and forfeit and pay to Company any gain realized thereon, or (y) sell or transfer to the Company any shares of such Common Stock for the lesser of the then-fair market value and the amount paid by the Optionee therefor. The Optionee’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the shares of Common Stock required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and shares. Similarly, the Optionee’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery.

 

4


6. NON-ASSIGNABILITY

This Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee and shall be exercisable only by the Optionee, except as the Plan or this Agreement may otherwise provide.

 

7. NOTICES

All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b) by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States through the U.S. Postal Service, or (d) by express courier service, addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:   Cumulus Media Inc.
 

 

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

To the Optionee:  

 

 

 

 

 

or to such other address or addresses where notice in the same manner has previously been given or to the last known address of the party entitled thereto. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

5


9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury of any claim or cause of action in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions or events contemplated hereby or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any party hereto. The parties hereto each agree that any and all such claims and causes of action shall be tried by a court trial without a jury. Each of the parties hereto further waives any right to seek to consolidate any such legal proceeding in which a jury trial has been waived with any other legal proceeding in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived.

 

10. BINDING EFFECT

This Agreement shall (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 hereof) be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Optionee have caused this Agreement to be executed on their behalf, by their duly authorized representatives, all on the day and year first above written.

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.                          OPTIONEE:
By:                                                                                                                                                  
Its:                                                                            

 

6

Exhibit 99.1

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

 

In re:

    

 

Chapter 11

 
CUMULUS MEDIA INC., et al. ,      Case No. 17-13381 (SCC)
 

Debtors. 1

 

    

(Jointly administered)

 

FINDINGS OF FACT,

CONCLUSIONS OF LAW, AND

ORDER CONFIRMING THE DEBTORS’ FIRST

AMENDED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

The above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), having: 2

 

  a. commenced the above-captioned chapter 11 cases (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) on November 29, 2017 (the “ Petition Date ”);

 

  b. continued to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  c. filed, on December 9, 2017, (i) the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 92], which plan and related documents were subsequently amended, and (ii) the Disclosure Statement for Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 91], which disclosure statement and related documents were subsequently amended;

 

 

1   The last four digits of Cumulus Media Inc.’s tax identification number are 9663. Because of the large number of Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, a complete list of the Debtors and the last four digits of their federal tax identification numbers is not provided herein. A complete list of such information may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ proposed claims and noticing agent at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus. The location of the Debtors’ service address is: 3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.
2   Unless otherwise noted, capitalized terms not defined in this Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law, and Order Confirming Debtors’ First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (this “ Confirmation Order ”) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined herein). The rules of interpretation set forth in Article I.B of the Plan shall apply to this Confirmation Order.


  d. filed, on January 4, 2018, the Debtors’ Motion Entry of an Order Approving (A)  the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement; (B)  Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; (C)  the Forms of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith; (D)  the Scheduling of Certain Dates with Respect Thereto; and (E)  Related Relief [Docket No. 176];

 

  e. filed, on January 18, 2018, (i) the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 302]; and (ii) the Disclosure Statement for First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 303];

 

  f. filed, on January 31, 2018, revised versions of (i) the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 381, Exhibit A]; and (ii) the Disclosure Statement for First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 382, Exhibit A];

 

  g. filed, on February 2, 2018, the solicitation versions of (i) the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 418]; and (ii) the Disclosure Statement for First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 419];

 

  h. filed, on February 12, 2018, the revised solicitation versions of (i) the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 446] (the “ Plan ”); and (ii) the Disclosure Statement for First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 447] (the “ Disclosure Statement ”);

 

  i. caused solicitation materials and notice of the deadline for objecting to confirmation of the Plan to be distributed by February 15, 2018 (the “ Solicitation Date ”), and continuing thereafter, consistent with the Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (the “ Bankruptcy Rules ”), and the Disclosure Statement Order (as defined herein), which Disclosure Statement Order also approved, among other things, solicitation procedures (the “ Solicitation Procedures ”) and related notices, forms, Ballots, and Master Ballots (collectively, the “ Solicitation Packages ”), as evidenced by, among other things, the Affidavit of Service of Forrest Kuffer [Docket No. 454];

 

  j. caused notice of the Confirmation Hearing (the “ Confirmation Hearing Notice ”) to be published on February 22, 2018, in the New York Times (National Edition) as evidenced by the Affidavit of Publication of Jay H. Heyman [Docket No. 554];

 

2


  k. filed, on March 16, 2018, the Notice of Filing of Plan Supplement [Docket No. 555], which included the following documents: (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents for the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) a list of retained Causes of Action; (d) the members of the New Cumulus Board and officers of the Reorganized Debtors; (e) the Description of Transaction Steps; (f) the documents needed to effectuate the Management Incentive Plan; (g) the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement; (h) the Warrant Agreement; and (i) the Equity Allocation Mechanism (as the same may have been subsequently modified, supplemented, or otherwise amended from time to time, the “ Plan Supplement ”);

 

  l. filed, on April 5, 2018, the Declaration of Jane Sullivan on Behalf of Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC Regarding Voting and Tabulation of Ballots Cast on the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code ] [Docket No. 634] (as may be amended, modified, or supplemented, the “ Voting Certification ”);

 

  m. filed, on April 6, 2018, the Debtors’ Memorandum of Law In Support of Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and Omnibus Response to Objections Thereto [Docket No. 641] (the “ Confirmation Brief ”);

 

  n. filed, on April 6, 2018, the Declaration of D.J. Baker in Connection with Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 643] (the “ Baker Declaration ”);

 

  o. filed, on April 6, 2018, the Declaration of John F. Abbot in Support of Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 644] (the “ Abbot Declaration ”);

 

  p. filed, on April 6, 2018, the Declaration of Christopher Arnett in Support of Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 645] (the “ Arnett Declaration ”);

 

  q. filed, on April 12, 2018, the Notice of Filing of First Supplement to the Plan Supplement [Docket No. 677], which included the following documents: (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents for the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) a list of retained Causes of Action; (d) the members of the New Cumulus Board and officers of the Reorganized Debtors; (e) the Description of Transaction Steps; (f) the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement; (g) the Warrant Agreement; (h) the Equity Allocation Mechanism; (i) the Disclosure Regarding Convenience Class Cap; and (j) the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement (as the same may have been subsequently modified, supplemented, or otherwise amended from time to time, the “ First Supplement ”);

 

3


  r. filed, on April 12, 2018, the Notice of Filing of Second Supplement to the Plan Supplement [Docket No. 682], which included the following documents: the New Corporate Governance Documents for Reorganized Debtors (as the same may have been subsequently modified, supplemented, or otherwise amended from time to time, the “ Second Supplement ”);

 

  s. filed, on April 20, 2018, the First Supplemental Declaration of Christopher Arnett in Support of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 706] (the “ Supplemental Arnett Declaration ,” and, together with the Baker Declaration, the Abbot Declaration and the Arnett Declaration, the “ Confirmation Declarations ”);

 

  t. filed, on April 27, 2018, the Debtors’ Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law in Support of Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 730] (the “ Proposed FOF  & COL ”);

 

  u. filed, on April 27, 2018, the Debtors’ Post-Trial Brief in Support of Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 733] (the “ Post-Trial Brief ”); and

 

  v. filed, on April 30, 2018, the Notice of Filing of Third Supplement to the Plan Supplement [Docket No. 739], which included the following documents: (a) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (b) the Reorganized Debtors’ Management Incentive Plan; and (c) the Equity Allocation Mechanism (as the same may have been subsequently modified, supplemented, or otherwise amended from time to time, the “ Third Supplement ”).

This Bankruptcy Court having:

 

  a. entered the Order Approving (A)  the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement; (B)  Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; (C)  the Form of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, (D)  the Scheduling of Certain Dates with Respect Thereto; and (E)  Related Relief [Docket No. 416] (the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”);

 

  b. set March 23, 2018, at 4:00 p.m. prevailing Eastern Time, as the deadline for filing objections to the Plan;

 

4


  c. set March 23, 2018, at 5:00 p.m. prevailing Eastern Time, as the deadline for voting on the Plan;

 

  d. set March 28, 2018, at 12:00 p.m. prevailing Eastern Time, as the deadline for the Committee and the Ad Hoc Cross-Holder Committee to file objections to the Plan;

 

  e. set April 12, 2018, at 11:00 a.m. prevailing Eastern Time, as the date and time for the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 3017 and 3018 and sections 1126, 1128, and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  f. reviewed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Brief, the Confirmation Declarations, the Post-Trial Brief, the Proposed FOF & COL, the Voting Certification, and all pleadings, exhibits, statements, responses, and comments regarding Confirmation, including all objections, statements, and reservations of rights filed by parties in interest on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

  g. held the Confirmation Hearing;

 

  h. heard the statements, arguments, and objections made by counsel in respect of Confirmation;

 

  i. considered all testimony, documents, filings, and other evidence admitted at Confirmation; and

 

  j. overruled any and all objections on the merits to the Plan and to Confirmation and all statements and reservations of rights not consensually resolved or withdrawn unless otherwise indicated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bankruptcy Court having found that notice of the Confirmation Hearing and the opportunity for any party in interest to object to Confirmation has been adequate and appropriate as to all parties affected or to be affected by the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, and the legal and factual bases set forth in the documents filed in support of Confirmation and all evidence proffered or adduced by counsel at the Confirmation Hearing

 

5


establish just cause for the relief granted herein; and after due deliberation thereon and good cause appearing therefor, the Bankruptcy Court hereby makes and issues the following Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law and Orders:

1.    FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW

IT IS HEREBY DETERMINED FOUND, ADJUDGED, DECREED, AND ORDERED THAT:

 

A. Findings and Conclusions.

1.    The findings and conclusions set forth herein and on the record of the Confirmation Hearing constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 7052, made applicable to this proceeding by Bankruptcy Rule 9014. To the extent any of the following findings of fact constitute conclusions of law, they are adopted as such. To the extent any of the following conclusions of law constitute findings of fact, they are adopted as such.

 

B. Jurisdiction, Venue, Core Proceeding (28 U.S.C. § § 157(b )( 2) and 1334(a)).

2.    The Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1334. Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 157(b), and the Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction to enter a final order determining that the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and should be confirmed. Venue is proper before the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1408.

 

C. Eligibility for Relief.

3.    The Debtors are entities eligible for relief under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

D. Judicial Notice.

4.    This Bankruptcy Court takes judicial notice of all orders entered, and all evidence and arguments made, proffered or adduced at, the hearings held before this Bankruptcy Court during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

6


E. Notice and Transmittal of Solicitation Materials; Adequacy of Solicitation Notices.

5.    The Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Disclosure Statement Order, the Ballots, the Master Ballots, the Confirmation Hearing Notice, the Plan Supplement, and the other materials distributed by the Debtors in connection with Confirmation of the Plan (collectively, the “ Confirmation Materials ”) were transmitted and served in compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules, including Bankruptcy Rules 3017 and 3018, with the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the Southern District of New York (the “ Local Rules ”), and with the procedures set forth in the Disclosure Statement Order. Notice of the Confirmation Hearing was appropriate and satisfactory based upon the circumstances of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases. The transmittal and service of the Confirmation Materials complied with the approved Solicitation Procedures, were appropriate and satisfactory based upon the circumstances of the Chapter 11 Cases, were conducted in good faith, and were in compliance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Rules, and any other applicable rules, laws, and regulations. Because such transmittal and service were adequate and sufficient, no other or further notice is necessary or shall be required.

 

F. Voting.

6.    On April 5, 2018, the Voting and Claims Agent filed the Voting Certification with the Bankruptcy Court. As evidenced by the Voting Certification, votes to accept or reject the Plan have been solicited and tabulated fairly, in good faith, and in a manner consistent with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Solicitation Procedures, and the Local Rules.

 

G. Good Faith Solicitation (11 U.S.C. § 1125(e)).

7.    Based on the record before the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, (a) the Debtors, (b) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, (c) the Consenting Equityholders and (d) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a), (b), and (c), the manager, management company, or investment advisor of any of the foregoing, and each of such Entities’ respective

 

7


current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds, and (e) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities (a) through (d), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such, have acted in “good faith” within the meaning of section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Solicitation Procedures, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Local Rules in connection with all of their respective activities relating to the solicitation of acceptances to the Plan and the activities described in section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and therefore are entitled to the protections afforded by section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

H. Plan Supplement.

8.    The filing and notice of the Plan Supplement were proper and in accordance with the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Disclosure Statement Order, and no other or further notice is or shall be required.

 

I. Modifications to the Plan.

9.    Pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, any modifications to the Plan since the commencement of solicitation described or set forth herein or in the Plan Supplement constitute technical changes or changes with respect to particular Claims made pursuant to the agreement of the Holders of such Claims and do not materially or adversely affect or change the treatment of any other Claims or Interests. Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3019, these modifications do not require additional disclosure under section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code or the resolicitation of votes under section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, nor do they require that the Holders of Claims be afforded an opportunity to change previously cast acceptances or rejections of the Plan.

 

8


J. Objections.

10.    To the extent that any objections, reservations of rights, statements, or joinders to Confirmation have not been resolved, withdrawn, waived, or settled prior to entry of this Confirmation Order or otherwise resolved herein or as stated on the record of the Confirmation Hearing, they are hereby overruled on the merits based on the record before this Bankruptcy Court.

 

K. Burden of Proof.

11.    The Debtors, as the proponents of the Plan, have met their burden of proving the elements of sections 1129(a) and (b) of the Bankruptcy Code by a preponderance of the evidence.

 

L. Bankruptcy Rule 3016.

12.    The Plan is dated and identifies the Debtors as the Plan proponents, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a). The filing of the Disclosure Statement satisfied Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b).

 

M. Plan Compliance with the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 1)).

13.    The Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  a. Proper Classification (11 U.S.C. § § 1122, 1123(a )( 1)) . As required by section 1123(a)(1), in addition to Administrative Claims (including Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) and Priority Tax Claims, which need not be classified, Article III of the Plan designates 10 Classes of Claims and Interests. As required by section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Claims and Interests placed in each Class are substantially similar to other Claims and Interests, as the case may be, in each such Class. Valid business, factual, and legal reasons exist for separately classifying the various Classes of Claims and Interests created under the Plan, and such Classes do not unfairly discriminate between Holders of Claims and Interests. Thus, the Plan satisfies sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9


  b. Specified Unimpaired Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 2)) . Article III of the Plan specifies that Classes 1, 2, 7, and 9 are Unimpaired under the Plan, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  c. Specified Treatment of Impaired Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 3)) . Article III of the Plan sets forth the treatment of Classes 3–6, 8, and 10, which are the Impaired Classes, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  d. No Discrimination (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 4)) . Article III of the Plan provides for the same treatment by the Debtors for each Claim or Interest in each respective Class except to the extent that a Holder of a particular Claim or Interest has agreed to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or Interest, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  e. Implementation of the Plan (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 5)) . The Plan and the various documents included in the Plan Supplement provide adequate and proper means for implementation of the Plan, including, without limitation: (i) the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions (including the Description of Transaction Steps set forth in the Plan Supplement); (ii) the New Corporate Governance Documents; (iii) the issuance of the New Securities; (iv) the cancellation of certain existing agreements, obligations, instruments, and Interests; (v) the entry into the First Lien Exit Facility; (vi) the entry into the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement and related documents; (vii) the continued vesting of the assets of the Debtors’ Estates in the Reorganized Debtors; and (viii) the execution, delivery, filing, or recording of all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents in furtherance of the Plan, thereby satisfying section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  f. Non-Voting Equity Securities (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 6)) . The New Corporate Governance Documents prohibit the issuance of non-voting securities to the extent required to comply with section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. As such, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  g. Designation of Directors and Officers (11 U.S.C. § 1123(a )( 7)) . The Reorganized Debtors’ initial directors and officers are set forth in the Plan Supplement and, to the extent not known, will be determined in accordance with the New Corporate Governance Documents, which is consistent with the interests of creditors, equity holders and public policy, and satisfies section 1123(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  h. Additional Plan Provisions (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b)) . The additional provisions of the Plan are appropriate and consistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are consistent with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (i) Impairment/ Unimpairment of Any Class  of Claims or Interests (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b )( 1)) . Pursuant to the Plan, Classes 1, 2, 7, and 9 are Unimpaired, and Classes 3–6, 8 and 10 are Impaired, as contemplated by section 1123(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

10


  (ii) Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b )( 2)) . Article V of the Plan provides for the assumption of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as of the Effective Date unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease: (A) was previously rejected; (B) expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; (C) is the subject of a notice of rejection or motion to reject that is pending on the Effective Date; or (D) was identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

 

  (iii) Retention of Claims (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b )( 3)) . In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article IV.S of the Plan provides that, subject in all respects to Article VIII of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

  (iv) Compromise and Settlement (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b )( 3)) . In accordance with section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan constitute a good-faith compromise of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that all Holders of Claims or Interests may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest or any distribution to be made on account thereof. Such compromise and settlement is fair, equitable, and reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates. In addition, for the reasons set forth on the record at the Confirmation Hearing, the Plan, as modified by this Confirmation Order, constitutes a good faith compromise and settlement of all issues relating to the alleged substantive consolidation of the Debtors’ Estates and any alleged improper “gifting” as they relate to distributions to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims (the “ Intercreditor Distribution Settlement ”).

 

  (v) Other Appropriate Provisions (11 U.S.C. § 1123(b)(6)) . The Plan’s other provisions are appropriate and consistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, provisions for (A) distributions to Holders of Claims, (B) resolution of Disputed Claims, (C) allowance of certain Claims, (D) the assumption of certain Indemnification Provisions, (E) releases by the Debtors of certain parties, (F) releases by certain third parties, (G) exculpations of certain parties, and (H) retention of Bankruptcy Court jurisdiction, thereby satisfying the requirements of section 1123(b)(6).

 

11


  i. Cure of Defaults (11 U.S.C. § 1123(d)) . Article V.C of the Plan provides for the satisfaction of Cure Claims associated with each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed (or assumed and assigned) in accordance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The cure amount identified in the Cure Notice distributed to the applicable counterparty represents the amount, if any, that the Debtors shall pay in full and complete satisfaction of such Cure Claim. Any disputed cure amounts will be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V.C of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law. As such, the Plan provides that the Debtors will cure, or provide adequate assurance that the Debtors will promptly cure, defaults with respect to assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in compliance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan complies with section 1123(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

N. The Debtors Compliance with the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 2)).

14.    The Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, as required by section 1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Specifically:

 

  a. the Debtors are eligible debtors under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code and are proper proponents of the Plan under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

  b. the Debtors have complied with applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, except as otherwise provided or permitted by orders of the Bankruptcy Court; and

 

  c. the Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Local Rules in transmitting the Confirmation Materials and related notices and in soliciting and tabulating the votes on the Plan.

 

O. Good Faith (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 3)).

15.    The Debtors have proposed the Plan (including the Plan Documents (as defined herein) and all other documents necessary to effectuate the Plan) in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code. In determining that the Plan has been proposed in good faith, the Bankruptcy Court has examined the totality of the circumstances surrounding the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and the formulation of the Plan. The Debtors’ good faith is evident from the facts and record of the Chapter 11 Cases,

 

12


the Disclosure Statement, and the record of the Confirmation Hearing. The Plan was proposed with the legitimate and honest purpose of maximizing the value of the Debtors’ Estates and to effectuate a successful reorganization of the Debtors. The Plan was the product of extensive negotiations conducted at arm’s length among the Debtors and certain of their key stakeholders. Further, the Plan’s classification, indemnification, settlement, discharge, exculpation, release, and injunction provisions have been negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length, are consistent with sections 105, 1122, 1123(b)(6), 1129, and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, and are each necessary for the Debtors’ successful reorganization. Accordingly, the requirements of section 1129(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code are satisfied.

16.    The Plan gives effect to many of the Debtors’ restructuring initiatives, including implementing a value maximizing restructuring transaction. Therefore, the Plan has been proposed in good faith to achieve a result consistent with the objectives and purposes of the Bankruptcy Code and the Debtors (and all of their respective officers, managers, directors, agents, independent contractors, financial advisors, consultants, attorneys, employees, partners, Affiliates, and representatives) have been, are, and will continue to act in good faith within the meaning of sections 1125(e) and 1126(e) the Bankruptcy Code if they proceed to: (a) consummate the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions and the agreements, settlements, transactions, and transfers contemplated thereby; and (b) take the actions authorized and directed or contemplated by this Confirmation Order.

 

P. Payment for Services or Costs and Expenses (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(4)).

17.    Any payment made or to be made by the Debtors, or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for services or for costs and expenses in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

13


Q. Directors, Officers, and Insiders (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 5)).

18.    The Debtors have complied with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code. The identities of the Reorganized Debtors’ directors and officers were disclosed in the Plan Supplement. To the extent that such directors and officers are insiders, the nature of their compensation has been disclosed to the extent known and reasonably practicable.

 

R. No Rate Changes (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 6)).

19.    Section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied because the Plan does not provide for any rate changes over which a governmental regulatory commission has jurisdiction.

 

S. Best Interests of Creditors (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 7)).

20.    Each Holder of an Impaired Claim or Interest either has accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan, on account of such Claim or Interest, property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount that such Holder would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date.

21.    The liquidation analysis attached as Exhibit D to the Disclosure Statement (the “ Liquidation Analysis ”) and the other evidence related thereto in support of the Plan that was proffered or adduced at or prior to the Confirmation Hearing or in the Confirmation Declarations: (a) are reasonable, persuasive, credible, and accurate as of the dates such analyses or evidence was prepared, presented, or proffered; (b) utilize reasonable and appropriate methodologies and assumptions; (c) have not been controverted by other evidence; and (d) establish that Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests in every Class will recover as much or more under the Plan on account of such Claim or Interest, as of the Effective Date, than the amount such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the “best interest of creditors” test under section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

14


T. Acceptance by Certain Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 8)).

22.    Classes 1, 2, 7, and 9 are Unimpaired by the Plan pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code and, accordingly, Holders of Claims or Interests in such Classes are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Classes 3–6, 8, and 10 are Impaired by the Plan. Classes 3 and 4 have voted to accept the Plan and Classes 5 and 6 have voted to reject the Plan, as established by the Voting Certification. Holders of Claims or Interests in Classes 8 and 10 will not receive or retain any property on account of their Claims or Interests and, accordingly, such Claims and Interests are Impaired and such Holders are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

U. Treatment of Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Priority Non-Tax Claims (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 9)).

23.    The treatment of Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Priority Non-Tax Claims pursuant to Articles II and III of the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Debtors have satisfied the requirements of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

V. Acceptance By at Least One Impaired Class  of Claims (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 10)).

24.    Claims in Classes 3–6 are entitled to vote under the Plan. Classes 3 and 4 have voted to accept the Plan, as established by the Voting Certification. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

W. Feasibility (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 11)).

25.    The evidence proffered or adduced at or before the Confirmation Hearing, including the Confirmation Declarations (a) is reasonable, persuasive, credible, and accurate as of

 

15


the dates such evidence was prepared, presented, and/or proffered, (b) has not been controverted by other evidence, (c) utilizes reasonable and appropriate methodologies and assumptions, (d) establishes that the Plan is feasible and that there is a reasonable prospect of the Reorganized Debtors being able to meet their financial obligations under the Plan and in the ordinary course of their business, and that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Reorganized Debtors, except as provided for in the Plan and Plan Supplement, and (e) establishes that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will have sufficient funds available to meet their obligations under the Plan. Therefore, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

X. Payment of Fees (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 12)).

26.    As set forth in Article II.D of the Plan, all fees payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code, shall be paid by the Debtors on or before the Effective Date and amounts due thereafter shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business until the Bankruptcy Court enters a final decree closing the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases, dismisses the Chapter 11 Cases, or converts the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Y. Retiree Benefits (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 13)).

27.    Pursuant to the Plan, all retiree benefits (as defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid on and after the Effective Date in accordance with applicable law. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

16


Z. No Domestic Support Obligations (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 14)).

28.    The Debtors are not required by a judicial or administrative order, or by statute, to pay a domestic support obligation. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(14) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

AA. None of the Debtors is an Individual (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 15)).

29.    None of the Debtors is an individual. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(15) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

BB. No Applicable Nonbankruptcy Law Regarding Transfers (11 U.S.C. § 1129(a )( 16)).

30.    The Debtors are moneyed, business, or commercial corporations. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(16) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

CC. Confirmation of Plan Over Non-Acceptance of Impaired Classes (11 U.S.C. § 1129(b)).

31.    The Plan may be confirmed pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code notwithstanding that the requirements of section 1129(a)(8) have not been met, because the Debtors have demonstrated by a preponderance of the evidence that the Plan (a) satisfies all of the other requirements of section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) does not “discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the Rejecting Classes (as defined below).

32.    The Plan does not “discriminate unfairly” against any Holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 5, 6, 8 or 10 (the “ Rejecting Classes ”). The treatment of such Holders is proper because all similarly situated Holders of Claims and Interests will receive substantially similar treatment, and the Debtors have a valid rationale, including as articulated in the Confirmation Brief, the Post-Trial Brief and at the Confirmation Hearing, for the Plan’s classification scheme and the disparate treatment, if any, provided for different Classes.

 

17


33.    The Plan is also “fair and equitable” with respect to each Rejecting Class. No Holder of Claims or Interests junior to any Rejecting Class is receiving a distribution under the Plan.

34.    The Plan, therefore, satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and may be confirmed despite the fact that not all Impaired Classes have voted to accept the Plan.

 

DD. Only One Plan (11 U.S.C. § 1129(c)).

35.    The Plan is the only plan filed in the Chapter 11 Cases, and, accordingly, section 1129(c) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

EE. Principal Purpose of the Plan (11 U.S.C. § 1129(d)).

36.    The principal purpose of the Plan is not the avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, thereby satisfying section 1129(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

FF. Not Small Business Cases (11 U.S.C. § 1129(e)).

37.    None of the Chapter 11 Cases are small business cases, as that term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly, section 1129(e) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

GG. Plan Implementation.

38.    The terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, the Plan Supplement and all exhibits and schedules thereto, and all other documents filed in connection with the Plan, or executed or to be executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan, and all amendments and modifications of any of the foregoing made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan governing such amendments and modifications (collectively, and as each may be amended, supplemented, or modified, the “ Plan Documents ”) are incorporated by reference, are approved in all respects, and constitute an integral part of this Confirmation Order.

 

18


HH. Binding and Enforceable.

39.    The Plan and the Plan Documents have been negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length and, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, shall bind any Holder of a Claim or Interest and such Holder’s respective successors and assigns, whether or not the Claim or Interest is Impaired under the Plan, whether or not such Holder has accepted the Plan, and whether or not such Holder is entitled to a distribution under the Plan. The Plan and the Plan Documents constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto and shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms. Pursuant to section 1142(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan and the Plan Documents shall apply and be enforceable notwithstanding any otherwise applicable nonbankruptcy law.

 

II. Vesting of Assets.

40.    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all property (including all interests, rights, and privileges related thereto) in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, including Interests held by the Debtors in any non-Debtor Affiliates, shall vest in each applicable Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, encumbrances, or other interests, except for Liens securing the First Lien Exit Facility and any Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of

 

19


the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Rules. Any state or local business or operating license transferred, sold, vested, or otherwise conveyed from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed valid and enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor without the need of any corporate, governmental authority, or further court approval.

 

JJ. Management Incentive Plan.

41.    The Debtors have provided sufficient and adequate notice of the terms of the Management Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan have been negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length with the Term Lender Group. The Management Incentive Plan is an essential element of the Plan, and the terms of the Management Incentive Plan and the awards contemplated therein are fair and reasonable.

 

KK. Approval of the First Lien Exit Facility.

42.    The First Lien Exit Facility is an essential element of the Plan, is necessary for Confirmation and the consummation of the Plan, and is critical to the overall success and feasibility of the Plan. Entry into the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement and the other First Lien Exit Facility Documents is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and all Holders of Claims or Interests. The Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment in determining to enter into the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement and the other First Lien Exit Facility Documents and have provided sufficient and adequate notice of the material terms of the First Lien Exit Facility, which material terms were filed as part of the Plan Supplement. The terms and conditions of the First Lien Exit Facility are fair and reasonable, and the First Lien Exit Facility was negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length. The Debtors are authorized, without further approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other party, to execute and deliver all agreements, documents, instruments, and certificates related thereto and perform their obligations thereunder.

 

20


LL. Issuance of New Securities.

43.    To the maximum extent provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Securities (whether issued upon the Effective Date, or later, upon the exercise of Special Warrants, or the exchange of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock) and any other securities to be issued and distributed (including the distributions described in the Description of Transaction Steps, the Equity Allocation Mechanism, and the Warrant Agreement), whether on the Effective Date or any other date of a distribution thereafter, pursuant to the terms of the Plan or in accordance with this Confirmation Order, comply with section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S., state or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of securities.

44.    In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, any securities contemplated by the Plan and any and all agreements incorporated therein, including each of the New Securities (whether issued upon the Effective Date, or later, upon the exercise of Special Warrants, or the exchange of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock), will be freely tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to (a) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act; (b) compliance with any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments; (c) the restrictions, if any, on the transferability of such securities and instruments, including those set forth in the Warrant Agreement and the New Corporate Governance Documents; and (d) applicable regulatory approval, including the required FCC Approval and the FCC rules.

 

21


45.    Each New Security issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the New Securities referred to in Article VI of the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

46.    In respect of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution and the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution, if a Holder of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims or Allowed General Unsecured Claims holds its Allowed Claim in multiple managed funds and/or investment vehicles (such entities, the “ Funds ”), then it will receive its allocation of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Special Warrants, as applicable, Pro Rata across such Funds and in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Equity Allocation Mechanism; provided , however , that, if an allocation other than Pro Rata across the Funds is requested, such Holder shall give notice to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and/or the Disbursing Agent (or their respective representatives or assigns) no later than five (5) Business Days after the Confirmation Date specifying its requested allocation of New Securities amongst its Funds. The Disbursing Agent (and any other applicable agents or representatives of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist such Holder in allocating its New Securities across such Funds in such manner, which allocation shall otherwise be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

MM.     Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

47.    The Debtors have exercised sound business judgment in determining whether to assume, assume and assign, or reject each of their Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to sections 365 and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article V of the Plan, and as set

 

22


forth in the Plan Supplement. Except as set forth herein and/or in separate orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court relating to assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, the Debtors have cured or provided adequate assurances that the Debtors will cure defaults (if any) under or relating to each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed under the Plan.

48.    Nothing in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall prevent a party to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease rejected pursuant to the Plan from filing a Proof of Claim based on such rejection by the later of (i) the applicable Claims Bar Date, and (ii) thirty (30) days after notice of such rejection is served on the applicable claimant. Nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall prevent a party to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan, or otherwise, from continuing to prosecute an objection to the cure amount related to such assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease if such objection was timely filed on or before at least seven days prior to the Confirmation Hearing, but not resolved before the Effective Date.

 

NN. Discharge, Compromise, Settlement, Release, Exculpation, and Injunction Provisions.

49.    The Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction under sections 1334(a) and (b) of title 28 of the United States Code to approve the discharge, compromises, settlements, releases, exculpations, and injunctions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan. Sections 105(a) and 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permit issuance of the injunctions and approval of the releases, exculpations, and injunctions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan. Based upon the record of the Chapter 11 Cases and the evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court finds that the discharge, compromises, settlements, releases, exculpations, and injunctions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan are consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and applicable law. Further, the discharge, compromises, settlements, releases, exculpations, and injunctions contained in Article VIII

 

23


of the Plan are integral components of the Plan. The discharge, compromises, settlements, releases, exculpations, and injunctions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan are hereby approved and authorized in their entirety.

 

OO. Debtor Release; Third-Party Release.

50.    The releases described in Articles VIII.D and VIII.E of the Plan are an integral and necessary part of the Plan and represent a valid exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment. For the reasons set forth on the record of the Chapter 11 Cases and the evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing, including the Plan embodied therein, the releases provided for in the Plan are in the best interests of the estates. The releases described in Articles VIII.D and VIII.E of the Plan are: (a) in exchange for good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (b) a good-faith compromise and settlement of the Claims and Causes of Action released by the Debtors and the Releasing Parties; (c) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (d) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (e) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (f) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Holder of a Claim or Interest that would have been legally entitled to assert any Claim or Cause of Action on behalf of any of the Debtors or the Estates or any Releasing Party, as applicable, from asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released by the releases described in Articles VIII.D and VIII.E of the Plan against any of the Released Parties.

 

PP. Exculpation.

51.    The exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.G of the Plan are essential to the Plan. The record in the Chapter 11 Cases fully supports the exculpation provisions, and the exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.G of the Plan are appropriately tailored to protect the Exculpated Parties from inappropriate litigation and to exclude actions determined by Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.

 

24


QQ. Injunction.

52.    The injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.H of the Plan are essential to the Plan; are necessary to preserve and enforce the releases set forth in Articles VIII.B, VIII.D and VIII.E of the Plan, the exculpation provisions in Article VIII.G of the Plan, and the compromises and settlements implemented under the Plan; and are narrowly tailored to achieve that purpose.

53.    The injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.H the Plan: (a) are within the jurisdiction of this Bankruptcy Court under 28 U.S.C. §§ 1334(a), 1334(b), and 1334(d); (b) are an essential means of implementing the Plan pursuant to section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code; (c) are an integral element of the transactions incorporated into the Plan; (d) confer material benefits on, and are in the best interests of, the Debtors, the Estates, and their creditors; (e) are important to the overall objectives of the Plan to finally resolve all Claims or Causes of Action among or against the parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases with respect to the Debtors; and (f) are consistent with sections 105, 1123, and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and other applicable law. The record of the Confirmation Hearing and the Chapter 11 Cases is sufficient to support the injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.H of the Plan.

 

RR. Retention of Jurisdiction.

54.    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any of the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases and all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan, including the matters set forth in Article XI of the Plan.

 

SS. Reports.

55.    After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to file with the Bankruptcy Court or serve on any parties reports that the Debtors were obligated to file

 

25


under the Bankruptcy Code or a Bankruptcy Court order, including monthly operating reports (even for those periods for which a monthly operating report was not filed prior to the Effective Date); provided, however, that the Reorganized Debtors will comply with the U.S. Trustee’s quarterly reporting requirements. Through the Effective Date, the Debtors will file such reports as are required under the Local Rules.

BASED ON THE FOREGOING, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED THAT:

 

A. Confirmation.

56.    The Plan and the other Plan Documents shall be, and hereby are, confirmed under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The terms of the Plan Documents are incorporated by reference into, and are an integral part of, the Plan and this Confirmation Order and are authorized and approved, and the Debtors are authorized to implement their provisions and consummate the Plan without any further authorization by the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise except as expressly required by the Plan or this Confirmation Order.

 

B. Objections.

57.    All objections, responses, reservations, statements, and comments in opposition to the Plan, other than those resolved or withdrawn with prejudice prior to, or on the record at, the Confirmation Hearing are overruled on the merits in all respects. All withdrawn objections, if any, are deemed withdrawn with prejudice.

 

C. Omission of Reference to Particular Plan Provisions.

58.    The failure to specifically describe or include any particular provision of the Plan or the Plan Documents in this Confirmation Order shall not diminish or impair the effectiveness of such provision, and such provision shall have the same validity, binding effect and enforceability as every other provision of the Plan and the Plan Documents.

 

26


D. Deemed Acceptance of the Plan as Modified.

59.    In accordance with section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, all Holders of Claims who voted to accept the Plan or who are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan are deemed to accept the Plan, subject to modifications, if any. No Holder of a Claim shall be permitted to change its vote as a consequence of the Plan modifications. All modifications to the Plan made after the Solicitation Date are hereby approved, pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

E. Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.

60.    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a Reorganized Debtor and as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) are amended by the Plan or Plan Documents, or otherwise amended in accordance with applicable law. To the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).

61.    On and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire and dispose of property and compromise or settle any claims without supervision or approval by this Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, other than those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan or this Confirmation Order.

 

27


F. Plan Implementation.

62.     General Authorization . The transactions described in the Plan, the other Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order are hereby approved. On or before the Effective Date, and after the Effective Date, as necessary, and without any further order of the Bankruptcy Court or other authority, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their respective directors, officers, members, agents, attorneys, financial advisors, and investment bankers (each, a “ Designated Person ”) are authorized and empowered pursuant to section 1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and any other applicable laws to and shall (a) grant, issue, execute, deliver, file, or record any agreement, document, or security, and the documents contained in the Plan or the Plan Documents (as modified, amended, and supplemented pursuant to the provisions of the Plan governing such modifications, amendments, and supplements), in substantially the form included therein, or any other documents related thereto and (b) take any action necessary or appropriate to implement, effectuate, and consummate the Plan, the Plan Documents, or this Confirmation Order, in accordance with their terms including, without limitation, (i) causing: (v) the transfer of assets contemplated by the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement included in the Plan Supplement, (w) a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor to be merged into another Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, or its subsidiary or affiliate, (x) a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor to be dissolved, (y) the legal name and/or corporate form of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor to be changed or (z) the closure of a Reorganized Debtor’s case on the Effective Date or anytime thereafter, (ii) causing any action set forth in the Description of Transaction Steps provided in the Plan Supplement, and other actions to be taken in accordance with such Description of Transaction Steps prior to or following entry of this Confirmation Order,

 

28


(iii) any action necessary to provide for, implement or effectuate the purchase of substantially all the assets of, or Interests in, any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors by one or more Entities to be wholly-owned by any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, including any newly-formed Entities created to effectuate the Plan, (iv) payment of any taxes owing in respect of distributions and transfers under the Plan, and making tax elections in respect of any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, and any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or their respective Designated Persons, as applicable, shall have the authority to take any of the actions described in clauses (a) and (b) above on behalf of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. All such actions taken or caused to be taken shall be deemed to have been authorized and approved by the Bankruptcy Court without further approval, act, or action under any applicable law, order, rule, or regulation, including, among other things, (A) all transfers of assets that are to occur pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Documents, or this Confirmation Order; (B) the incurrence of all obligations contemplated by the Plan, the Plan Documents, or this Confirmation Order and the making of all distributions under the Plan, the Plan Documents, or this Confirmation Order; and (C) entering into any and all transactions, contracts, leases, instruments, releases, and other documents and arrangements permitted by applicable law, order, rule, or regulation. The approvals and authorizations specifically set forth in this Confirmation Order are nonexclusive and are not intended to limit the authority of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any Designated Person thereof to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to implement, effectuate, and consummate any and all documents or transactions contemplated by the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order pursuant to section 1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that, under applicable nonbankruptcy law or the rules of any stock exchange, any of the foregoing actions would otherwise require approval of

 

29


the equity holders or directors (or any equivalent body) of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, such approval shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect from and after the Effective Date without any further action by the equity holders or directors (or any equivalent body) of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall file any documents required to be filed in such jurisdictions so as to effectuate the provisions of the Plan. Any or all documents contemplated herein shall be accepted by each of the respective filing offices and recorded, if required, in accordance with applicable law. All counterparties to any documents described in this paragraph are hereby directed to execute such documents as may be required or provided by such documents, without any further order of the Bankruptcy Court. The parties to the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement are hereby authorized and directed to perform and comply with the terms of the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement on and after the Effective Date.

63.     No Action. Pursuant to the appropriate provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including section 303 thereof), section 1142(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or other applicable law, this Confirmation Order shall constitute authorization for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to enter into, execute, deliver, file, adopt, amend, restate, consummate, or effectuate, as the case may be, the Plan, the Plan Documents, this Confirmation Order, and any contract, instrument, or other document to be executed, delivered, adopted, or amended in connection with the implementation of the Plan, and the respective directors, stockholders, managers, or members of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to take any actions in connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Plan Documents, or this Confirmation Order. The Reorganized Debtors may also, consistent with the Plan and Plan Documents, take any additional steps on and after the Effective

 

30


Date to consolidate and streamline their organization, including, among other things, the merger, liquidation, dissolution, or consolidation of one or more of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. The Plan Documents are hereby approved, adopted and effective upon the Effective Date.

 

G. Binding Effect.

64.    On the date of and after entry of this Confirmation Order and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order shall bind any Holder of a Claim or Interest and such Holder’s respective successors and assigns, whether or not: (a) the Claim or Interest is Impaired under the Plan; (b) such Holder has accepted the Plan; (c) such Holder has failed to vote to accept or reject the Plan or voted to reject the Plan; (d) such Holder is entitled to a distribution under the Plan; (e) such Holder will receive or retain any property or interests in property under the Plan; and (f) such Holder has filed a Proof of Claim in the Chapter 11 Cases. The Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto and shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms. Pursuant to section 1142(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order shall apply and be enforceable notwithstanding any otherwise applicable nonbankruptcy law.

 

H. New Corporate Governance Documents; New Securities.

65.    On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the New Corporate Governance Documents, and the New Corporate Governance Documents shall, as of the Effective Date, be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and each Holder of New Common Stock and Special Warrants (as applicable) shall be bound thereby, in each case without the need for execution by any party thereto other than the Reorganized Debtors.

66.    Each Person or Entity that receives Special Warrants pursuant to the Plan shall automatically be deemed to be a party to the Warrant Agreement, in accordance with its terms.

 

31


Subject to, and upon the occurrence of, the Effective Date, and without further notice to any party, or further order or other approval of the Bankruptcy Court, or further act or action under applicable law, regulation, order or rule, or the vote, consent, authorization or approval of any Person, the Warrant Agreement is approved and shall be valid and binding on Reorganized Cumulus and all holders of Special Warrants issued pursuant to the Plan.

67.    On the Effective Date, the Management Incentive Plan shall be, and shall be deemed to have been, adopted and implemented by the Reorganized Debtors. In accordance with the Management Incentive Plan, 9.25% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, shall be reserved to grant equity awards to senior management employees and 0.75% of the New Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, shall be reserved to grant equity awards to members of the New Cumulus Board.

68.    Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance of the New Securities (whether issued upon the Effective Date, or later, upon the exercise of Special Warrants, or the exchange of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock), as contemplated by the Plan, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S., state, or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of securities. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, any securities contemplated by the Plan and any and all agreements incorporated therein, including the New Common Stock (whether issued upon the Effective Date, or later, upon the exercise of Special Warrants, or the exchange of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock), will be freely tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to (a) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act; (b) compliance with any rules and regulations

 

32


of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments; (c) the restrictions, if any, on the transferability of such securities and instruments, including those set forth in the Warrant Agreement and the New Corporate Governance Documents; and (d) applicable regulatory approval, including the required FCC Approval and the FCC rules.

69.    Each New Security issued and distributed pursuant to the Plan and this Confirmation Order shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI of the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

 

I. Plan Classification Controlling.

70.    The terms of the Plan shall solely govern the classification of Claims and Interests for purposes of the distributions to be made thereunder. The classifications set forth on the Ballots tendered to or returned by the Holders of Claims or Interests in connection with voting on the Plan: (a) were set forth on the Ballots solely for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan; (b) do not necessarily represent, and in no event shall be deemed to modify or otherwise affect, the actual classification of such Claims and Interests under the Plan for distribution purposes; (c) may not be relied upon by any Holder of a Claim or Interest as representing the actual classification of such Claim or Interest under the Plan for distribution purposes; and (d) shall not be binding on the Debtors except for voting purposes. All rights of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to challenge, object to, or seek to reclassify Claims are expressly reserved.

 

J. Operation as of the Effective Date.

71.    Upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and

 

33


deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.

 

K. Restructuring Transactions.

72.    The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to implement and consummate the Restructuring Transactions pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order and are authorized to execute and deliver all necessary documents or agreements required to perform their obligations thereunder. The Restructuring Transactions pursuant to the Plan are approved and authorized in all respects. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized and directed to take all actions, necessary, appropriate, or desirable to enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, releases, agreements, or other documents created or executed in connection with the Plan. In accordance with section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable nonbankruptcy law, such actions may be taken without further action by any stockholders, managers, or directors of any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors.

 

L. Distributions.

73.    All distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be made in accordance with Article VI of the Plan, and such methods of distribution are approved. Pursuant to Article VI of the Plan, any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, or any assignee or designee thereof, may serve as the Disbursing Agent for any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. The Disbursing Agent shall have no duty or obligation to make distributions to any Holder of an Allowed Claim unless and until such Holder executes and delivers, in a form acceptable to the Reorganized Debtors, all Plan Documents applicable to such distributions.

 

34


M. Intercreditor Distribution Settlement and Reserves.

74.    In accordance with the Intercreditor Distribution Settlement and notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Equity Allocation Mechanism to the contrary:

 

  a. Solely for purposes of determining the Pro Rata allocation of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution as between the Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5, on the one hand, and the Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6, on the other, (i) the aggregate amount of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of General Unsecured Claims that are ultimately Allowed following the resolution and reconciliation of all General Unsecured Claims (the “ Actual GUC Claim Amount ”) and (B) $30 million (the “ General Unsecured Claim Cap ”) and (ii) the Senior Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed in an aggregate amount equal to $1,274,628,888.88 (the “ Settled Senior Notes Claim Amount ”).

 

  b. On the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reserve an amount of Special Warrants from the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution (such reserve, the “ Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve ,” which shall constitute the Disputed Claim Reserve as contemplated by Article VII.F of the Plan) equal to the Special Warrants that would be distributable to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in the amount of the General Unsecured Claim Cap assuming, for purposes of determining the Pro Rata allocation of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution, that the aggregate amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims is equal to the General Unsecured Claims Cap and the Senior Notes Claims are Allowed in an aggregate amount equal to the Settled Senior Notes Claim Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors are authorized to reserve Special Warrants in the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve in accordance with the preceding sentence on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable (which shall equal approximately 2.3% of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution) and the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, are authorized to distribute the remaining portion of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution (which shall equal approximately 97.7% of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution) to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims, which shall be distributed and allocated among such Holders in accordance with the Plan and the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  c.

If the Actual GUC Claim Amount is greater than the General Unsecured Claim Cap, then each Holder of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall share Pro Rata (based on the proportion that its Allowed General Unsecured Claim bears to the aggregate amount of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims) in the Unsecured

 

35


  Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve, and the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall not be entitled to any further or additional distributions or recoveries from the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their Estates, or any of their assets or property.

 

  d. If the Actual GUC Claim Amount is less than the General Unsecured Claim Cap, then each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall be entitled to its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution, which shall be distributed solely from the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve, and shall be calculated based on the proportion that the amount of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim bears to the aggregate amount of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims plus the Settled Senior Notes Claim Amount. Any Special Warrants that remain in the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve following the reconciliation and resolution of all Disputed General Unsecured Claims and the foregoing distributions to all Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be distributed Pro Rata to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims in accordance with the Plan and the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  e. Notwithstanding anything in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order to the contrary, all Special Warrants reserved in the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve shall be Series 2 Warrants (as such term is defined in the Warrant Agreement) and such Special Warrants shall remain unissued unless and until distributed from the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve and shall, while unissued, be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any vote by shareholders of Reorganized Cumulus under any New Corporate Governance Documents. Any distribution on account of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim on or after the Effective Date shall be made solely in the form of Special Warrants that are distributed from the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve. The Reorganized Debtors and/or the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized, in their sole and absolute discretion, to make periodic distributions from the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims as Disputed Claims are reconciled and resolved in accordance with the procedures described above.

 

  f. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 74, and for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate distributions that are made on or after the Effective Date to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims shall in no event exceed, in the aggregate, the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution.

 

  g.

On the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date that is ten (10) Business Days following the receipt by the Debtors and the Term Lender Group of reasonably detailed invoices identifying the fees and out-of-pocket expenses for which the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee requests payment, the Reorganized Debtors shall, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and in full and final settlement of any and all amounts outstanding and/or owing now or in the future to the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, pay in Cash the

 

36


  reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee in an aggregate amount that shall not exceed $350,000.00. Such invoices may be redacted to preserve any applicable privilege or work product doctrine and shall not be required to contain specific time entries. In consideration for such payment, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall not assert its charging lien under the Senior Notes Indenture against any distribution of New Securities that will be made to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims pursuant to the Plan, whether such distribution takes place prior to or after such payment.

75.    The Reorganized Debtors are also authorized, but not directed, to establish one or more reserves in accordance with Article VI.E.4 of the Plan with respect to Disputed Claims that, if Allowed after the Effective Date, would be payable in Cash; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to reserve any amount for, and such reserve(s) shall not exist for the benefit of, Allowed Priority Tax Claims or Allowed Administrative Claims, which Allowed Claims shall be paid pursuant to the Plan; provided , further , that the Reorganized Debtors are authorized, but not directed, to pay any Allowed Priority Tax Claim that becomes due and payable after the Effective Date in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise required under applicable non-bankruptcy law. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have no liability in respect of any Allowed General Unsecured Claims, which shall be payable solely from the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Plan and this Confirmation Order.

 

N. Retained Assets.

76.    To the extent that the retention by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of assets held immediately prior to emergence in accordance with the Plan is deemed, in any instance, to constitute a “transfer” of property, such transfer of property to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (a) is or shall be a legal, valid, and effective transfer of property; (b) vests or shall vest the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors with good title to such property, free and clear of all liens, charges, Claims, encumbrances, or interests, except as expressly provided in the Plan or this

 

37


Confirmation Order; (c) does not and shall not constitute an avoidable transfer under the Bankruptcy Code or under applicable nonbankruptcy law; and (d) does not and shall not subject the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to any liability by reason of such transfer under the Bankruptcy Code or under applicable nonbankruptcy law, including by laws affecting successor or transferee liability.

 

O. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

77.    Assumption (or assumption and assignment) of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as set forth in Article V.A of the Plan or in any of the Plan Documents is hereby authorized. Rejection of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases is hereby authorized. Unless an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (a) was previously rejected; (b) previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; (c) is the subject of a notice of rejection or motion to reject that is pending on the Effective Date; or (d) is designated specifically or by category on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, effective as of the Effective Date, such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to have been assumed by the applicable Debtor and/or assumed and assigned to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, in each case consistent with the Plan Documents, including the Restructuring Transactions.

78.    Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, Plan Documents, or by separate order of this Bankruptcy Court, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed (or assumed and assigned), whether or not such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease relates to the use, acquisition or occupancy of real property, shall include (i) all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and (ii) all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including

 

38


easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, powers, uses, reciprocal easement agreements and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated pursuant to an order of this Bankruptcy Court or under the Plan.

79.    Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases and actions taken in accordance therewith (i) shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims against any Debtor that may arise in connection therewith, (ii) are not and do not create postpetition contracts or leases, (iii) do not elevate to administrative expense priority any Claims of the counterparties to such Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases against any of the Debtors, and (iv) do not entitle any Entity to a Claim against any of the Debtors under any section of the Bankruptcy Code on account of the difference between the terms of any prepetition Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases and subsequent modifications, amendments, supplements or restatements.

80.    Unless a party to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease being assumed (or assumed and assigned) under the Plan has timely objected to the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or the cure amount listed in the Cure Notice, the Debtors shall pay such cure amount in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the assumption (or assumption and assignment) of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, shall result in the full release, discharge and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults,

 

39


arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption and/or assignment and the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to have consented to such assumption or assumption and assignment. Any disputed cure amount shall be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V.C of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law.

81.    Any party to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease whose contract is not listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and has not received a Cure Notice listing a specific cure amount shall be deemed to have a cure amount of $0.00.

82.    Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases entered into by the Debtors after the Petition Date shall remain enforceable after the Effective Date by all parties pursuant to their terms. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Debtors are authorized to assume and assign that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2018, by and among Merlin Media License, LLC, Merlin Media License, LLC, Radio License Holdings LLC and Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC (the “ Merlin APA ”) and any ancillary instruments, agreements and documents executed for the purposes of assigning, transferring, granting, conveying and conferring the assets under the Merlin APA to any of the Reorganized Debtors.

83.    Any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is subject to an unresolved objection to the assumption (or assumption and assignment) of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is pending as of the Effective Date will not be assumed (or assumed and assigned) until entry of a Final Order resolving the dispute and approving the assumption (or assumption and assignment) of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and the counterparty; provided , that after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may settle any dispute regarding the cure amount without

 

40


any further notice to any party or any action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, subject to the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 105(a) and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 3007 and 9019(b) Authorizing the Debtors to (I)  File Omnibus Claims Objections; (II)  Establish Claim Settlement and Satisfaction Procedures; and (III)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 662]; provided , further , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to either reject or nullify the assumption (or assumption and assignment) of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease within forty-five (45) days after the entry of a Final Order resolving an objection to assumption (or assumption and assignment), determining the cure amount under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that was subject to a dispute, or resolving any request for adequate assurance of future performance required to assume (or assume and assign) such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

84.    To the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed (or assumed and assigned) pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption (or assumption and assignment) of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including, without limitation, any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan, the Plan Documents, and this Confirmation Order, including, but not limited to, the Restructuring Transactions, shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.

85.    Pursuant to Article V.B. of the Plan, Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court or the Voting and Claims Agent by the later of (i) the applicable

 

41


Claims Bar Date, and (ii) thirty (30) calendar days after notice of such rejection is served on the applicable claimant. Any Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time shall be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of this Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim against any Debtor arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, including any Claims against any Debtor listed on the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent or disputed. Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated as such in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

86.     Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to this Confirmation Order, and for which any cure amount has been fully paid or for any $0 cures pursuant to Article V of the Plan and this Confirmation Order, shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of this Bankruptcy Court.

 

P. Insurance Policies.

87.    All of the Debtors’ insurance policies, including any directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed (or assumed and assigned) all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto. In addition, on and after the Effective Date, none of

 

42


the Reorganized Debtors shall terminate or otherwise reduce, limit or restrict the coverage under any of the directors’ and officers’ insurance policies with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto, and all directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such directors’ and officers’ insurance policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors and officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VIII.D and Article VIII.E of the Plan, all of the Debtors’ current and former officers’ and directors’ rights as beneficiaries of such insurance policies, if any, are preserved to the extent set forth in the Plan.

88.    With respect to each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed and assigned under the Plan and/or any of the Plan Supplement documents, including the Equity and Asset Transfer Agreement: (a) the applicable assignee of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease has provided adequate assurance of future performance under the relevant Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease within the meaning of sections 365(b)(1)(C) and 365(f)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) the applicable assignee of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to be substituted for the Debtors as a party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

 

Q. First Lien Exit Facility.

89.    On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the First Lien Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the First Lien Exit Facility Documents. All Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims entitled to distribution under the Plan shall be deemed to be a party to, and bound by, the First Lien Exit Facility Agreement, regardless of whether such Holder has executed a signature page thereto. This Confirmation Order shall be deemed an approval of the First Lien Exit Facility and the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, as applicable, and all

 

43


transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the First Lien Exit Facility Documents and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by the First Lien Exit Facility. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the First Lien Exit Facility Documents shall (a) be deemed to be granted, (b) be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, (c) be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, and (d) not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and this Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of this Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and the Reorganized Debtors shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

90.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court’s retention of jurisdiction shall not govern the enforcement of the First Lien Exit Facility Documents or any rights or remedies related thereto, other than the effectiveness of the Debtors’ entry into the First Lien Exit Facility Documents.

 

44


R. Directors and Officers of Reorganized Debtors.

91.    The Reorganized Debtors’ initial directors and officers have been disclosed prior to the Confirmation Hearing and are hereby approved.

 

S. Management Incentive Plan; Incentive Compensation Programs.

92.    The Management Incentive Plan is hereby approved in its entirety and shall be adopted and implemented by the Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date without any further action by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

T. Exemption from Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees.

93.    To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with the Plan shall not be subject to any stamp tax, document recording tax, conveyance fee, intangibles, or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, sales or use tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment in the United States, and this Confirmation Order hereby directs the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents to forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment. Such exemption specifically applies, without limitation, to (1) the creation, modification, consolidation, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, Lien, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means (2) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease, (3) any Restructuring Transaction authorized by the Plan, and (4) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in

 

45


furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including: (a) any merger agreements; (b) agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation, or dissolution; (c) bills of sale; or (d) assignments executed in connection with any Restructuring Transaction occurring under the Plan.

 

U. Governmental Approvals Not Required.

94.    Except as set forth in Section CC below, this Confirmation Order shall constitute all approvals and consents required, if any, by the laws, rules, or regulations of any state or any other governmental authority with respect to the implementation or consummation of the Plan and the Plan Documents.

 

V. Filing and Recording.

95.    This Confirmation Order is and shall be binding upon and shall govern the acts of all persons or entities including, without limitation, all filing agents, filing officers, title agents, title companies, recorders of mortgages, recorders of deeds, registrars of deeds, administrative agencies, governmental departments, secretaries of state, federal, state, and local officials, and all other persons and entities who may be required, by operation of law, the duties of their office, or contract, to accept, file, register, or otherwise record or release any document or instrument. Each and every federal, state, and local government agency is hereby directed to accept any and all documents and instruments necessary, useful, or appropriate (including financing statements under the applicable uniform commercial code) to effectuate, implement, and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Plan and this Confirmation Order without payment of any stamp tax or similar tax imposed by state or local law.

 

W. Tax Withholding.

96.    In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any

 

46


Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including, without limitation, liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information, documentation, and certifications necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable or appropriate. All Persons holding Claims against any Debtor shall be required to provide any information necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate any distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances.

97.    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any Governmental Unit on account of such distribution.

 

X. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests; Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies.

98.    Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, this Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, including the Plan Documents, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests,

 

47


and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors before the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim that is listed on the Debtors’ Schedules; (c) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (d) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured, discharged, and no longer continuing as of the Effective Date. This Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests, subject to the Effective Date occurring.

99.    Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Causes of Action, controversies, or issues relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim.

 

48


100.    Pursuant to sections 1123(b)(3)(A) and 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Intercreditor Distribution Settlement constitutes a good faith compromise and settlement of all issues relating to the alleged substantive consolidation of the Debtors’ Estates and any alleged improper “gifting” as they relate to distributions to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

 

Y. Debtor Release; Third-Party Release.

101.    Each of the release provisions as set forth in, among others, Articles VIII.D and VIII.E of the Plan, is hereby incorporated in its entirety, approved in its entirety, and shall be immediately effective as of the Effective Date and binding on all Persons and Entities to the extent set forth therein.

 

Z. Release of Liens.

102.    The release provisions set forth in Article VIII.C of the Plan are hereby incorporated in their entirety, approved in their entirety, and shall be immediately effective as of the Effective Date and binding on all Persons and Entities to the extent set forth therein.

 

AA. Exculpation.

103.    The exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII.G of the Plan are hereby incorporated in their entirety, approved in their entirety, and shall be immediately effective as of the Effective Date and binding on all Persons and Entities to the extent set forth therein.

 

BB. Injunction.

104.    The injunction provisions set forth in Article VIII.H of the Plan are hereby incorporated in their entirety, approved in their entirety, and shall be immediately effective as of the Effective Date and binding on all Persons and Entities to the extent set forth therein.

 

49


CC. Federal Communications Commission.

105.    No provision in the Plan or this Confirmation Order relieves any Debtor that (i) holds licenses issued and regulated by the FCC or (ii) controls non-Debtor subsidiaries that hold licenses issued and regulated by the FCC or own antennae structures registered with the FCC (each such Debtor a “ Regulated Entity ”) or reorganized Regulated Entity from its obligation to comply with the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules, regulations and orders promulgated thereunder by the FCC. No transfer pursuant to the Plan or this Confirmation Order of any FCC license or authorization held or controlled by a Regulated Entity or transfer pursuant to the Plan or this Confirmation Order of control of a Regulated Entity shall take place prior to the issuance of FCC regulatory approval for such transfer pursuant to applicable FCC regulations, in each case to the extent required by such FCC regulations. The FCC’s rights and powers to take any action pursuant to its regulatory authority, including but not limited to imposing any regulatory conditions on any of the above-described transfers are fully preserved, and nothing herein shall proscribe or constrain the FCC’s exercise of such power or authority to the extent provided by law.

106.    Without limiting the generality of any provision of this Confirmation Order, Cumulus Licensing LLC is authorized to take any and all actions necessary to divest licenses for certain stations, including WNUQ(FM) in the Albany, GA market, KJMO(FM) in the Columbia, MO market, WPCK(FM) in the Green Bay, WI market, and WTOD(FM) in the Toledo, OH market, as may be necessary to comply with applicable FCC regulations.

 

DD. Securities and Exchange Commission.

107.    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained solely in Article VIII.E of the Plan or paragraphs 50 and 101 of this Confirmation Order (in each case, solely as they relate to the Third-Party Release), no provision in Article VIII.E of the Plan or paragraphs 50 and 101 of this Confirmation Order (in each case, solely as they relate to the Third-Party Release) shall release any non-Debtor from liability owed to the SEC or enjoin the SEC from bringing any action against a non-Debtor on account of such liability.

 

50


EE. Interest on Priority Tax Claims and Class  2 Other Secured Claims.

108.    To the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim is entitled to receive interest on such Claim after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code to remain Unimpaired, such interest will be provided.

109.    To the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Class 2 Other Secured Claim is entitled to payment of any interest required under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to remain Unimpaired, such interest will be provided.

 

FF. Notice of Entry of Confirmation Order and Occurrence of the Effective Date.

110.    As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors shall file with the Bankruptcy Court and serve by first class mail or overnight delivery service a notice of the entry of this Confirmation Order and occurrence of the Effective Date, in substantially the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Confirmation and Effective Date Notice ”), to all parties served with the Confirmation Hearing Notice. To supplement the notice procedures described in the preceding sentence, no later than fourteen days after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors must cause the Confirmation and Effective Date Notice, modified for publication, to be published on one occasion in the national edition of The New York Times . Mailing and publication of the Confirmation and Effective Date Notice in the time and manner set forth in this paragraph shall constitute adequate and sufficient notice pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 2002(f)(7), 2002(i)-(l) and 3020(c) of Confirmation and occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

GG. Cancellation of Liens.

111.    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, this Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the

 

51


Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released, settled, discharged, and compromised and all rights, titles, and interests of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) is authorized and shall take any and all steps requested by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors that are necessary to cancel or extinguish such Liens or security interest; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to file any necessary or desirable documents to evidence such release in the name of such Secured Party. The presentation or filing of this Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens or security interest.

 

HH. Cancellation of Existing Indebtedness and Securities.

112.    Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Plan Documents, on the Effective Date, (i) the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors, and all notes, bonds, agreements, instruments and other documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture or any Interest in the Debtors, (collectively, the “ Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation ”) shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect; and (ii) the

 

52


obligations of the Debtors under or in respect of the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors, and all other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation shall be discharged. The Holders of or parties to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation shall have no rights arising from or related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation; provided , that notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such Credit Document, Senior Notes Indenture or other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (i) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan as provided therein, and allowing each of the Credit Agreement Agent and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to make or direct the distributions in accordance with the Plan as provided therein; (ii) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce its rights, claims, and interests vis-à-vis any parties other than the Released Parties or any of their respective property or assets; (iii) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce any obligations owed to it under the Plan; (iv) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court; and (v) permitting the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the foregoing; provided , further , that section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement shall continue in effect solely as between the Term Loan Lenders and the Credit Agreement Agent, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, as to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or any of their respective property or assets.

113.    Except for the foregoing, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, the assertion of its charging lien against any distribution of New Securities that

 

53


will be made to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims pursuant to the Plan, and except with respect to such other rights and obligations of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee that, pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture, survive the termination of such indenture, other than the imposition of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee’s charging lien. For the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall not exercise its charging lien in accordance with the Intercreditor Distribution Settlement. Subsequent to the performance by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

II. Brand Reservation of Rights.

114.    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, or this Confirmation Order, for so long as the irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “ Brand L/C ”) originally issued by The Brand Bank Company (“ Brand ”) on account of Cumulus Media Holdings, Inc. for the benefit of OCP Centrum Holding Company, LLC and/or any obligations or debts owing to Brand pursuant to that certain Letter of Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2016 (the “ Brand L/C Agreement ”) relating thereto are outstanding, any claims of Brand under the Brand L/C Agreement and any lien or security interest in, on, or to the cash held in an account at Brand ending in 1098 (the “ Brand Collateral Account ”) (including any right of setoff or recoupment) of Brand shall not be impaired in any way by any provision of the Plan or this Confirmation Order, and Brand shall be deemed to have opted out of any releases contained in the Plan or this Confirmation Order and shall not be included as a “Releasing Party” or “Released Party” pursuant to the Plan. Without limiting the scope of the foregoing sentence, Brand (i) shall retain the right, if any, to setoff against or recoup from the Brand Collateral Account all interest, fees, or other amounts that are due and owing or may become due and owing pursuant to the Brand L/C Agreement, whether such amounts accrued before or after either of the Petition Date or the Effective Date, and (ii) shall not be required as a

 

54


result of the Plan or this Confirmation Order to turnover or transfer any funds held in the Brand Collateral Account to any Person, including without limitation the Debtors, for so long as the Brand L/C and/or any obligations or debts owing to Brand pursuant to the Brand L/C Agreement are outstanding. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all rights, powers and defenses, if any, with respect to the Brand L/C Agreement and the Brand L/C and nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any such rights, powers or defenses.

 

JJ. Copyright Owners Reservation of Rights.

115.    ABS Entertainment, Inc.; Barnaby Records, Inc.; Brunswick Record Corp.; and Malaco, Inc. (the “ Copyright Owners ”) filed proofs of claim against certain Debtors for alleged unauthorized public performance, distribution, and reproduction of sound recordings owned by the Copyright Owners that were fixed ( i.e. , recorded) prior to February 15, 1972 (the “ Pre-1972 Recordings ”) occurring prior to the Petition Date (the “ Prepetition Infringement Claims ”). The Prepetition Infringement Claims are disputed and unliquidated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors and the Copyright Owners agree that the maximum liability on account of the Prepetition Infringement Claims for purposes of the Unsecured Creditor Disputed Claim Reserve in Article VII.F of the Plan shall be $6,000,000. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve all of their rights to object to the validity, nature, amount or priority of the Prepetition Infringement Claims or to seek to estimate such claim at a lesser amount. The Copyright Owners reserve all of their rights to file an Administrative Claim on account of the Pre-1972 Recordings and the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve all rights with respect to such Administrative Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the Copyright Owners have opted out of granting the Third-Party Release and all of their rights and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights with respect to the Reorganized Debtors’ alleged liability, if any, for any post-Effective Date alleged unauthorized public performance, distribution, and reproduction of the Pre-1972 Recordings and Article VIII.H of the Plan are reserved.

 

55


KK. SAG-AFTRA Collective Bargaining Agreements

116.    The Debtors shall assume the collective bargaining agreements with the Screen Actors Guild - American Federation of Television and Radio Artists (“ SAG-AFTRA ”) or SAG-AFTRA’s local affiliates (collectively, the “ SAG-AFTRA CBAs ”) effective as of the Effective Date, that the applicable Reorganized Debtors shall pay in the ordinary course all obligations that relate to periods after the Petition Date that became or that become due and owing under the SAG-AFTRA CBAs, and that the applicable Reorganized Debtors shall pay as a cure up to the following amounts in the following categories: (a) $14,361.77 to the SAG-AFTRA Health Plan; (b) $16,968.58 to the AFTRA Retirement Fund; and (c) no more than $11,000.00 for the grievance identified in SAG-AFTRA’s Proof of Claim number 10299 at paragraph 7 and the letter attached thereto (the “ Grievance ”) once it is resolved through mutual agreement among the Debtors and SAG-AFTRA or the grievance mechanism set forth in the applicable SAG-AFTRA CBA. The SAG-AFTRA is not required to take any further action in relation to the bankruptcy or Bankruptcy Court in regard to the Cure Claim or cure notice, including contributions owed to the SAG-AFTRA Health Plan and AFTRA Retirement Fund. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all rights, remedies, and defenses with respect to the SAG-AFTRA CBAs and any claims or obligations that may arise thereunder, including that the portion of the claim alleged in the Grievance from January 1, 2017 to November 27, 2017 is subject to the bankruptcy claim process.

 

LL. Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims.

117.    All entities seeking awards by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Effective Date under sections 327, 328, 330, and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code shall (a) file, on or before the date that

 

56


is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, their respective applications for final allowances of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred and (b) be paid in full, in Cash, when such amounts are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the order(s) relating to or allowing any such Accrued Professional Compensation Claim from the Professional Fee Escrow Account and, to the extent that such Professional Fee Escrow Account is insufficient to pay all such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims, by the Reorganized Debtors. After all Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims have been paid in full, the escrow agent shall promptly return any amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

MM. Return of Deposits.

118.    All utilities, including any Person who received a deposit or other form of “adequate assurance” of performance pursuant to section 366 of the Bankruptcy Code during the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively, the “ Deposits ”), whether pursuant to the Order (I)  Prohibiting Utility Providers From Altering, Refusing, or Discontinuing Utility Services, (II)  Determining Adequate Assurance of Payment for Future Utility Services, and (III)  Establishing Procedures for Determining Adequate Assurance of Payment [Docket No. 150] or otherwise, including, gas, electric, telephone, data, cable, trash, and sewer services, are directed to return such Deposits to

the Reorganized Debtors, either by setoff against postpetition indebtedness or by Cash refund, within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, and, as of the Effective Date, such Persons are not entitled to make requests for or receive additional Deposits.

 

NN. Effect of Confirmation Order on Other Orders.

119.    Unless expressly provided for herein, nothing in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall affect any orders entered in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rule 9019.

 

57


OO. Inconsistency.

120.    In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) and this Confirmation Order, this Confirmation Order shall govern. To the extent any provision of any Plan Supplement document conflicts or is inconsistent with any provision in the Plan, the terms of the Plan Supplement document shall govern and be binding and exclusive.

 

PP. Injunctions and Automatic Stay.

121.    Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in this Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on this Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or this Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

QQ. Authorization to Consummate.

122.    The Debtors are authorized to consummate the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions at any time after the entry of this Confirmation Order subject to satisfaction or waiver (by the required parties) of the conditions precedent to Consummation set forth in Article IX of the Plan.

 

RR. Substantial Consummation.

123.    On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

SS. No Waiver.

124.    The failure to specifically include any particular Plan Document or provision of the Plan or Plan Document in this Confirmation Order will not diminish the effectiveness of such document or provision nor constitute a waiver thereof, it being the intent of this Bankruptcy Court that the Plan is confirmed in its entirety, the Plan Documents are approved in their entirety, and all are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

58


TT. Severability.

125.    Each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is (a) valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms; (b) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified except in accordance with Article X.A of the Plan; and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

 

UU. Administrative Claims Bar Date.

126.    Unless otherwise provided by the Plan, this Confirmation Order, any other applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court, or agreed to by the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, all requests for payment of Administrative Claims that accrued on or before the Effective Date (other than Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged in their entirety as of the Effective Date. If for any reason any such Administrative Claim is incapable of being forever barred and discharged, then the Holder of such Claim shall not have recourse to any property of the Reorganized Debtors to be distributed pursuant to the Plan.

 

VV. Dissolution of the Committee.

127.    Except to the extent provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Committee shall dissolve and the members of the Committee and their respective officers, employees, counsel,

 

59


advisors and agents shall be released and discharged from further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to and arising from and in connection with these Chapter 11 Cases; provided, that following the Effective Date the Committee shall only continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard in connection with Accrued Professional Compensation Claims in accordance with Article II.B of the Plan. Following the completion of the remaining duties of the Committee set forth above, the retention or employment of the Committee’s respective attorneys, accountants, and other agents shall terminate. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Committee on and after the Effective Date; provided that counsel to Committee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation and reimbursement of actual, necessary expenses for post-Effective Date activities under section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code solely in connection with Accrued Professional Compensation Claims in accordance with Article II.B of the Plan, including but not limited to the preparation, filing and prosecution of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims, upon the submission of invoices with summary detail to be paid by the Reorganized Debtors, which invoices may be redacted for privilege. Copies of such invoices shall be sent contemporaneously to the Reorganized Debtors and the Term Lender Group and, to the extent such invoices are not disputed, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay such invoices within ten (10) business days of receipt without further order of the Bankruptcy Court. If either of the Reorganized Debtors or the Term Lender Group dispute the amount of any such invoice, either party may bring the matter before the Bankruptcy Court and the Reorganized Debtors shall only pay such invoices upon the earlier of (i) a consensual resolution of such dispute between the parties or (ii) further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

60


WW. Distribution Record Date.

128.    Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in the Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, pursuant to Article I.A.59 of the Plan, the Debtors and the Term Lender Group have determined that the Distribution Record Date shall be May 15, 2018.

 

XX. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Effective Date.

129.    If the Effective Date does not occur, then: (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement, compromise, release, waiver, discharge, and exculpation not previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by the Debtors, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity.

 

YY. Debtors Actions Post-Confirmation Through the Effective Date.

130.    During the period from entry of this Confirmation Order through and until the Effective Date, each of the Debtors shall continue to operate their business as a debtor in possession, subject to the oversight of the Bankruptcy Court as provided under the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and this Confirmation Order and any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

ZZ. Conditions to Effective Date.

131.    The Plan shall not become effective unless and until the conditions set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan.

 

61


AAA.     Final Order.

132.    This Confirmation Order is a final order and the period in which an appeal must be filed will commence upon entry of this Confirmation Order.

New York, New York

Dated: May 10, 2018

 

/s/ Shelley C. Chapman

THE HONORABLE SHELLEY C. CHAPMAN UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE

 

62


EXHIBIT A


PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON &

GARRISON LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Tel: 212-373-3000

Fax: 212-757-3990

Paul M. Basta

Lewis R. Clayton

Jacob A. Adlerstein

Claudia R. Tobler

Counsel for Debtors

and Debtors in Possession

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

 

                                                                                                             

 

In re:

 

CUMULUS MEDIA INC., et al. ,

 

Debtors. 3

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                              

 

 

 

 

x

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

:

 

x

  

 

 

 

Chapter 11

 

 

Case No. 17-13381 (SCC)

 

 

(Jointly Administered)

NOTICE OF (I) ENTRY OF ORDER CONFIRMING THE

DEBTORS’ FIRST AMENDED JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION AND (II) OCCURRENCE OF EFFECTIVE DATE

TO CREDITORS, INTEREST HOLDERS, AND OTHER PARTIES IN INTEREST:

PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that an Order (the “ Confirmation Order ”) of the Honorable Shelley C. Chapman, confirming the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [ECF No. 446] (as the same may be updated, supplemented, amended and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the ” Plan ”) of the above-captioned debtors, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), was entered by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) on May [    ], 2018. Unless otherwise defined in this notice, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and the Confirmation Order.

 

 

3   The last four digits of Cumulus Media Inc.’s tax identification number are 9663. Because of the large number of Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, a complete list of the Debtors and the last four digits of their federal tax identification numbers is not provided herein. A complete list of such information may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus. The location of the Debtors’ service address is: 3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

 

A-1


PLEASE TAKE FURTHER NOTICE that copies of the Confirmation Order as well as copies of all documents filed in these chapter 11 cases are available free of charge by visiting http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus or by calling (844) 429-1668 within the United States or Canada or, outside of the United States or Canada, by calling +1 (503) 597-5529. You may also obtain copies of any pleadings by visiting the Court’s website at http://www.nysb.uscourts.gov in accordance with the procedures and fees set forth therein.

PLEASE TAKE FURTHER NOTICE that the Effective Date of the Plan occurred on [            ], 2018.

PLEASE TAKE FURTHER NOTICE that, except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any other applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court, or agreed to by the holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtors, all requests for payment of Administrative Claims other than Accrued Professional Compensation Claims must be Filed and served on the Debtors no later than [              ], 2018 (the “ Administrative Claims Bar Date ”) and all requests for payment of Administrative Claims with respect to Accrued Professional Compensation Claims must be Filed and served on the Debtors no later than [              ], 2018 . Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. If for any reason any such Administrative Claim is incapable of being forever barred and discharged, then the Holder of such Claim shall not have recourse to any property of the Reorganized Debtors to be distributed pursuant to the Plan. Objections to such requests for payment of an Administrative Claim, if any, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party no later than [              ], 2018 .

PLEASE TAKE FURTHER NOTICE that, except as otherwise provided by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, any Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court or the Voting and Claims Agent by the later of (i) the applicable Claims Bar Date, and (ii) thirty (30) calendar days after notice of such rejection is served on the applicable claimant. Any Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time shall be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim against any Debtor arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, including any Claims against any Debtor listed on the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent or disputed. Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

 

A-2


PLEASE TAKE FURTHER NOTICE that the Plan and the provisions thereof are binding on the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, any holder of a Claim against, or Interest in, the Debtors and such holder’s respective successors or assigns, whether or not the Claim or Interest of such holder is impaired under the Plan and whether or not such holder or entity voted to accept the Plan.

Dated: May 10, 2018

New York, New York

 

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON

& GARRISON LLP

/s/ Paul M. Basta

Paul M. Basta
Lewis R. Clayton
Jacob A. Adlerstein
Claudia R. Tobler
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 373-3000

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

pbasta@paulweiss.com

lclayton@paulweiss.com

jadlerstein@paulweiss.com

ctobler@paulweiss.com

Counsel for Debtors and
Debtors in Possession

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

Plan of Reorganization


PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON &

GARRISON LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Tel: 212-373-3000

Fax: 212-757-3990

Paul M. Basta

Lewis R. Clayton

Jacob A. Adlerstein

Claudia R. Tobler

Counsel for Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

   
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK    
In re:  

)

)

)

  Chapter 11
CUMULUS MEDIA INC., et al. ,  

)

)

  Case No. 17-13381 (SCC)

                        Debtors. 1

 

 

)

)

 

(Jointly administered)

 

FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

 

1   The last four digits of Cumulus Media Inc.’s tax identification number are 9663. Because of the large number of Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases, a complete list of the Debtors and the last four digits of their federal tax identification numbers is not provided herein. A complete list of such information may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus. The location of the Debtors’ service address is: 3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

    1  

A.

 

Defined Terms

    1  

B.

 

Rules of Interpretation

    19  

C.

 

Computation of Time

    20  

D.

 

Governing Law

    20  

E.

 

Reference to Monetary Figures

    20  

F.

 

Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

    20  

ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND OTHER UNCLASSIFIED CLAIMS

    20  

A.

 

Administrative Claims

    20  

B.

 

Professional Compensation

    21  

C.

 

Priority Tax Claims

    22  

D.

 

Statutory Fees

    23  

ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

    23  

A.

 

Classification of Claims and Interests

    23  

B.

 

Summary of Classification

    23  

C.

 

Treatment of Claims and Interests

    24  

D.

 

Voting of Claims

    29  

E.

 

No Substantive Consolidation

    29  

F.

 

Acceptance by Impaired Classes

    29  

G.

 

Special Provision Governing Claims

    30  

H.

 

Elimination of Vacant Classes

    30  

I.

 

Consensual Confirmation

    30  

J.

 

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

    30  

K.

 

Controversy Concerning Impairment or Classification

    30  

L.

 

Subordinated Claims

    30  

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

    31  

A.

 

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

    31  

B.

 

First Lien Exit Facility

    31  

C.

 

New Revolving Credit Facility

    32  

D.

 

Issuance and Distribution of New Securities

    32  

E.

 

Settlement of Claims and Interests

    33  

F.

 

Restructuring Transactions

    33  

G.

 

Corporate Existence

    33  

H.

 

FCC Licenses

    34  


I.

 

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors

     34  

J.

 

Cancellation of Existing Indebtedness and Securities

     34  

K.

 

Corporate Action

     35  

L.

 

New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws

     36  

M.

 

Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

     36  

N.

 

Employee Obligations

     36  

O.

 

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     37  

P.

 

Management Incentive Plan

     37  

Q.

 

Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees

     37  

R.

 

Indemnification Provisions

     38  

S.

 

Preservation of Causes of Action

     38  

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     39  

A.

 

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     39  

B.

 

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

     40  

C.

 

Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     40  

D.

 

Certain Customer Agreements

     41  

E.

 

Insurance Policies

     42  

F.

 

Indemnification Provisions

     42  

G.

 

Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

     42  

H.

 

Reservation of Rights

     43  

I.

 

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

     43  

J.

 

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

     43  

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

     43  

A.

 

Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

     43  

B.

 

Distributions on Account of Obligations of Multiple Debtors

     44  

C.

 

Disbursing Agent

     44  

D.

 

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

     44  

E.

 

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

     44  

F.

 

Manner of Payment

     46  

G.

 

Section 1145 Exemption

     47  

H.

 

Compliance with Tax Requirements

     47  

I.

 

Allocations

     48  

J.

 

Setoffs and Recoupment

     48  

K.

 

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     48  

L.

 

Foreign Current Exchange Rate

     49  


ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

     49  

A.

 

Resolution of Disputed Claims

     49  

B.

 

Disallowance of Claims

     51  

C.

 

Amendments to Proofs of Claim

     51  

D.

 

No Distributions Pending Allowance

     52  

E.

 

Distributions After Allowance

     52  

F.

 

Reserve of Special Warrants

     52  

G.

 

No Interest

     52  

ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

     53  

A.

 

Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

     53  

B.

 

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

     53  

C.

 

Release of Liens

     54  

D.

 

Releases by the Debtors

     54  

E.

 

Releases by the Releasing Parties

     56  

F.

 

Regulatory Activities

     57  

G.

 

Exculpation

     57  

H.

 

Injunction

     57  

I.

 

Term of Injunctions or Stays

     58  

J.

 

Recoupment

     58  

K.

 

Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment

     58  

ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

     59  

A.

 

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     59  

B.

 

Waiver of Conditions

     60  

C.

 

Effect of Failure of Conditions

     60  

ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

     60  

A.

 

Modification and Amendments

     60  

B.

 

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

     61  

C.

 

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

     61  

ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     61  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     64  

A.

 

Immediate Binding Effect

     64  

B.

 

Substantial Consummation

     64  

C.

 

Further Assurances

     64  

D.

 

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment

     64  

E.

 

Reservation of Rights

     64  


F.

 

Successors and Assigns

     65  

G.

 

Notices

     65  

H.

 

Entire Agreement

     66  

I.

 

Exhibits

     67  

J.

 

Severability of Plan Provisions

     67  

K.

 

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

     67  

L.

 

Closing of Chapter 11 Cases

     68  

M.

 

Conflicts

     68  


INTRODUCTION

Cumulus Media Inc. (“ Cumulus ”) and its debtor affiliates, as debtors and debtors in possession, propose this joint plan of reorganization (the “ Plan ”) for the resolution of the Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Pursuant to section 1125(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, votes to accept or reject a plan of reorganization cannot be solicited from holders of claims or interests entitled to vote on a plan until a disclosure statement has been approved by a bankruptcy court and distributed to such holders. On February 2, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Disclosure Statement Order that, among other things, approved the Disclosure Statement, set voting procedures, and scheduled the Confirmation Hearing.

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS SHOULD REFER TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DEBTORS’ HISTORY, BUSINESS, ASSETS, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE OPERATIONS, AS WELL AS A SUMMARY AND DESCRIPTION OF THIS PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

 

A. Defined Terms.

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings ascribed to them below.

1.    “ Accrued Professional Compensation Claims ” means, at any given time, all Claims against any Debtor for accrued, contingent, and/or unpaid fees and expenses (including success fees) that are allowable before the Effective Date by any retained Professional in the Chapter 11 Cases that the Bankruptcy Court has not denied by Final Order, in all cases to the extent that any such fees and expenses (a) have not been previously paid (regardless of whether a fee application has been Filed for any such amount) and (b) have not been applied against any retainer that has been provided to such Professional, in each case in accordance with the Interim Compensation Order. To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court or any higher court of competent jurisdiction denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s fees or expenses (whether or not paid pursuant to an order granting interim allowance), then those reduced or denied amounts shall no longer constitute Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

2.     Administrative Claim means a Claim against any Debtor for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases arising on or prior to the Effective Date and Allowed pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to sections 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ business; (b) Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.


3.     Administrative Claims Bar Date means the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the Effective Date.

4.     “Administrative Claims Objection Deadline” means the date that is seventy-five (75) calendar days after the Effective Date.

5.     “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

6.     Allowed means, when used in reference to a Claim, all or that portion, as applicable, of any Claim against any Debtor that (i) has been listed in the Schedules (as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time) as liquidated in amount and not disputed or contingent, and for which no contrary or superseding Proof of Claim has been timely Filed or that the Debtors do not timely object to in accordance with Article VII of the Plan, (ii) has been expressly allowed by Final Order or under the Plan, (iii) has been compromised, settled or otherwise resolved pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, the Bankruptcy Rules, Local Rules, another Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (iv) is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Claims Bar Date (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed) that the Debtors or any other party in interest do not timely object to in accordance with Article VII of the Plan; provided , however , that Claims allowed solely for the purpose of voting to accept or reject the Plan shall not be considered “Allowed” for any other purpose under the Plan or otherwise, except if and to the extent otherwise determined to be Allowed as provided herein. Unless otherwise specified under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, by order of the Bankruptcy Court or as otherwise agreed by the Debtors, Allowed Claims shall not, for any purpose under the Plan, include any interest, costs, fees or charges on such Claims from and after the Petition Date, and no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) a Proof of Claim Filed after the Claims Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-Filed Claim and (y) a Disputed Claim shall not become an Allowed Claim unless as otherwise provided for in the Plan. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.

7.    “ Avoidance Actions ” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by any of the Debtors pursuant to any applicable section of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553(b) and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law.

8.     “Ballot” means the form or forms distributed to certain Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan by which such parties may indicate acceptance or rejection of the Plan, which shall be subject to the rights of the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto).

9.     “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as may be amended from time to time.

 

B-2


10.     Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, including, to the extent of any withdrawal of the reference under section 157(d) of the Judicial Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

11.     Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

12.     Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)(6)).

13.    “ Case Management Procedures ” means the procedures pursuant to the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 105(a) and Fed. R. Bankr . P. 1015(c), 2002(m), and 9007 Implementing Certain Notice and Case Management Procedures [Docket No. 73].

14.     “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America.

15.    “ Cash Collateral Order ” means the Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § § 105, 361, 362, 363(b), 363(c)(2), and 507 (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (II)  Granting Adequate Protection to the Secured Parties, and (III)  Granting Related Relief , entered on December 21, 2017 [Docket No. 164].

16.     “Cause of Action” means, without limitation, any action, Claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, right of setoff, cross claim, counterclaim, recoupment, claim for breach of duty imposed by law or in equity, action, Lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured, or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, or pursuant to any other theory of law.

17.     Chapter 11 Cases means the jointly administered chapter 11 cases Filed for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court and currently styled In re Cumulus Media Inc. , Case No. 17-13381 (SCC) (Jointly Administered).

18.     Claim means any claim, as such term is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

19.    “ Claims and Interests ” means Claims against, and Interests in, any Debtor.

20.     “Claims Bar Date” means the date by which a Proof of Claim must be or must have been Filed, as established by (a) the Claims Bar Date Order, or (b) any other Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable.

 

B-3


21.     “Claims Bar Date Order” means an order to be entered by the Bankruptcy Court, establishing the Claims Bar Date.

22.     “Claims Objection Deadline” means the deadline for objecting to a Claim against any Debtor, which shall be on the date that is the later of (a) 180 calendar days after the Effective Date and (b) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by an order of the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to such Claims.

23.    “ Claims or Interests ” means Claims against, or Interests in, any Debtor.

24.     “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims against the Debtors maintained by the Voting and Claims Agent.

25.    “ Class means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

26.    “ Class  A Common Stock ” means the class A common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Reorganized Cumulus issued on the Effective Date, or upon exercise of the Special Warrants, which for the avoidance of doubt may include Restricted Stock.

27.    “ Class  B Common Stock ” means the limited voting class B common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Reorganized Cumulus issued on the Effective Date, or upon exercise of the Special Warrants, which for the avoidance of doubt may include Restricted Stock, the terms of which Class B Common Stock will provide that it may be converted at the election of the Holder into Class A Common Stock on a one for one basis (subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations, dividends or distributions with respect to the Class A Common Stock), subject to a determination by Reorganized Cumulus that such conversion would not result in a violation of the Communications Act or FCC rules and any necessary FCC approval.

28.     “ Class  B Election ” means an election made by a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim or Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the Ownership Certification that such Holder elects to receive Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock.

29.     “Committee” means the statutory committee of unsecured creditors of the Debtors, appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code by the U.S. Trustee on December 11, 2017, the membership of which may be reconstituted from time to time.

30.    “ Communications Act ” means Chapter 5 of Title 47 of the United States Code, 47 U.S.C. § 151 et seq. , as amended.

31.     Confirmation means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

B-4


32.     Confirmation Date means the date upon which the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

33.     “Confirmation Hearing” means the confirmation hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

34.     Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and approving the transactions contemplated thereby.

35.    “ Consenting Equityholders ” means, collectively, the Holders of Interests in Cumulus party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.

36.    “ Consenting Term Loan Lenders ” means, collectively, the Term Loan Lenders party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.

37.     Consummation means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

38.    “ Convenience Claim ” means a General Unsecured Claim that is either (a) in an amount that is equal to or less than $20,000 or (b) in an amount that is greater than $20,000, but with respect to which the Holder of such General Unsecured Claim voluntarily and irrevocably reduces the aggregate amount of such Claim to $20,000 pursuant to a valid election by the Holder of such General Unsecured Claim made on its Ballot on or before the Plan Voting Deadline.

39.    “ Convenience Class  Cap ” means $2 million in the aggregate or such greater amount that is subject to the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group.

40.    “ Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2013, among Cumulus, Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., as borrower, certain lenders party thereto, the Credit Agreement Agent, and certain other agents party thereto.

41.    “ Credit Agreement Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement (or any successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in such capacity).

42.     “ Credit Agreement Claim ” means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, relating to, or arising from the Credit Agreement or the related Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

43.    “ Credit Documents ” means, collectively, the (a) Credit Agreement, (b) each security agreement, guaranty, pledge agreement, mortgage, and any other document entered into pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement, and (c) each other agreement that creates or purports to create or perfect a Lien or security interest in favor of the Credit Agreement Agent and/or the Term Loan Lenders.

 

B-5


44.    “ Cumulus ” means Cumulus Media Inc.

45.     “Cure Claim” means a Claim against any Debtor based upon such Debtor’s monetary default under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed or assumed and assigned by such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

46.     Cure Notice means a notice of a proposed amount of Cash to be paid on account of a Cure Claim in connection with an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or assumed and assigned, under the Plan pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, which notice shall include the amount of Cure Claim (if any) to be paid in connection therewith.

47.     Debtor means one of the Debtors, in its individual capacity as a debtor and debtor in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases.

48.    “ Debtor Release ” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.D of the Plan.

49.     Debtors means, collectively: Cumulus Media Inc.; Cumulus Media Holdings Inc.; Consolidated IP Company LLC; Broadcast Software International; Incentrev-Radio Half Off, LLC; Cumulus Intermediate Holdings Inc.; Incentrev LLC; Cumulus Network Holdings Inc.; Cumulus Radio Corporation; LA Radio, LLC; KLOS-FM Radio Assets, LLC; Detroit Radio, LLC; DC Radio Assets, LLC; Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC; Chicago Radio Assets, LLC; Atlanta Radio, LLC; Minneapolis Radio Assets, LLC; NY Radio Assets, LLC; Radio Assets LLC; San Francisco Radio Assets, LLC; WBAP-KSCS Assets, LLC; WPLJ Radio, LLC; Westwood One, Inc.; CMP Susquehanna Radio Holdings Corp.; Cumulus Broadcasting LLC; Dial Communications Global Media, LLC; Radio Networks, LLC; Westwood One Radio Networks, Inc.; CMP Susquehanna Corp.; Catalyst Media, Inc.; CMI Receivables Funding LLC; Susquehanna Pfaltzgraff Co.; CMP KC Corp.; Susquehanna Media Co.; Susquehanna Radio Corp.; KLIF Broadcasting, Inc.; and Radio Metroplex, Inc.

50.    “ Debtors’ Case Information Website ” means http://dm.epiq11.com/ cumulus.

51.    “ Declaratory Ruling ” means a declaratory ruling adopted by the FCC granting the relief requested in the Petition for Declaratory Ruling

52.    “ Description of Transaction Steps ” means the description of the Restructuring Transactions as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

53.    “ Disallowed ” means, with reference to any Claim or a portion of a Claim, any Claim against any Debtor that (a) has been disallowed by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) has been listed by such Debtor in the Schedules, as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1009, as $0, contingent, disputed, or unliquidated and as to which no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date or deemed timely Filed pursuant to any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (c) has been agreed to by the Holder of such Claim and the applicable Debtor to be equal to $0 or to be expunged, (d) has been reclassified, expunged, subordinated or estimated to the extent that such reclassification, expungement, subordination or estimation results in a reduction in the Filed

 

B-6


amount of any Proof of Claim, or (e) has not been listed by such Debtor on the Schedules and as to which no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date or deemed timely or properly Filed pursuant to any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. In each case a Disallowed Claim is disallowed only to the extent of disallowance, withdrawal, reclassification, expungement, subordination or estimation.

54.    “ Disbursing Agent” means the Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the Reorganized Debtors to make or facilitate distributions contemplated under the Plan.

55.     Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement related to the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein, which shall be subject to the rights of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto), as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

56.     “Disclosure Statement Order” means the Order Approving (A)  the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement; (B)  Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; (C)  the Form of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith; (D)  the Scheduling of Certain Dates with Respect Thereto; and (E)  Related Relief [Docket No. 416].

57.    “ Disputed means, with respect to a Claim against any Debtor, (a) any Claim, proof of which was timely and properly Filed, which is disputed under Article VII of this Plan or as to which the Debtors or any other party in interest have interposed and not withdrawn an objection or request for estimation (pursuant to Article VII of this Plan or otherwise) that has not been determined by a Final Order, (b) any Claim, proof of which was required to be Filed by order of the Bankruptcy Court but as to which a Proof of Claim was not timely or properly Filed, (c) any Claim that is listed in the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent, or disputed, or (d) any Claim that is otherwise disputed by any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest, which dispute has not been withdrawn, resolved, or overruled by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, if no Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable Claims Bar Date and the Claim is not listed on the Schedules or has been or hereafter is listed on the Schedules as $0, disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, such Claim shall be Disallowed and shall be expunged from the Claims Register without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

58.    “ Disputed Claim Reserve ” means the reserve of Special Warrants created pursuant to Article VII.F of this Plan.

59.     “Distribution Record Date” means the Confirmation Date or such later date as agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors and the Term Lender Group in their sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that no distribution record date shall apply to the Senior Notes or any other publicly-held Securities.

60.    “ DTC ” means the Depository Trust Company.

 

B-7


61.     “Effective Date” means the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article IX.A and Article IX.B , (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, and (c) the Debtors declare the Plan effective.

62.     “ Employee Obligations ” means the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, policies, programs and plans for, among other things, compensation, reimbursement, indemnity, health care benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation benefits, travel benefits, vacation and sick leave benefits, savings, severance benefits, including in the event of a change of control after the Effective Date, retirement benefits, welfare benefits, relocation programs, life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, including written contracts, agreements, policies, programs and plans for bonuses and other incentives or compensation for the directors, officers and employees of any of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time (including any compensation programs approved by the Bankruptcy Court).

63.     “Entity” means an entity as such term is defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

64.     Estate means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor by section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

65.    “ Equity Allocation Mechanism ” means the methodology for allocating the New Securities among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims, set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

66.     “Exculpated Causes of Action” means any Causes of Action or Claim related to any act or omission derived from, based upon, related to, or arising from the Debtors’ in or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the Chapter 11 Cases, formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, solicitation or Filing of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan (including any term sheets related thereto), or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, the funding of this Plan, the occurrence of the Effective Date, the administration of this Plan or the property to be distributed under this Plan, the pursuit of Confirmation or Consummation, and the administration and implementation of the Plan, including (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents, (b) the First Lien Exit Facility, (c) the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), (d) the Restructuring Transactions, (e) the Restructuring Support Agreement, (f) the issuance of the New Securities (g) the Management Incentive Plan, and (g) the distribution of property under the Plan or any other agreement under the Plan; provided , that the Exculpated Parties shall be entitled, in all respects, to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to the foregoing.

67.    “ Exculpated Party means each of: (a) the Debtors, (b) the Reorganized Debtors, (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, (d) the Consenting Equityholders, (e) the Credit Agreement Agent, (f) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (e), the manager, management company, or investment advisor of any of the foregoing, and each of such Entities’ respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds, and (g) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities (a) through (f), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of

 

B-8


whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

68.    “ Executory Contract means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

69.     Federal Judgment Rate means the interest rate applicable to a judgment entered on the Petition Date that is subject to section 1961 of the Judicial Code, as determined in accordance with that statute.

70.    “ FCC ” means the Federal Communications Commission, including any official bureau or division thereof acting on delegated authority, and any successor governmental agency performing functions similar to those performed by the Federal Communications Commission on the Effective Date.

71.    “ FCC Applications ” means collectively, each application, petition, or other request filed with the FCC in connection with this restructuring and the Plan.

72.    “ FCC Approval ” means the FCC’s grant of the FCC Long Form Application.

73.    “ FCC Licenses ” means broadcasting and other licenses, authorizations, waivers and permits that are issued from time to time by the FCC.

74.    “ FCC Long Form Application ” means the applications filed with the FCC seeking FCC consent to the Transfer of Control.

75.    “ FCC Ownership Procedures Order ” means an order to be entered by the Bankruptcy Court establishing procedures for, among other things, completion and submission of the Ownership Certification.

76.     “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court, the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court, or any of its or their authorized designees in the Chapter 11 Cases, including with respect to a Proof of Claim, the Voting and Claims Agent.

77.     “Final Order” means an order, ruling or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction) entered by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases (or by the clerk of such other court of competent jurisdiction on the docket of such court), which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, amended or vacated, and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari or motion for new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall be pending or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take

 

B-9


any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have expired, as a result of which such order shall have become final in accordance with Rule 8002 of the Bankruptcy Rules; provided, however , that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed relating to such order, shall not cause an order not to be a Final Order.

78.    “ First Lien Exit Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement evidencing the First Lien Exit Facility.

79.    “ First Lien Exit Facility ” means the new first lien term loan facility to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors on the terms consistent with those set forth in the First Lien Exit Facility Term Sheet.

80.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., or another financial institution, in its capacity as administrative agent under the First Lien Exit Facility.

81.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Term Sheet ” means the term sheet attached as Annex B to the Restructuring Term Sheet setting forth the material terms and conditions of the First Lien Exit Facility.

82.    “ First Lien Exit Facility Documents ” means the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement and each guarantee, security agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, or other documents and agreements entered into in connection with the First Lien Exit Facility.

83.     General Unsecured Claim means any Unsecured Claim against the Debtors that is not (a) an Administrative Claim, (b) a Priority Tax Claim, (c) a Priority Non-Tax Claim, (d) an Accrued Professional Compensation Claim, (e) a Credit Agreement Claim, (f) a Senior Notes Claim, (g) a Convenience Claim, (h) a Subordinated Claim, or (i) an Intercompany Claim, or is otherwise determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be a General Unsecured Claim.

84.     Governmental Unit means a governmental unit as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

85.     Holder means an Entity holding a Claim or Interest.

86.    “ Indemnification Provisions ” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification provisions currently in place as of the Petition Date, whether in the Debtors’ by-laws, certificates of incorporation, other formation documents, board resolutions, or in the contracts of the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, other professionals, and agents of the Debtors.

87.     “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

88.     Intercompany Claim means any Claim held by a Debtor or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a Debtor against a Debtor.

 

B-10


89.     Intercompany Interest means an Interest held by a Debtor in another Debtor or Debtor Affiliate.

90.     Interests means any equity security in a Debtor as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Debtors together with any warrants, options, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such equity securities at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto, whether or not fully-vested or vesting in the future, that existed immediately before the Effective Date.

91.    “ Interim Compensation Order ” means the Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Retained Professionals entered on December 21, 2017 [Docket No. 161].

92.     “Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1-5001.

93.     Lien means a lien as defined in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

94.    “ Local Rules ” means the Local Rules of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

95.     Management Employment Agreements ” means those management employment agreements by and between any Debtor and such Debtor’s employees existing and effective as of the Petition Date.

96.     “Management Incentive Plan” means that certain management incentive plan of the Reorganized Debtors to be in effect on and after the Effective Date, which is consistent in all respects with the Management Incentive Plan term sheet attached as Annex C to the Restructuring Term Sheet, the material terms of which shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement.

97.    “ Merlin Claims ” means all Claims against the Debtors arising under, relating to, or in connection with that certain Put and Call Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2014, by and among Merlin Media, LLC, Merlin Media License, LLC, Chicago FM Radio Assets, LLC, and Radio License Holdings LLC for WLUP-FM and WIQI(FM), which Claims shall be deemed Subordinated Claims unless they are otherwise Allowed as General Unsecured Claims, whether by Bankruptcy Court order or otherwise.

98.     “New Boards” means, collectively, the New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as initially established on the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable New Corporate Governance Documents, the selection of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

99.     “New By-Laws” means the form of the by-laws or the limited liability company agreements, as applicable, of each of the Reorganized Debtors effective on and after the Effective Date, each substantially in the form included in the Plan Supplement, and each of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

B-11


100.     “New Certificates of Incorporation” means the form of the certificates of incorporation or the certificates of formation, as applicable, of each of the Reorganized Debtors, effective on and after the Effective Date, each substantially in the form included in the Plan Supplement, and each of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

101.     “New Common Stock” means, collectively, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

102.    “ New Corporate Governance Documents ” means, as applicable, the New Certificates of Incorporation, the New By-Laws, or such other applicable formation documents of each of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Shareholders’ Agreement, if any, effective on and after the Effective Date, each in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group, and each consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

103.     “New Cumulus Board” means the initial board of directors of Reorganized Cumulus on the Effective Date, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, the selection of which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

104.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility ” means a new asset-based or other revolving credit facility to be provided to the Reorganized Debtors under the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and other New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

105.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Agent ” means a financial institution in its capacity as administrative agent, collateral agent, and/or issuing bank under the New Revolving Credit Facility.

106.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement ” means the credit agreement governing the New Revolving Credit Facility, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

107.    “ New Revolving Credit Facility Documents ” means, collectively, the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and any amendments, restatements, modifications, or supplements thereto, as well as any related notes, certificates, agreements, security agreements, documents and instruments (including any amendments, restatements, modifications, or supplements of any of the foregoing) related to or executed in connection with the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

108.    “ New Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain shareholders’ agreement, if any, effective as of the Effective Date, addressing certain matters relating to New Common Stock, a form of which will be included in the Plan Supplement, which shall be consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

109.     New Subsidiary Boards means, with respect to each of the Reorganized Debtors other than Reorganized Cumulus, the initial board of directors, board of managers, or member, as the case may be, of each such Reorganized Debtor as set forth in the Plan Supplement each of which shall be acceptable to the Term Lender Group.

 

B-12


110.    “ New Securities ” means, collectively, the New Common Stock and the Special Warrants.

111.    “ Opt-Out Forms ” means election forms distributed to Holders of Claims or Interests, as applicable, in Classes 1, 2, 8 and 10, for such Holders to complete if they elect not to grant the Third-Party Release.

112.     Other Secured Claim means any Secured Claim that is not a Credit Agreement Claim.

113.    “ Ownership Certification ” means a written certification, in the form attached to the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, which shall be sufficient to enable the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, to determine (x) the extent to which direct and indirect voting and equity interests of the certifying party are held by non-U.S. Persons, as determined under section 310(b) of the Communications Act and the FCC rules, and (y) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock by the certifying party would result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval.

114.     “Person” means a person as such term is defined in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

115.     Petition Date means November 29, 2017, the date on which each of the Debtors commenced its respective Chapter 11 Case.

116.    “ Petition for Declaratory Ruling ” means a filing with the FCC by Cumulus pursuant to 47 C.F.R. § 1.5000 for Reorganized Cumulus to exceed the 25% indirect foreign ownership benchmark in 47 U.S.C. § 310(b)(4).

117.     Plan means this First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Cumulus Media Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices and schedules thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference.

118.     “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan, which shall be subject to the rights of the Debtors and the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto), and solely with respect to the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, reasonably acceptable to the First Lien Exit Facility Agent, to be Filed by the Debtors no later than five (5) calendar days before the Plan Voting Deadline, and as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules, including the following: (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents for the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (c) a list of retained Causes of Action; (d) the members

 

B-13


of the New Cumulus Board; (e) the Description of Transaction Steps; (f) the documents needed to effectuate the Management Incentive Plan; (g) the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement; (h) the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement (if any); and (i) the Special Warrants (and the underlying Warrant Agreement). Any reference to the Plan Supplement in this Plan shall include each of the documents identified in (a) through (i) above. The Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date in accordance with Article X.A of the Plan, and the Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement in accordance with applicable law, subject in all respects to the rights of the Term Lender Group set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

119.     Plan Voting Deadline means the date set by the Bankruptcy Court in the Disclosure Statement Order by which Ballots and Opt-Out Forms must be received by the Voting and Claims Agent.

120.     “Priority Non-Tax Claims” means any Claim against any Debtor, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

121.     Priority Tax Claims means any Claim against any Debtor of the kind specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

122.    “ Professional ” means an Entity: (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Final Order in accordance with sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) for which compensation and reimbursement has been Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

123.    “ Professional Fee Escrow Account ” means an account, which may be interest-bearing, funded by the Debtors with Cash on or prior to the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

124.    “ Professional Fee Escrow Amount ” means the aggregate amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Effective Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article  II.B of the Plan.

125.     Proof of Claim means a written proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

126.    “ Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of all Allowed Claims or Interests, as applicable, in that Class, or the proportion of the Allowed Claims or Interests in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim or Interest under the Plan.

127.     Reinstated means, with respect to any Claim or Interest, the treatment provided for in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

B-14


128.     Released Party means each of: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders; (d) the Credit Agreement Agent; (e) the Consenting Equityholders; (f) the Committee; (g) each of the members of the Committee; (h) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee; (i) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (h), each of such Entity’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds; and (j) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (i), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, investment advisors, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such; provided , that any Holder of a Claim or Interest that elects to opt-out of the Third-Party Release shall not constitute a Released Party (even if for any reason otherwise entitled).

129.    “ Releasing Parties ” means each of: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Term Loan Lenders; (d) the Credit Agreement Agent; (e) the Consenting Equityholders; (f) the Committee; (g) each of the members of the Committee; (h) the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee; (i) all Holders of Claims and Interests that are deemed Unimpaired and presumed to accept the Plan and do not elect to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (j) all Holders of Claims and Interests who vote to accept the Plan; (k) all Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan who abstain from voting on the Plan and do not elect on their Ballot to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (l) all Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan who vote to reject the Plan but do not elect on their Ballot to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (m) all other Holders of Claims and Interests who are deemed to reject the Plan and do not elect to opt-out of the Third-Party Release; (n) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (m), each of such Entity’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds; and (o) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (n), such Entities’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, investment advisors, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

130.     Reorganized Debtors means (a) the Debtors, or any successor or assignee thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date, and (b) to the extent not already encompassed by clause (a), Reorganized Cumulus and any newly formed subsidiaries thereof, on or after the Effective Date.

131.     Reorganized Cumulus means either (a) Cumulus or any successor thereto, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, or (b) a new corporation or limited liability company that may be formed or caused to be formed by the Debtors, the Restructuring Support Parties or a designee thereof to, among other things, directly or indirectly acquire substantially all of the assets and/or stock of the Debtors and issue the New Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Plan, in each case, on and after the Effective Date.

 

B-15


132.     “Restricted Stock” means shares of New Common Stock that are subject to temporary restrictions prohibiting certain transfers of such shares, and prohibiting the trading of such shares, on any national securities exchange.

133.    “ Restricted Stock Election ” means an election made by a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim on the Ownership Certification that such Holder elects to receive its New Common Stock in the form of Restricted Stock.

134.    “ Restructuring Support Agreement ” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by Cumulus on behalf of itself and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and, as applicable, the Consenting Term Loan Lenders and the Consenting Equityholders (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, including all exhibits thereto).

135.     “Restructuring Support Parties” means those parties who are signatories to the Restructuring Support Agreement, other than the Debtors.

136.    “ Restructuring Term Sheet ” means the Restructuring Term Sheet, dated as of November 29, 2017, attached as Exhibit A to the Restructuring Support Agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, including all annexes thereto).

137.    “ Restructuring Transactions ” means, collectively, one or more transactions pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code to occur on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, that may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including (a) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (c) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (d) all transactions necessary to provide for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of, or Interests in, any of the Debtors by Reorganized Cumulus or one or more Entities to be wholly-owned by Reorganized Cumulus, which purchase may be structured as a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (e) the filing of any required FCC Applications; and (f) all other actions that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the one hand, and the Term Lender Group, on the other hand, determine to be necessary or appropriate, including filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Restructuring Transactions may include one or more intercompany mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations or other transactions as may be determined by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Plan, and may include, among other things, the dissolution of CMI Receivables Funding LLC on or after the Effective Date; provided , that, in all cases the Restructuring Transactions shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement (including any and all exhibits thereto).

 

B-16


138.     “Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ” means the schedule (as may be amended) as determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases (including any amendments or modifications thereto) that will be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the provisions of Article V of the Plan, and included in the Plan Supplement.

139.     “Schedules ” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and in substantial accordance with the Official Bankruptcy Forms, as the same may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

140.     “Secured” means when referring to a Claim against any Debtor: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the Plan.

141.     Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

142.     Security means a security as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

143.     “Senior Notes” means those certain 7.75% notes due 2019 that were issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

144.     Senior Notes Claim means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, relating to, or arising from the Senior Notes Indenture.

145.     “Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of May 13, 2011, by and among Cumulus Media Holdings Inc., the guarantors named therein, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time).

146.     Senior Notes Indenture Trustee means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, transfer agent, registrar, authentication agent, and paying agent under the Senior Notes Indenture.

147.    “ Special Warrant ” means a 20-year warrant issued by Reorganized Cumulus, with a nominal exercise price, to purchase Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the terms of which will provide that it will not be exercisable unless such exercise otherwise complies with applicable law, the form of which warrant is reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

 

B-17


148.     Subordinated Claim means any Claim against any Debtor that is subordinated under section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code.

149.    “ Term Lender Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

150.    “ Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution ” means a distribution of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Special Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, which New Common Stock (inclusive of the shares that may be exercised in connection with the Special Warrants) will constitute, in the aggregate, 83.5% of all of the issued and outstanding New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan, and to be allocated among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

151.    “ Term Loan Lenders ” means the lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement.

152.    “ Third-Party Release ” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan.

153.    “ Transfer of Control ” means the transfer of control of the FCC Licenses held by any of the subsidiaries of Cumulus as a result of the issuance of the New Common Stock to the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

154.     Unexpired Lease means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

155.    “ Unimpaired ” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Claim or Interest that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

156.     Unsecured Claim means any Claim against any of the Debtors that is neither Secured nor entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

157.    “ Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution ” means a distribution of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and/or Special Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, which New Common Stock (inclusive of the shares that may be exercised in connection with the Special Warrants) will constitute, in the aggregate, 16.5% of all of the issued and outstanding New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan, and to be allocated among the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

158.     U.S. Trustee means the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New York.

 

B-18


159.    “ Voting and Claims Agent ” means Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC, in its capacity as notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases on the terms of an order or orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

160.    “ Warrant Agreement ” means the form of warrant agreement governing the Special Warrants, which form shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

 

B. Rules of Interpretation.

For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) any reference herein to an existing document, schedule or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” and “Sections” are references to Articles and Sections, respectively, hereof; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further Bankruptcy Court order, and such interpretation shall be binding; (9) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, bylaw, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; (10) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (11) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (14) any undefined term used herein that is defined in the Bankruptcy Code shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Bankruptcy Code; (15) unless otherwise specified herein, whenever the words “include,” “includes,” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import; and (16) unless otherwise specified herein, references from or through any date mean from and including or through and including.

 

B-19


C. Computation of Time.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If any payment, distribution, act or deadline under the Plan is required to be made or performed or occurs on a day that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or distribution, the performance of such act or the occurrence of such deadline shall be deemed to be on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed or to have occurred as of the required date.

 

D. Governing Law.

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided , however , that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

 

E. Reference to Monetary Figures.

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND OTHER UNCLASSIFIED CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III .

 

A. Administrative Claims.

1.    Administrative Claims.

Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Accrued Professional Compensation Claims, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor(s) agree to less favorable treatment with respect to such Holder, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the later of: (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date if such Administrative Claim is Allowed as of the

 

B-20


Effective Date; (b) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the date such Administrative Claim is Allowed; and (c) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , however, that Allowed Administrative Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business shall be paid in the ordinary course of business (or as otherwise approved by the Bankruptcy Court) in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.

A notice setting forth the Administrative Claims Bar Date will be (i) Filed on the Bankruptcy Court’s docket and served with the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order; and (ii) posted on the Debtors’ Case Information Website. No other notice of the Administrative Claims Bar Date will be provided. Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A , requests for payment of Administrative Claims that accrued on or before the Effective Date (other than Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. If for any reason any such Administrative Claim is incapable of being forever barred and discharged, then the Holder of such Claim shall not have recourse to any property of the Reorganized Debtors to be distributed pursuant to the Plan. Objections to such requests for payment of an Administrative Claim, if any, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party no later than the Administrative Claims Objection Deadline.

 

B. Professional Compensation.

1.    Professional Fee Escrow Account.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date, and no later than one Business Day prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish the Professional Fee Escrow Account. The Debtors shall fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash in the amount of the aggregate Professional Fee Escrow Amount for all Professionals. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust for the Professionals. Such funds shall not be property of the Debtors’ Estates, subject to the release of Cash to the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account in accordance with Article II.B.2 herein.

2.    Final Fee Applications and Payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

All final requests for payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be Filed no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Effective Date. Such requests shall be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served as required by the Interim Compensation Order and the Case Management Procedures, as applicable. The objection deadline relating to a final fee application shall be 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time) on the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the

 

B-21


filing of such final fee application. After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts of such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court. The Allowed amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, after taking into account any prior payments, shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account promptly following the date when such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order. To the extent that funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the Allowed amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay such amounts within seven (7) Business Days of entry of the order approving such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims. After all Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims have been paid in full, the escrow agent shall promptly return any amounts remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account to the Reorganized Debtors.

3.    Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

The Professionals shall estimate their Accrued Professional Compensation Claims before and as of the Effective Date, taking into account any prior payments, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, as shall be indicated by the Debtors to such Professionals in writing as soon as reasonably practicable following Confirmation of the Plan; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional and such Professionals are not bound to any extent by such estimates. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors may estimate a reasonable amount of unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional, taking into account any prior payments; provided , however , that such estimate shall not be binding or considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. The total amount so estimated shall comprise the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

4.    Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses.

From and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the legal, professional, or other fees and expenses of Professionals that have been formally retained in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code before the Confirmation Date. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or the Interim Compensation Order in seeking retention for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

C. Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall receive, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, one of the

 

B-22


following treatments: (1) Cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, plus interest at the rate determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law and to the extent provided for by section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code, payable on or as soon as practicable following the Effective Date; (2) Cash in an aggregate amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim payable in installment payments over a period of time not to exceed five years after the Petition Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, plus interest at the rate determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law and to the extent provided for by section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) such other treatment as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or otherwise determined by an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Statutory Fees.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay, in full in Cash, any fees due and owing to the U.S. Trustee at the time of Confirmation. Thereafter, each applicable Reorganized Debtor shall pay all U.S. Trustee fees due and owing under section 1930 of the Judicial Code in the ordinary course until the earlier of (i) the entry of a final decree closing the applicable Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case, or (ii) the Bankruptcy Court enters an order converting or dismissing the applicable Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case. Any deadline for filing Administrative Claims or Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall not apply to U.S. Trustee fees.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

A. Classification of Claims and Interests.

Pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, set forth below is a designation of Classes of Claims and Interests. All Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III . A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim against a Debtor also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied before the Effective Date. With respect to the treatment of all Claims and Interests as set forth in Article III.C hereof, the consent rights of the Term Lender Group to settle or otherwise compromise Claims are as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

 

B. Summary of Classification.

The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor (as applicable) pursuant to the Plan is as set forth below. The Plan shall apply as a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each of the Debtors. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Article III.H hereof.

 

B-23


The following chart summarizes the classification of Claims and Interests pursuant to the Plan: 5

 

Class

  

Claim/Interest

  

Status

  

Voting Rights

1

   Priority Non-Tax Claims    Unimpaired    Deemed to Accept

2

   Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    Deemed to Accept

3

   Credit Agreement Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

4

   Convenience Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

5

   Senior Notes Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

6

   General Unsecured Claims    Impaired    Entitled to Vote

7

   Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired/Impaired    Deemed to Accept or Reject

8

   Subordinated Claims    Impaired    Deemed to Reject

9

   Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired/Impaired    Deemed to Accept or Reject

10

   Interests in Cumulus    Impaired    Deemed to Reject

 

C. Treatment of Claims and Interests.

To the extent a Class contains Allowed Claims or Interests with respect to a particular Debtor, the treatment provided to each Class for distribution purposes is specified below:

 

  1. Class 1 - Priority Non-Tax Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 1 consists of all Priority Non-Tax Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, compromise, release and discharge of each Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, either:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash; or

 

  (ii) Reinstatement of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim.

 

 

5   The information in the table is provided in summary form and is qualified in its entirety by Article III.C hereof.

 

B-24


  (c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 1 Priority Non-Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 1 Priority Non-Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  2. Class 2 - Other Secured Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Other Secured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in the discretion of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent of the Term Lender Group, either:

 

  (i) payment in full in Cash;

 

  (ii) Reinstatement of such Allowed Other Secured Claim; or

 

  (iii) delivery of the collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim and payment of any interest required under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 2 Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 2 Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  3. Class 3 - Credit Agreement Claims.

 

  (a) Classification : Class 3 consists of all Credit Agreement Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $1, 728,614,099.90, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount through the Petition Date and other amounts due and owing pursuant to the Credit Agreement and orders of the Bankruptcy Court, including such other amounts required to be paid as adequate protection under the Cash Collateral Order through and including the Effective Date, and shall not be subject to any avoidance, reductions, setoff, offset, recoupment, recharacterization, subordination (whether equitable, contractual or otherwise), counterclaims, crossclaims, defenses, disallowance, impairment, objection, or any other challenges under any applicable law or regulation by any person or entity.

 

B-25


  (c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of and interest in (i) the First Lien Exit Facility, and (ii) the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution; provided , that the Debtors and the Term Lender Group may determine, in their reasonable discretion, to provide, at the election of a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, that such Holder may elect to receive its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution in the form of Restricted Stock issued in an amount of value equal to the Pro Rata share of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution such Holder would otherwise receive pursuant to this section; provided , further , and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, that the distribution of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (d) Voting: Class 3 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 3 Credit Agreement Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  4. Class 4 - Convenience Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 4 consists of all Convenience Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Convenience Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Allowed Convenience Claim; provided , that Cash distributions to Holders of Allowed Convenience Claims shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the Convenience Class Cap without the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group; provided , further , that if the aggregate amount of Allowed Convenience Claims exceeds the Convenience Class Cap and the Term Lender Group does not consent to an increase in the Convenience Class Cap, then each Holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to its Pro Rata share of the Convenience Class Cap.

 

B-26


  (c) Voting: Class 4 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 4 Convenience Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate Allowed amount of all Allowed Convenience Claims is less than or equal to the Convenience Class Cap, then the Debtors reserve the right to assert that the Holders of Class 4 Convenience Claims are Unimpaired.

 

  5. Class 5 - Senior Notes Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Senior Notes Claims.

 

  (b) Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Senior Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $610 million, (i) plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount through the Petition Date, plus (ii) if Allowed by Final Order other than the Confirmation Order, accrued and unpaid interest (but excluding any amounts included in clause (i)), premiums, fees and costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, trustee’s fees, and other professional fees and disbursements, and other obligations, in each case, solely to the extent owing under the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

  (c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed Senior Notes Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution. The Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be allocated Pro Rata to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (d) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 5 Senior Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  6. Class 6 - General Unsecured Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

  (b)

Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in exchange for and in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution.

 

B-27


  The Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be allocated Pro Rata to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, shall be made pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Allocation Mechanism.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 6 is Impaired. Therefore, Holders of Class 6 General Unsecured Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  7. Class 7 - Intercompany Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, either (i) Reinstated as of the Effective Date, or (ii) cancelled without any distribution on account of such Intercompany Claims.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired or Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 7 Intercompany Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  8. Class 8 - Subordinated Claims.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 8 consists of all Subordinated Claims.

 

  (b) Treatment: Subordinated Claims shall be subordinated to all other Claims against the Debtors, shall receive no distributions on account of such Subordinated Claims, and shall be discharged.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 8 is Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 8 Subordinated Claim is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 8 Subordinated Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  9. Class 9 - Intercompany Interests.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

 

  (b)

Treatment: To preserve the Debtors’ corporate structure, on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all Intercompany Interests shall be, at the option of the Debtors or the

 

B-28


  Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the reasonable consent of the Term Lender Group, either (i) Reinstated as of the Effective Date, or (ii) cancelled without any distribution on account of such Intercompany Interests.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 9 is Unimpaired or Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 9 Intercompany Interest is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 9 Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  10. Class 10 - Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (a) Classification: Class 10 consists of all Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Interests in Cumulus shall be cancelled without any distribution on account of such Interests in Cumulus.

 

  (c) Voting: Class 10 is Impaired by the Plan, and each Holder of a Class 10 Interest in Cumulus is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Class 10 Interests in Cumulus are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

D. Voting of Claims.

Each Holder of a Claim in an Impaired Class that is entitled to vote on the Plan as of the record date for voting on the Plan pursuant to Article III hereof shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan as provided in the Disclosure Statement Order or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

E. No Substantive Consolidation.

Although the Plan is presented as a joint plan of reorganization, this Plan does not provide for the substantive consolidation of the Debtors’ Estates, and on the Effective Date, the Debtors’ Estates shall not be deemed to be substantively consolidated for any reason. Nothing in this Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute an admission that any one or all of the Debtors is subject to or liable for any Claims against any other Debtor.

 

F. Acceptance by Impaired Classes.

Pursuant to section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise provided in section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, an Impaired Class of Claims shall have accepted the Plan if Holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the Claims of such Class entitled to vote that actually vote on the Plan have voted to accept the Plan. Credit Agreement Claims (Class 3), Convenience Claims (Class 4), Senior Notes Claims (Class 5), and

 

B-29


General Unsecured Claims (Class 6) are Impaired, and the votes of Holders of Claims in such Classes will be solicited. If a Class contains Holders of Claims eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by the Holders of such Claims in such Class.

 

G. Special Provision Governing Claims.

Except as specifically provided in the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights in respect of any Claims, including legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Claims.

 

H. Elimination of Vacant Classes.

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, with respect to any Debtor, does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court solely for voting purposes as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan with respect to such Debtor for purposes of (i) voting to accept or reject the Plan and (ii) determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

I. Consensual Confirmation.

The Plan shall be deemed a separate chapter 11 plan for each Debtor. To the extent that there is no rejecting Class of Claims in the chapter 11 plan of any Debtor, such Debtor shall seek Confirmation of its plan pursuant to section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by an Impaired Class of Claims. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims.

 

K. Controversy Concerning Impairment or Classification.

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests or any Class of Claims or Interests is Impaired or is properly classified under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, resolve such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

 

L. Subordinated Claims.

Except as expressly provided herein, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

 

B-30


ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan, as applicable with the First Lien Exit Facility, the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), the New Securities, and other Cash of the Debtors, including Cash from business operations, which shall be sufficient to make the other required payments on or after the Effective Date under the Plan and provide the Reorganized Debtors with working capital necessary to run their business. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI of the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth herein applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments or other documents evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance; provided , that, to the extent that a term of the Plan conflicts with the term of any such instruments or other documents, the terms of this Plan shall govern.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan, subject in all respects to the terms of the First Lien Exit Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility, if any. Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.

 

B. First Lien Exit Facility.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the First Lien Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the First Lien Exit Facility Documents. All Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims entitled to distribution hereunder shall be deemed to be a party to, and bound by, the First Lien Exit Facility Agreement, regardless of whether such Holder has executed a signature page thereto. Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the First Lien Exit Facility and the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, as applicable, and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the First Lien Exit Facility Documents and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by the First Lien Exit Facility. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the First Lien Exit Facility Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, (c) shall be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable

 

B-31


state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and the Reorganized Debtors shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

C. New Revolving Credit Facility.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized, but not directed, to enter into the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any), the terms of which will be set forth in the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any). Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed approval of the New Revolving Credit Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, as applicable, and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, and authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and execute the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any) and such other documents as may be required to effectuate the treatment afforded by any such New Revolving Credit Facility. On the Effective Date, if the Reorganized Debtors have obtained a New Revolving Credit Facility, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (a) shall be deemed to be granted, (b) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents, (c) shall be deemed perfected on the Effective Date, and (d) shall not be subject to recharacterization or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and the Reorganized Debtors shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

 

D. Issuance and Distribution of New Securities.

On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, subject to Article IV.H , the New Securities shall be distributed to (a) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 3, (b) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5, and (c) Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6, as and if applicable. In each case, such New Securities shall be subject to dilution by any New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan. All Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims entitled to distribution hereunder shall be deemed to be a party to, and bound by, the New Shareholders’ Agreement, if any, regardless of whether such Holder has executed a signature page thereto. The allocation of New Securities among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be made in accordance with

 

B-32


the Equity Allocation Mechanism. The issuance of the New Common Stock by Reorganized Cumulus, including options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, or other equity awards, if any, in connection with the Management Incentive Plan, is authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Interests.

All of the New Securities issued pursuant to the Plan and section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the New Securities under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

 

E. Settlement of Claims and Interests.

Pursuant to section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration of the distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, the Plan constitutes a good faith compromise and settlement of any and all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness.

 

F. Restructuring Transactions.

On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors may take any and all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by or necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions under and in connection with the Plan.

 

G. Corporate Existence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a Reorganized Debtor and as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation or governing documents) are amended by the Plan or otherwise amended in accordance with applicable law. To the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).

 

B-33


H. FCC Licenses.

The required FCC Applications shall be filed, as promptly as practicable, including the FCC Long Form Application and the Petition for Declaratory Ruling. After such filing is made, any person who thereafter acquires a Credit Agreement Claim, a Senior Notes Claim, or a General Unsecured Claim may be issued Special Warrants in lieu of any New Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to such Person under the Plan. In addition, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, request that the Bankruptcy Court implement restrictions on trading of Claims and Interests that might adversely affect the FCC Approval process. The Debtors shall request that the FCC process the FCC Long Form Application separate and apart from the Petition for Declaratory Ruling. Regardless of whether the FCC consents to the request for separate processing, the Debtors shall diligently prosecute the FCC Applications and shall promptly provide such additional documents or information requested by the FCC in connection with its review of the FCC Applications. In the event the FCC Approval is obtained while the Petition for Declaratory Ruling remains pending, the Debtors (or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) shall continue to diligently prosecute the Petition for Declaratory Ruling.

 

I. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, the Plan Supplement or the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all property (including all interests, rights, and privileges related thereto) in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, including Interests held by the Debtors in any non-Debtor Affiliates, shall vest in each applicable Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, encumbrances, or other interests, except for Liens securing the First Lien Exit Facility, the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any) and any Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Rules.

 

J. Cancellation of Existing Indebtedness and Securities.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (i) the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors and all notes, bonds, agreements, instruments and other documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture or any Interest in the Debtors (collectively, the “Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation”) shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect; and (ii) the obligations of the Debtors under or in respect of the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Interests in the Debtors and all other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation shall be discharged. The Holders of or parties to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture, and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation will have no rights arising from or related to the Credit Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture and such other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation; provided, that notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such Credit Document,

 

B-34


Senior Notes Indenture or other Cancelled Debt and Equity Documentation that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest shall continue in effect solely for purposes of (i) enabling Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan as provided herein, and allowing each of the Credit Agreement Agent and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to make or direct the distributions in accordance with the Plan as provided herein; (ii) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce its rights, claims, and interests vis-à-vis any parties other than the Released Parties or any of their respective property or assets; (iii) preserving any rights of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to payment of fees, expenses, and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims under the Senior Notes Indenture, including any rights to priority of payment and/or to exercise the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien; (iv) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to enforce any obligations owed to it under the Plan; (v) allowing the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court; and (vi) permitting the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the foregoing; provided, further, that section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement shall continue in effect solely as between the Term Loan Lenders and the Credit Agreement Agent, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, as to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or any of their respective property or assets.

Except for the foregoing, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture and the Plan, except with respect to such other rights and obligations of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee that, pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture, survive the termination of such indenture. Subsequent to the performance by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee of its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee and its agents shall be relieved of all further duties and responsibilities related to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

K. Corporate Action.

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, all actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) execution and entry into the First Lien Exit Facility; (2) execution and entry into the New Revolving Credit Facility (if any); (3) approval of and entry into the New Corporate Governance Documents; (4) issuance and distribution of the New Securities; (5) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (6) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by this Plan; (7) adoption of the Management Incentive Plan; (8) adoption or assumption, if and as applicable, of the Management Employment Agreements; and (9) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan, shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the Security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall be authorized to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the

 

B-35


Reorganized Debtors, including the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, including the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), including the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, and any and all related and ancillary agreements, documents, and filings, the New Securities, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

 

L. New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.

On or promptly after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will file their respective New Certificates of Incorporation with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in their respective states of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of such respective states of incorporation or formation. Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Certificates of Incorporation will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of their respective states of incorporation and their respective New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws.

 

M. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.

As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the boards of directors of each Debtor shall expire, and the New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as well as the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be appointed in accordance with the New Certificates of Incorporation and New By-Laws of each Reorganized Debtor.

The New Cumulus Board shall be composed of seven members, which shall consist of Reorganized Cumulus’ President and Chief Executive Officer and six directors chosen by the Term Lender Group on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. The initial directors of the New Cumulus Board as of the Effective Date shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement. The initial term of the New Cumulus Board will be through the date of the 2019 annual meeting of Cumulus. The New Subsidiary Boards shall be as set forth in the Plan Supplement.

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will disclose in the Plan Supplement the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial New Cumulus Board and the New Subsidiary Boards, as well as those Persons that will serve as an officer of any of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director or officer is an “insider” as such term is defined in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer will also be disclosed. Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Certificates of Incorporation, New By-Laws, and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

N. Employee Obligations

Except as expressly otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, the Reorganized Debtors shall honor the Employee Obligations (i) existing and effective as of the Petition Date, (ii) that were incurred or entered into in the ordinary course of business prior to the

 

B-36


Effective Date, and (iii) as otherwise approved by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such Employee Obligations, on the one hand, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the other hand. To the extent that any of the Employee Obligations are executory contracts, pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, each of them will be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date and assigned to the Reorganized Debtors. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not (i) limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, defenses, Claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to the Employee Obligations; or (ii) impair the rights of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to implement the Management Incentive Plan in accordance with its terms and conditions and to determine the Employee Obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions on or after the Effective Date, in each case consistent with the Plan.

 

O. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the officers and members of the New Boards, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, the New Revolving Credit Facility Agreement (if any) and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan, including the New Common Stock and Special Warrants, in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

 

P. Management Incentive Plan.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will implement the Management Incentive Plan, pursuant to which certain officers, directors, and employees of the Reorganized Debtors will be granted awards on terms to be disclosed in the Plan Supplement.

 

Q. Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees.

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to any stamp tax, document recording tax, conveyance fee, intangibles, or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, sales or use tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment in the United States, and the Confirmation Order shall direct and be deemed to direct the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents to forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation instruments or other documents pursuant to such transfers of property without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment. Such exemption specifically applies, without limitation, to (1) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, Lien, or other security interest, (2) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease, (3) any Restructuring Transaction authorized by the Plan, and (4) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including: (a) any merger agreements; (b) agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation, or dissolution; (c) deeds; (d) bills of sale; or (e) assignments executed in connection with any Restructuring Transaction occurring under the Plan.

 

B-37


R. Indemnification Provisions.

On and as of the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions shall be deemed assumed and irrevocable and will remain in full force and effect and survive the effectiveness of the Plan unimpaired and unaffected, and each of the Reorganized Debtors’ New Certificates of Incorporation, New By-Laws, or similar organizational documents will provide for the indemnification, defense, reimbursement, exculpation, and/or limitation of liability of, and advancement of fees and expenses to the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, attorneys, and other professionals, and such current and former directors, officers, and managers’ respective Affiliates at least to the same extent as such documents of each of the respective Debtors on the Petition Date but in no event greater than as permitted by law, against any Claims or Causes of Action; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors shall not indemnify any such Person for any Claims or Causes of Action arising out of or related to any act or omission that is a criminal act or constitutes actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct or for which indemnification is not permissible under law. None of the Reorganized Debtors shall amend and/or restate its respective New Certificate of Incorporation, New By-Laws, or similar organizational documents before, on or after the Effective Date to terminate, reduce, discharge, impair or adversely affect in any way (i) any of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence or (ii) the rights of such current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, attorneys, and other professionals, and such current and former directors, officers, and managers’ respective Affiliates referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VIII.D and Article VIII.E , the Debtors’ current and former officers’ and directors’ rights to indemnification are preserved to the extent set forth herein.

 

S. Preservation of Causes of Action.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII of this Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the preservation of Causes of Action described in the preceding sentence includes, but is not limited to, the Debtors’ (1) right to object to Administrative Claims, (2) right to object to other Claims, and (3) right to subordinate Claims. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors in their respective discretion. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article VIII of the Plan.

 

B-38


The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the applicable Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. The applicable Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than those Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that: (1) previously were assumed or rejected by the Debtors; (2) are identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; or (3) are the subject of a notice of rejection or motion to reject such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, as applicable, that is pending on the Effective Date, regardless of whether the requested effective date of such rejection is on or after the Effective Date. Entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such assumptions, assumptions and assignments and the rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Any motions or notices to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court on or after the Effective Date by a Final Order. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Article V.A or by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date or such later date as provided in this Article V.A , shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in accordance with such Executory Contract and/or Unexpired Lease’s terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, to the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including, without limitation, any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, including by way of adding or removing a particular Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease from the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, at any time through and including forty-five (45) calendar days after the Effective Date.

 

B-39


B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court or the Voting and Claims Agent by the later of (i) the applicable Claims Bar Date, and (ii) thirty (30) calendar days after notice of such rejection is served on the applicable claimant. Any Claims against any Debtor arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time shall be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim against any Debtor arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, including any Claims against any Debtor listed on the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent or disputed. Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, and for which any cure amount has been fully paid or for any $0 cures pursuant to this Article V, shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with such default amount being $0.00 if no amount is listed in the Cure Notice, subject to the limitations described below, or on such other terms as the party to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease may otherwise agree. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of the Cure Claim, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, if required, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall only be made following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption or by mutual agreement between the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the applicable counterparty.

At least fourteen (14) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall distribute, or cause to be distributed, Cure Notices of proposed assumption and proposed amounts of Cure Claims to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparties. Any

 

B-40


objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a proposed assumption or related cure amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors, the Term Lender Group and the U.S. Trustee at least seven (7) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing. Any such objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be heard by the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Effective Date, unless a later date is agreed between the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, on the one hand, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, on the other hand, or by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or cure amount shall be deemed to have assented to such assumption and/or cure amount; provided , however , that, subject to Article X.A , the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, as applicable, as identified in the Plan Supplement, through and including forty-five (45) calendar days after the Effective Date.

In any case, if the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Allowed Cure Claim with respect to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the applicable Cure Notice, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will have the right to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as the Effective Date.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims against any Debtor or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed and cured shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Certain Customer Agreements.

To the extent that the Debtors (i) are party to any ordinary course contract, terms and conditions, insertion order or similar agreement (whether written or oral) providing for the sale by the Debtors of advertising time to a customer and (ii) such agreement (A) has not been previously rejected or assumed by order of the Bankruptcy Court, (B) is not subject to a motion to reject filed on or prior to the Effective Date, (C) is not listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and (D) has not been designated for rejection in accordance with this Article V , such contract (including any modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other related agreements), purchase order or similar agreement will be deemed assumed by the applicable Debtor(s) or Reorganized Debtor(s), as applicable, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Cure Notice, the cure amount to be paid in connection with the assumption of such a customer contract shall be $0.00.

 

B-41


E. Insurance Policies.

All of the Debtors’ insurance policies, including any directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto. In addition, on and after the Effective Date, none of the Reorganized Debtors shall terminate or otherwise reduce, limit or restrict the coverage under any of the directors’ and officers’ insurance policies with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto, and all directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such directors’ and officers’ insurance policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such directors and officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article VIII.D and Article VIII.E , all of the Debtors’ current and former officers’ and directors’ rights as beneficiaries of such insurance policies are preserved to the extent set forth herein.

 

F. Indemnification Provisions.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on and as of the Effective Date, any of the Debtors’ indemnification rights with respect to any contract or agreement that is the subject of or related to any litigation against the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and otherwise remain unaffected by the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

G. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed, whether or not such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease relates to the use, acquisition or occupancy of real property, shall include (i) all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and (ii) all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, powers, uses, reciprocal easement agreements and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or under the Plan.

Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases and actions taken in accordance therewith (i) shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims against any Debtor that may arise in connection therewith, (ii) are not and do not create postpetition contracts or leases, (iii) do not elevate to administrative expense priority any Claims of the counterparties to such Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases against any of the Debtors, and (iv) do not entitle any Entity to a Claim against any of the Debtors under any section of the Bankruptcy Code on account of the difference between the terms of any prepetition Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases and subsequent modifications, amendments, supplements or restatements.

 

B-42


H. Reservation of Rights.

Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If, prior to the Effective Date, there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) calendar days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.

 

I. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

J. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) that had not been rejected as of the date of Confirmation will survive and remain obligations of the applicable Reorganized Debtor.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim), or, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in each applicable Class. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims (which will only be made if and when they become Allowed Claims) shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII of the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date. The Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of Claims against any Debtor or privately held Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. Distributions to Holders of Claims or Interests related to public Securities shall be made to such Holders in exchange for such Securities, which shall be deemed cancelled as of the Effective Date.

 

B-43


B. Distributions on Account of Obligations of Multiple Debtors.

For all purposes associated with distributions under the Plan, all guarantees by any Debtor of the obligations of any other Debtor, as well as any joint and several liability of any Debtor with respect to any other Debtor, shall be deemed eliminated so that any obligation that could otherwise be asserted against more than one Debtor shall result in a single distribution under the Plan. Any such Claims against any Debtor shall receive the treatment set forth in Article III of the Plan. Any such Claims shall be released and discharged pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan and shall be subject to all potential objections, defenses, and counterclaims, and to estimation pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, this shall not affect the obligation of each and every Debtor to pay U.S. Trustee fees until such time as a particular Chapter 11 Case is closed, dismissed, or converted.

 

C. Disbursing Agent.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

D. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.

1.    Powers of the Disbursing Agent.

The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (ii) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (iv) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2.    Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date.

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and out-of-pocket expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

E. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

1.    Delivery of Distributions.

 

  (a) Delivery of Distributions to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all distributions under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims shall be made by the Reorganized Debtors or the Credit Agreement Agent to the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims of record as of the Distribution Record Date (as determined by the register maintained by the Credit Agreement Agent).

 

B-44


  (b) Delivery of Distributions to Senior Notes Indenture Trustee.

Except as otherwise reasonably requested by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, all distributions under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims shall be made to, or by the Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee. As soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article VI, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall arrange to deliver such distributions to or on behalf of such Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims, subject to the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien, and regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, the Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee or by some other Person in accordance with Article VI.E.1(b) , the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee charging lien shall attach to the property to be distributed to the Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee. The Senior Notes Indenture Trustee shall have no duties or responsibility relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) seek the cooperation of DTC with respect to the cancellation of the Senior Notes as of the Effective Date, and (ii) seek the cooperation of the relevant bank and broker participants in the DTC system to facilitate delivery of the distribution directly to the relevant beneficial owners as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.

 

  (c) Delivery of Distributions in General.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims (other than Holders of Credit Agreement Claims or Senior Notes Claims) or Interests shall be made to Holders of record as of the Distribution Record Date by the Reorganized Debtors: (1) to the signatory set forth on any of the Proofs of Claim Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last known addresses of such Holder if no Proof of Claim is Filed or if the Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address); (2) at the addresses set forth in any written notices of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtors after the date of any related Proof of Claim; (3) at the addresses reflected in the Schedules if no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Reorganized Debtors have not received a written notice of a change of address; or (4) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Subject to this Article VI , distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or like legal process, so that each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have and receive the benefit of the distributions in the manner set forth in the Plan. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, the Credit Agreement Agent, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan, except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

B-45


2.    Minimum Distributions.

No partial distributions or payments of fractions of New Securities shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Interest, as applicable, would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of New Securities that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of New Securities shall be rounded as follows: (i) fractions of greater than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (ii) fractions of one-half (1/2) or less than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Cash payment valued at less than $100.00, in the reasonable discretion of the Disbursing Agent and the Reorganized Debtors, shall be made to a Holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim. Such Allowed Claims to which this limitation applies shall be discharged and its Holder forever barred from asserting that Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.

3.    Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property.

In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent has determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided , however , that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date of the distribution. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

Checks issued on account of Allowed Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within 180 calendar days from and after the date of issuance thereof. Requests for reissuance of any check must be made directly and in writing to the Disbursing Agent by the Holder of the relevant Allowed Claim within the 180-calendar day period. After such date, the relevant Allowed Claim (and any Claim for reissuance of the original check) shall be automatically discharged and forever barred, and such funds shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors (notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary).

4.    Reserve.

In making any distribution in respect of Allowed Claims, the Reorganized Debtors shall reserve an appropriate and adequate amount of Cash on account of any unresolved Disputed Claims that if Allowed would be payable in Cash.

 

F. Manner of Payment.

1.    All distributions of New Securities under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of Reorganized Cumulus.

 

B-46


2.    All distributions of Cash under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the applicable Debtor (or Debtors).

3.    At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.

 

G. Section 1145 Exemption.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance of the New Securities by Reorganized Cumulus as contemplated by this Plan (including the issuance of New Common Stock upon exercise of the Special Warrants and Class A Common Stock upon conversion of Class B Common Stock) is exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution or sale of Securities. The New Securities issued by Reorganized Cumulus pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (a) are not “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and (b) are freely tradable and transferable by any initial recipient thereof that (i) is not an “affiliate” of the Reorganized Debtors as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act, (ii) has not been such an “affiliate” within ninety (90) calendar days of such transfer, (iii) has not acquired the New Securities from an “affiliate” within one year of such transfer and (iv) is not an entity that is an “underwriter” as defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that transfer of the New Securities may be restricted by the Communications Act and the rules of the FCC, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the Warrant Agreement, and with respect to the Restricted Stock, the terms thereof.

Should the Reorganized Debtors elect on or after the Effective Date to reflect any ownership of the New Securities through the facilities of the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, the Reorganized Debtors need not provide any further evidence other than this Plan or the Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of transfers, exercise, removal of restrictions, or conversion of New Securities under applicable U.S. federal, state or local securities laws.

The DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon this Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Securities are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream book-entry delivery, settlement and depository services.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by this Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Common Stock and Special Warrants (and New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Special Warrants) are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream book-entry delivery, settlement and depository services.

 

H. Compliance with Tax Requirements.

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting

 

B-47


requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including, without limitation, liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information, documentation, and certifications necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable or appropriate. All Persons holding Claims against any Debtor shall be required to provide any information necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate any distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any Governmental Unit on account of such distribution.

 

I. Allocations.

Except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Reorganized Debtors), distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.

 

J. Setoffs and Recoupment.

Other than as expressly set forth in the Plan with respect to the Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or recoup any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim, any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may have against the Holder of such Allowed Claim pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, to the extent that such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided , however , that the failure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to do so shall not constitute a waiver, abandonment or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claim they may have against the Holder of such Claim.

 

K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.

1.    Claims Paid by Third Parties.

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce a Claim against any Debtor, and such Claim (or portion thereof) shall be Disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives a payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. Subject to the last sentence of

 

B-48


this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and also receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within two (2) weeks of receipt of such payment, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the two-week grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.

2.    Claims Payable by Third Parties.

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim against any Debtor, then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3.    Applicability of Insurance Policies.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers, under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

 

L. Foreign Current Exchange Rate.

As of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate on the Petition Date, as quoted at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern time), midrange spot rate of exchange for the applicable currency as published in the Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the day after the Petition Date.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

A. Resolution of Disputed Claims.

1.    Allowance of Claims.

After the Effective Date, each of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the

 

B-49


Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim against any Debtor shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code, or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.

2.    Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities .

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors (or any authorized agent or assignee thereof) shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to Claims against any of the Debtors; (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.

3.    Estimation of Claims .

Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during the appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Claim against any Debtor that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Disputed, contingent or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the relevant Reorganized Debtor may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim; provided , however , that such limitation shall not apply to Claims against any of the Debtors requested by the Debtors to be estimated for voting purposes only.

Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. All of the aforementioned Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims against any of the Debtors may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

B-50


4.    Adjustment to Claims Without Objection.

Any Claim against any Debtor that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim against any Debtor that has been amended or superseded, cancelled, or otherwise expunged (including pursuant to the Plan), may, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules, be adjusted or expunged (including on the Claims Register, to the extent applicable) by the Reorganized Debtors without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

5.    Time to File Objections to Claims

Any objections to Claims against any of the Debtors shall be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.

 

B. Disallowance of Claims.

Any Claims against any of the Debtors held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Reorganized Debtors. Subject in all respects to Article IV.R , all Proofs of Claims Filed on account of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as provided herein or otherwise agreed any and all Proofs of Claim filed after the applicable Claims Bar Date shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Filed Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.

 

C. Amendments to Proofs of Claim.

A Claim against any Debtor may be amended before the Confirmation Date only as agreed upon by the Debtors and the Holder of such Claim or as otherwise permitted by the Bankruptcy Court, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Rules or applicable nonbankruptcy law. On or after the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Proof of Claim or Interest may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court and the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Proof of Claim Filed shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any further action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to Administrative Claims or Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.

 

B-51


D. No Distributions Pending Allowance.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any portion of a Claim against any Debtor is Disputed, or if an objection to a Claim against any Debtor or portion thereof is Filed as set forth in this Article VII , no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or portion thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

E. Distributions After Allowance.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Allowed Claim the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, less any previous distribution (if any) that was made on account of the undisputed portion of such Allowed Claim, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Allowed Claim unless required under applicable bankruptcy law or as otherwise provided in Article III.B .

 

F. Reserve of Special Warrants.

On the Effective Date (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), the Reorganized Debtors shall create the Disputed Claim Reserve to pay Holders of Disputed Claims that are General Unsecured Claims that may become Allowed Claims pursuant to the terms of the Plan, with the amount of such Allowed Claims to be determined, solely for the purposes of establishing the Disputed Claim Reserve and for maximum distribution purposes, to be the lesser of (a) the asserted amount of the Disputed Claim Filed with the Bankruptcy Court, or (if no Proof of Claim was Filed) listed by the Debtors in the Schedules, (b) the amount, if any, estimated by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) the amount otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors and the Holder of such Disputed Claim for Disputed Claim Reserve purposes. Special Warrants reserved under this paragraph F shall remain unissued unless and until issued in satisfaction of a Disputed Claim that becomes an Allowed Claim and shall therefore be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any vote by shareholders of Reorganized Cumulus under any New Corporate Governance Documents. Any distribution on account of a Disputed Claim that becomes an Allowed General Unsecured Claim after the Effective Date shall be made solely in the form of Special Warrants that are distributed from the Disputed Claim Reserve.

 

G. No Interest.

Unless otherwise expressly provided by section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or as specifically provided for herein or by order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Cash Collateral Order), postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on Claims against any of the Debtors, and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any Claim or right. Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final

 

B-52


distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim; provided , however , that nothing in this Article VII.G shall limit any rights of any Governmental Unit to interest under sections 503, 506(b), 1129(a)(9)(A) or 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise provided for under applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

 

A. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that a Holder of a Claim or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Interest, or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Interest. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.

 

B. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors before the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.

 

B-53


C. Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order on the Effective Date, and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released, settled, discharged, and compromised, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors. In addition, the Credit Agreement Agent shall, at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, expense (and with no representation or warranty, or recourse to, the Credit Agreement Agent, any Term Loan Lender or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel) execute and deliver all documents reasonably requested by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the First Lien Exit Facility Agent, or the New Revolving Credit Facility Agent (if any) to evidence the release of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests and shall authorize the Reorganized Debtors to file UCC-3 termination statements (to the extent applicable) with respect thereto.

 

D. Releases by the Debtors.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall hereby be expressly, unconditionally, irrevocably, generally, individually and collectively released, acquitted, and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates, each on behalf of itself and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such, from any and all actions, Claims, Interests, obligations, debts, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, any Claims or Causes of Action asserted on behalf of any Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity or that any Holder of a Claim or Interest or other Entity would have been legally entitled to assert, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, for violations of federal or state laws or otherwise, by statute or otherwise, including Avoidance Actions, those Causes of Action based on veil piercing or alter-ego theories of liability, contribution,

 

B-54


indemnification, joint liability or otherwise that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates (whether individually or collectively) ever had, now has, or hereafter can, shall, or may have, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or any other transaction relating to any Security of the Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is affected by or classified in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, whether before or during the Debtors’ restructuring, the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation or preparation of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), or, in each case, related agreements, instruments, or other documents, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence, taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to any of the foregoing; provided, however , that except as expressly provided under the Plan, the foregoing releases shall not release Claims related to any act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan and shall not result in a release of any of the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ assumed indemnification obligations as set forth in the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) an exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; (3) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (4) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (5) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests; (6) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (7) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (8) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates and each of their current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

B-55


E. Releases by the Releasing Parties.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, each of the Releasing Parties shall be deemed to have expressly, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, generally, individually and collectively, released, acquitted, and discharged the Released Parties from any and all actions, Claims, Interests, obligations, debts, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, any Claims or Causes of Action asserted on behalf of any Holder of any Claim or any Interest or other Entity or that any Holder of a Claim or an Interest or other Entity would have been legally entitled to assert, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, for violations of federal or state laws or otherwise, by statute or otherwise, including Avoidance Actions, those Causes of Action based on veil piercing or alter-ego theories of liability, contribution, indemnification, joint liability or otherwise that such Releasing Party (whether individually or collectively) ever had, now has, or hereafter can, shall, or may have, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or any other transaction relating to any Security of the Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or any Interest that is affected by or classified in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, whether before or during the Debtors’ restructuring, the restructuring of Claims and Interests before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation or preparation of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), or, in each case, related agreements, instruments, or other documents, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence, taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to any of the foregoing; provided, however , that except as expressly provided under the Plan, the foregoing releases shall not release Claims related to any act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , further , that any Holder of a Claim or an Interest that elects to opt-out of the releases contained in this paragraph shall not constitute a Released Party (even if for any reason otherwise entitled) and no Restructuring Support Party shall be entitled to opt-out of the releases contained in this paragraph for so long as the Restructuring Support Agreement remains in full force and effect as to such Restructuring Support Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan and shall not result in a release of any of the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ assumed indemnification obligations as set forth in the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute

 

B-56


the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third-Party Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (3) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (4) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (5) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (6) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

F. Regulatory Activities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in the Plan or Confirmation Order is intended to affect the police or regulatory activities of Governmental Units or other governmental agencies.

 

G. Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any (i) Exculpated Causes of Action and (ii) obligation, Cause of Action, or liability for any Exculpated Causes of Action; provided, however , that the foregoing “Exculpation” shall have no effect on the liability of any Entity that results from any such act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct; provided further , however , that the foregoing shall not be deemed to release, affect, or limit any post-Effective Date rights or obligations of the Exculpated Parties under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with applicable law with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

Nothing in the Plan shall limit the liability of attorneys to their respective clients pursuant to Rule 1.8(h) of the New York Rules of Professional Conduct.

 

H. Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Persons and Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities that have been released pursuant to Article VIII.D or Article VIII.E of the Plan, are discharged pursuant to Article VIII.B of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.G of the Plan, are permanently enjoined and precluded, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors,

 

B-57


the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or the Exculpated Parties: (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Persons and Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien, Claim or encumbrance of any kind against such Persons or Entities or the property or the estates of such Persons or Entities, as applicable, on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Persons or Entities or against the property of such Persons or Entities, as applicable, on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind against such Persons or Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action or liabilities released, settled or compromised pursuant to the Plan; provided , that nothing contained herein shall preclude a Person or Entity from obtaining benefits directly and expressly provided to such Person or Entity pursuant to the terms of the Plan; provided , further , that nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Person or Entity from defending against claims objections or collection actions whether by asserting a right of setoff or otherwise to the extent permitted by law.

 

I. Term of Injunctions or Stays.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order), shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

J. Recoupment.

In no event shall any Holder of a Claim be entitled to recoup such Claim against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

 

K. Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment.

In accordance with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with paragraph 2 of Article VI of the United States Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units shall not discriminate against any Reorganized Debtor, or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under

 

B-58


chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

It is a condition to the Effective Date of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B :

1.    The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, which order shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

2.    The Debtors shall have paid the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of (i) the Credit Agreement Agent (including one counsel to the Credit Agreement Agent), and (ii) Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP, FTI Consulting Inc., Fortgang Consulting, LLC and Aloise & Associates, LLC in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement.

3.    All of the conditions precedent set forth in the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement, and the First Lien Exit Credit Agreement shall have been executed.

4.    The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been established and funded.

5.    The Restructuring Support Agreement shall not have been terminated as to all parties thereto.

6.    All actions, documents, certificates, and agreements necessary to implement this Plan shall have been effected or executed and delivered to the required parties and, to the extent required, filed with the applicable Governmental Units in accordance with applicable laws.

7.    All governmental and material third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy Court approval, that are necessary to implement the Restructuring Transactions shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions.

8.    The Debtors shall have received all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, waivers or other documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan and reasonable evidence thereof has been delivered to the Term Lender Group.

9.    The FCC Approval shall have been obtained.

 

B-59


10.    Any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Term Lender Group.

11.    Each of the New By-Laws and New Certificates of Incorporation will be in full force and effect as of the Effective Date.

12.    The Effective Date shall be no later than one-hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the Petition Date, or such later date to which the Term Lender Group agrees in writing.

 

B. Waiver of Conditions.

The conditions to Consummation set forth in Article IX.A may be waived by the Debtors with the prior written consent of the Term Lender Group (not to be unreasonably withheld) and, with respect to conditions related to the Professional Fee Escrow Account, the beneficiaries of the Professional Fee Escrow Account, without notice, leave or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceeding to confirm or consummate the Plan. The failure of the Debtors or the Term Lender Group to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any other rights, and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right, which may be asserted at any time.

 

C. Effect of Failure of Conditions.

If Consummation of the Plan does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Causes of Action or Interests; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity; or (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

 

A. Modification and Amendments.

Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019 (as well as those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan), the Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), without additional disclosure pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code prior to the Confirmation Date; provided , that any such modification shall be reasonably acceptable to the Term Lender Group. After the Confirmation Date and before substantial consummation of the Plan, the Debtors may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, relating to such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

After the Confirmation Date, but before the Effective Date, the Debtors, with the consent of the Term Lender Group (not to be unreasonably withheld), may make appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided , that such adjustments and modifications do not materially and adversely affect the treatment of Holders of Claims or Interests.

 

B-60


B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or re-solicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

 

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan before the Confirmation Date and to file subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then, absent further order of the Bankruptcy Court: (i) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (ii) any settlement or compromise not previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of the Claims or Interests or Classes of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (iii) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor, any Holder, any Person, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction, to the fullest extent permissible under law, over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

1.    Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

2.    decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

3.    resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable, and to hear, determine and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims against any of the Debtors arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or

 

B-61


supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V , the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory, expired, or terminated;

4.    ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

5.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, applications, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor, or the Estates that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of Action;

7.    adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

8.    enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to construe, execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement;

9.    enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

10.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with Consummation, including interpretation or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

11.    issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity or Person with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

12.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the settlements, compromises, discharges, releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

13.    resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.K.1 ;

14.    enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

15.    determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other

 

B-62


agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement; provided , that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over disputes concerning documents contained in the Plan Supplement that have a jurisdictional, forum selection or dispute resolution clause that refers disputes to a different court;

16.    adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

17.    consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission or to reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order, in such a manner as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects thereof;

18.    determine requests for the payment of Claims against any of the Debtors entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

19.    hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments contemplated hereby, including disputes arising in connection with the implementation of the agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;

20.    hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, 511, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

21.    enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications and rulings entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases with respect to any Person or Entity, and resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with any Person or Entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

22.    hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code; and

23.    enter an order or final decree concluding or closing any of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Nothing herein limits the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court to interpret and enforce the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement, without regard to whether the controversy with respect to which such interpretation or enforcement relates may be pending in any state or other federal court of competent jurisdiction.

If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including the matters set forth in this Article XI , the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect on and shall not control, limit, or prohibit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

 

B-63


Unless otherwise specifically provided herein or in a prior order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine disputes concerning Claims against the Debtors that arose prior to the Effective Date.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Immediate Binding Effect.

Subject to Article IX.A and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether their Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors and each of their respective heirs executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

B. Substantial Consummation.

On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

C. Further Assurances.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

 

D. Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.

On the Effective Date, the Committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve and members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Committee on and after the Effective Date.

 

E. Reservation of Rights.

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor or any other Entity with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor or other Entity before the Effective Date.

 

B-64


F. Successors and Assigns.

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, receiver, trustee, successor, assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiary, or guardian, if any, of such Entity.

 

G. Notices.

To be effective, all notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors, the Committee, the U.S. Trustee, or the Term Lender Group, as applicable, must be in writing (including by facsimile transmission), and unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed to the following:

If to the Debtors :

Cumulus Media Inc.

3280 Peachtree Road, N.W., Suite 2200

Atlanta, Georgia 30305

Attention: John Abbot

        Richard A. Denning

E-mail: john.abbot@cumulus.com

    richard.denning@cumulus.com

With copies to :

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

Attention: Paul M. Basta

        Lewis R. Clayton

        Jacob A. Adlerstein

        Claudia R. Tobler

E-mail: pbasta@paulweiss.com

    lclayton@paulweiss.com

    jadlerstein@paulweiss.com

    ctobler@paulweiss.com

If to the U.S. Trustee :

Office of the United States Trustee

U.S. Federal Office Building

201 Varick Street, Suite 1006

 

B-65


New York, NY 100145

Attention: Paul Schwartzberg

        Greg M. Zipes

E-mail: Paul.Schwartzberg@usdoj.gov

    Greg.Zipes@usdoj.gov

If to the Term Lender Group :

Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP

70 West Madison Street, Suite 4200

Chicago, Illinois 60602-4321

Facsimile: (312) 583-2360

Attention: Michael B. Solow

        Michael D. Messersmith

        Seth J. Kleinman

E-mail: michael.solow@apks.com

    michael.messersmith@apks.com

    seth.kleinman@apks.com

If to the Committee :

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Facsimile: (212) 872-1002

Attention: Michael S. Stamer

         Abid Qureshi

         Meredith A. Lahaie

E-mail: mstamer@akingump.com

    aqureshi@akingump.com

    mlahaie@akingump.com

After the Effective Date, in order to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, an Entity must File a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.

 

H. Entire Agreement.

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan and the Plan Supplement.

 

B-66


I. Exhibits.

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ Case Information Website at http://dm.epiq11.com/cumulus or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://www.nysb.uscourts.gov. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.

 

J. Severability of Plan Provisions.

If, before Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors in consultation with the Restructuring Support Parties, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the First Lien Exit Facility Documents, and the New Revolving Credit Facility Documents (if any), as any of such documents may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, are: (i) valid and enforceable pursuant to their terms; (ii) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the parties thereto; and (iii) non-severable and mutually dependent.

 

K. Votes Solicited in Good Faith.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable law, and pursuant to sections 1125(e), 1125(g), and 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors, the Restructuring Support Parties, and each of their respective Affiliates, and each of their and their Affiliates’ agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys, in each case solely in their respective capacities as such, will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of New Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan and, therefore, no such parties, individuals, or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the New Securities offered and sold under the Plan or any previous plan.

 

B-67


L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.

The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order necessary to close the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

M. Conflicts.

To the extent that any provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other document referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflicts with or is in any way inconsistent with the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall govern and control. Moreover, to the extent that any provision of the Restructuring Support Agreement conflicts with or is in any way inconsistent with the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control in all respects.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

B-68


Dated: February 2, 2018      

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

on behalf of itself and each of its Debtor affiliates

     

/s/ John Abbot

     

John Abbot

Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer

 

B-69


Exhibit A

Equity Allocation Mechanism


E QUITY A LLOCATION M ECHANISM

The allocation of Plan consideration to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed Senior Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims, as of the Effective Date, will include distributing Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and, only in the case of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, Restricted Stock (collectively, the “ Stock ”), and Special Warrants, in accordance with the mechanism set forth below. 6

G ENERAL :

 

1. Ownership Certification . In order to be eligible to receive a distribution of Stock on the Effective Date, each eligible Holder shall provide an Ownership Certification by the Certification Deadline.

 

2. Definitions . (a) An “ Ownership Certification ” means a written certification, in the form attached to the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, which shall be sufficient to enable the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, to determine (x) the extent to which direct and indirect voting and equity interests of the certifying party are held by non-U.S. Persons, as determined under section 310(b) of the Communications Act and the FCC rules, and (y) whether the holding of more than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock by the certifying party would result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval; provided , however , that a Holder may elect not to provide the information in clause (y), and any Ownership Certification without the information in clause (y) shall not prohibit a Holder from receiving up to 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock to the extent otherwise entitled thereto pursuant to this Equity Allocation Mechanism; and (b) the “ Certification Deadline ” means the deadline set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order for returning Ownership Certifications.

 

3. Attributable Interests . Subject in all respects to the foreign-ownership limitations discussed below, under FCC rules, an owner of equity in a corporation which controls FCC broadcast licenses may be deemed “attributable” if it owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the voting equity of such corporation. The distribution of Stock to a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim or Allowed General Unsecured Claim may be in the form of more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when the shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, only if such Holder is identified on the FCC Long Form Application (as the same may be amended from time to time) pursuant to which FCC Approval is granted as the holder of an attributable interest in Reorganized Cumulus. If such Holder elects not to be deemed to hold an “attributable” interest in Reorganized Cumulus, then such Holder shall be issued up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, with any remaining distribution in the form of Class B Common Stock.

 

 

6   For the avoidance of doubt, the procedures set forth in this Equity Allocation Mechanism shall not impact the issuance of securities or other instruments under the Management Incentive Plan, which issuance shall be governed by the terms of the Management Incentive Plan.


4. Restricted Stock . A Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim may elect on its Ownership Certification to receive its Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred until after two (2) calendar days following delivery of the Restricted Stock from the transfer agent designated by the Debtors (the “ Transfer Agent ”) to such Holder of the Allowed Credit Agreement Claim (each such period, a “ Restricted Period ”). After the expiration of a Restricted Period, the initial Holder of such shares may make a request to the Transfer Agent to remove the restrictive legend set forth on such shares (the “ Restrictive Legend ”). Upon receipt of any such request, the Transfer Agent will remove the Restrictive Legend. Following the expiration of each applicable Restricted Period and the removal of the Restrictive Legend, the shares of Restricted Stock may be offered, sold or otherwise transferred, subject to the same restrictions on transfer as the New Securities provided herein and in the Disclosure Statement. In accordance with the above, each share of Restricted Stock will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:

“THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY (THIS “ SECURITY ”) MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING DELIVERY OF THIS SECURITY FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER OF THIS SECURITY (THE “ TRANSFER AGENT ”) TO THE INITIAL HOLDER (THE “ RESTRICTED PERIOD ”). AFTER THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, THIS SECURITY MAY ONLY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED FOLLOWING A REQUEST BY THE INITIAL HOLDER TO THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REMOVE THIS RESTRICTIVE LEGEND.”

A LLOCATION OF N EW S ECURITIES :

The distribution of Stock and Special Warrants made on and as of the Effective Date shall be as follows:

 

1. First, the (i) Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution shall be deemed made Pro Rata among the Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims; and (ii) the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be deemed made Pro Rata among Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims; provided , however , that each of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution and the Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution shall be deemed to have been made initially in the form of Special Warrants issued as of the Effective Date.

 

2. Second:

 

  (a)

Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that (i) has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures

 

A-2


  Order; and (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants as of the Effective Date to the fullest extent possible in the form of Class B Common Stock; provided , that any Holder who has not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed as of the Effective Date to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , further , that, for any Holder of Class B Common Stock that would be entitled to exchange its shares for more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock exchanged by such Holder for shares of Class A Common Stock shall be limited so that such Holder receives shares of Class A Common Stock constituting no more than 4.99% of the total outstanding Class A Common Stock issued unless the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, shall have determined that the exchange into shares of Class A Common Stock constituting more than 4.99% of the total outstanding Class A Common Stock issued would not result in a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval (such proviso, the “ 4.99% Rule ”); provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may elect to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

  (b)

Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that (i) has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order; and (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0% (each a “ Non-U.S. Holder ,” and collectively, the “ Non-U.S. Holders ”), shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants, pro rata among all such Non-U.S. Holders, to receive Class B Common Stock, in an amount, assuming all Holders of Special Warrants that have not timely delivered an Ownership Certification are 100% foreign-owned Non-U.S. Holders, of shares that causes the aggregate alien ownership (on an equity and on a voting basis) of Stock to equal, at most, twenty-two and one half percent (22.50%); provided , that such allocation to Non-U.S. Holders shall be made on a proportional basis taking into account the number of Special Warrants held by the Non-U.S. Holders and each such Holder’s contribution of alien ownership to the aggregate amount of alien ownership of Stock as of the Effective Date ( e.g. , assuming all Special Warrants are not exercisable on the Effective Date, a Non-U.S. Holder with a 1.0% alien ownership will be deemed to have exercised more Special Warrants into Stock than a Non-U.S. Holder with an equivalent amount of Special Warrants but a 20% alien ownership); provided further , that any Holder who has not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common

 

A-3


  Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may elect to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

  (c) Each deemed Holder of Special Warrants that has not timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth herein and in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order shall not be deemed to have exercised any Special Warrants as of the Effective Date; provided , however , that if such Holder properly completes and delivers an Ownership Certification to Reorganized Cumulus at any time after the Certification Deadline, and upon confirmation from Reorganized Cumulus that such Ownership Certification is satisfactory, if such Holder (i) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed after the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) herein; or (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed after the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 2(b) herein, all subject to any limitations on stock ownership set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized Cumulus.

 

3. Holder Elections . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Holder of an Allowed Credit Agreement Claim, Allowed Senior Notes Claim, or Allowed General Unsecured Claim may, by making the appropriate election on the Ownership Certification, receive its Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution, as the case may be, (i) entirely in the form of Special Warrants and shall not be deemed to have exercised any Special Warrants, (ii) in Special Warrants deemed to have been exercised for Class B Common Stock to the extent such Holder’s portion of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution would consist of New Common Stock pursuant to Section 2 above, with any remaining Special Warrants not being deemed exercised, or (iii) in Special Warrants deemed to have been exercised for Class A Common Stock to the extent such Holder’s portion of the Term Loan Lender Equity Distribution or Unsecured Creditor Equity Distribution would consist of New Common Stock pursuant to Section 2 above, up to 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock when all shares of Class A Common Stock are issued on and as of the Effective Date, with any remaining Special Warrants not being deemed exercised, all of which elections are expressly subject to Section 5 below.

 

4. Trading Deadlines and Tendering of Senior Notes . Holders of Senior Notes Claims shall be required to tender their Senior Notes into the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ ATOP ”) system of Depository Trust Company as set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order (the “ Trading Deadline ”). The positions of such Holders in the Senior Notes will be segregated through ATOP and such Holders thereafter will be unable to trade their Senior Notes Claims. Distributions on account of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims will be made based on the Credit Agreement Agent’s register as of the Distribution Record Date and trades not reflected on such register shall not be recognized for purposes of distributions under the Plan.

 

A-4


5. FCC Limits on Ownership . Notwithstanding anything else herein, nothing in this Equity Allocation Mechanism shall (i) permit any Holder to hold more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock on or after the Effective Date unless the Debtors, in consultation with the Term Lender Group, or Reorganized Cumulus, as applicable, shall have determined that such ownership will not cause a violation of FCC ownership rules or be inconsistent with the FCC Approval, or (ii) cause Reorganized Cumulus to exceed an aggregate alien ownership percentage (on an equity or on a voting basis) of twenty-two and one half percent (22.50%) in the Stock prior to the Declaratory Ruling. Any distribution in contravention of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to comply with those limitations. In determining whether any Holder would hold more than 4.99% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock on or after the Effective Date, such Holder will be attributed with any stock held by another Holder under common management or that otherwise would be aggregated under the FCC’s ownership attribution rules.

 

6. Post-Effective Date Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Pursuant to and in accordance with Article VII.F of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall withhold a reserve of Special Warrants to pay Holders of Disputed Claims that are General Unsecured Claims that may become Allowed Claims pursuant to the terms of the Plan. If a General Unsecured Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date and becomes an Allowed General Unsecured Claim after the Effective Date, and the Holder of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim has timely delivered an Ownership Certification as set forth in the FCC Ownership Procedures Order, if such Holder (i) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) herein; or (ii) has provided certification therein that its alien ownership, as calculated in accordance with FCC rules, is greater than 0%, then its equity allocation shall be distributed in the manner set forth in Section 2(b) herein, all subject to any limitations on stock ownership set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized Cumulus.

P OST -D ECLARATORY R ULING R EALLOCATION OF N EW S ECURITIES :

Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, after the Declaratory Ruling, any exercise or deemed exercise of the Special Warrants as a result of the Declaratory Ruling shall be made as follows:

 

1. 100% Foreign Ownership . If the FCC adopts a Declaratory Ruling allowing 100% foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus, then Non-U.S. Holders shall be deemed to have exercised their Special Warrants to the fullest extent possible for the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock; provided , that any Holder who had not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may have elected to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification.

 

A-5


2. Foreign Ownership Between 25% and 100% . If the FCC adopts a Declaratory Ruling allowing foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus between twenty-five percent (25%) and one hundred percent (100%) (the “ Partial Declaratory Ruling Percentage ”), then, each Non-U.S. Holder of Special Warrants that has timely delivered an Ownership Certification in accordance with the Plan and the Warrant Agreement, shall be deemed to have exercised its Special Warrants, pro rata among all such Non-U.S. Holders ( i.e. , calculated with the denominator as the number of Special Warrants held by Non-U.S. Holders who timely provide an Ownership Certification), to receive Class B Common Stock, in an amount of shares that causes the aggregate alien ownership (on an equity and on a voting basis) of Stock to equal, at most, the Partial Declaratory Ruling Percentage; provided , that any Holder who had not checked the Class B Election box on the Ownership Certification shall be further deemed to have immediately exchanged such shares of Class B Common Stock for a like number of shares of Class A Common Stock, subject in all respects to the 4.99% Rule; provided , however , that in connection with the distribution of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Credit Agreement Claims, such Holders may have elected to receive such stock as Restricted Stock by checking the Restricted Stock Election box on the Ownership Certification. For the avoidance of doubt, any Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely provide its Ownership Certification in accordance with the Plan and the Warrant Agreement shall retain its Special Warrants, and such Special Warrants shall not be deemed exercised into Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.

 

3. Foreign Ownership Under 25% . If the FCC does not grant the Declaratory Ruling so as to permit foreign ownership of Reorganized Cumulus to exceed 25%, then Non-U.S. Holders cannot elect to convert their Special Warrants into Stock and must either hold such Special Warrants or transfer them.

 

A-6

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

CUMULUS MEDIA INC.

CUMULUS MEDIA Successfully Completes Financial Restructuring

ATLANTA, GA — June  4, 2018: Cumulus Media Inc. (PINK: CMIA) (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “CUMULUS MEDIA,” or “our”) today announced that the Company has successfully completed its financial restructuring and emerged from Chapter 11 having reduced its debt by more than $1 billion. The Company plans to utilize its enhanced financial flexibility to continue its ongoing business transformation and drive value creation on behalf of all its stakeholders.

Mary Berner, President and Chief Executive Officer of CUMULUS MEDIA, said, “Over the last two years, we have been relentlessly focused on our plans to turn the Company around, and the completion of our financial restructuring process is a monumental step forward on our turnaround path. We emerge today as a stronger and more competitive Company, with the financial foundation that we need to move forward decisively with the initiatives that will produce the greatest benefits for the Company. With this financial restructuring now behind us, we are excited about what we will be able to accomplish with all of our resources and energy fully focused on our operating business.”

Ms. Berner continued, “I want to thank our exceptional team at CUMULUS MEDIA for their dedication and tremendous efforts through this process. Looking ahead, our employees will remain the true force driving our success as we continue to deliver premium content choices to the 245 million people we reach every week across our collection of stations and Westwood One. We are also grateful for the support of our vendors and affiliates during this process, and we look forward to working together well into the future.”

Pursuant to the restructuring, the Company reduced its total debt balance from $2.34 billion to $1.30 billion, consisting entirely of a term loan bearing interest at LIBOR plus 450 basis points and due May 15, 2022. Also, pursuant to the terms of the financial restructuring, the Company’s previously outstanding equity was cancelled and certain former stakeholders are being issued 11,052,211 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, 5,218,209 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock and warrants to purchase 3,729,589 shares of common stock in exchange for their prior claims. Except with regard to voting and conversion rights, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical in all respects. Generally, the holders of shares of Class B common stock are not entitled to vote on any matters, although such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock, subject to FCC rules and regulations and the Company’s governance documents. We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol CMLS and, until such time, expect that such shares will be quoted on the OTC Pink Sheets under the symbol CMIA.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP acted as legal counsel; PJT Partners, Inc. acted as financial advisor; and Alvarez & Marsal served as restructuring advisor to CUMULUS MEDIA.

About CUMULUS MEDIA

A leader in the radio broadcasting industry, CUMULUS MEDIA (PINK: CMIA) combines high-quality local programming with iconic, nationally syndicated media, sports and entertainment brands to deliver premium content choices to the 245 million people reached each week through its 441 owned-and-operated stations broadcasting in 90 U.S. media markets (including eight of the top 10), approximately 8,000 broadcast radio stations affiliated with its Westwood One network and numerous digital channels. Together, the Cumulus Radio Station Group and Westwood One platforms make CUMULUS MEDIA one of the few media companies that can provide advertisers with national reach and local impact. The Cumulus Radio Station Group and Westwood One are the exclusive radio broadcast partners to some of the largest brands in sports, entertainment, news, and talk, including the NFL, the NCAA, the Masters, the Olympics, the GRAMMYs, the Academy of Country Music Awards, the American Music Awards, the Billboard Music Awards, and more. Additionally, it is the nation’s leading provider of country music and lifestyle content through its NASH brand, which serves country fans nationwide through radio programming, exclusive digital content, and live events. For more information, visit www.cumulusmedia.com.

 

LOGO


Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this press release may constitute “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other federal securities laws. Such statements are statements other than historical fact and relate to our intent, belief or current expectations, primarily with respect to our future operating, financial and strategic performance. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to, risks and uncertainties related to our recently completed financial restructuring and other risk factors described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Many of these risks and uncertainties are beyond our control, and the unexpected occurrence or failure to occur of any such events or matters could significantly alter the actual results of our operations or financial condition. Cumulus Media Inc. assumes no responsibility to update any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Contact Information

Investor Relations

Collin Jones

Cumulus Media, Inc.

404-260-6600

Media Inquiries

Michael Freitag / Aaron Palash / Andrew Squire

Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher

212-355-4449

LOGO